As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2010
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
7372
|
|
13-4068197
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
1601 Cloverfield Blvd.
Suite 620 South
Santa Monica, CA 90404
(310) 752-0200
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)
Adam Miller
Chief Executive Officer
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
1601 Cloverfield Blvd.
Suite 620 South
Santa Monica, CA 90404
(310) 752-0200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
|
|
Herbert P. Fockler
Rachel B. Proffitt
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(650) 493-9300
|
|
Perry Wallack
Chief Financial Officer
1601 Cloverfield Blvd.
Suite 620 South
Santa Monica, CA 90404
(310) 752-0200
|
|
Christopher L. Kaufman
Minji Cho
Latham & Watkins LLP
140 Scott Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 328-4600
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.
o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer
o
|
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
Non-accelerated filer
x
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting company
o
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
|
|
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
(1)
(2)
|
|
Amount of
Registration Fee
|
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
|
|
$
|
115,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
8,199.50
|
|
|
(1)
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
|
|
(2)
|
Includes offering price of additional shares, if any, that may be purchased by the underwriters.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion. Dated September 28, 2010.
Shares
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
Common Stock
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. is offering of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional shares. Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $ and $ . Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. intends to list the common stock on the under the symbol “ .”
See “Risk Factors” on page
8
to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
Initial price to public
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional shares from the selling stockholders at the initial price to public less the underwriting discount.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about , 2010.
|
|
|
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
|
|
Barclays Capital
|
|
|
|
William Blair & Company
Pacific Crest Securities
|
|
Piper Jaffray
JMP Securities
|
Prospectus dated , 2010.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Through and including , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms “Cornerstone OnDemand,”
“we,” “company,” “us” and “our” refer to Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
Overview
Cornerstone OnDemand is a leading global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as software-as-a-service. We enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. We currently empower over 4.25 million users across 164 countries and 16 languages.
Our solution consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. Our clients use our solution to develop employees throughout their careers, engage all employees effectively, improve business execution, cultivate future leaders and integrate with their external networks of customers, vendors and distributors.
Our over 390 clients include multi-national corporations, large domestic enterprises, mid-market companies, state and local public sector organizations, higher education institutions and non-profit entities, such as Barclays Bank PLC, BJC HealthCare, Flextronics International USA, Inc., Kelly Services, Inc., Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Pearson, Inc., Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., State of Nebraska, Teach for America and Virgin Media Limited. We support multiple client deployments of over 150,000 users, including one client with over 700,000 users.
We sell our solution domestically and internationally through both direct and indirect channels, including direct sales teams in North America and Europe, a global OEM agreement with ADP, and other distributor relationships with payroll, consulting and human resource services companies. We generate most of our revenue from sales of our solution pursuant to multi-year subscription agreements, which typically have terms of three years. We also generate revenue from consulting services for configuration, integration and training, as well as from providing third-party e-learning content.
We have grown our business each of the last 10 years, and since 2002, we have averaged a 95% annual dollar retention rate, as defined in “
Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Metrics
.” Since 2001, our contracted business with existing clients has increased each year. Our revenue has grown from $11.0 million in 2007 to $19.6 million in 2008 to $29.3 million in 2009, and from $13.8 million in the first six months of 2009 to $20.3 million in the first six months of 2010.
The Market
Based on the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data as of June 2010, total compensation paid to the United States civilian workforce of approximately 154 million people is expected to exceed $8.1 trillion in 2010. Given the significance of these costs, organizations have sought to maximize the return on their investments in human capital. We believe the major challenges that organizations face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their internal and external human capital are developing talent, engaging employees, improving business execution, building a leadership pipeline and integrating with their extended enterprise of
customers, vendors and distributors.
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
To deal with these challenges, organizations have deployed a variety of solutions, including written tracking systems and software based solutions. International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that total spending on software for workforce, e-learning, e-recruiting, intelligent compensation and performance management was $3.6 billion in 2009.
1
Historically, many of these software solutions have been human resource applications running on hardware located on organizations’ premises. However, we believe that just as organizations have increasingly chosen software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions for business applications such as
sales force management, they will also increasingly adopt SaaS learning and talent management solutions. According to IDC, the overall SaaS market totaled $13.1 billion in revenue in 2009, representing 5.7% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets, and is expected to grow to $32.4 billion by 2013, representing 13.4% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets.
2
Many existing learning and talent management solutions suffer from shortcomings such as narrow functionality, limited configurability, difficulty of use, inability to scale and high costs of deployment, maintenance and upgrades. As a result, we believe a market opportunity exists for a comprehensive, integrated solution that helps organizations manage all aspects of their internal and external human capital and link talent management to their business strategy.
The Cornerstone OnDemand Answer
We deliver a comprehensive SaaS solution that consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. We offer a number of cross-platform tools for talent management analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation and delivery. We also provide consulting services for configuration, integration and training for our solution. We believe that our solution delivers the following benefits:
|
•
|
Comprehensive Functionality.
We offer five integrated platforms that address all stages of the employee lifecycle and can be used to manage processes that span multiple learning and talent management functions.
|
|
•
|
Flexible and Highly Configurable.
Clients can match the use of our solution with their specific business processes and workflows. The flexibility of our solution also allows our clients to deploy the five platforms of our solution individually or in any combination.
|
|
•
|
Easy-to-Use, Personalized User Interface.
Our solution employs an intuitive user interface and may be personalized for the end user, typically based on position, division, pay grade, location, manager and particular use of the solution.
|
|
•
|
Software-as-a-Service Model Lowers the Total Cost of Ownership and Speeds Delivery.
Our solution is accessible through a standard web browser and does not require the large investments by clients in implementation time, personnel, hardware and consulting services that are typical of legacy on-premises software solutions.
|
|
•
|
Scalable to Meet the Needs of All Organizations.
We have built a highly scalable, multi-tenant, multi-user architecture that supports the complex needs of global corporations yet is capable of supporting deployments of any size.
|
|
•
|
Continued Innovation through Collaborative Product Development
. The vast majority of the thousands of features in our solution were designed with existing and prospective clients based on their specific functional requests.
|
Our Strategy
Our goal is to empower people, organizations and communities with our comprehensive learning and talent management solution. Key elements of our strategy include:
|
1
|
IDC, Worldwide HCM Applications 2008 Vendor Shares: Analysis of 25 Vendors in Core HR, eLearning, eRecruiting, Intelligent Compensation, Performance Management, and Workforce Management, Doc.# 221284, Dec 2009.
|
|
2
|
IDC, Worldwide Software as a Service 2010-2014 Forecast: Software Will Never Be the Same, Doc.#223628, Jun 2010.
|
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
•
|
Retain and Expand Business with Existing Clients.
We strive to maintain our strong rate of retention by continuing to provide our clients with high levels of service and support. We also intend to continue to sell additional platforms and services to our existing clients.
|
|
•
|
Strengthen Current Sales Channels.
We plan to invest aggressively in our direct sales teams targeting enterprise and mid-market clients in North America and to grow our Europe, Middle-East and Africa, or EMEA, operations. We also intend to grow our distribution channels through key alliances, including continued expansion of our relationships with regional distributors.
|
|
•
|
Target New Markets.
We recently began selling to the public sector and intend to expand our public sector sales operations. We also intend to expand our sales presence and tailor our solution for small organizations. In addition, we intend to build sales and services operations in Asia Pacific that are modeled after our EMEA operations.
|
|
•
|
Continue to Innovate and Extend Our Technological Leadership.
We plan to continue to use our expertise in learning and talent management in collaboration with our clients to develop new applications, features and functionality to enhance our solution and expand our addressable market.
|
|
•
|
Make Cornerstone Built to Last.
Our growth strategy since inception has been deliberate, disciplined and focused on long-term success. This has allowed us to weather periods of economic turmoil and significant changes in the markets we serve without undergoing layoffs or business contraction. We plan to continue to take the same systematic approach to growth in the future.
|
We are also committed to empowering our employees and the communities around us, in part demonstrated by our creation of the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation.
Summary Risk Factors
There are a number of risks and uncertainties that may affect our business, financial and operating performance and growth prospects. You should carefully consider all of the risks discussed in “
Risk Factors
,” which begin on page
8
, the other information contained in this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes before investing in our common stock. These risks include, among others:
|
•
|
we have a history of losses, and we cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability;
|
|
•
|
unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy, or reductions in information technology spending, could limit our ability to grow and negatively affect our operating results;
|
|
•
|
our financial results may fluctuate due to our long, variable and therefore unpredictable sales cycle and our focus on large and mid-market organizations;
|
|
•
|
our financial results may fluctuate due to other factors, some of which may be beyond our control;
|
|
•
|
the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, our business may not grow at similar rates or at all;
|
|
•
|
our business depends substantially on clients renewing their subscriptions to our solution, purchasing additional platforms from us and adding additional users;
|
|
•
|
our market is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could suffer; and
|
3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
•
|
our business and operations are experiencing rapid growth and organizational change, which we must manage effectively to preserve the key aspects of our corporate culture and avoid negative effects on our business and operating results.
|
Corporate Information
We were incorporated in Delaware in 1999 under the name “CyberU, Inc.” and changed our name to Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. in 2005. Our principal executive offices are located at 1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620 South, Santa Monica, CA 90404, and our telephone number is (310) 752-0200. Our website address is
www.csod.com
. Information contained on our website, however, is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
“Cornerstone,” “Cornerstone OnDemand,” the Cornerstone OnDemand logo, “CyberU” and other trademarks or service marks of Cornerstone OnDemand appearing in this prospectus are the property of Cornerstone OnDemand. Trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.
Industry and Market Data
Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information, while other information is based on our internal sources. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, the information contained in such sources involve a number of assumptions and limitations and has not been independently verified. As a result, you should be aware that the industry and market industry data contained in this prospectus, and beliefs and estimates based on such data, may not be reliable.
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
THE OFFERING
by the selling stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).
|
Shares outstanding after the offering
|
|
|
|
|
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $ million from this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes. See “
Use of Proceeds
” for additional information.
|
|
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares offered by the selling stockholders.
|
|
|
See “
Risk Factors
” beginning on page
8
and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.
|
The number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering is based on 38,890,143 shares outstanding as of August 31, 2010, and excludes:
|
•
|
1,090,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of August 31, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share, which will remain outstanding after this offering;
|
|
•
|
4,329,940 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of August 31, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.73 per share; and
|
|
•
|
an aggregate of additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.
|
Except as otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus reflects or assumes the following:
|
•
|
the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation prior to completion of this offering;
|
|
•
|
the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering;
|
|
•
|
the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of August 31, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share; and
|
|
•
|
no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.
|
5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables present our consolidated financial and other data for our business for the periods indicated. We derived the summary consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Summary consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 and at June 30, 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future. You should read this summary consolidated financial
data in conjunction with “
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
10,976
|
|
|
$
|
19,626
|
|
|
$
|
29,322
|
|
|
$
|
13,804
|
|
|
$
|
20,283
|
|
Cost of revenue
(1)
|
|
|
3,911
|
|
|
|
6,116
|
|
|
|
8,676
|
|
|
|
3,961
|
|
|
|
6,227
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
7,065
|
|
|
|
13,510
|
|
|
|
20,646
|
|
|
|
9,843
|
|
|
|
14,056
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
(1)
|
|
|
9,343
|
|
|
|
16,914
|
|
|
|
18,886
|
|
|
|
8,316
|
|
|
|
12,946
|
|
Research and development
(1)
|
|
|
1,754
|
|
|
|
2,724
|
|
|
|
2,791
|
|
|
|
1,247
|
|
|
|
2,145
|
|
General and administrative
(1)
|
|
|
2,653
|
|
|
|
2,564
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
1,934
|
|
|
|
3,116
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
13,750
|
|
|
|
22,202
|
|
|
|
26,006
|
|
|
|
11,497
|
|
|
|
18,207
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(6,685
|
)
|
|
|
(8,692
|
)
|
|
|
(5,360
|
)
|
|
|
(1,654
|
)
|
|
|
(4,151
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
(639
|
)
|
|
|
(813
|
)
|
|
|
(279
|
)
|
|
|
(601
|
)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
1,147
|
|
|
|
(790
|
)
|
|
|
(2,147
|
)
|
|
|
(1,175
|
)
|
|
|
(4,442
|
)
|
Loss before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(5,682
|
)
|
|
|
(10,121
|
)
|
|
|
(8,320
|
)
|
|
|
(3,108
|
)
|
|
|
(9,194
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(5,702
|
)
|
|
|
(10,183
|
)
|
|
|
(8,392
|
)
|
|
|
(3,144
|
)
|
|
|
(9,253
|
)
|
Excess of fair value of consideration transferred over carrying value on redemption of Series A preferred stock
|
|
|
(2,425
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
(211
|
)
|
|
|
(337
|
)
|
|
|
(2,072
|
)
|
|
|
(986
|
)
|
|
|
(2,005
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(8,338
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,520
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,464
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,130
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,258
|
)
|
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
(2)
|
|
$
|
(0.97
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.24
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.49
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.32
|
)
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
|
|
|
8,562
|
|
|
|
8,387
|
|
|
|
8,467
|
|
|
|
8,458
|
|
|
|
8,538
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
The following table sets forth stock-based compensation included in the above line items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
|
Six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
Stock-based compensation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
220
|
|
|
$
|
242
|
|
|
$
|
331
|
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
229
|
|
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
(2)
|
See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
|
|
(3)
|
Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the assumed conversion of all our convertible preferred stock as though the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2010
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Pro Forma
(1)
|
|
Pro Forma As
Adjusted
(2)
(3)
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
Consolidated balance sheet data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
7,106
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
3,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital, excluding deferred revenue
|
|
|
8,412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
26,858
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue, current and non-current portions
|
|
|
19,432
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
1,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
3,906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
10,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
35,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity
|
|
|
(56,384
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data give effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock, (ii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants outstanding at June 30, 2010, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share, and (iii) the conversion of warrants to purchase preferred stock outstanding at June 30, 2010 into warrants to purchase 520,625 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share and the related reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to stockholders’ (deficit) equity.
|
|
(2)
|
The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data give effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expense payable by us.
|
|
(3)
|
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
|
7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of such risks actually occur, our business, operating results, financial condition or growth prospects could be materially adversely affected. In those cases, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
We have a history of losses, and we cannot be certain that we will achieve or sustain profitability.
We have incurred annual losses since our inception. We experienced net losses of $5.7 million, $10.2 million, $8.4 million and $9.3 million in 2007, 2008, and 2009 and for the first six months of 2010, respectively. At June 30, 2010, we had an accumulated deficit and total stockholders’ deficit of $55.9 million and $56.4 million, respectively. We expect to continue to incur operating losses as a result of expenses associated with the continued development and expansion of our business. Our expenses include sales and marketing, research and development and other costs relating to the development, marketing and sale of our solution and consulting
services that may not generate revenue until later periods, if at all. Any failure to increase revenue or manage our cost structure as we implement initiatives to grow our business could prevent us from achieving or sustaining profitability. In addition, our ability to achieve profitability is subject to a number of the risks and uncertainties discussed below, many of which are beyond our control. We cannot be certain that we will be able to achieve or sustain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.
Unfavorable conditions in our industry or the global economy or reductions in information technology spending could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.
Our operating results may vary based on the impact of changes in our industry or the global economy on us or our clients. The revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depends on demand for enterprise application software and services generally and for learning and talent management solutions in particular. We sell our solution primarily to large and mid-sized organizations whose businesses fluctuate based on general economic and business conditions. In addition, a portion of our revenue is attributable to the number of users of our solution at each of our clients, which in turn is influenced by the employment and hiring patterns of
our clients and potential clients. To the extent that weak economic conditions cause our clients and potential clients to freeze or reduce their headcount, demand for our solution may be negatively affected. Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in spending on information technology and learning and talent management solutions as well as pressure for extended billing terms, as occurred during the recent recession. If economic conditions deteriorate or do not materially improve, our clients and potential clients may elect to decrease their information technology and learning and talent management budgets by deferring or reconsidering product purchases, which would limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.
Our financial results may fluctuate due to our long, variable and, therefore, unpredictable sales cycle and our focus on large and mid-market organizations.
We plan our expenses based on certain assumptions about the length and variability of our sales cycle. If our sales cycle becomes longer or more variable, our results may be adversely affected. Our sales cycle generally varies in duration between two to nine months and, in some cases, even longer depending on the size of the potential client. Factors that may influence the length and variability of our sales cycle include:
|
•
|
the need to educate potential clients about the uses and benefits of our solution;
|
|
•
|
the relatively long duration of the commitment clients make in their agreements with us;
|
8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
•
|
the discretionary nature of potential clients’ purchasing and budget cycles and decisions;
|
|
•
|
the competitive nature of potential clients’ evaluation and purchasing processes;
|
|
•
|
evolving functionality demands of potential clients;
|
|
•
|
fluctuations in the learning and talent management needs of potential clients;
|
|
•
|
announcements or planned introductions of new products by us or our competitors; and
|
|
•
|
lengthy purchasing approval processes of potential clients.
|
The fluctuations that result from the length and variability of our sales cycle may be magnified by our focus on sales to large and mid-sized organizations. If we are unable to close an expected significant transaction with one or more of these companies in a particular period, or if an expected transaction is delayed until a subsequent period, our operating results for that period, and for any future periods in which revenue from such transaction would otherwise have been recognized, may be adversely affected.
Our financial results may fluctuate due to other factors, some of which may be beyond our control.
There are a number of other factors that may cause our financial results to fluctuate from period to period, including:
|
•
|
the extent to which new clients are attracted to our solution to satisfy their learning and talent management needs;
|
|
•
|
the timing and rate at which we sign agreements with new clients;
|
|
•
|
the extent to which we retain existing clients and satisfy their requirements;
|
|
•
|
the extent to which existing clients renew their subscriptions to our solution and the timing of those renewals;
|
|
•
|
the extent to which existing clients purchase or discontinue use of additional platforms in our solution and add or decrease the number of users;
|
|
•
|
the addition or loss of large clients, including through acquisitions or consolidations;
|
|
•
|
the number and size of new clients, as compared to the number and size of renewal clients in a particular period;
|
|
•
|
the mix of clients between small, mid-sized and large organizations;
|
|
•
|
changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
|
|
•
|
changes in billing cycles and the size of advance payments relative to overall contract value in client agreements;
|
|
•
|
seasonal factors affecting demand for our solution or potential clients purchasing decisions;
|
|
•
|
the financial condition and creditworthiness of our clients;
|
|
•
|
the amount and timing of operating expenses, including those related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;
|
|
•
|
the timing and success of new product and service introductions by us;
|
|
•
|
the timing and success of current and new competitive products and services by our competitors;
|
|
•
|
other changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, clients or strategic partners;
|
|
•
|
the timing of expenses related to the development of new products and technologies, including enhancements to our solution;
|
9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
•
|
our ability to manage our existing business and future growth, including in terms of additional clients, incremental users and new geographic regions;
|
|
•
|
expenses related to our data centers and the expansion of such data centers;
|
|
•
|
the effects and expenses of acquisition of third-party technologies or businesses and any potential future charges for impairment of goodwill resulting from those acquisitions;
|
|
•
|
general economic, industry and market conditions; and
|
|
•
|
various factors related to disruptions in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure, defects in our solution, privacy and data security, and exchange rate fluctuations, each of which is described elsewhere in these risk factors.
|
In light of the foregoing factors, we believe that our financial results, including our revenue and deferred revenue levels, may vary significantly from period-to-period. As a result, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied on as an indication of future performance.
The forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, or at all.
Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may not prove to be accurate. Forecasts relating to the expected growth in the SaaS market or learning and talent management market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth, we may not grow our businesses at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.
Our business depends substantially on clients renewing their agreements and purchasing additional platforms from us or adding additional users. Any decline in our client renewals, purchases of additional platforms or additional users would harm our future operating results.
In order for us to improve our operating results, it is important that our clients renew their agreements with us when the initial contract term expires and also purchase additional platforms or add additional users. Our clients have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the initial subscription period, and we cannot assure you that clients will renew subscriptions at the same or higher level of service, if at all. In fact, in the past, some of our clients have elected not to renew their agreements with us. Moreover, certain of our clients have the right to cancel their agreements for convenience, subject to certain notice requirements
and, in some cases, early termination fees. Our clients’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solution, pricing, the prices of competing products or services, mergers and acquisitions affecting our client base, reduced hiring by our clients or reductions in our clients’ spending levels. If our clients do not renew their subscriptions, renew on less favorable terms, fail to purchase additional platforms, or fail to add new users, our revenue may decline, and our operating results may be harmed.
The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.
The market for learning and talent management software is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. Many of our competitors and potential competitors are larger and have greater brand name recognition, much longer operating histories, larger marketing budgets and significantly greater resources than we do, and, with the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. If we fail to compete effectively, our business will be harmed. Some of our principal competitors offer their products or services at a lower price, which has resulted in pricing pressures. Similarly, some competitors
offer different billing terms which has
10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
resulted in pressures on our billing terms. If we are unable to maintain our pricing levels and our billing terms, our operating results would be negatively impacted. In addition, pricing pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses or the failure of our solution to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business.
We face competition from paper-based processes and desktop software tools. We also face competition from custom-built software that is designed to support the needs of a single organization, as well as from third-party human resource application providers. These software vendors include, without limitation, Halogen Software, Inc., Jive Software, Oracle Corporation, Plateau Systems, Ltd, Saba Software, Inc., SAP AG, Softscape, Inc., StepStone ASA, a subsidiary of Axel Springer AG, SuccessFactors, Inc., SumTotal Systems, Inc., and Taleo Corporation.
Many of our competitors are able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services. In addition, many of our competitors have established marketing relationships, access to larger client bases and major distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators and distributors. Moreover, many software vendors could bundle human resource products or offer such products at a lower price as part of a larger product sale. In addition, some competitors may offer software that addresses one, or a limited number, of learning or talent management functions at a lower price point or with greater depth than
our solution. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or client requirements. Further, some potential clients, particularly large enterprises, may elect to develop their own internal solutions. For all of these reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors.
Our business and operations are experiencing rapid growth and organizational change. If we fail to effectively manage such growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, our business and operating results could be harmed.
We have experienced, and may continue to experience, rapid growth and organizational change, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management, operational and financial resources. For example, our headcount has grown from approximately 185 employees on September 1, 2009 to approximately 280 employees on September 1, 2010. In addition, we have established offices in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Israel and India, and we may continue to expand our international operations into other countries in the future. We have also experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our SaaS
hosting infrastructure supports. Finally, our organizational structure is becoming more complex as we improve our operational, financial and management controls as well as our reporting systems and procedures. We will require significant capital expenditures and the allocation of valuable management resources to grow and change in these areas without undermining our corporate culture of rapid innovation, teamwork and attention to client success that has been central to our growth so far. If we fail to manage our anticipated growth and change in a manner that preserves the key aspects of our corporate culture, the quality of our solution may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract clients.
For a detailed discussion of the risks related to our ability to expand our business internationally, manage growth in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure, and expand parts of our organization to implement improved operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems, see the following risk factors “
— We currently have only a limited number of international offices and may expand our international operations, but we do not have substantial experience in international markets and may not achieve the results that we expect
” and “
— As a result of becoming a public company, we
will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We and our independent registered public accountants have determined that we have experienced significant deficiencies in internal controls. If we do not remediate these significant deficiencies and complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely
11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
manner, or if our internal controls are determined to be ineffective, investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock may be adversely affected.
”
As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We and our independent registered public accountants have determined that we have experienced significant deficiencies in internal controls. If we do not remediate these significant deficiencies and complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or if our internal controls are determined to be ineffective, investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock may be adversely affected.
We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. Our auditors may also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting.
Two significant deficiencies in internal controls were identified in connection with the preparation of our financial statements and the audit of our financial results for 2009. We determined that we had a significant deficiency relating to the proper accrual of certain bonuses for non-executive employees in prior years. In addition, we determined that we had a significant deficiency relating to errors discovered by us and our independent registered public accountants in our manual input of amounts necessary for the calculation of revenue under new guidance for reporting revenue from multiple-deliverables arrangements. None of these errors resulted
in a revenue adjustment that we determined to be material, either individually or in the aggregate, to our financial statements.
We have taken actions to remediate both of these significant deficiencies including instituting more detailed recording, review and approval processes, establishing additional internal controls, providing additional training and fully implementing our new financial accounting system. These efforts are ongoing and we cannot assure you that they will be successful.
We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling our system of internal controls over financial reporting and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may discover, and not be able to remediate, future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, nor be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we
are unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have a material adverse effect on the price of our common stock.
Security and privacy breaches may hurt our business.
Our solution involves the storage and transmission of clients’ proprietary and confidential information over the Internet, and security breaches, unauthorized access, unauthorized usage, virus or similar breach or disruption could result in loss of this information, damage to our reputation, early termination of our contracts, litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. If our security measures are breached as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise and, as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to client data, our reputation will be damaged, our business may suffer and we could incur
significant liability. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. If an actual or perceived security breach occurs, the market perception of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales and clients.
12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Any significant violations of data privacy could result in the loss of business, litigation and regulatory investigations and penalties that could damage our reputation and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, if a high profile security breach occurs with respect to another SaaS provider, our clients and potential clients may lose trust in the security of the SaaS business model generally, which could adversely impact our ability to retain existing clients or attract new ones.
Any significant disruption in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure could harm our reputation, require us to provide credits or refunds, result in early termination of a client agreement or a loss of clients, and adversely affect our business.
Our SaaS hosting network infrastructure is a critical part of our business operations. Our clients access our solution through a standard web browser. Our clients depend on us for fast and reliable access to our solution. Our software is proprietary, and we rely on the expertise of members of our engineering and software development teams for the continued performance of our solution. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions in our computing and communications infrastructure. Factors that may cause such disruptions include:
|
•
|
telecommunications outages from third-party providers;
|
|
•
|
acts of terrorism, sabotage or other intentional acts of vandalism;
|
|
•
|
unforeseen interruption or damages experienced in moving hardware to a new location;
|
|
•
|
fire, earthquake, flood and other natural disasters; and
|
Although we generally back up our client databases hourly and store our data in more than one geographically distinct location at least weekly, our infrastructure does not currently include the real-time mirroring of data. Thus, in the event of any of the factors described above, or certain other failures of our computing infrastructure, client data from recent transactions may be permanently lost. Moreover, some of our agreements include performance guarantees and service level standards that obligate us to provide credits, or refunds or termination rights in the event of a significant disruption in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure or other
technical problems that relate to the functionality or design of our solution.
Defects in our solution could affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our solution and related services.
Defects in our solution could adversely affect our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our solution in the future. The costs incurred in correcting any solution defects may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. Although we continually test our solution for defects and work with clients through our client support organization to identify and correct errors, defects in our solution are likely to occur in the future. Any defects that cause interruptions to the availability of our solution could result in:
|
•
|
lost or delayed market acceptance and sales of our solution;
|
|
•
|
early termination of client agreements or loss of clients;
|
|
•
|
credits or refunds to clients;
|
|
•
|
product liability suits against us;
|
|
•
|
diversion of development resources;
|
|
•
|
injury to our reputation; and
|
13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
•
|
increased maintenance and warranty costs.
|
While our client agreements typically contain limitations and disclaimers that purport to limit our liability for damages related to defects in our solution, such limitations and disclaimers may not be enforced by a court or other tribunal or otherwise effectively protect us from such claims.
We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.
In the future, we may seek to acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our solution, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are ultimately consummated.
We do not have any experience in acquiring other businesses. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We may also not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:
|
•
|
unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;
|
|
•
|
incurrence of acquisition-related costs;
|
|
•
|
diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;
|
|
•
|
harm to our existing relationships with distributors and clients as a result of the acquisition;
|
|
•
|
the potential loss of key employees;
|
|
•
|
the use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and
|
|
•
|
the use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.
|
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.
Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer.
Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.
We anticipate that we will continue to depend on various third-party relationships in order to grow our business. In addition to growing our indirect sales channels, we intend to pursue additional relationships with other third parties, such as technology and content providers and implementation consultants. Identifying, negotiating and documenting relationships with third parties require significant time and resources as does integrating third-party content and technology. Our agreements with distributors and providers of technology, content and consulting services are typically non-exclusive, do not prohibit them from working with our competitors
or from offering competing services and generally do not have minimum purchase commitments. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to third parties to favor their products or services or to prevent or reduce subscriptions to our solution. In addition, these distributors and providers may not perform as expected under our agreements, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation. A global economic slowdown could also adversely affect the businesses of our distributors, and it is possible that they may not be able to devote the resources we expect to the relationship.
14
TABLE OF CONTENTS
If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, including our relationship with ADP, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired and our operating results would suffer. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in improved operating results.
Failure to effectively expand our direct sales teams and develop and expand our indirect sales channel will impede our growth.
We will need to continue to expand our sales and marketing infrastructure in order to grow our client base and our business. We plan to significantly expand our direct sales teams and engage additional third-party distributors, both domestically and internationally. Identifying, recruiting and training these people and entities will require significant time, expense and attention. Our business will be seriously harmed and our financial resources will be wasted if our efforts to expand our direct and indirect sales channels do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales
personnel or if our new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve expected productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to significantly increase our revenue and grow our business.
If we fail to retain key employees and recruit qualified technical and sales personnel, our business could be harmed.
We believe that our success depends on the continued employment of our senior management and other key employees, such as our chief executive officer. In addition, because our future success is dependent on our ability to continue to enhance and introduce new software and services, we are heavily dependent on our ability to attract and retain qualified engineers with the requisite education, background and industry experience. As we expand our business, our continued success will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain qualified sales, marketing and operational personnel capable of supporting a larger and more diverse client base.
The loss of the services of a significant number of our engineers or sales people could be disruptive to our development efforts or business relationships. In addition, if any of our key employees joins a competitor or decides to otherwise compete with us, we may experience a material disruption of our operations and development plans, which may cause us to lose clients or increase operating expenses as the attention of our remaining senior managers is diverted to recruit replacements for the departed key employees.
In cases where we are asked by clients to deploy our solution on their behalf, failure to effectively manage such client deployments by us or our third-party service providers could adversely impact our business.
Clients have the option of implementing our solution themselves or relying on us to do so on their behalf. In cases where we are asked to deploy our solution for a client, we need to have a substantial understanding of such client’s business so that we can configure our solution in a manner that complements its existing business processes and integrates our solution into its existing systems. It may be difficult for us to manage the timeliness of these deployments and the allocation of personnel and resources by us or our clients. In certain situations, we also work with third-party service providers in the deployment of our solution, and we may
experience difficulties managing such third parties. Failure to successfully manage client deployments by us or our third-party service providers could harm our reputation and cause us to lose existing clients, face potential client disputes or limit the rate at which new clients purchase our solution.
Because we recognize revenue from client subscriptions over the term of the agreement, a significant downturn in our business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.
We recognize revenue from subscription agreements monthly over the terms of these agreements, which is typically three years. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is generated from client agreements entered into during previous periods.
15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not impact our financial performance in that quarter, but will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. If a number of contracts expire and are not renewed in the same quarter, our revenue will decline significantly in that quarter and subsequent quarters. In addition, we may be unable to adjust our fixed costs in response to reduced revenue. Accordingly, the effect of significant declines in sales and market acceptance of our solution may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations.
Certain of our operating results and financial metrics are difficult to predict as a result of seasonality.
We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into client agreements for our solution. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, and renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year and a significant portion of these agreements are signed during the last month, and often the last two weeks, of each quarter. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the client agreement, which is generally three years. We expect this
seasonality to continue, or possibly increase, in the future, which may cause fluctuations in certain of our operating results and financial metrics, and thus difficulties in predictability.
If we fail to manage our SaaS hosting network infrastructure capacity, our existing clients may experience service outages and our new clients may experience delays in the deployment of our learning and talent management solution.
We have experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our hosting infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our SaaS hosting network infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our clients. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new client deployments and the expansion of existing client deployments. However, the provision of new hosting infrastructure requires significant lead time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements, our existing clients may experience service outages that may subject us to financial
penalties, financial liabilities and client losses. If our hosting infrastructure capacity fails to keep pace with increased sales, clients may experience delays as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our revenue growth.
Because we generally recognize subscription revenue from our clients over the terms of their agreements but incur most costs associated with generating such agreements upfront, rapid growth in our client base may put downward pressure on our operating income in the short term.
The expenses associated with generating client agreements are generally incurred up front but the resulting subscription revenue is generally recognized over the life of the agreements; therefore, increased growth in the number of clients will result in our recognition of more costs than revenue during the early periods covered by such agreements, even in cases where the agreements are expected to be profitable for us over their full terms.
Integrated, comprehensive SaaS solutions such as ours represent a relatively recent approach to addressing organizations’ talent management challenges, and we may be forced to change the prices we charge for our solution, or the pricing model upon which they are based, as the market for this type of solution evolves.
Providing organizations with applications to address their talent management challenges through integrated, comprehensive SaaS solutions is a developing market. The market for these solutions is therefore still evolving, and competitive dynamics may cause pricing levels, as well as pricing models generally, to change, as the market matures and as existing and new market participants introduce new types of solutions and different approaches to enable organizations to address their talent management needs. As a result, we may be forced to reduce the prices we charge for our solution or
16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
the pricing model on which they are based, and may be unable to renew existing client agreements or enter into new client agreements at the same prices and upon the same terms that we have historically, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, gross margin and other operating results.
Existing or future laws and regulations relating to privacy or data security could increase the cost of our solution and subject us or our clients to litigation, regulatory investigations and other potential liabilities.
Our learning and talent management solution enables our clients to collect, manage and store a wide range of data related to every phase of the employee performance and management cycle. The United States and various state governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution and use of personal information. Several foreign jurisdictions, including the European Union and the United Kingdom, have adopted legislation (including directives or regulations) that increase or change the requirements governing data collection and storage in these jurisdictions. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply with current or
future laws and regulations, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations or other liabilities. Moreover, if future laws and regulations limit our clients’ ability to use and share employee data or our ability to store, process and share data with our clients over the Internet, demand for our solution could decrease, our costs could increase, and our results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.
Evolving regulation of the Internet or changes in the infrastructure underlying the Internet may adversely affect our financial condition by increasing our expenditures and causing client dissatisfaction.
As Internet commerce continues to evolve, regulation by federal, state or foreign agencies may increase. We are particularly sensitive to these risks because the Internet is a critical component of our business model. In addition, taxation of services provided over the Internet or other charges imposed by government agencies or by private organizations for accessing the Internet may also be imposed. Legislation has been proposed that may impact the way that Internet service providers treat Internet traffic. The outcome of such proposals is uncertain but certain outcomes may negatively impact our business or increase our operating costs. Any
regulation imposing greater fees for Internet use or restricting information exchanged over the Internet could result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based services, which could harm our business.
In addition, the rapid and continual growth of traffic on the Internet has resulted at times in slow connection and download speeds among Internet users. Our business expansion may be harmed if the Internet infrastructure cannot handle our clients’ demands or if hosting capacity becomes insufficient. If our clients become frustrated with the speed at which they can utilize our solution over the Internet, our clients may discontinue the use of our learning and talent management solution and choose not to renew their contracts with us.
We currently have only a limited number of international offices and may expand our international operations, but we do not have substantial experience in international markets and may not achieve the results that we expect.
We currently have international offices in the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Israel and India, and we may expand our international operations into other countries in the future. International operations involve a variety of risks, including:
|
•
|
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;
|
|
•
|
differing labor regulations;
|
|
•
|
regulations relating to data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information;
|
17
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
•
|
greater difficulty in supporting and localizing our products;
|
|
•
|
changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;
|
|
•
|
challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;
|
|
•
|
limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection; and
|
|
•
|
restrictions on repatriation of earnings.
|
We have limited experience in marketing, selling and supporting our products and services abroad. Our limited experience in operating our business internationally increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will suffer.
Even if demand for learning and talent management products and services increases generally, there is no guarantee that demand for SaaS solutions like ours will increase to a corresponding degree.
The widespread adoption of our solution depends not only on strong demand for learning and talent management products and services generally, but also for products and services delivered via a SaaS business model in particular. There are still a significant number of organizations that have adopted no talent management functions at all, and it is unclear whether such organizations ever will adopt such functions and, if they do, whether they will desire a SaaS learning and talent management solution like ours. As a result, we cannot assure you that our SaaS learning and talent management solution will achieve and sustain the high level of market
acceptance that is critical for the success of our business.
Mergers of or other strategic transactions by our competitors could weaken our competitive position or reduce our revenue.
If one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future strategic distributors, systems integrators, payroll services companies, third-party consulting firms or other parties with whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to promote our solution and limiting the number of consultants available to implement our solution. Disruptions in our business caused by these events could reduce our revenue.
If we fail to develop our brand cost-effectively, our business may suffer.
We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of the Cornerstone OnDemand brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our existing and future solutions and is an important element in attracting new clients. Furthermore, we believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successful promotion of our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to provide reliable and useful services at competitive prices. In the past, our efforts to build our brand have involved significant expenses. Brand promotion
activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incurred in building our brand. In addition, the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation shares our company name and any negative perceptions of any kind about the Foundation could adversely affect our brand and reputation. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract enough new clients or retain our existing clients to the extent necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, and our business could suffer.
18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Fluctuations in the exchange rate of foreign currencies could result in currency transactions losses.
We currently have foreign sales denominated in Great British Pounds and Euros and, may in the future, have sales denominated in the currencies of additional countries in which we establish or have established sales offices. In addition, we incur a portion of our operating expenses in Great British Pounds and Euros and, to a much lesser extent, other foreign currencies. Any fluctuation in the exchange rate of these foreign currencies may negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results. We have not previously engaged in foreign currency hedging. If we decide to hedge our foreign currency exposure, we may not be able to hedge
effectively due to lack of experience, unreasonable costs or illiquid markets.
We face risks associated with our sales to governmental entities.
Sales to governmental entities currently account for a small portion of our revenue, but we may increase sales to such entities in the future. The risks associated with doing business with governmental entities include, but are not limited to, the following:
|
•
|
Selling to governmental entities can be more competitive, expensive and time consuming than selling to private entities;
|
|
•
|
Governmental entities may have significant leverage in negotiations, thereby enabling such entities to demand contract terms that differ from what we generally agree to in our standard agreements, including, for example, most favored nation clauses and terms allowing contract termination for convenience;
|
|
•
|
Government demand and payment for our solution may be influenced by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays having an adverse impact on public sector demand for our solution; and
|
|
•
|
Government contracts are generally subject to audits and investigations, including termination of contracts, refund of a portion of fees received, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspensions or debarment from future government business.
|
While our experience dealing with governmental entities has so far been limited, to the extent that we become more reliant on contracts with government clients in the future, our exposure to such risks could increase, which, in turn, could adversely impact our business.
If for any reason we are not able to develop enhancements and new features, keep pace with technological developments or respond to future disruptive technologies, our business will be harmed.
Our future success will depend on our ability to adapt and innovate. To attract new clients and increase revenue from existing clients, we will need to enhance and improve our existing solution and introduce new features. The success of any enhancement or new feature depends on several factors, including timely completion, introduction and market acceptance. If we are unable to successfully develop or acquire new features or platforms or enhance our existing solution to meet client needs, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.
In addition, because our solution is designed to operate on a variety of network, hardware and software platforms using Internet tools and protocols, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our solution to keep pace with changes in internet-related hardware, software, communication, browser and database technologies. If we are unable to respond in a timely and cost-effective manner to these rapid technological developments, our solution may become less marketable and less competitive or obsolete and our operating results may be negatively impacted.
Finally, our ability to grow is subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver learning and talent management solutions at lower prices, more efficiently or more conveniently, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete.
19
TABLE OF CONTENTS
We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.
We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new features and platforms or enhance our existing solution, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges
superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired.
If we fail to adequately protect our proprietary rights, our competitive advantage could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, generate reduced revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.
Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our products and services. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we
regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our licensed products may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. Further, the laws of some countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and proprietary information may increase.
We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances. No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our products and proprietary information. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our solution.
Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.
In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our
intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could seriously harm our brand and adversely impact our business.
20
TABLE OF CONTENTS
We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.
There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends upon our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry. From time to time, third parties may claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. We have and may in the future obtain licenses from third parties to forestall or settle any potential claims of alleged infringement of our products and
technology upon the intellectual property rights of others. Discussions and negotiations with such third parties, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could seriously harm our business. In the future, we may receive claims that our products and technology infringe or violate the claimant’s intellectual property rights. However, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights of others that may cover some or all of our technology or products. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. We may also be obligated to indemnify our clients or distributors in connection with any such litigation and to obtain licenses, modify products, or refund fees, which could
further exhaust our resources. In addition, we may pay substantial settlement costs which could include royalty payments in connection with any such litigation and to obtain licenses, modify products, or refund fees, which could further exhaust our resources. Furthermore, we may pay substantial settlement costs which could include royalty payments in connection with any claim or litigation, whether or not successfully asserted against us. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.
Our results of operations may be adversely affected if we are subject to a protracted infringement claim or a claim that results in a significant damage award.
We expect that software product developers will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Our competitors or other third parties may challenge the validity or scope of our intellectual property rights. A claim may also be made relating to technology that we acquire or license from third parties. If we were subject to a claim of infringement, regardless of the merit of the claim or our defenses, the claim could:
|
•
|
require costly litigation to resolve and the payment of substantial damages;
|
|
•
|
require significant management time;
|
|
•
|
cause us to enter into unfavorable royalty or license agreements;
|
|
•
|
require us to discontinue the sale of our products;
|
|
•
|
require us to indemnify our clients or third-party service providers; or
|
|
•
|
require us to expend additional development resources to redesign our products.
|
We depend, in part, on technology of third parties licensed to us for our solution, and the loss or inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, reduced service levels or delayed sales of our solution.
Indemnity provisions in various agreements potentially expose us to substantial liability for intellectual property infringement and other losses.
Our agreements with clients and other third parties may include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our products, services, or other contractual obligations. The term of these indemnity
21
TABLE OF CONTENTS
provisions generally survives termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. From time to time, we are requested by clients to indemnify them for breach of confidentiality with respect to personal data. Although we normally do not agree to, or contractually limit our liability with respect to, such requests the existence of such a dispute with a client may have adverse effects on our client relationships and reputation.
We use open source software in our products, which could subject us to litigation or other actions.
We use open source software in our products and may use more open source software in the future. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary software
products with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary software products. If we inappropriately use open source software, we may be required to re-engineer our products, discontinue the sale of our products or take other remedial actions.
We rely on third-party computer hardware and software that may be difficult to replace or which could cause errors or failures of our service.
We rely on computer hardware, purchased or leased, and software licensed from third parties in order to deliver our solution. This hardware and software may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in our ability to provide our solution until equivalent technology is either developed by us or, if available, identified, obtained and integrated. In addition, errors or defects in third-party hardware or software used in our solution could result in errors or a failure of our solution, which could harm our business. In addition, we are in
the process of transitioning our network infrastructure from a fully managed third-party hosting environment to self-managed, co-location facilities. If our co-location facilities do not scale and support our continued growth on a more cost-effective basis than a fully managed third-party environment, our business may be negatively impacted.
We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.
Our solution is subject to export controls, including the Commerce Department's Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations established by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and exports of our solution must be made in compliance with these laws. If we fail to comply with these U.S. export control laws and import laws, including U.S. Customs regulations, we and certain of our employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges; fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers;
and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. In addition, if our distributors fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or authorizations, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm and penalties. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming and is not guaranteed, and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, the U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions laws prohibit the shipment of certain products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. Even though we take precautions to prevent our solution from being shipped or provided to U.S. sanctions targets, our solution and services could be
22
TABLE OF CONTENTS
shipped to those targets or provided by our distributors despite such precautions. Any such shipment could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties and reputational harm. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology, including through import permitting/licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our solution or could limit our clients’ ability to implement our solution in those countries. Changes in our solution or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction and sale of our solution in
international markets, prevent our clients with international operations from deploying our solution or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solution to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solution, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solution to existing or potential clients with international operations. Any decreased use of our solution or limitation on our ability to export or sell our solution would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in financial accounting standards or practices may cause adverse, unexpected financial reporting fluctuations and affect our reported results of operations.
A change in accounting standards or practices can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change is effective. New accounting pronouncements and varying interpretations of accounting pronouncements have occurred and may occur in the future. Changes to existing rules or the questioning of current practices may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business. For example, we retrospectively adopted the amended guidance for revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables on January 1, 2009, which had a material impact to
our financial position and results of operations.
The subleases for our corporate headquarters are subject, and subordinate, to a master lease, and any early termination of the master lease could materially and adversely affect our business.
We occupy our Santa Monica headquarters pursuant to two subleases from the primary tenant of the facility. The subleases are subject, and subordinate, to the terms and conditions of the tenant’s master lease with the building owner. Either or both subleases could be terminated early if the master lease is terminated for any reason, including, but not limited to, the tenant’s default or in the event the tenant exercises its right to terminate the master lease due to casualty or condemnation. Such a termination of our subleases could significantly disrupt our operations, including if we have to relocate our headquarters to another facility.
Such disruptions could materially adversely affect our business and financial results.
Risks Related to Tax Issues
We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in many jurisdictions, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in various jurisdictions.
As a multinational organization, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions around the world with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The amount of taxes we pay in these jurisdictions could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and results of operations. In addition, the authorities in these jurisdictions could review our tax returns and impose additional tax, interest and penalties, and the
authorities could claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries, any of which could have a material impact on us and the results of our operations.
23
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Taxing authorities could reallocate our taxable income among our subsidiaries, which could increase our consolidated tax liability.
We conduct operations world-wide through subsidiaries in various tax jurisdictions pursuant to transfer pricing arrangements between our subsidiaries. If two or more affiliated companies are located in different countries, the tax laws or regulations of each country generally will require that transfer prices be the same as those between unrelated companies dealing at arms’ length and that contemporaneous documentation is maintained to support the transfer prices. While we believe that we operate in compliance with applicable transfer pricing laws and intend to continue to do so, our transfer pricing procedures are not binding on applicable tax
authorities. If tax authorities in any of these countries were to successfully challenge our transfer prices as not reflecting arms’ length transactions, they could require us to adjust our transfer prices and thereby reallocate our income to reflect these revised transfer prices, which could result in a higher tax liability to us. In addition, if the country from which the income is reallocated does not agree with the reallocation, both countries could tax the same income, resulting in double taxation. If tax authorities were to allocate income to a higher tax jurisdiction, subject our income to double taxation or assess interest and penalties, it would increase our consolidated tax liability, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards to reduce future tax payments may be limited if we experience a change in ownership, or if taxable income does not reach sufficient levels.
Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income may be limited. We may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this initial public offering and subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. As a result, we may be limited in the portion of net operating loss
carryforwards that we can use in the future to offset taxable income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock
Our stock price is likely to be volatile and could decline following this offering, resulting in a substantial loss on your investment.
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained, which could affect your ability to sell your shares and could depress the market price of your shares. In addition, the initial public offering price has been determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholders, if any, and the representatives of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which our common stock will trade upon the completion of this offering. The stock market in general, and the market for technology-related stocks in particular, has been
highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease in the value of their shares, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those listed in this “
Risk Factors
” section of this prospectus and others, such as:
|
•
|
our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;
|
|
•
|
the overall performance of the equity markets;
|
|
•
|
developments with respect to intellectual property rights;
|
|
•
|
publication of unfavorable research reports about us or our industry or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;
|
|
•
|
speculation in the press or investment community;
|
24
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
•
|
the size of our public float;
|
|
•
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, new technologies, acquisitions, commercial relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and
|
|
•
|
global economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.
|
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no or few securities or industry analysts cover our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes incorrect or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to
decline.
We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements. These requirements include compliance with Section 404 and other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and . In addition, our management team will have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company. We expect that complying with these
rules and regulations will substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming and costly.
The increased costs associated with operating as a public company will decrease our net income or increase our net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our solution. Additionally, if these requirements divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
As a public company, we also expect that it may be more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.
Our principal stockholders will have a controlling influence over our business affairs and may make business decisions with which you disagree and which may adversely affect the value of your investment.
After this offering, it is anticipated that, based on share ownership at August 31, 2010, including shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates will beneficially own or control, directly or indirectly, shares of our common stock, which in the aggregate will represent approximately % of the outstanding shares of common stock, or % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. As a result, if some
of these persons or entities act together, they will have the ability to control matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the approval of any business combination. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by other stockholders. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying
25
TABLE OF CONTENTS
or preventing a change of control of our company or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent our stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares.
Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquiror than other investors or may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.
There may be sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock after this offering, which could cause our common stock price to decline significantly.
Additional sales of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have shares of common stock outstanding. The shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Substantially all of our existing stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters and us that restrict their ability to transfer their stock for 180 days from the date of this prospectus.
After the lock-up agreements expire, approximately additional shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, subject in most cases to the limitations of either Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act.
In addition, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may in their sole discretion, at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements, which would result in more shares being available for sale in the public market at earlier dates. Sales of common stock by existing stockholders in the public market, the availability of these shares for sale, our issuance of securities or the perception that any of these events might occur could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In addition, the sale of these shares by these stockholders
could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional stock.
As a new investor, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.
The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $ share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, and new investors will own % of our outstanding common stock. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having generally paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. In addition, the exercise of outstanding options and warrants will,
and future equity issuances may, result in further dilution to investors. Assuming the exercise in full of all of our employee stock options and warrants as of August 31, 2010, investors purchasing common stock in this offering would incur immediate dilution of $ per share, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and would own % of our outstanding common stock.
The issuance of additional stock in connection with acquisitions, our stock incentive plans, warrants or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.
After this offering, we will have an aggregate of shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans or otherwise. We may issue all of these shares without any action or approval by our stockholders. We intend to continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions in the future. We may pay for such acquisitions, partly or in full, through the issuance of additional equity.
Any issuance of shares in connection with our acquisitions, the exercise of stock options, warrants or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase our shares in this offering.
26
TABLE OF CONTENTS
After the completion of this offering, we do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.
After the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, our existing credit facilities prohibit us from paying cash dividends, and any future financing agreements may prohibit us from paying any type of dividends. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.
We have broad discretion to determine how to use the funds raised in this offering, and may use them in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of our common stock.
We could spend the proceeds from this offering in ways our stockholders may not agree with or that do not yield a favorable return. We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters, capital expenditures, repayment of indebtedness and potential acquisitions of or investments in complementary technologies, solutions or businesses. Until we use the proceeds of this offering, we plan to invest the net proceeds in investment-grade, interest-bearing securities, which may not yield a favorable rate of return. If we do not
invest or apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent an acquisition of our company.
Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, include provisions that:
|
•
|
authorize “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by the board without stockholder approval and may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;
|
|
•
|
create a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;
|
|
•
|
specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president;
|
|
•
|
establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;
|
|
•
|
provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;
|
|
•
|
provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;
|
|
•
|
specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors; and
|
|
•
|
require supermajority votes of the holders of our common stock to amend specified provisions of our charter documents.
|
These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.
In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.
27
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.
To the extent that our pre-tax income or loss is relatively small, our ability to conclude that a control deficiency is not a material weakness or that an accounting error does not require a restatement could be adversely affected.
Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our management is required to assess the impact of control deficiencies based upon both quantitative and qualitative factors, and depending upon that analysis we classify such identified deficiencies as either a control deficiency, significant deficiency or a material weakness. One element of our analysis of the significance of any control deficiency is its actual or potential financial impact. This assessment will vary depending on our level of pre-tax income or loss. For example, a smaller pre-tax income or loss will increase the likelihood of a quantitative assessment of a control deficiency as a significant
deficiency or material weakness.
To the extent that our pre-tax income or loss is relatively small, if management or our independent registered public accountants identify an error in our interim or annual financial statements, it is more likely that such an error may be determined to be a material weakness or be considered a material error that could, depending upon the complete quantitative and qualitative analysis, result in our having to restate previously issued financial statements.
28
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends affecting our business. Forward-looking statements should not be read as guarantees of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the date of this prospectus and our management’s good faith belief as of such date with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and
uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:
|
•
|
our ability to attract new clients to enter into subscriptions for our solution;
|
|
•
|
our ability to service those clients effectively and induce them to renew and upgrade their deployments of our solution;
|
|
•
|
our ability to expand our sales organization to address effectively the new industries, geographies and types of organizations we intend to target;
|
|
•
|
our ability to accurately forecast revenues and appropriately plan our expenses;
|
|
•
|
market acceptance of enhanced solutions, alternate ways of addressing learning and talent management needs or new technologies generally by us and our competitors;
|
|
•
|
continued acceptance of SaaS as an effective method for delivering learning and talent management solutions and other business management applications;
|
|
•
|
the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;
|
|
•
|
our ability to protect and defend our intellectual property;
|
|
•
|
costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;
|
|
•
|
events in the markets for our solution and alternatives to our solution, as well as in the United States and global markets generally;
|
|
•
|
future regulatory, judicial and legislative changes in our industry;
|
|
•
|
changes in the competitive environment in our industry and the markets in which we operate; and
|
|
•
|
other factors discussed under “
Risk Factors
” and “
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
” in this prospectus.
|
In addition, in this prospectus, the words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “predict,” “potential” and similar expressions, as they relate to our company, business and management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the future events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statement. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting future performance or results, except to the extent required by applicable laws. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.
29
TABLE OF CONTENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of common stock offered by us will be approximately $ million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $ million, assuming
that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders, including if the underwriters’ exercise their option to purchase additional shares, although we may pay the expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of those shares. See “
Principal and Selling Stockholders
.”
We currently intend to use the net proceeds received by us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for repayment of outstanding indebtedness, or for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business. We have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions or investments. For information regarding our outstanding indebtedness, including our senior subordinated promissory note
agreement with Ironwood Equity Fund LLP, which includes a redemption right upon the consummation of an initial public offering, see Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements.
Our management will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds from this offering. Pending the above uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities, such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. We cannot predict whether the invested proceeds will yield a favorable return.
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on then-existing conditions, including our financial condition, operating results, contractual restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. Currently, our credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank prohibits our payment of dividends.
30
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization at June 30, 2010:
|
•
|
on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock, (ii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share, (iii) the conversion of other outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock into warrants to purchase 520,625 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share and the related reclassification of preferred stock warrant liabilities to stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and (iv) the retirement of 650,000 shares of treasury stock, each as if such event had occurred on June 30, 2010; and
|
|
•
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering, at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2010
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
Pro Forma as
Adjusted
(1)
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share data)
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
7,106
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
|
|
$
|
1,878
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
3,906
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
10,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 29,726,859 shares authorized, 23,752,616 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
35,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ (deficit) equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 8,553,542 shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 37,387,215 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost; 650,000 shares actual; no shares pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(55,924
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity
|
|
|
(56,384
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
(4,616
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or
|
31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
|
The number of shares of common stock set forth in the table above excludes:
|
•
|
995,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share, which will remain outstanding after this offering;
|
|
•
|
5,839,325 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2010 at a weighted average exercise price of $0.63 per share; and
|
|
•
|
an aggregate of additional shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.
|
32
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of your shares. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value represents the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.
The historical net tangible book value of our common stock at June 30, 2010 was $(20.6) million, or $(2.41) per share, based on 8,553,542 shares of common stock outstanding at such date. Historical net tangible book value per share represents our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less our total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.
After giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all our outstanding preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.33 per share, immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (iii) the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering, and (iv) receipt by us of the net proceeds of $ from our sale such shares at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at June 30, 2010 would have been approximately $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis (unaudited) to new investors:
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net tangible book value per share at June 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock and exercise of warrants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share attributable to this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share, as adjusted to give effect to this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $ per share and the dilution to new investors by $ per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.
33
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The table below summarizes at June 30, 2010, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration and the average price per share (i) paid to us by existing stockholders and (ii) to be paid by new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, before deducting underwriters’ discounts and estimated expenses payable by us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
Average
Price Per
Share
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Percent
|
|
Amount
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
(in thousands, other than per share data and percentages)
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
37,387,215
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration by all stockholders by approximately $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us (as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same.
Sales by selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares held by existing stockholders to be reduced to shares, or % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders would be further reduced to shares, or % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
To the extent that any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, or additional options or warrants are issued, new investors will experience further dilution. At June 30, 2010, we had outstanding:
|
•
|
options that are exercisable for 5,839,325 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.63 per share; and
|
|
•
|
warrants that will be, after this offering, exercisable for 995,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share.
|
In addition, we have reserved an aggregate of additional shares of common stock for issuance under our equity incentive plans. For a description of our equity incentive plans, see “
Executive Compensation — 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
” and “
— 2009 Equity Incentive Plan
.”
34
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 are derived from our unaudited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 and balance sheet data at June 30, 2010 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.
You should read the selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
Consolidated statements of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
4,953
|
|
|
$
|
7,280
|
|
|
$
|
10,976
|
|
|
$
|
19,626
|
|
|
$
|
29,322
|
|
|
$
|
13,804
|
|
|
$
|
20,283
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
1,773
|
|
|
|
2,246
|
|
|
|
3,911
|
|
|
|
6,116
|
|
|
|
8,676
|
|
|
|
3,961
|
|
|
|
6,227
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
3,180
|
|
|
|
5,034
|
|
|
|
7,065
|
|
|
|
13,510
|
|
|
|
20,646
|
|
|
|
9,843
|
|
|
|
14,056
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
3,079
|
|
|
|
4,915
|
|
|
|
9,343
|
|
|
|
16,914
|
|
|
|
18,886
|
|
|
|
8,316
|
|
|
|
12,946
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
|
947
|
|
|
|
1,754
|
|
|
|
2,724
|
|
|
|
2,791
|
|
|
|
1,247
|
|
|
|
2,145
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
978
|
|
|
|
1,426
|
|
|
|
2,653
|
|
|
|
2,564
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
1,934
|
|
|
|
3,116
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
4,961
|
|
|
|
7,288
|
|
|
|
13,750
|
|
|
|
22,202
|
|
|
|
26,006
|
|
|
|
11,497
|
|
|
|
18,207
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(1,781
|
)
|
|
|
(2,254
|
)
|
|
|
(6,685
|
)
|
|
|
(8,692
|
)
|
|
|
(5,360
|
)
|
|
|
(1,654
|
)
|
|
|
(4,151
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
|
|
(442
|
)
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
(639
|
)
|
|
|
(813
|
)
|
|
|
(279
|
)
|
|
|
(601
|
)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,147
|
|
|
|
(790
|
)
|
|
|
(2,147
|
)
|
|
|
(1,175
|
)
|
|
|
(4,442
|
)
|
Loss before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(2,141
|
)
|
|
|
(2,696
|
)
|
|
|
(5,682
|
)
|
|
|
(10,121
|
)
|
|
|
(8,320
|
)
|
|
|
(3,108
|
)
|
|
|
(9,194
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(2,141
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,696
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,702
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,183
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,392
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,144
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,253)
|
|
35
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
Excess of fair value of consideration transferred over carrying value on redemption of Series A preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(2,425
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(211
|
)
|
|
|
(337
|
)
|
|
|
(2,072
|
)
|
|
|
(986
|
)
|
|
|
(2,005
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(2,141
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,696
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,338
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,520
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,464
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,130
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,258
|
)
|
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
(1)
|
|
$
|
(0.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.31
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.97
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.24
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.49
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.32
|
)
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
|
|
|
8,462
|
|
|
|
8,833
|
|
|
|
8,562
|
|
|
|
8,387
|
|
|
|
8,467
|
|
|
|
8,458
|
|
|
|
8,538
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (unaudited)
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.
|
|
(2)
|
Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the assumed conversion of all our convertible preferred stock as though the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31,
|
|
At June 30, 2010
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2006
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated balance sheet data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
695
|
|
|
$
|
548
|
|
|
$
|
11,109
|
|
|
$
|
3,290
|
|
|
$
|
8,061
|
|
|
$
|
7,106
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
758
|
|
|
|
1,018
|
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
3,975
|
|
Working capital (deficit), excluding deferred revenue
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(388
|
)
|
|
|
10,111
|
|
|
|
5,540
|
|
|
|
14,399
|
|
|
|
8,412
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
4,948
|
|
|
|
5,543
|
|
|
|
19,247
|
|
|
|
15,934
|
|
|
|
27,017
|
|
|
|
26,858
|
|
Deferred revenue, current and non-current portion
|
|
|
2,419
|
|
|
|
5,088
|
|
|
|
9,131
|
|
|
|
14,361
|
|
|
|
19,507
|
|
|
|
19,432
|
|
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
1,158
|
|
|
|
1,878
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
757
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2,639
|
|
|
|
2,552
|
|
|
|
4,045
|
|
|
|
3,906
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
1,493
|
|
|
|
2,282
|
|
|
|
5,683
|
|
|
|
10,125
|
|
Convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
11,619
|
|
|
|
11,619
|
|
|
|
23,493
|
|
|
|
23,830
|
|
|
|
33,854
|
|
|
|
35,859
|
|
Total stockholders’ deficit
|
|
|
(14,029
|
)
|
|
|
(16,536
|
)
|
|
|
(25,094
|
)
|
|
|
(35,270
|
)
|
|
|
(45,378
|
)
|
|
|
(56,384
|
)
|
36
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together with “
Prospectus Summary — Summary Consolidated Financial Data
,” “
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere within this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information that involves risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including but not
limited to those discussed in the sections entitled “
Risk Factors
” and “
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
.”
Overview
We are a leading global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as software-as-a-service, or SaaS. We enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders and enabling an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other content. We currently have over 390 clients who use our solution
to empower over 4.25 million users across 164 countries and 16 languages.
Our solution consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. Clients can purchase these platforms individually and easily add and integrate additional platforms at any time. We offer a number of cross-platform tools for analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation. We also provide consulting services for configuration and training for our solution as well as third-party e-learning content for use with our solution.
We founded our business in 1999 to improve access to education through the distribution of online educational content to individuals, small businesses and large corporations. Our distribution platform was built using Internet technologies that are now known as software-as-a-service. When the Internet “bubble” burst in 2000, we focused on corporations that needed tools to manage compliance and on-boarding of employees as well as to link learning to employee performance, leadership development and knowledge management. As a result of our work with clients to address their particular challenges, we had as early as 2001 developed the foundation
for a comprehensive learning and talent management solution that included platforms for learning management, succession planning, performance management, and knowledge management, which has evolved into enterprise social networking. In 2006, we added our extended enterprise platform.
Global 500 companies were among our first clients. In our early years, we focused primarily on building our account management and support capabilities to be able to service these large clients more effectively. Sales were initially constrained by the resistance of some large corporations to purchase SaaS solutions. By the mid-2000s, however, our market opportunity increased significantly with both the adoption of SaaS solutions generally by large enterprises and the market’s recognition of learning and talent management as a distinct industry.
In response to these positive trends, we raised our first round of institutional venture capital in May 2007. We used this capital to serve clients across multiple industries, geographies and enterprise types by increasing the number of our direct sales personnel, both domestically and internationally, and by expanding our indirect channels through distribution relationships. Between June 2007 and June 2010, our number of users increased from 562,000 to 3,860,000. In 2009, after a highly competitive process involving a number of potential providers, ADP chose to enter into an OEM agreement with us that allows ADP to sell our solution globally.
We generate most of our revenue from sales of our solution pursuant to multi-year client agreements. Our sales typically involve competitive processes, with sales cycles that generally vary
37
TABLE OF CONTENTS
in duration from two to nine months depending on the size of the potential client. We price our solution based on the number of platforms the client can access and the permitted number of users with access to each platform. Our client agreements typically have terms of three years. We also generate revenue from consulting services for configuration, training, and consulting, as well as from the resale or hosting of third-party e-learning content.
We recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the client agreement and revenue from consulting services as these services are performed. We generally invoice clients annually in advance for multi-year subscriptions and also in advance for any consulting services. We record amounts invoiced for portions of annual subscription periods that have not occurred or services that have not been performed as deferred revenue on our balance sheet. With the growth in the number of client agreements related to our solution, our deferred revenue has grown from $9.1 million at December 31, 2007 to $19.4 million at June 30, 2010.
We generate sales of our solution primarily through our direct sales teams and, to a lesser extent, indirectly through our distributors. We intend to accelerate our investment in our direct sales and distribution activities to continue to address our market opportunity.
We target our sales and marketing efforts at large and mid-sized clients, and our solution can be used in all industry vertical segments. We also continue to market and sell to existing clients, who may renew their subscriptions, add platforms, broaden the deployment of our solution across their organizations and increase the usage of our solution over time. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, no single client or distributor accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. Our number of clients has grown from 105 at December 31, 2007 to 367 at June 30, 2010.
We have historically experienced seasonality in terms of when we enter into client agreements for our solution. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, as well as renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year and usually sign a significant portion of these agreements during the last month, and often the last two weeks, of each quarter. This seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, due to the fact that we recognize subscription revenue over the term of the client agreement, which is generally three years. We expect this
seasonality to continue in the future, which may cause fluctuations in certain of our operating results and financial metrics, and thus limit our ability to predict future results.
We believe the market for learning and talent management remains large and underpenetrated, providing us with significant growth opportunities. We expect businesses and other organizations to continue to increase their spending on learning and talent management solutions in order to maximize productivity of their employees, manage changing workforce demographics and ensure compliance with global regulatory requirements. International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that total spending on SaaS and legacy software for workforce, e-learning, e-recruiting, intelligent compensation and performance management was $3.6 billion in 2009.
1
Historically, many of these software solutions have been human resource applications running on hardware located on organizations’ premises. However, we believe that just as organizations have increasingly chosen SaaS solutions for business applications such as sales force management, they are also increasingly adopting SaaS learning and talent management solutions. According to IDC, the overall SaaS market totaled $13.1 billion in revenue in 2009, representing 5.7% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets, and is expected to grow to $32.4 billion by 2013, representing 13.4% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets.
2
We have focused on growing our business to pursue this significant market opportunity, and we plan to continue to invest in building for growth. As a result, we expect our cost of revenue and operating expenses will increase in future periods. Sales and marketing expenses are expected to increase, as we continue to expand our direct sales teams, increase our marketing activities, and
|
1
|
IDC, Worldwide HCM Applications 2008 Vendor Shares: Analysis of 25 Vendors in Core HR, eLearning, eRecruiting, Intelligent Compensation, Performance Management, and Workforce Management, Doc.# 221284, Dec 2009.
|
|
2
|
IDC, Worldwide Software as a Service 2010-2014 Forecast: Software Will Never Be the Same, Doc.#223628, Jun 2010.
|
38
TABLE OF CONTENTS
grow our international operations. Research and development expenses are expected to increase as we improve the existing functionality for our solution. We also believe that we must invest in maintaining a high degree of client service and support that is critical for our continued success. We plan to continue our policy of implementing best practices across our organization, expanding our technical operations and investing in our network infrastructure and services capabilities in order to support continued future growth. We also expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of both our growth and transition to becoming a public company.
Since inception, we have raised $37 million of equity capital, and at June 30, 2010, we had $9.6 million of debt outstanding. Our deliberate and disciplined capital deployment and growth strategy has enabled us to weather periods of economic down-turns and significant changes in the markets we serve without undergoing layoffs or business contraction. We plan to employ a similar approach to capital deployment and growth in the future.
Metrics
We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At or For Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
At or For Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Bookings (in thousands)
|
|
$
|
15,019
|
|
|
$
|
24,857
|
|
|
$
|
34,467
|
|
|
$
|
11,287
|
|
|
$
|
20,208
|
|
Annual dollar retention rate
|
|
|
96.1
|
%
|
|
|
89.9
|
%
|
|
|
94.8
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Number of clients
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
367
|
|
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)
|
|
|
859,000
|
|
|
|
2,065,000
|
|
|
|
3,347,000
|
|
|
|
2,443,000
|
|
|
|
3,860,000
|
|
|
•
|
Bookings
. Under our revenue recognition policy, we generally recognize subscription revenues from our client agreements ratably over the terms of those agreements. For this reason, the major portion of our revenues for a period will be from client agreements signed in prior periods rather than new business activity during the current period. In order to assess our business performance with a metric that more fully reflects current period business activity, we track bookings, which we define as the sum of revenues and the change in the deferred revenue balance for the period. We include changes in the deferred revenue balance in bookings to reflect new business activity in the period evidenced by prepayments or billings under our billing policies arising from acquisition of new clients, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, the addition of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. Bookings are
affected by our billing terms, and any changes in those billing terms may shift bookings between periods. Due to the seasonality of our sales, bookings growth is highly inconsistent from quarter to quarter throughout a calendar year.
|
|
•
|
Annual dollar retention rate
. We define annual dollar retention rate as the implied monthly recurring revenue under client agreements at the end of a fiscal year, divided by the implied monthly recurring revenue, for that same client base, at the end of the prior fiscal year. This ratio does not reflect implied monthly recurring revenue for new clients added during the current fiscal year. We define implied monthly recurring revenue as the total amount of minimum recurring revenue contractually committed to, under each of our client agreements over the entire term of the agreement, but excluding non-recurring support, consulting and maintenance fees, divided by the number of months in the term of the agreement. Implied monthly recurring revenue is substantially comprised of subscriptions to our solution. We believe that our annual dollar retention rate is an important metric to measure the long-term value of client agreements
and our ability to retain our clients.
|
39
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
•
|
Number of clients
. We believe that our ability to expand our client base is an indicator of our market penetration and the growth of our business as we continue to invest in our direct sales teams and distributors.
|
|
•
|
Number of users.
Since our clients generally pay fees based on the number of users of our solution within their organizations, we believe the total number of users is an indicator of the growth of our business.
|
Key Components Of Our Results Of Operations
Sources of Revenue and Revenue Recognition
Our solution is designed to enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in maximizing the productivity of their human capital. We generate revenue from the following sources:
|
•
|
Subscriptions to Our Solution.
Clients pay subscription fees for access to our comprehensive learning and talent management solution for a specified period of time, typically three years. Fees are based primarily on the number of platforms the client can access and the number of users having access to those platforms. We generally recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement.
|
|
•
|
Consulting Services.
We offer our clients assistance in implementing our solution and optimizing its use. Consulting services include application configuration, system integration, business process re-engineering, change management and training services. Services are billed either on a time-and-material or a fixed-fee basis. These services are generally purchased as part of a subscription arrangement and are typically performed within the first several months of the arrangement. Clients may also purchase consulting services at any other time. Our consulting services are performed by us directly or by third-party service providers we hire. Clients may also choose to perform these services themselves or hire their own third-party service providers. We generally recognize revenue from consulting services using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed.
|
|
•
|
E-learning Content.
We resell third-party on-line training content, which we refer to as e-learning content, to our clients. We also host other e-learning content provided to us by our clients. We generally recognize revenue from the resale of e-learning content as it is delivered and recognize revenue from hosting as the hosting services are provided.
|
Our client agreements generally include both a subscription to access our solution and related consulting services, and may also include e-learning content. Our agreements generally do not contain any cancellation or refund provisions other than in the event of our default. See “
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Revenue Recognition, Deferred Revenue and Offsets to Revenues
” for a description of the accounting policies relating to revenue recognition, including accounting policies relating to arrangements that include multiple deliverables.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs related to hosting our solution; personnel and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, for network infrastructure, IT support, consulting services and on-going client support; payments to external service providers; amortization of capitalized software costs and trademarks; licensing fees; and referral fees. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent, IT costs, depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount. The costs associated with providing consulting services are significantly higher as a percentage of revenue than the
costs associated with providing access to our solution due to the labor costs to provide the consulting services.
We plan to continue our efforts to manage cost of revenue. For example, we are automating certain client integration services, and we are transitioning our network infrastructure from a fully managed third-party hosting environment to self-managed co-location facilities. We expect the co-location facilities to scale and support our continued growth on a more cost-effective basis than a
40
TABLE OF CONTENTS
fully managed third-party environment, although the costs of the transition, which is expected to be completed in the second half of 2010, will negatively affect our cost of revenue in the near term.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses are as follows:
|
•
|
Sales and Marketing.
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our sales and marketing staff including salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commissions; costs of marketing and promotional events, corporate communications, online marketing, product marketing and other brand-building activities; and allocated overhead.
|
We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing and expect spending in these areas to increase as we continue to expand our business both domestically and internationally. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to be among the most significant components of our operating expenses.
|
•
|
Research and Development.
Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; the cost of certain third-party service providers; and allocated overhead. Research and development costs, other than software development expenses qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred.
|
We have focused our research and development efforts on continuously improving our solution. We believe that our research and development activities are efficient, because we benefit from maintaining a single software code base for our solution. We expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the future, as we scale our research and development department and expand out our network infrastructure.
|
•
|
General and Administrative.
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for administrative, legal, finance and human resource staffs, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; professional fees; insurance premiums; other corporate expenses; and allocated overhead.
|
We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase as we continue to expand our operations, hire additional personnel and transition from being a private company to a public company. In transitioning to a public company, we expect to incur increased expenses related to increased outside legal counsel assistance, accounting and auditing activities, compliance with the SEC requirements and enhancing our internal control environment through the adoption and administration of new corporate policies.
Other
|
•
|
Interest Income (Expense) and Other Income (Expense), Net.
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net, consists primarily of interest expense from borrowings under our credit facility and our promissory notes; capital lease payments; amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discounts; and income and expense associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net, was insignificant as a percentage of revenue in 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010.
|
|
•
|
Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities.
Preferred warrant liabilities are the result of warrants issued in connection with our long-term debt and preferred stock financings. Changes in the fair value of our preferred stock occur in connection with changes in the overall value of our company. Upon the completion of this offering,
|
41
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
all of our warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. At that time, the preferred stock warrant liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit), and we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these liabilities in our statements of operations.
|
Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes is related to certain state and foreign income taxes. As we have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, we have not historically recorded a provision for federal income taxes.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses, other income and expenses, provision for income taxes and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Changes in accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur
from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from our estimates. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. To the extent that there are material differences between our estimates and our actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.
We believe the assumptions and estimates associated with the following have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements: revenue recognition; sales commissions; stock-based compensation; allowance for doubtful accounts; capitalized software costs; impairment of our long-lived assets, including software capitalized software costs; income taxes; and fair value of warrants.
Revenue Recognition, Deferred Revenue and Offsets to Revenue
We recognize revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement for the sale of our solution or consulting services exists, (ii) our solution has been made available or delivered, or our services have been performed, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The timing and amount we recognize as revenue is determined based on the facts and circumstances of each client arrangement. Evidence of an arrangement consists of a signed client agreement. We consider that delivery of our software has commenced once we provide the client with log-in information to access and use our solution. If
non-standard acceptance periods or non-standard performance criteria exist, revenue recognition commences upon the satisfaction of the acceptance or performance criteria, as applicable. Our fees are fixed based on stated rates specified in the client agreement. We assess collectability based in part on an analysis of the creditworthiness of each client, as well as other relevant economic or financial factors. If we do not consider collection reasonably assured, we defer the revenue until the fees are actually collected. We record amounts that have been invoiced to our clients in accounts receivable and as either deferred revenues on our balance sheet or revenues on our statement of operations, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.
The majority of our client arrangements include multiple deliverables, such as subscriptions to our software solution accompanied by consulting services. We, therefore, recognize revenue in accordance with the guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables under Accounting Standards Update 2009-13 “
Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force
,” or ASU 2009-13 (formerly known as EITF 08-1, “
Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables
”). As our clients do not have the right to the underlying software
code of our solution, our revenue arrangements are outside the scope of software client recognition guidance.
42
TABLE OF CONTENTS
For such arrangements, we first assess whether each deliverable has value to the client on a standalone basis. Our solution has standalone value because once we give a client access, our solution is fully functional and does not require any additional development, modification or customization. Our consulting services have standalone value because third-party service providers, distributors or our clients themselves can perform these services without our involvement. The consulting services we provide are to assist clients with the configuration and integration of our solution. The performance of these services does not require highly specialized
individuals.
Based on the standalone value of our deliverables, and, since clients generally do not have a right of return relative to the included consulting services, we allocate revenue among the separate deliverables under the relative selling price method using the selling price hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverables arrangement to be based on, in declining order of preference, (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, (ii) third-party evidence of fair value, or TPE, (iii) management’s best estimate of the selling price, or BESP.
We are not able to determine VSOE or TPE for our deliverables because we sell them separately and within a sufficiently narrow price range only infrequently, and because we have determined that there are no third-party offerings reasonably comparable to our solution. Accordingly, we determine the selling price of subscriptions to our solution and consulting services based on BESP. The determination of BESP requires us to make significant estimates and judgments. We consider numerous factors, including the nature of the deliverables themselves; the geographies, market conditions and competitive landscape for the sale; our internal costs; and pricing
and discounting practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with, and formal approval by, our senior management. We update our estimates of BESP on an ongoing basis as events and circumstances require, and we update our determination to use BESP on a semi-annual basis, including assessing whether we can determine VSOE or TPE.
After we determine the fair value of revenue allocable to each deliverable based on the relative selling price method, we recognize the revenue for each based on the type of deliverable. For subscriptions to our solution, we recognize the revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the client agreement, which is typically three years. For consulting services, we generally recognize revenue using the proportional performance method over the period the services are expected to be performed.
In a limited number of cases, our multiple deliverables arrangements include consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis separate from our solution, such as when the client’s intended use of our solution requires enhancements to underlying features and functionality. In these cases, we recognize revenue for the arrangement as one unit of accounting on a straight-line basis over the term of the client agreement, once the consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis have been completed and accepted by the client.
For arrangements in which we resell third-party e-learning content to our clients or host client or third-party e-learning content provided by the client, we recognize revenues in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal and when to report net revenue as an agent. We recognize e-learning content revenues in the gross amount that we invoice our client when: (i) we are the primary obligor, (ii) we have latitude to establish the price charged and (iii) we bear the credit risk in the transaction. For arrangements involving our sale of e-learning content, we charge our clients for the content based on
pay-per-use or a fixed rate for a specified number of users and recognize the gross amount invoiced as revenue as the content is delivered. For arrangements where clients purchase e-learning content directly from a third-party, or provide it themselves, and we integrate the content into our solution, we charge a hosting fee. In such cases, we recognize the amount invoiced for hosting as the content is delivered, excluding any portion we invoice that is attributable to fees the third-party charges for the content.
In connection with our five-year global OEM agreement with ADP in May 2009, we entered into a warrant agreement to provide ADP additional performance incentives. Under the agreement, until the
43
TABLE OF CONTENTS
completion of this offering, we may be obligated to issue to ADP, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 886,096 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share based upon sales targets ADP achieves during each contract year. We record the estimated fair value of the warrants as a reduction of revenue and a corresponding liability based on the most probable sales target we expect ADP to achieve. Through December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, no reductions of revenue have been recorded because the defined targets have not been met by ADP for
the contract year ended June 30, 2010. As the warrants expected to be issued under the agreement are measured at fair value, revenues could fluctuate from period to period.
Accounting for Commission Payments
We defer commissions paid to our sales force because these amounts are recoverable from future revenue from the non-cancelable client agreements that gave rise to the commissions. We defer expense recognition upon payment and amortize expense to sales and marketing expenses over the term of the client agreement in proportion to the revenue that is recognized. Commissions are direct and incremental costs of our client agreements. We generally pay commissions in the periods we receive payment from the client under the associated client agreement.
Stock-based Compensation
We account for stock-based awards granted to employees and directors by recording compensation expense based on the awards’ estimated fair values. We expect that our expense related to stock-based compensation will increase over time.
We estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards under this model requires judgment, including estimating the value per share of our common stock adjusted for our status as a private company, estimated volatility, expected term of the awards, estimated dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent our best estimates, based on management’s judgment and subjective future expectations. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties. If any of
the assumptions used in the model change significantly, stock-based compensation recorded for future awards may differ materially from that recorded for awards granted previously.
The determination of the estimated value per share of our common stock is discussed below. We use the average volatility of similar publicly traded companies as an estimate for our estimated volatility. For purposes of determining the expected term of the awards in the absence of sufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises for our company, we apply a simplified approach in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected life of an award, as applicable, is based on the United States Treasury
yield curve in effect during the period the award granted. Our estimated dividend yield is zero, as we have not and do not currently intend to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.
Once we have determined the estimated fair value of our stock-based awards, we recognize the portion of that value that corresponds to the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, taking estimated forfeitures into account. This amount is recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the award using the straight-line method. We estimate forfeitures based upon our historical experience, and, at each period, review the estimated forfeiture rate and make changes as factors affecting the forfeiture rate calculations and assumptions change.
44
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Information related to our stock-based compensation activity, including weighted average grant date fair values and associated Black-Scholes option-pricing model assumptions, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
Six months
ended June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Stock options granted (in thousands)
|
|
|
1,812
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
Weighted average exercise price
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
Weighted average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
|
$
|
0.73
|
|
|
$
|
0.95
|
|
Weighted average Black-Scholes model assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated fair value of common stock
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
Estimated volatility
|
|
|
64.5
|
%
|
|
|
71.0
|
%
|
|
|
61.6
|
%
|
|
|
60.1
|
%
|
Estimated dividend yield
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
Expected term (years)
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
Risk-free rate
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
No stock options were granted in the six months ended June 30, 2009.
Significant Factors, Assumptions and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value of Common Stock
Given the absence of an active market for our common stock, our board of directors is required to estimate the fair value of our common stock at the time of each grant of stock-based awards. Since 2007, our management has regularly conducted contemporaneous valuations to assist the board in this determination at each grant date. The board was informed of these valuations and considered them along with other relevant objective and subjective factors it deemed important in each valuation, exercising significant judgment and reflecting the board’s best estimates at the time. These factors included:
|
•
|
contemporaneous independent third-party valuations, as applicable;
|
|
•
|
the nature and history of our business;
|
|
•
|
our operating and financial performance;
|
|
•
|
general economic conditions and the specific outlook for our industry;
|
|
•
|
significant new client sales by us and by our competitors and our competitive position in general;
|
|
•
|
the lack of liquidity for our non-publicly traded common stock;
|
|
•
|
the market price of companies engaged in the same or similar lines of business whose equity securities are publicly traded in active trading markets;
|
|
•
|
the differences between our preferred and common stock in terms of liquidation preferences, conversion rights, voting rights and other features; and
|
|
•
|
the likelihood of achieving different liquidity events or remaining a private company.
|
We performed the valuations of our common stock in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “
Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation
.” We first determined our business enterprise value and then allocated this business enterprise value to each part of our capital structure, both preferred stock and common stock. We determined enterprise value using a combination of two generally accepted approaches, the market-based approach and the income approach. The market-based approach measures the value of an asset or business through an
analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable investments or assets. In our case, it focused on
45
TABLE OF CONTENTS
comparing us to similar publicly traded companies. In applying this method, we derived valuation multiples from historical operating data of selected comparable companies and evaluated and adjusted those multiples based on the strengths and weaknesses of our company relative to the comparable companies. We then applied the adjusted multiple to our operating data to arrive at a valuation of our company. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future net cash flows, which are then discounted back to the present using a rate of return derived from alternative companies of similar type and risk profile. The resulting fair values of
our common stock calculated using the market-based approach and income approach method were consistent with each other at each valuation date.
For each valuation, we prepared a financial forecast to be used in both the market-based approach and income approach. The financial forecast took into account our past financial results, our business experiences and our future expectations. We assessed the risk associated with achieving this forecast in selecting appropriate multiples and discount rates. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates, as the assumptions we used were highly subjective and subject to changes as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that impact our business.
We then used a probability-weighted expected return method to allocate our business enterprise value determined under the market-based and income approaches to each part of our capital structure. This probability-weighted expected return method included the following steps:
|
•
|
we estimated the timing of each possible liquidity outcome and its future value. In our analysis, we considered potential liquidity scenarios related to an initial public offering, staying private, a merger or sale, and a dissolution. We based the anticipated timing of such potential liquidity events primarily on our then-current plans and associated risks, as estimated by our board of directors and management. The recent growth and expansion of our business had provided us better visibility into the likelihood of a liquidity event transpiring in the next one to three years;
|
|
•
|
we determined the appropriate allocation of value to the common stockholders under each liquidity scenario based on the rights and preferences of each class and series of our stock at that time;
|
|
•
|
we multiplied the resulting value of our common stock under each scenario by a present value factor, calculated based on our cost of equity and the expected timing of the event;
|
|
•
|
we then multiplied the present value of our common stock under each scenario by an estimated relative probability determined by our management and board of each scenario occurring; and
|
|
•
|
we then calculated the probability-weighted value per share of our common stock and applied a lack of marketability discount.
|
After determining the fair value of our common stock, we then utilized a Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of our stock-based awards granted, with the fair value of our common stock as an input into model. See “
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Stock Based Compensation
” for further discussion of our valuation methodology for stock-based awards.
The table below sets forth information regarding stock options for each grant date between January 1, 2009 and June 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant
|
|
Number of
shares
|
|
Exercise price
|
|
Estimated fair
value of
common stock
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
581,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
April 21, 2010
|
|
|
782,400
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
46
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following specific items were considered and determinations made in assessing the fair value of our common stock at each of the foregoing dates:
December 31, 2009
|
•
|
The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report, which was as of September 30, 2009.
|
|
•
|
A business enterprise value of $83.4 million, which was determined based on a combination of the market-based and income approaches.
|
|
•
|
A discount rate of 30%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital.
|
|
•
|
A lack of marketability discount of 25%.
|
|
•
|
Liquidity event scenario probabilities of 20% for an initial public offering, 40% for a sale or merger, and 35% for continuing as a private company. A dissolution scenario was deemed unlikely and was thus assigned only a 5% probability.
|
April 21, 2010
|
•
|
The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report, which was as of March 31, 2010.
|
|
•
|
A business enterprise value based on the market-based approach that had increased by $23.8 million to $107.2 million since December 31, 2009, due to a variety of variables in the valuation model, but primarily driven by revenue growth.
|
|
•
|
A discount rate of 30%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital.
|
|
•
|
A lack of marketability discount of 25%.
|
|
•
|
Liquidity event scenario probabilities of 35% for an initial public offering, 25% for a sale or merger, and 35% for continuing as a private company. Again, a dissolution scenario was deemed unlikely and thus assigned only a 5% probability.
|
We believe the consideration of the above factors by our board of directors was a reasonable approach in estimating the fair value of our common stock as of the dates indicated. However, determining the fair value of our common stock requires complex and subjective judgments, and there is inherent uncertainty in our results.
Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the mid-point of the range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding stock options vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2010 was $ million, of which $ million related to vested options and $ million related to options expected to vest.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
To date, we have not established an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on our historical collection experience and a review in each period of the status of our then-outstanding accounts receivable. To date, write-offs of accounts receivable have been insignificant. We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and will in the future establish an allowance if collections becomes doubtful. If our future actual collections are lower than expected, our cash flows could be negatively affected. In addition, any need to establish an allowance for doubtful accounts would itself negatively affect future results of operations.
Capitalized Software Costs
We capitalize the costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use, including costs incurred in connection with the development of our solution, when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has decided to make the project a part of our future solution offering, and the software will be used to perform the function intended. These capitalized costs
47
TABLE OF CONTENTS
include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, personnel and related expenses for employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time to, internal-use software projects and, when material, interest costs incurred during the development. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements to our solution are also capitalized. Post-configuration training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized to cost of
revenue using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of the software of three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use.
Impairment of Long Lived Assets
To date, we have identified no impairments of our long-lived assets. We assess the recoverability of our long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. We assess recoverability by determining whether the carrying value of these assets can be recovered through projected undiscounted cash flows over their remaining lives. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds the forecasted undiscounted cash flows, we recognize the impairment, measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds fair value, and charge it to operations in the period in which we determine there has been
impairment.
Income Taxes
We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the bases differences are expected to reverse. We record a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some of our net deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, we consider our projected future taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies. We have recorded a full valuation allowance
to reduce our net deferred tax assets to zero, because we have determined that it is not more likely than not that any of our net deferred tax assets will be realized. If in the future we determine that we will be able to realize any of our net deferred tax assets, we will make an adjustment to the allowance, which would increase our income in the period that the determination is made.
We have assessed our income tax positions and recorded tax benefits for all years subject to examination, based upon our evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at each period end. For those tax positions where we have determined there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, we have recorded the largest amount of tax benefit that may potentially be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where we have determined there is a less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax
benefit has been recognized in our financial statements.
Fair Value of Warrants
Warrants to purchase common stock
We have issued warrants to purchase our common stock in connection with debt arrangements and our purchase of certain domain names. We accounted for these warrants at fair value upon issuance in stockholders’ equity, based on the specific terms of each warrant.
Under our agreement with ADP, we may have an obligation to issue to ADP, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 886,096 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share, based upon sales targets ADP achieves during each contract year until the earlier of the end of the five-year term of our OEM agreement or the completion of this offering. The warrants terminate early upon the earlier of immediately prior to an acquisition of our company or other disposition of all our assets or three years after this offering. At June 30, 2010, no warrants had been issued to
ADP, because the defined targets had not been met by ADP for the contract year ended June 30, 2010. ADP will no longer be entitled to earn warrants after the completion of this offering.
48
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Based on the most probable sales target we expect ADP to achieve, we record the estimated fair value of the warrants that may be issued to ADP as a reduction of revenue. Prior to the issuance of the warrants for a particular contract year, we estimate at each period end the number of warrants likely to be issued, considering the ratio of sales by ADP actually recorded to date during the year to the sales by ADP estimated for the entire contract year, but only to the extent that a minimum sales target is expected to be achieved. These estimates are based on our historical sales to date by ADP, our expectation of future sales during the contract year
and the status of pending contracts.
We then estimate the fair value of these warrants using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates several estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant management judgment. To the extent that our estimates vary from actual results, we adjust our estimates in the period in which additional information becomes known.
Warrants to purchase preferred stock
We have issued warrants to purchase our preferred stock in connection with debt arrangements and preferred stock financings. We have accounted for these warrants as liabilities at fair value at the time of issuance in each reporting period, because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are redeemable or contingently redeemable, including in the case of a deemed liquidation, which may obligate us to transfer assets to the warrant holders at some point in the future.
As with the ADP warrants and stock-based compensation, we estimate the fair value of our preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which incorporates several estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant management judgment. Changes in fair value at each period end are recorded in other income (expense) in our statement of operations until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, or the completion of this offering or a liquidation event.
Upon the completion of this offering, all our warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. At that time the preferred stock warrant liabilities will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit), and we will no longer record any changes in the fair value of these liabilities in our statement of operations.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued ASU 2009-13, which amends Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Subtopic 605-25. The amendments in ASU 2009-13 modify the ability of vendors, upon meeting certain criteria, to account separately for products or services provided in multiple-deliverables arrangements rather than as a combined unit and establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of each deliverable. Under ASU 2009-13, a vendor can determine a best estimate of the deliverable’s selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a
standalone basis, even if the vendor does not have vendor-specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of the selling price, as otherwise required under ASC Subtopic 605-25. ASU 2009-13 also amends ASC 605-25 to eliminate the use of the residual method in determining selling prices and requires a vendor to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method for each deliverable.
The amendments in ASU 2009-13 were effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted at the beginning of an entity's fiscal year and an option for retrospective adoption and restatement of prior financial statements. We believe retrospective adoption provides more comparable financial information between periods. We therefore adopted the amendments in ASU 2009-13 retrospectively as of January 1, 2009. Retrospective adoption required us to revise our previously issued financial statements as if the amendments in ASU 2009-13 had always
been in effect, and the financial statements and notes included in this prospectus reflect retrospective
49
TABLE OF CONTENTS
adoption for all prior periods presented. The adoption of the amendments had a material impact on our financial position and results of operations, as described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
In July 2006, FASB issued guidance for the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement principles for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken. This interpretation was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted the guidance on January 1, 2007 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
Effective January 2010, we adopted ASU No. 2010-06, “
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,
” which requires previous fair value hierarchy disclosures for certain balance sheet items to be further disaggregated by class of assets and liabilities. A class is often a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the balance sheet. In addition, significant reclassifications between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy are required to be disclosed. These additional requirements became effective January 1, 2010 for quarterly and annual reporting. Their adoption did not have any impact on our financial statements. In
addition, ASU 2010-06 requires more detailed disclosures regarding changes in Level 3 instruments. This disclosure change will be effective January 1, 2011 and is not expected to have an impact on our financial statements.
50
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our statements of operations for each of the periods indicated in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of revenue. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
|
Six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
10,976
|
|
|
$
|
19,626
|
|
|
$
|
29,322
|
|
|
$
|
13,804
|
|
|
$
|
20,283
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
3,911
|
|
|
|
6,116
|
|
|
|
8,676
|
|
|
|
3,961
|
|
|
|
6,227
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
7,065
|
|
|
|
13,510
|
|
|
|
20,646
|
|
|
|
9,843
|
|
|
|
14,056
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
9,343
|
|
|
|
16,914
|
|
|
|
18,886
|
|
|
|
8,316
|
|
|
|
12,946
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
1,754
|
|
|
|
2,724
|
|
|
|
2,791
|
|
|
|
1,247
|
|
|
|
2,145
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2,653
|
|
|
|
2,564
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
1,934
|
|
|
|
3,116
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
13,750
|
|
|
|
22,202
|
|
|
|
26,006
|
|
|
|
11,497
|
|
|
|
18,207
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(6,685
|
)
|
|
|
(8,692
|
)
|
|
|
(5,360
|
)
|
|
|
(1,654
|
)
|
|
|
(4,151
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
(639
|
)
|
|
|
(813
|
)
|
|
|
(279
|
)
|
|
|
(601
|
)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
1,147
|
|
|
|
(790
|
)
|
|
|
(2,147
|
)
|
|
|
(1,175
|
)
|
|
|
(4,442
|
)
|
Loss before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(5,682
|
)
|
|
|
(10,121
|
)
|
|
|
(8,320
|
)
|
|
|
(3,108
|
)
|
|
|
(9,194
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(5,702
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,183
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,392
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,144
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,253
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
|
Six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Revenue
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(44
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Loss before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(52
|
)%
|
|
|
(52
|
)%
|
|
|
(29
|
)%
|
|
|
(23
|
)%
|
|
|
(46
|
)%
|
51
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table sets forth the following key metrics that we use to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At or For Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
At or For Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Bookings (in thousands)
|
|
$
|
15,019
|
|
|
$
|
24,857
|
|
|
$
|
34,467
|
|
|
$
|
11,287
|
|
|
$
|
20,208
|
|
Annual dollar retention rate
|
|
|
96.1
|
%
|
|
|
89.9
|
%
|
|
|
94.8
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Number of clients
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
367
|
|
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)
|
|
|
859,000
|
|
|
|
2,065,000
|
|
|
|
3,347,000
|
|
|
|
2,443,000
|
|
|
|
3,860,000
|
|
Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009
Revenue and Metrics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At or for
six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Revenue (in thousands)
|
|
$
|
13,804
|
|
|
$
|
20,283
|
|
Bookings (in thousands)
|
|
$
|
11,287
|
|
|
$
|
20,208
|
|
Number of clients
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
367
|
|
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)
|
|
|
2,443,000
|
|
|
|
3,860,000
|
|
Revenue increased $6.5 million, or 47%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. Revenue growth in 2010 was mainly driven by revenue from client agreements signed in prior periods that was not fully reflected in those periods, as a result of the seasonality of when we enter into new client agreements and our revenue recognition policy, which generally recognizes subscription revenue over the contract period. To a lesser extent, revenue growth resulted from current period acquisitions of new clients, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. We
believe this growth is primarily a result of our continued investment in the growth of our direct sales teams, increased marketing activities and increased brand awareness. Revenue in the United States increased by $3.6 million, or 33%, while international revenue, mainly in Europe, increased by $2.9 million or 98% from $2.9 million for the first six months ended 2009 to $5.8 million for the first six months of 2010. Sales in Europe were mainly driven by the acquisition of new clients. As a percentage of total revenue, international revenue accounted for 21% for the first six months of 2009 compared to 29% for the first six months of 2010.
Our bookings, number of clients and number of users all grew significantly from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. Bookings increased 79% compared to the 47% increase in revenues, due primarily to acquisitions of new clients and, to a much lesser extent, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. The number of clients grew 78%. The number of users increased by approximately 1.4 million, or 58%, due almost entirely to acquisition of new clients in the current period, although we also increased our penetration within existing clients.
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
3,961
|
|
|
$
|
6,227
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
9,843
|
|
|
$
|
14,056
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
71
|
%
|
|
|
69
|
%
|
52
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cost of revenue increased $2.3 million, or 57%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010, primarily attributable to increased costs associated with additional headcount and improvement of our network infrastructure, in each case to service existing clients as well as in anticipation of future growth. We have been transitioning our network infrastructure from a fully managed third-party hosting environment to self-managed co-location facilities. We anticipate this transition will be completed by the end of 2010, and that the new co-location facilities will be better able to scale to meet significantly increased capacity
requirements in support of our continued growth on a more cost-effective basis than our historic third-party managed environment. To a lesser extent, the increase was attributable to increased depreciation associated with recent additions to our fixed assets; increased third-party e-learning content fees, as we enter into additional client agreements; and increased capitalized software amortization arising from the recent deployments of such software.
Our gross margin decreased by 2% from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010, reflecting our investment in additional headcount and non-recurring costs associated with the transition of our network infrastructure.
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
$
|
8,316
|
|
|
$
|
12,946
|
|
Percent of revenue
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
64
|
%
|
Sales and marketing expenses increased $4.6 million, or 56%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. The increase in both dollars and as a percentage of revenue was primarily attributable to the increase in our sales force to address increased opportunities in existing and new markets and an increase in commissions due to increased sales volume. Total headcount in sales and marketing increased 53% from June 30, 2009 to June 30, 2010, with the number of employees on our direct sales teams increasing by 70%.
Research and Development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
1,247
|
|
|
$
|
2,145
|
|
Percent of revenue
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Research and development expenses increased $0.9 million, or 72%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to increased employee-related costs to maintain and enhance the existing functionality in our solution. Research and development headcount increased 53% from June 30, 2009 to June 30, 2010 in support of these activities.
We capitalize a portion of our software development costs related to the development and enhancements of our solution which are then amortized to cost of revenue. The timing of our capitalizable development and enhancement projects may affect the amount of development costs expensed in any given period. We capitalized $0.7 million and $0.7 million of software development costs and amortized $0.4 million and $0.6 million, in the first six months of 2009 and 2010, respectively. We believe that our research and development activities continue to be efficient because we benefit from maintaining a single code base of our solution.
53
TABLE OF CONTENTS
General and Administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
General and administrative
|
|
$
|
1,934
|
|
|
$
|
3,116
|
|
Percent of revenue
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
General and administrative expenses increased $1.2 million, or 61%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to increased employee-related costs due to increased headcount, and to higher professional fees for accounting, audit, legal and tax services. General and administrative headcount increased by 100% from June 30, 2009 to June 30, 2010, primarily in our accounting and finance department to support our growing business and to prepare to transition from a private company to a public company. Professional fees for accounting and legal services also increased due to the expansion of
our international business activities and in connection with preparing for the transition to a public company.
Interest Income (Expense) and Other Income (Expense), Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
(279
|
)
|
|
$
|
(601
|
)
|
Percent of revenue
|
|
|
(2
|
)%
|
|
|
(3
|
)%
|
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net increased $0.3 million, or 115%, from the first six months of 2009 to the first six months of 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to foreign exchange fluctuations in the British Pound and Euro in relation to the U.S. Dollar and to higher interest expense as a result of increased average borrowings on our credit facilities in support of the growth in our business.
Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
$
|
(1,175
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,442
|
)
|
Percent of revenue
|
|
|
(9
|
)%
|
|
|
(22
|
)%
|
The fair value of the liabilities associated with our preferred stock warrants increased $4.4 million during the first six months of 2010, compared to an increase of $1.2 million during the first six months of 2009. These increases are recorded as expenses in our results of operations, and are attributable to increases in the fair value of our preferred stock warrants liabilities during each of these periods, driven in turn by an increase in the value of our company during the periods. We value our preferred stock warrants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. See “
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
—
Fair Value of Warrants
” for a discussion of the valuation methodology for our preferred stock warrant liabilities
.
Provision for Income Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
(36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(59
|
)
|
54
TABLE OF CONTENTS
We have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets and therefore have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented, other than provisions for certain state and foreign income taxes. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
Revenue and Metrics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At or For Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
Revenue (in thousands)
|
|
$
|
10,976
|
|
|
$
|
19,626
|
|
|
$
|
29,322
|
|
Bookings (in thousands)
|
|
$
|
15,019
|
|
|
$
|
24,857
|
|
|
$
|
34,467
|
|
Annual dollar retention rate
|
|
|
96.1
|
%
|
|
|
89.9
|
%
|
|
|
94.8
|
%
|
Number of clients
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)
|
|
|
859,000
|
|
|
|
2,065,000
|
|
|
|
3,347,000
|
|
Revenue increased $9.7 million, or 49%, from 2008 to 2009. Revenue growth in 2009 was mainly driven by revenue from client agreements signed in 2008 that was not fully reflected in 2008, as a result of the seasonality of when we enter into new client agreements and our revenue recognition policy, which generally recognizes subscription revenue over the contract period. In addition, revenue growth resulted from the acquisitions of new clients, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals, each within 2009. We believe this growth is primarily the result of our investment in
our direct sales teams, increased marketing activities and increased brand awareness. Revenue in the United States increased by $6.4 million, or 40%, while international revenue, mainly in Europe, increased by $3.3 million, or 91%, from $3.6 million in 2008 to $6.9 million in 2009. As a percentage of total revenue, international revenue accounted for 18% in 2008 compared to 24% in 2009.
Despite the global recession, our bookings, number of clients and number of users all grew significantly from 2008 to 2009. Bookings increased 39%, due primarily to acquisitions of new clients and, to a much lesser extent, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. The growth rates for revenue and bookings are not correlated in a given year due to the seasonality of our client agreements, the varied timing of billings, the recognition in most cases of subscription revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement, and the recognition of consulting revenues
based on proportional performance over the period the services are performed. Our annual dollar retention rate improved by 4.9% to 94.8% from 2008 to 2009 as a result of increased client renewals and our existing clients purchasing additional platforms of our solution, as well as adding incremental users. The number of clients grew 67%. The number of users increased by approximately 1.3 million, or 62%, due almost entirely to acquisitions of new clients in the current period, although we also increased our penetration within existing clients.
Revenue increased $8.7 million, or 79%, from 2007 to 2008. Revenue growth from 2007 to 2008 was driven primarily by the same factors as for growth from 2008 to 2009. Revenue in the United States increased by $6.6 million, or 70%, while international revenue, mainly in Europe, increased by $2.1 million, or 135%, from $1.5 million in 2007 to $3.6 million in 2008 as a result of the acquisition of new clients. As a percentage of total revenue, international revenue accounted for 14% in 2007 compared to 18% in 2008.
Our bookings, number of clients and number of users all grew significantly from 2007 to 2008. Bookings increased 66% compared to the 79% increase in revenues, due primarily to acquisitions of new clients and, to a much lesser extent, sales of additional platforms to existing clients, additions of incremental users by existing clients and client renewals. The 6.2% decrease in annual dollar retention rate from 2007 to 2008 was primarily due to the loss of a large enterprise client that was
55
TABLE OF CONTENTS
acquired in 2008. The number of clients grew 60%. The number of users increased by approximately 1.2 million, or 140%, due almost entirely to acquisition of new clients in the current period, although we also increased our penetration within existing clients.
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$
|
3,911
|
|
|
$
|
6,116
|
|
|
$
|
8,676
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
7,065
|
|
|
$
|
13,510
|
|
|
$
|
20,646
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
64
|
%
|
|
|
69
|
%
|
|
|
70
|
%
|
Cost of revenue increased $2.6 million, or 42%, from 2008 to 2009, primarily attributable to increased employee-related costs, increased costs related to outsourced consulting services and increased network infrastructure costs, in each case to service our existing clients as well as in anticipation of future growth. To a lesser extent, the increase was also attributable to increased amortization of capitalized software and increased amortization of license fees we pay to third parties.
Our gross margin increased slightly from 2008 to 2009, notwithstanding our investment in additional headcount and infrastructure in anticipation of future growth.
Cost of revenue and gross margin increased from 2007 to 2008 primarily as a result of the same factors that produced the increase from 2008 to 2009.
Sales and Marketing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
$
|
9,343
|
|
|
$
|
16,914
|
|
|
$
|
18,886
|
|
Percent of revenue
|
|
|
85
|
%
|
|
|
86
|
%
|
|
|
64
|
%
|
Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.0 million, or 12%, from 2008 to 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in marketing programs and the expansion of our sales force to address increased opportunities in new and existing markets. Total headcount in sales and marketing increased 38% from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, with the number of employees on our direct sales teams increasing by 38%. We also incurred additional travel costs associated with our direct sales teams in 2009. Notwithstanding these investments in anticipation of future growth, sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased from
2008 to 2009.
Sales and marketing expenses increased $7.6 million, or 81%, from 2007 to 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of 22% in total headcount in sales and marketing from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, with the number of employees on our direct sales teams increasing by 26%, as well as increased expenses for marketing programs.
Research and Development
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
1,754
|
|
|
$
|
2,724
|
|
|
$
|
2,791
|
|
Percent of revenue
|
|
|
16
|
%
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Although our business grew significantly from 2008 to 2009, research and development expenses remained relatively constant at approximately $2.7 million, because we benefited from maintaining a single code base of our solution. Although research and development headcount
56
TABLE OF CONTENTS
increased 44% from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, the increase did not materially affect employee-related costs, as we hired most of these new employees in the latter part of 2009.
Research and development expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 55%, from 2007 to 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to increased employee-related costs to maintain and improve the existing functionality in our solution. Research and development headcount increased 23% from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008 in support of these activities.
We capitalize a portion of our software development costs related to the development and enhancements of our solution which are then amortized to cost of revenue. The timing of our capitalizable development and enhancement projects may affect the amount of development costs expensed in any given period. We capitalized $0.8 million, $1.1 million and $1.5 million of software development costs and amortized $0.5 million, $0.6 million and $0.9 million in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively.
General and Administrative
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
General and administrative
|
|
$
|
2,653
|
|
|
$
|
2,564
|
|
|
$
|
4,329
|
|
Percent of revenue
|
|
|
24
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
General and administrative expenses increased $1.8 million, or 69%, from 2008 to 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to increased professional fees for accounting, audit, legal and tax services, increased sales taxes and increased employee-related costs as a result of increased headcount. To a lesser extent, the increase was also due to increased domestic sales taxes resulting from our increased sales. The increase in professional fees for audit services was primarily attributable to our retrospective adoption of the revised accounting guidance for revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables.
The increase in legal and tax
services was primarily due to the expansion of our international business activities. General and administrative headcount increased 40% from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009, primarily in our accounting and finance department to support our growing business and to prepare to transition from a private company to a public company.
General and administrative expenses remained relatively constant from 2007 to 2008. Although general and administrative headcount increased 25% from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, the increase did not materially affect employee-related costs, because we hired most of these new employees in the latter part of 2008.
Interest Income (Expense) and Other Income (Expense), Net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
(144
|
)
|
|
$
|
(639
|
)
|
|
$
|
(813
|
)
|
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net increased $0.2 million, or 27%, from 2008 to 2009. The increase was primarily attributable to higher interest expense as a result of higher average interest rates in 2009, which were partially offset by a decrease in our average borrowings outstanding on our credit facilities during 2009 and diminished foreign currency fluctuations in the British Pound and Euro in relation to the U.S. Dollar.
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net increased $0.5 million, or 344%, from 2007 to 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to foreign currency exchange losses related to fluctuations in the British Pound and, to a lesser extent, Euro in relation to the U.S. Dollar. Interest expense remained fairly constant from 2007 to 2008, as an increase in our average borrowings outstanding in 2008 was offset by lower average interest rates.
57
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Change in Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
$
|
1,147
|
|
|
$
|
(790
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,147
|
)
|
The fair value of the liabilities associated with our preferred stock warrants increased $2.1 million in 2009, compared to an increase of $0.8 million in 2008. The increase in 2009 was primarily attributable to the issuance of additional warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with the Series E financing in 2009, and the increase in the fair value of all of our preferred stock warrants. The increase in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants was driven by the increase in the value of our company from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009.
The fair value of the liabilities associated with our preferred stock warrants increased $0.8 million in 2008, as a result of an increase in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007. The increase in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants was driven by the increase in the value of our company from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008. We recorded income from the decline in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability in 2007 due to a reduction in the value of our preferred stock during 2007.
Provision for Income Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
(20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(62
|
)
|
|
$
|
(72
|
)
|
We have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and have recorded a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets and therefore have not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented, other than provisions for certain state and foreign income taxes. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.
58
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations for each of the quarters in the year ended December 31, 2009 and in the six months ended June 30, 2010 have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in these statements. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results and should be read in conjunction with our annual financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Mar. 31,
2009
|
|
June 30,
2009
|
|
Sept. 30,
2009
|
|
Dec. 31,
2009
|
|
Mar. 31,
2010
|
|
June 30,
2010
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
6,777
|
|
|
$
|
7,027
|
|
|
$
|
7,408
|
|
|
$
|
8,110
|
|
|
$
|
9,670
|
|
|
$
|
10,613
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
1,988
|
|
|
|
1,973
|
|
|
|
2,110
|
|
|
|
2,605
|
|
|
|
3,064
|
|
|
|
3,163
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
4,789
|
|
|
|
5,054
|
|
|
|
5,298
|
|
|
|
5,505
|
|
|
|
6,606
|
|
|
|
7,450
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
4,046
|
|
|
|
4,270
|
|
|
|
4,949
|
|
|
|
5,621
|
|
|
|
6,366
|
|
|
|
6,580
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
|
731
|
|
|
|
813
|
|
|
|
1,004
|
|
|
|
1,141
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,030
|
|
|
|
904
|
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
|
1,475
|
|
|
|
1,416
|
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
5,665
|
|
|
|
5,832
|
|
|
|
6,600
|
|
|
|
7,909
|
|
|
|
8,786
|
|
|
|
9,421
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(876
|
)
|
|
|
(778
|
)
|
|
|
(1,302
|
)
|
|
|
(2,404
|
)
|
|
|
(2,180
|
)
|
|
|
(1,971
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
|
(267
|
)
|
|
|
(267
|
)
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
(266
|
)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
(639
|
)
|
|
|
(536
|
)
|
|
|
(375
|
)
|
|
|
(597
|
)
|
|
|
(1,272
|
)
|
|
|
(3,170
|
)
|
Loss before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(1,644
|
)
|
|
|
(1,464
|
)
|
|
|
(1,944
|
)
|
|
|
(3,268
|
)
|
|
|
(3,787
|
)
|
|
|
(5,407
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(29
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(1,662
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,482
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,962
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,286
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,817
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,436
|
)
|
59
TABLE OF CONTENTS
As a percentage of revenues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
|
Mar. 31,
2009
|
|
June 30,
2009
|
|
Sept. 30,
2009
|
|
Dec. 31,
2009
|
|
Mar. 31,
2010
|
|
June 30,
2010
|
Revenue
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Gross margin
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income (expense) and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
Loss before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(25
|
)%
|
|
|
(21
|
)%
|
|
|
(26
|
)%
|
|
|
(41
|
)%
|
|
|
(39
|
)%
|
|
|
(51
|
)%
|
The following table sets forth our bookings, number of clients and number of users:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At or For the Quarter Ended
|
|
|
Mar. 31,
2009
|
|
June 30,
2009
|
|
Sept. 30,
2009
|
|
Dec. 31,
2009
|
|
Mar. 31,
2010
|
|
June 30,
2010
|
Bookings (in thousands)
|
|
|
$5,404
|
|
|
$
|
5,883
|
|
|
$
|
8,776
|
|
|
$
|
14,404
|
|
|
$
|
9,237
|
|
|
$
|
10,971
|
|
Number of clients
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
|
367
|
|
Number of users (rounded to nearest thousand)
|
|
|
2,414,000
|
|
|
|
2,443,000
|
|
|
|
2,919,000
|
|
|
|
3,347,000
|
|
|
|
3,773,000
|
|
|
|
3,860,000
|
|
Revenues as well as number of clients and number of users grew sequentially in each of the periods presented. The rate of growth from period to period was affected by the seasonality of our business.
Quarterly bookings over the periods presented have increased generally, but have also reflected the seasonality of our client agreements. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, and renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year and usually sign a significant portion of these agreements during the last month, and often the last two weeks, in each quarter. The seasonality is reflected to a much lesser extent, and sometimes is not immediately apparent, in our revenue, because we generally recognize subscription revenue over the term of our client agreements. A substantial portion of
subscription revenue in any particular quarter arises from agreements entered into in previous quarters.
Gross profit increased sequentially each quarter primarily due to increasing revenues and to a lesser extent our realization of economies of scale in our consulting services, as we have emphasized continuous improvement in processes for delivering client implementation and support programs. Gross margins fluctuated from quarter to quarter, however, as expenditures in support of our growth strategy have varied in scope and scale over these periods. For example, gross margin decreased from the third to fourth quarter of 2009 because of additional headcount in our consulting
60
TABLE OF CONTENTS
services and customer support departments, and then increased from the first to the second quarters of 2010, as revenues grew and we realized the benefits of the increased headcount. These improvements were partially offset by new investments to enhance our network infrastructure.
Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenue reflected continually increasing headcount in our direct sales teams, although the timing of particular marketing programs and events contributed to quarter to quarter variations. Research and development expenses as a percentage of revenue remained relatively constant as revenues grew while we added headcount to maintain and improve the functionality of our solution. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue varied depending on the timing of expenses related to legal and accounting fees, employee empowerment programs, and domestic sales and use taxes, including expenses and
additional personnel related to our retrospective adoption of our revenue recognition policy and our preparation to become a publicly held company.
More generally, our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future based on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Such factors include, in addition to those in the “
Risk Factors
” section of this prospectus:
|
•
|
our ability to attract new clients;
|
|
•
|
the timing and rate at which we enter into agreements for our solution with new clients;
|
|
•
|
the extent to which our existing clients renew their subscriptions for our solution and the timing of those renewals;
|
|
•
|
the extent to which our existing clients purchase additional platforms in our solution or add incremental users;
|
|
•
|
changes in the mix of our sales between new and existing clients;
|
|
•
|
changes to the proportion of our client base that is comprised of enterprise or mid-sized organizations;
|
|
•
|
seasonal factors affecting the demand for our solution;
|
|
•
|
our ability to manage growth, including in terms of new clients, additional users and new geographies;
|
|
•
|
the timing and success of competitive solutions offered by our competitors;
|
|
•
|
changes in our pricing policies and those of our competitors; and
|
|
•
|
general economic and market conditions.
|
One or more of these factors may cause our operating results to vary widely. As such, we believe that our quarterly results of operations may vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At June 30, 2010, our principal sources of liquidity were $7.1 million of cash and cash equivalents, which are invested primarily in money market funds, and our $5 million revolving credit facility. Due to their short maturities, the carrying amounts of cash equivalents reasonably approximate fair value. The primary objective of our investment activities is the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes.
To date, our operations and growth have been primarily financed through the sale of preferred stock and short- and long-term borrowings. Since inception, we have raised $37 million of equity capital, and at June 30, 2010, we had $9.6 million of debt outstanding. We have raised cumulative proceeds from preferred stock financings and term loans of approximately $37 million and $14 million, respectively.
During August 2010, we entered into a $15 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank, or the SVB Credit Facility, with a maturity of August 2012. Borrowings under the SVB Credit Facility are
61
TABLE OF CONTENTS
available on both a formula and a non-formula basis. The amount available on the non-formula basis is $5 million through January 1, 2011, $2.5 million through July 1, 2011 and zero thereafter. Interest is payable monthly, and the principal is due upon maturity. The interest rate is prime plus 1.5%, if the outstanding indebtedness under the facility is less than or equal to $5 million, and prime plus $2.5%, if the outstanding indebtedness is greater than $5 million. The SVB Credit Facility requires immediate repayment upon an event of default, as defined in the agreement, which includes events such as a payment default, a covenant default or the
occurrence of a material adverse change, as defined in the agreement.
Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe the proceeds from this offering, our future cash flows from operating activities, existing cash and cash equivalents, and our ability to borrow on acceptable terms will provide adequate funds for ongoing operations for at least the next 12 months. Actual future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue and billings growth and the level of expenditures in all areas of our business. To the extent that existing capital resources and sales growth are not sufficient to fund future activities, we may need to raise additional funds, which may
not be available on favorable terms or at all.
The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
|
Six months ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
|
$
|
(3,341
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5,986
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,633
|
)
|
|
$
|
(588
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,728
|
)
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(991
|
)
|
|
|
(1,282
|
)
|
|
|
(1,599
|
)
|
|
|
(762
|
)
|
|
|
(1,157
|
)
|
Net cash provided (used in) by financing activities
|
|
|
14,893
|
|
|
|
(551
|
)
|
|
|
8,003
|
|
|
|
9,159
|
|
|
|
2,930
|
|
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities
Our net loss and cash flows from operating activities are significantly influenced by our investments in headcount and infrastructure to support anticipated growth. In addition, cash flows from operating activities are affected by the seasonality of our business, which results in variations in the timing of our invoicing of, and our receipt of payments from, our clients. For example, while we have experienced increases in cash flow from operating activities as a result of increases in deferred revenue for each year presented, because of the seasonality of our business, we experienced decreases in cash flow as a result of decreases in deferred revenue
in the six-month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010. Conversely, once again due to the seasonality of our business, while we experienced decreases in cash flow from operating activities as a result of increases in accounts receivable for each year presented, we experienced increases in cash flow due to decreases in accounts receivable in the six month periods ended June 30, 2009 and 2010.
Our use of cash in operating activities in the first six months of 2010 was primarily due to our net loss of $9.3 million, reflecting our continued significant investments in headcount and other expenses to grow our business, adjusted for $5.9 million of non-cash expenses that included a $4.4 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities, $1.2 million of depreciation and amortization, and $0.2 million of stock-based compensation. Additional uses of cash included payment of $1.0 million in compensation accrued in 2009, a $0.1 million decrease in accounts payable and a $0.1 million decrease in deferred revenue, offset in part by cash
generated from a $2.0 million decrease in accounts receivable.
Our use of cash in operating activities in the first six months of 2009 was primarily due to our net loss of $3.1 million, adjusted for $2.0 million of non-cash expenses that included a $1.2 million increase in preferred stock warrants liabilities, $0.6 million of depreciation and amortization, and $0.2 million of stock-based compensation expense. Additional uses of cash included a $3.8 million increase in accounts receivable and a $2.5 million decrease in deferred revenue, offset in part by cash generated from a $0.5 million decrease in deferred commissions.
62
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our use of cash in operating activities in 2009 was primarily due to our net loss of $8.4 million, as we focused on making additional investments in headcount and infrastructure to service existing growth and in anticipation of future growth, adjusted for $3.9 million in non-cash expenses that included a $2.1 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities, $1.3 million of depreciation and amortization and $0.3 million in stock-based compensation. Our growth resulted in other uses of cash that included an increase of $3.3 million in accounts receivable, a $0.9 million increase in deferred commissions and a $0.3 million increase in prepaid
expenses and other current assets. These uses of cash were offset in part by cash generated from a $5.1 million increase in deferred revenue resulting from the growth of our business and our general practice of invoicing clients in advance for the annual portion of their multi-year subscriptions and for any consulting services. We also generated cash from a $1.7 million increase in accrued expenses and a $0.5 million increase in accounts payable.
Our use of cash in operating activities in 2008 was primarily due to our net loss of $10.2 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses that included $1.0 million of depreciation and amortization, a $0.8 million increase in preferred stock warrant liabilities and $0.2 million of stock-based compensation. Uses of cash also included a $3.5 million increase in accounts receivable and a $0.4 million increase in deferred sales commissions, offset in part by cash generated from a $5.2 million increase in deferred revenue and a $0.6 million increase in accrued expenses.
Our use of cash in operating activities in 2007 was primarily due to net loss of $5.7 million, adjusted for non-cash expenses that included $0.7 million of depreciation and amortization and $0.2 million of stock-based compensation, offset by a $1.1 million decrease in preferred stock warrant liabilities. Uses of cash included a $1.9 million increase in accounts receivable and a $0.4 million increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets, offset in part by cash generated from a $4.0 million increase in deferred revenue, a $0.5 million increase in accounts payable and a $0.4 million increase in accrued expenses.
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures to develop our capitalized software as well as to purchase computer equipment and furniture and fixtures in support of expanding our infrastructure and workforce. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures and our investment activity to continue to increase.
We used $1.2 million of cash in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2010, primarily due to $0.7 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.4 million of net investments in other fixed assets.
We used $0.8 million of cash in investing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2009, primarily due to $0.7 million of investments in our capitalized software and $34,000 of net investments in other fixed assets and trademark additions.
We used $1.6 million of cash in investing activities in 2009, primarily due to $1.5 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.1 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $1.6 million in purchases of additional equipment for our expanding infrastructure and work force, which were primarily financed through $1.5 million in capital lease financing.
We used $1.3 million of cash in investing activities in 2008, primarily due to $1.1 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.2 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $0.6 million in capital expenditures related to the purchases of additional equipment for our expanding infrastructure and work force which were primarily financed through $0.4 million in capital lease financing.
We used $1.0 million of cash in investing activities in 2007 primarily due to $0.8 million of investments in our capitalized software and $0.2 million of net investments in other fixed assets. The investments in other fixed assets consisted of $0.6 million in capital expenditures related to the
63
TABLE OF CONTENTS
purchases of additional equipment, which were purchases of equipment, primarily financed through $0.4 million in capital lease financing.
Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities
The cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2010 was primarily due to $4.5 million of proceeds of long term debt from our line of credit, partially offset by $1.0 million of payments on our term loan and $0.6 million of payments on our capital lease obligations.
The cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2009 was primarily due to $8.7 million of proceeds from our Series E financing in addition to proceeds of $3.9 million of long term debt from our line of credit, partially offset by $3.3 million of payments on our debt.
The cash provided by financing activities in 2009 was primarily due to approximately $8.7 million of proceeds from our Series E convertible preferred stock financing and $4.0 million borrowed under a senior subordinated promissory note agreement, partially offset by $2.3 million of payments on our line of credit, $2.0 million of payments on our term loan and $0.3 million in payments on our capital lease obligations.
The cash used by financing activities in 2008 was primarily due to $6.2 million of payments on our line of credit, $0.5 million of payments on our term loan and $0.1 million of payments on our capital lease obligations, partially offset by $4.1 million in borrowings on our line of credit and $2.0 million in borrowings on our term loan.
The cash provided by financing activities in 2007 was primarily due to approximately $16 million of proceeds from our Series D convertible preferred stock financing, $4.4 million in borrowings on our line of credit and $3.0 million in borrowings on our term loan. This increase in cash provided by financing activities was partially offset by the repurchase of Series A preferred stock in the amount of $5.4 million, the repurchase of our common stock in the amount of $0.5 million, payments on our line of credit of $1.5 million and payments on our term loan of $0.9 million.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding debt facilities, leases for our office space, computer equipment, furniture and fixtures, and contractual commitments for hosting and other support services. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31,
|
|
|
Total
|
|
2010
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
Long-term debt obligations
|
|
$
|
6,545
|
|
|
$
|
2,034
|
|
|
$
|
511
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
4,000
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
671
|
|
|
|
476
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
1,351
|
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
In March 2009, we entered into an e-learning content reseller agreement with a third-party content provider. License fees of $0.2 million and $0.2 million are due in 2010 and 2011, respectively.
During the first six months of 2010, we entered into an amendment to our operating lease to increase our office space in Santa Monica, California, and entered into an operating lease for a foreign office in India. These operating lease agreements increase our total operating lease commitments by approximately $1.1 million through 2015.
In August 2010, we borrowed $6.4 million under a new credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank with a maturity date of August 2012, and repaid the remaining outstanding balance and accrued interest under our credit facility with Comerica Bank, which was then terminated.
During 2010, we entered into additional capital lease agreements that increase our total capital lease commitments by approximately $2.1 million.
64
TABLE OF CONTENTS
In August 2010, we entered into a patent license agreement, granting us a perpetual license to use a third-party’s e-learning technologies. License fees of $0.2 million, $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million are due in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.
At December 31, 2009, liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits of $154,000, which are attributable to foreign income taxes and interest and penalties, are not included in the table above because, due to their nature, there is a high degree of uncertainty regarding the time of future cash outflows and other events that extinguish these liabilities.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As part of our ongoing business, we do not have any relationships with other entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in those types of relationships.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate, foreign exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. To reduce certain of these risks, we monitor the financial condition of our large clients and limit credit exposure by collecting in advance and setting credit limits as we deem appropriate. In addition, our investment strategy currently has been to invest in financial instruments that are highly liquid and
readily convertible into cash and that mature within three months from the date of purchase. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market risk exposures. We have also not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.
Interest rate risk
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates.
Our investments are considered cash equivalents and primarily consist of money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills and certificates of deposit. At June 30, 2010, we had cash equivalents of $7.1 million. The carrying amount of our cash equivalents reasonably approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these instruments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in
interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, however, we do not believe an immediate 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. We therefore do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.
We do not believe our cash equivalents have significant risk of default or illiquidity. While we believe our cash equivalents do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the future our investments will not be subject to adverse changes in market value. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits. We cannot be assured that we will not experience losses on these deposits.
At June 30, 2010, we had borrowings outstanding with carrying amounts of $9.6 million. Our outstanding long-term borrowings consist of variable interest rate financial instruments. Our variable rate borrowings are based on prime plus 0.5% to 3.75%. The carrying amount of these long-term borrowings approximates fair value based on borrowing rates currently available to us. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates relative to interest rates at June 30, 2010 would not have
65
TABLE OF CONTENTS
a material impact on the fair values of all of our outstanding borrowings. Changes in interest rates would, however, affect operating results and cash flows, because of the variable rate nature of our borrowings. A hypothetical 10% decrease in interest rates relative to interest rates at June 30, 2010 would result in a decrease of approximately $0.1 million in interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010.
Foreign Currency Risk
We have foreign currency risks related to our revenue and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. Our historical revenue has primarily been denominated in U.S. Dollars, and a significant portion of our current revenue continues to be denominated in U.S. Dollars. However, we expect an increasing portion of our future revenue to be denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, primarily the Euro and British Pound. The effect of an immediate 10% adverse change in foreign exchange rates on foreign-denominated accounts receivable at June 30, 2010 would not be material to our financial condition or results of
operations. Our operating expenses are generally denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, primarily the United States and, to a much lesser extent, the United Kingdom, other European Union countries, Canada, India and Israel. Increases and decreases in our foreign-denominated revenue from movements in foreign exchange rates are partially offset by the corresponding decreases or increases in our foreign-denominated operating expenses.
As our international operations grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we will continue to reassess our approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. Dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, since exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on our operating results and cash flows. Based on our current international structure, we do not plan on engaging in hedging activities in the near future.
Inflation Risk
We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Counterparty Risk
Our financial statements are subject to counterparty credit risk, which we consider as part of the overall fair value measurement. We attempt to mitigate this risk through credit monitoring procedures.
66
TABLE OF CONTENTS
BUSINESS
Overview
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. is a leading global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as software-as-a-service. We enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders, and integrating with an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other content. We currently have over 390 clients
who use our solution to empower over 4.25 million users across 164 countries and 16 languages.
We provide a comprehensive and integrated solution that delivers the following benefits:
|
•
|
Comprehensive Functionality.
We offer five integrated platforms that address all stages of the employee lifecycle. These platforms include learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession management, and extended enterprise.
|
|
•
|
Flexible and Highly Configurable.
Clients can match the use of our software with their specific business processes and workflows. The flexibility of our solution allows our clients to deploy the five platforms of our solution individually or in any combination.
|
|
•
|
Easy-to-Use, Personalized User Interface.
Our solution employs an intuitive user interface and may be personalized for the end user, typically based on position, division, pay grade, location, manager and particular use of the solution.
|
|
•
|
Software-as-a-Service Model Lowers the Total Cost of Ownership and Speeds Delivery.
Our solution is accessible through a standard web browser and does not require the large investments in implementation time, personnel, hardware, and consulting services that are typical of legacy software solutions.
|
|
•
|
Scalable to Meet the Needs of All Organizations.
We have built a highly scalable, multi-tenant, multi-user architecture that supports the complex needs of global corporations yet is capable of supporting deployments of any size. We currently support multiple client deployments of over 150,000 users, including one client with over 700,000 users.
|
|
•
|
Continued Innovation through Collaborative Product Development.
The vast majority of our thousands of software features were designed with existing and prospective clients based on their specific functional requests.
|
Our clients include multi-national corporations, large domestic enterprises, mid-market companies, state and local public sector organizations, higher education institutions, and non-profit entities, such as Barclays Bank PLC, BJC HealthCare, Flextronics International USA, Inc., Kelly Services, Inc., Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, Pearson, Inc., Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., State of Nebraska, Teach for America and Virgin Media Limited. While most of our deployments encompass all employees at a given client, some also include the employees of the extended enterprise of that client, such as employees of the client’s customers,
vendors and distributors.
We sell our solution domestically and internationally through both direct and indirect channels, including direct sales teams throughout North America and Europe and distributor relationships with payroll, consulting and human resource, or HR, services companies. We have a global OEM agreement with ADP, which allows ADP to sell our solution as ADP Talent Management.
We generally sell our solution with three-year, enterprise-wide subscription agreements based on the number of employees. Clients typically are invoiced on signing and pay annually in advance on the anniversary of the agreement.
67
TABLE OF CONTENTS
We have grown our business each of the last 10 years, and since 2002, we have averaged a 95% annual dollar retention rate, as described in “
Management Discussion and Analysis of Financials Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Metrics
.” Since 2001, our implied monthly recurring revenue from existing clients has been greater at the end of each year than at the beginning of the year. Our total revenue has grown from $11.0 million in 2007 to $19.6 million in 2008 to $29.3 million in 2009, and from $13.8 million in the first six months of 2009 to $20.3 million in the first six months of 2010.
The Market
Human capital is a major expense for all organizations. Based on the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data as of June 2010, total compensation paid to the United States civilian workforce of approximately 154 million people is expected to exceed $8.1 trillion in 2010.
Accordingly, organizations have long sought to optimize their investments in human capital. We believe that organizations face five major challenges in maximizing the productivity of their internal and external human capital:
|
•
|
Developing Talent.
Effectively orienting new hires and training employees throughout their careers to achieve their full potential, which has become more difficult with the Millennial generation entering the workforce, increasingly distributed workforces and heightened compliance requirements.
|
|
•
|
Engaging Employees.
Connecting with employees at all levels and locations of the organization to keep them motivated, which has become increasingly difficult with the rise of globalization and telecommuting.
|
|
•
|
Improving Business Execution.
Ensuring the effective alignment of employee behavior with the organization’s objectives through goal management and employee assessment and development, as well as by linking compensation to performance.
|
|
•
|
Building a Leadership Pipeline.
Identifying, grooming and retaining individuals for leadership positions at all levels and across all parts of the organization, which has become an acute challenge with the growing mobility and turnover of employees and the impending retirements of the Baby Boomers.
|
|
•
|
Integrating with the Extended Enterprise of Customers, Vendors and Distributors.
Delivering training, certification programs and resources to the organization’s network of customers, vendors, distributors and other third parties that constitute the organization’s extended enterprise, which has become more difficult with the rise of outsourcing and increasing globalization.
|
Until the advent of software technology in the 1970’s, written tracking systems were the only solution available for managing human capital. Software-based solutions such as spreadsheet-based tracking systems, custom-built software applications, third-party human resource information systems and third-party software applications provided by on-premise software vendors gradually became available. We refer to all of these approaches as legacy solutions. International Data Corporation, or IDC, estimates that total spending on software for workforce, e-learning, e-recruiting, intelligent compensation and performance management equaled $3.6 billion
in 2009.
Recently, software-as-a-service, or SaaS, vendors dedicated to providing learning and talent management software have emerged. We believe that just as organizations are increasingly choosing SaaS solutions for business applications such as sales force management, they are also increasingly adopting SaaS learning and talent management solutions. According to IDC, the overall SaaS market totaled $13.1 billion in revenue in 2009, representing 5.7% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets, and is expected to grow to $32.4 billion by 2013, representing 13.4% of worldwide software spending across all primary markets.
68
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Many of the existing solutions suffer from one or more of the following shortcomings:
|
•
|
Narrow Functionality.
As they only address specific stages of the employee lifecycle, many solutions lack sufficient breadth of functionality to maximize employee productivity effectively.
|
|
•
|
Limited Configurability.
Most solutions are rigid and limit the ability of organizations to match their diverse workflows or to adopt their desired talent management practices.
|
|
•
|
Difficult to Use.
Inputting, updating, analyzing and sharing information is often cumbersome, resulting in low employee adoption and usage.
|
|
•
|
Costly to Deploy, Maintain and Upgrade.
Legacy solutions require significant expense and time to deploy as well as require ongoing costs associated with IT support, network infrastructure, maintenance and upgrades.
|
|
•
|
Inability to Scale.
Many solutions are designed to support the needs of smaller organizations and have difficulty meeting the complex functional requirements or the sizeable infrastructure demands of larger enterprises.
|
Given the limitations of existing offerings, we believe there is a market opportunity for a comprehensive, integrated solution that helps organizations manage all aspects of their internal and external human capital and link talent management to their business strategy.
The Cornerstone OnDemand Answer
We deliver a comprehensive SaaS solution that consists of five integrated platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and extended enterprise. We offer a number of cross-platform tools for talent management analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation and delivery. We also provide consulting services for configuration, integration and training for our solution. We believe that our solution delivers the following benefits:
|
•
|
Comprehensive Functionality.
Our solution provides a comprehensive approach to learning and talent management by offering five integrated platforms to address all stages of the employee lifecycle: learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession management, and extended enterprise. Employees use our solution throughout their careers to engage in performance processes such as goal management, performance reviews, competency assessments and compensatory reviews; to complete job-specific and compliance-related training; to evaluate potential career changes, development plans or succession processes; and to connect with co-workers by leveraging enterprise social networking tools.
|
Our clients can manage processes that span different learning and talent management functions because our five platforms are tightly integrated. For example, our clients can automatically identify skill gaps as part of an employee’s performance review, assign training to address those gaps and monitor the results of that training. Also, clients can identify high potential employees for future leadership positions and place them in executive development programs.
We believe our comprehensive, integrated solution allows our clients to align their learning and talent management processes and practices with their broader strategic goals.
|
•
|
Flexible and Highly Configurable.
Our solution offers substantial configurability that allows clients to match the use of our software with their specific business processes and workflows. Our clients can configure our solution by business unit, division, department, region, location, job position, pay grade, cost center, or self-defined organizational unit. Our clients are able to adjust features to configure specific processes, such as performance review workflows or training approvals, to match their existing or desired practices. This high level of configurability means that custom coding projects generally are not required to meet the diverse needs of our clients.
|
69
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our clients can deploy the five platforms of our solution individually or in any combination. As a result, our clients have the flexibility to purchase solely those platforms that solve their immediate talent management needs and can incrementally deploy additional platforms in the future as their needs evolve.
|
•
|
Easy-to-Use, Personalized User Interface.
Our solution employs an intuitive user interface and may be personalized for the end user, typically based on position, division, pay grade, location, manager and particular use of the solution. This ease of use limits the need for end-user training, which we believe increases user adoption rates and usage. While we typically train administrators, we have never been asked to conduct end-user training for any of our over 4.25 million users. We believe one of the reasons our solution is easy to use is that our entire solution has been developed by us, rather than being the byproduct of acquired technologies, which allows us to provide a consistent user interface and functionality.
|
|
•
|
Software-as-a-Service Solution Lowers the Total Cost of Ownership and Speeds Delivery.
Our solution is accessible through a standard web browser and does not require the large investments in implementation time, personnel, hardware, and consulting that are typical of legacy solutions. With a single code base to maintain, we are able to release improved functionality on a quarterly basis. This is a more rapid pace than most legacy solution providers can afford to deliver.
|
|
•
|
Scalable to Meet the Needs of All Organizations.
Our solution has been in use by Fortune 100 companies since 2001. While the complex needs of these global corporations required us to build a solution that can scale to support large, geographically-distributed employee bases, our solution is capable of supporting deployments of any size. Today we service 8 multi-national corporations with over 150,000 employees each. Our largest deployment is for over 700
,
000 users and our smallest is for 125 users.
|
|
•
|
Continued Innovation through Collaborative Product Development.
We work collaboratively with our clients on an ongoing basis to develop almost every part of our solution. The vast majority of our thousands of software features were designed with existing and prospective clients based on their specific functional requests.
|
Our Strategy
Our goal is to empower people, organizations, and communities with our comprehensive learning and talent management solution. Key elements of our strategy include:
Retain and Expand Business with Existing Clients.
We believe our existing installed base of clients offers a substantial opportunity for growth.
|
•
|
Focus on Client Success, Retention and Growth.
We believe focusing on our clients’ success will lead to our own success. We developed a documented and formalized Client Success Framework that governs our operational model. Since 2002, we have averaged a 95% annual dollar retention rate. We strive to maintain our strong retention rates by continuing to provide our clients with high levels of service and support.
|
|
•
|
Sell Additional Platforms to Existing Clients.
We believe there is a significant growth opportunity in selling additional functionality to our existing clients. Our clients on average implement two of the five platforms of our solution in their initial deployments. Many clients have subsequently deployed additional platforms as they recognize the benefits of our comprehensive solution. We intend to continue to sell additional platforms and services to our existing clients.
|
70
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Strengthen Current Sales Channels.
We intend to increase our investments in both direct and indirect sales channels to acquire new clients.
|
•
|
Aggressively Invest in Direct Sales in North America.
We believe that the market for learning and talent management is large and remains underpenetrated. As a result, we plan to grow both our enterprise and mid-market direct sales teams.
|
|
•
|
Expand and Strengthen Our Alliances.
We intend to grow our distribution channels through key alliances, including the continued expansion of our regional relationships with distributors like CDP Group, Limited (China), Ceridian Canada Ltd. (Canada), Enable Education International LLC (Brazil), Kalleo Learning (South Africa), Neoris de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico), T2 Optimise PTY Ltd. (Australia) and Xchanging HR Services Limited (UK). We plan to continue to extend our distribution through ADP by further enabling ADP’s global sales force; to date, we have enabled the sales forces of two of ADP’s business units.
|
|
•
|
Significantly Grow Our EMEA Operation.
We believe a substantial opportunity exists to continue to grow sales of our solution internationally, particularly in Europe. We intend to grow our Europe, Middle-East and Africa, or EMEA, operations, which provide for direct sales, alliances, services and support in the region. We have grown our EMEA client base from 1 client on January 1, 2007 to 53 clients at September 1, 2010.
|
Target New Markets.
We believe substantial demand for our solution exists in industry sectors and geographic regions that have not been areas of focus to date.
|
•
|
Public Sector.
We recently began selling to the public sector and intend to grow our public sector sales operations to target federal, state, and local government opportunities, as well as higher education and K-12 institutions.
|
|
•
|
Small- and Medium-Sized Businesses.
We intend to expand our ability to service small businesses by creating Cornerstone Team Edition. We plan to build a small and medium business, or SMB, sales team to target companies with less than 250 employees. We also plan to build alliances to increase our distribution capabilities in the SMB segment.
|
|
•
|
Asia Pacific.
We expect to build sales and service operations in Asia Pacific that are modeled after our EMEA operations.
|
Continue to Innovate and Extend Our Technological Leadership.
We believe we have developed over the last decade a deep understanding of the learning and talent management challenges faced by our clients. We continually collaborate with our clients to build extensive functionality that addresses their specific needs and requests. We plan to continue to use our expertise in learning and talent management and client relationships to develop new applications, features and functionality which will enhance our solution and expand our addressable market.
Make Cornerstone Built to Last.
Our growth strategy since inception has been deliberate, disciplined and focused on long-term success. This has allowed us to weather periods of economic turmoil and significant changes in the markets we serve without undergoing layoffs or business contraction. We plan to take the same systematic approach in the future.
We are also committed to empowering our employees and the communities around us, in part demonstrated by our creation of the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation.
Our Solution
We offer a comprehensive learning and talent management solution that our clients use to develop, connect, evaluate and engage their employees, customers, vendors and distributors. We deliver our solution on-demand to our clients who access it over the Internet using a standard web browser. We built our solution using a single code base and a multi-tenant, multi-user architecture that we host in our data centers. Our solution primarily consists of five platforms for learning management, enterprise social networking, performance management, succession planning and
71
TABLE OF CONTENTS
extended enterprise. These platforms can be purchased individually, and additional platforms can be added easily. We also offer a number of cross-platform tools for analytics and reporting, employee profile management, employee on-boarding and e-learning content aggregation.
Our Platforms
Cornerstone Learning.
Our learning management platform helps clients deliver and manage enterprise training and development programs. It links employee development to other parts of the talent management lifecycle, including performance management and succession planning. Cornerstone Learning supports all forms of training, including instructor-led training, e-learning and virtual classroom sessions. We have made tens of thousands of online training titles from over 20 global e-learning vendors accessible through Cornerstone Learning to help clients reduce overall training expense and cost-effectively migrate to blended learning
curricula of online and instructor-led training. Clients use Cornerstone Learning to:
|
•
|
manage local and global compliance programs, including the tracking of any recurring or non-recurring license, designation, certification, or other compliance-related training and continuing education requirements;
|
|
•
|
administer on-boarding programs and orientation for new hires;
|
|
•
|
access thousands of e-learning classes from our existing off-the-shelf content providers;
|
|
•
|
create, publish and deliver the client’s own proprietary training content with our authoring tools;
|
|
•
|
automate the administration of instructor-led training sessions, and launch and track virtual classrooms through integrations with third-party tools like Cisco Webex and Microsoft LiveMeeting;
|
|
•
|
deliver sophisticated curricula that can include multiple sequenced parts, multiple types of training and enforcement of pre-requisites and follow-up assignments; and
|
|
•
|
report on costs, participation levels and evaluations of development programs through permission-based dashboards, standard reports and custom reports.
|
Cornerstone Connect.
Cornerstone Connect brings enterprise social networking technologies to talent management to enable workplace collaboration, improve employee performance and drive innovation from client and distributor communities. Clients also use Cornerstone Connect to manage social or informal learning and expand their training and development programs beyond traditional classroom, e-learning or virtual classroom instruction. Cornerstone Connect is a social collaboration toolset that allows organizations and employees to:
|
•
|
build and search rich user profiles;
|
|
•
|
join and participate in specific communities of practice, as defined by the organization;
|
|
•
|
locate other employees around the organization who have specific expertise or institutional memory;
|
|
•
|
participate in discussions, send messages, contribute to corporate wikis, author blogs and download audio and videocasts;
|
|
•
|
subscribe to RSS and other types of information feeds; and
|
|
•
|
create online communities to support and engage alumni networks, both to capture organizational memory and knowledge as employees leave the organization and to maintain relations with alumni.
|
Cornerstone Performance.
Our employee performance management platform allows clients to direct and measure performance at the individual, departmental and organizational level through ongoing competency management, organizational goal setting, performance appraisal, compensation management and development planning. Performance data can also be used by
72
TABLE OF CONTENTS
the Cornerstone Learning platform to set training priorities and by the Cornerstone Succession platform to make informed workforce planning decisions. Clients use of Cornerstone Performance to:
|
•
|
cascade, track and report goals across the organization to improve business execution and proactively manage organizational objectives;
|
|
•
|
identify competency and skill gaps within an organization through manager and peer assessments, using either the clients’ own proprietary models or third-party competency models;
|
|
•
|
automate the annual and interim review process, benefit from a configurable workflow engine to design review questions and steps, automatically include the reviewee’s individual goals and competencies, provide managers with a comment assistant and calibrate review scores;
|
|
•
|
develop a pay-for-performance culture, aligning compensation allocation decisions with actual employee performance and goal achievement;
|
|
•
|
allow managers to work with employees to develop personalized development plans or dynamically create individualized development plans based on competency gaps; and
|
|
•
|
view dashboards or generate reports and meaningful data on every phase of the performance management cycle.
|
Cornerstone Succession.
Our succession and career management platform enables clients to make informed decisions about succession planning, potential organizational changes and retention of high-potential employees. Cornerstone Succession can be used by senior management for traditional succession planning related to high-level managers and executives as well as by employees to provide more input on possible career paths within the organization. Cornerstone Succession benefits from integration with other platforms in the solution, drawing performance data from Cornerstone Performance and enabling leadership development planning with
Cornerstone Learning. Clients use Cornerstone Succession to:
|
•
|
develop and model succession plans, not only for the top level of executive leadership, but also deeper into their management hierarchy;
|
|
•
|
run internal recruiting scenarios to match available job openings with candidate skills, prior job roles, education, diversity, performance, potential and retention risk;
|
|
•
|
build and track talent pools around specific competencies, skills or job positions;
|
|
•
|
empower employees to take more active roles in their career development within the organization, allowing them to express career preferences and chart their current capabilities against those required for other jobs in a particular career path;
|
|
•
|
produce graphical, interactive organizational charts that not only reflect the current hierarchy of the organization or a specific business unit but also allow for modeling potential changes; and
|
|
•
|
view dashboards or generate reports on talent metrics, succession planning, internal recruiting and career management activities.
|
Cornerstone Extended Enterprise.
Our extended enterprise platform helps clients extend learning and talent management to their customers, vendors and distributors. Cornerstone Extended Enterprise enables clients to develop new profit centers, increase sales, cut support costs and boost channel productivity. Clients use Cornerstone Extended Enterprise to:
|
•
|
administer for-profit training programs to their own customers more effectively, providing them with a delivery platform, an automated registration system and e-commerce tools;
|
|
•
|
improve strategic partner enablement with better training, online best practice centers and more readily-available information on products and services;
|
73
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
•
|
increase customer engagement through social collaboration, virtual communities, educational programs and the enablement of customer-driven product innovation initiatives;
|
|
•
|
manage distributor certification programs; and
|
|
•
|
deliver training and targeted information to members of trade associations or other member-based organizations.
|
Cross-Platform Tools
There are a number of capabilities of our solution that cross all five platforms. These include:
|
•
|
Analytics, Reporting, and Dashboards.
Our solution employs a proprietary reporting engine. In addition to over 80 included standard reports, the platform includes a custom reporting tool that allows clients to create highly specific reports. Our solution also includes dashboard technology to present graphical views of complex data.
|
|
•
|
MyTeam.
MyTeam enables managers to access all employee information, development activities, compliance status, performance data, succession plans, social collaboration updates and action items for team members from a single, highly graphical view. Managers may view information for their direct reporting employees or other employees in their organization.
|
|
•
|
Talent Profiles.
Managers can access integrated Talent Profiles to review key employee data in several locations across our solution. Talent Profiles function as employee identification cards, detailing user record information, performance ratings, succession management data, Cornerstone Connect activity and informal manager comments. These profiles are available throughout our solution where quick access to information is desired, including in performance reviews, organizational charts, succession plans, compensation plans and user record editing.
|
|
•
|
On-Boarding.
Our on-boarding solution enables organizations to reduce time-to-productivity for new hires by integrating employees into their new environments more quickly and thoroughly. Organizations are able to assign new hire curricula and compliance training dynamically, inserting new employees into performance management processes, managing routine new hire paperwork, and engaging employees through online social collaboration communities, which can be organized by functional area or business unit.
|
|
•
|
E-Learning Content Aggregation.
We have entered into distributor relationships with many off-the-shelf e-learning content vendors. This enables us to provide access to tens of thousands of e-learning classes for distribution across our solution. E-learning, like other forms of training, can be delivered in conjunction with development plans, competency assessments, succession planning scenarios, talent pools and career path exploration.
|
Editions
We currently offer two editions of our solution to meet the needs of different business segments. Cornerstone Enterprise Edition is primarily geared to organizations with over 3,000 employees and is our most fully-featured and configurable offering. Cornerstone Business Edition is primarily aimed at organizations with 250 to 3,000 employees and is substantially pre-configured to meet the needs of mid-sized organizations. Cornerstone Team Edition, now in development, will be targeted to organizations with fewer than 250 employees. All of these editions are built on the same software code base.
Consulting Services
We offer comprehensive services to our clients to assist in the successful implementation of our solution and to optimize our clients’ use of our solution during the terms of their engagements. Most of our consulting services are offered on a time-and-material basis at a blended hourly rate for all services. However, we charge fixed fees for some integration service projects and training classes.
74
TABLE OF CONTENTS
With our SaaS model, we have eliminated the need for lengthy and complex technology integrations, such as customizing software code, deploying equipment or maintaining unique delivery models or hardware infrastructure for individual clients. As a result, we typically deploy our solution in significantly less time than required for similar deployments of legacy software. Our consulting services include:
|
•
|
Implementation Services.
We deploy our solution to clients through a documented process of discovery, design, and configuration. Most enterprise implementations require services for systems integration, data loading, and software configuration, as well as support with change management. For small and mid-sized clients, our solution can be implemented in a matter of days or weeks. For larger enterprise enterprises, implementation typically takes three to four months.
|
|
•
|
Integration Services.
We provide a range of services and self-service tools to load data into a client’s portal and to integrate our solution with our client’s existing systems. Integration services include data feeds to and from HR information systems and enterprise resource planning systems, single sign on, historical data loads and integration of proprietary content.
|
|
•
|
Content Services.
We offer e-learning content consulting services, including training needs analysis, content selection and curriculum design. In addition, we help clients manage their e-learning vendors, and we maintain an aggregated library of third-party online training classes in support of our clients.
|
|
•
|
Business Consulting Services.
We provide business consulting services for existing and prospective clients, such as business process mapping, guidance on industry best practices and project management services. We expect to add additional business consulting services in the future based on client demand.
|
|
•
|
Educational Services.
We provide product training to our clients during implementations and on an ongoing basis. We offer multiple forms of training, including custom classroom training, virtual instructor-led training, and asynchronous online training. Our training covers all aspects of administering and managing our solution. In addition, our Educational Services team offers live coaching and custom content development support for clients.
|
Account Services
We are dedicated to the success of our clients. We have developed a Client Success Framework which governs our operational model, the structure of our Account Services team and the types of services necessary at each stage of a client’s lifecycle.
Within this framework, we have developed the roles with primary responsibility to our clients at various levels of their organization:
|
•
|
Account Managers who interact with executive-level sponsors at a client and are focused on the overall relationship, sales to existing clients and client business concerns;
|
|
•
|
Client Success Managers who work directly with clients to maximize the value of their investment in our solution; and
|
|
•
|
Client Care Advisors who interact with client administrators and are focused on features and functions of our solution.
|
We believe this lifecycle-driven approach to client support and client success has contributed directly to our high client retention rate and high rankings for client satisfaction in independent research studies.
We offer support in multiple languages, at multiple levels, and through multiple channels, including global support coverage available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. We use our own Cornerstone Connect product to provide our clients and distributors with a virtual community to collaborate on product design, release management and best practices.
75
TABLE OF CONTENTS
We monitor client satisfaction internally as part of formalized programs and at regular intervals during the client lifecycle, including during the transition from sales to implementation, at the completion of a consulting project and daily based on interactions with the Account Services team.
Clients
At September 1, 2010, we had 390 clients with over 4.25 million registered users in 164 countries. Some of our significant clients across a variety of different industries include:
Business Services
ADP, Inc.
Kelly Services, Inc.
Pitney Bowes, Inc.
Financial Services
American Bankers Association, Inc.
Barclays Bank PLC
Société Générale
Insurance
Aon Service Corporation
Liberty Mutual Insurance Company
Metropolitan Life Insurance Company
Non-Profits
International Federation of Red Cross
Save the Children
Teach for America
Retail & Travel
Hallmark Cards Incorporated
Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc.
True Value Company
Education & Publishing
Kaplan Higher Education Corporation
Pearson, Inc.
Scholastic, Inc.
Healthcare
BJC HealthCare
Carilion Clinic
Sanford Health
Media & Communications
Suddenlink Communications
Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.
Virgin Media Limited
Public Sector
City of Cleveland
County of San Mateo
State of Nebraska
Technology
Flextronics International USA, Inc.
Invensys, Inc.
Microsoft Corporation
76
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Technology, Operations and Development
Technology
We designed our SaaS solution since inception with an on-demand architecture which our clients access via a standard web browser. Our solution uses a single code base, with all of our clients running on the current version of our solution. Our solution has been specifically built to deliver:
|
•
|
a consistent, intuitive end-user experience to limit the need for product training and to encourage high levels of end-user adoption and engagement;
|
|
•
|
modularity and flexibility, by allowing our clients to activate and implement virtually any combination of the features we offer;
|
|
•
|
high levels of configurability to enable our clients to mimic their existing business processes, workflows, and organizational hierarchies within our solution;
|
|
•
|
web services to facilitate the importing and exporting of data to and from other client systems, such as enterprise resource planning and human resource information system platforms;
|
|
•
|
scalability to match the needs of the largest global enterprises and to meet future client growth; and
|
|
•
|
rigorous security standards and high levels of system performance and availability demanded by our clients.
|
Our solution offers a localized user interface and currency conversion capabilities. It is currently available in the following languages: English (US), English (UK), Spanish (Spain), Spanish (Mexico), Portuguese (Portugal), Portuguese (Brazil), French (France), French (Canada), Italian, German, Dutch, Russian, Chinese Simplified, Thai, Japanese and Turkish.
Our solution is deployed using a multi-tenant and multi-user architecture, which provides our enterprise clients with their own instance of a database. We employ a modularized architecture to balance the load of clients on separate sub-environments, as well as to provide a flexible method for scalability without impacting other parts of the current environment. This architecture allows us to provide the high levels of uptime required by our clients. Our existing infrastructure has been designed with sufficient capacity to meet our current and future needs.
Security is of paramount importance to us due to the sensitive nature of employee data. We designed our solution to meet rigorous industry security standards and to assure clients that their sensitive data is protected across the system. We ensure high levels of security by segregating each client’s data from the data of other clients and by enforcing a consistent approach to roles and rights within the system. These restrictions limit system access to only those individuals authorized by our clients. We also employ multiple standard technologies, protocols and processes to monitor, test and certify the security of our infrastructure
continuously, including periodic security audits and penetration tests conducted by our clients and third parties.
We are standardized on Microsoft .NET technologies and write the majority of our software in industry-standard software programming languages, such as C#. We use Web 2.0 technologies, such as AJAX, extensively to enhance the usability, performance, and overall user experience of our solution. Microsoft SQL Server is deployed for our relational database management system. Apart from these and other third-party components, our entire learning and talent management solution has been specifically built and upgraded by our in-house development team. We have not acquired or integrated any other third-party technology as the basis of any of our platforms.
Operations
We physically host our on-demand solution for our clients in two secure data center facilities, one located in El Segundo, California and the other located in London, United Kingdom. Both facilities are leased from Equinix, Inc. These facilities provide both physical security, including manned security 365 days a year, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, biometric access controls and systems security, including firewalls, encryption, redundant power and environmental controls.
77
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our infrastructure includes firewalls, switches, routers, load balancers, IDS/IPS and application firewalls from Cisco Systems to provide the networking infrastructure and high levels of security for the environment. We use IBM Blade Center servers and rack-mounted servers to run our solution and Akamai Technologies’ Global Network of Edge Servers for content caching. We use storage area network (SAN) hardware from EMC at both data center locations. These SAN systems have been architected for high performance and data-loss protection, and we believe these systems have the capacity and scalability to enable us to grow for the foreseeable future.
Research and Development
The responsibilities of our research and development organization include product management, product development, quality assurance and technology operations. Our research and development organization is located primarily in our Santa Monica, California headquarters. We also employ a small, full-time team of quality assurance analysts and engineers in our Mumbai, India office. These employees are primarily responsible for patch and regression testing.
Our development methodology, in combination with our SaaS delivery model, allows us to release new and enhanced software features on a quarterly or more frequent basis. We follow a well-defined communications process to support our clients with release management. We patch our software on a bi-weekly basis. Based on feedback from our clients and prospects, we continuously develop new functionality while enhancing and maintaining our existing solution. We do not need to maintain multiple engineering teams to support different versions of the code because all of our clients are running on the current version of our solution.
Our research and development expenses were $1.8 million in 2007, $2.7 million in 2008, $2.8 million in 2009, and $1.2 million and $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively.
Sales and Marketing
Sales
We sell our solution and services both directly through our sales force in North America and Europe, and indirectly through our domestic and international network of distributors. We currently service clients in a wide range of industries with specific focus on business services, financial services, healthcare, insurance, manufacturing, retail, and high technology. We have a number of direct sales teams organized by market segment and geography, as follows:
|
•
|
Enterprise.
Our enterprise sales team focuses on the sale of Cornerstone Enterprise Edition to large enterprises with greater than 3,000 employees. This team is composed primarily of experienced solution sales executives, with an average tenure of 17 years in sales. We intend to continue to grow this team.
|
|
•
|
Mid-Market.
Our mid-market sales team sells Cornerstone Business Edition to organizations with 250 to 3,000 employees. We plan to grow this team with the addition of regional sales people throughout the U.S.
|
|
•
|
EMEA.
We have both enterprise and mid-market sales professionals based in core European markets, and we intend to add additional sales personnel throughout Europe.
|
|
•
|
Strategic Accounts.
We have a small strategic account team focused on the sale of Cornerstone Enterprise Edition to large multi-national corporations.
|
|
•
|
Public Sector.
Our public sector sales team targets federal, state & local government, as well as K-12 and higher education institutions. We recently formed this team, and we plan to grow it in the near term.
|
|
•
|
SMB.
While we do not have an SMB team today, we plan to form a telesales team to sell Cornerstone Team Edition to organizations with fewer than 250 employees.
|
78
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our direct sales team is supported by product specialists who provide technical and product expertise to facilitate the sales process. Our sales enablement professionals provide ongoing professional development for the sales professionals to increase their effectiveness at selling in the field. We also maintain a separate team of account managers responsible for renewals and up-sales to existing clients, as described above.
Marketing
We manage demand generation programs, develop sales pipelines and enhance brand awareness through our marketing initiatives. Our marketing programs target HR executives, technology professionals and senior business leaders. Our principal marketing initiatives include:
|
•
|
Demand Generation.
Our demand generation activities include lead generation through email and direct mail campaigns, participation in industry events, securing event speaking opportunities, online marketing and search marketing.
|
|
•
|
Client and Distributor Marketing.
We market to our clients, including demand generation for additional sales opportunities, hosting of regional client user group meetings, and hosting of our annual Cornerstone Convergence global user conference. We also co-market with our strategic distributors, with programs including joint press announcements and demand generation activities.
|
|
•
|
Marketing Communications.
We undertake product marketing, media relations, corporate communications and analyst relations activities.
|
|
•
|
Regional Account Development.
We telemarket to, and prospect for, target accounts.
|
Strategic Relationships
We have entered into alliance agreements in order to expand our capabilities and geographic presence and provide our clients with access to specific types of content.
Outsourcing and Distribution Relationships
Following a highly competitive evaluation process, ADP selected us in 2009 as the provider of their learning and talent management solution. ADP resells our solution globally as ADP Talent Management through a five year OEM agreement. We view this strategic selection by ADP as validation by one of the world’s largest HR services companies of our approach to integrated talent management.
We also have developed a network of relationships with outsourcing, distribution, and referral partners to expand our reach and provide product and services sales through indirect channels. These include resale agreements with global vendors, as well as regional distributors such as CDP Group, Limited in China, Ceridian Canada Ltd. in Canada, Enable Education International LLC in Brazil, Kalleo Learning in South Africa, Neoris de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. in Mexico, T2 Optimise PTY Ltd. in Australia and Xchanging HR Services Limited in the UK. We expect to continue to add distributors to build our sales presence in certain geographic and vertical markets.
Consulting and Services Relationships
We have entered into alliance relationships with HR consulting firms to deliver consulting services, such as implementation and content development services, to clients. These include relationships with firms such as Intelladon Corporation and Logica Management Consulting (France).
Content and Product Relationships
We have developed distributor agreements with a wide range of vendors which provide off-the-shelf e-learning content and custom learning content development services. Through this network, we are able to offer an extensive library of online training content to our clients through our solution. Our content distributors for e-learning content include industry leaders such as Cegos SA, Corpedia, Inc., Element K Corporation, MindLeaders.com, Inc. and SkillSoft Corporation, as well as regional and vertically-focused online training providers. In addition, we have agreements with providers of specific competency models for use by our clients directly in
our solution.
79
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Competition
The market for learning and talent management software specifically, and for human resource technology generally, is highly competitive, rapidly evolving and fragmented. This market is subject to changing technology, shifting client needs and frequent introductions of new products and services.
Most of our sales efforts are competitive, often involving requests for proposals, or RFPs. We compete primarily on the basis of providing a comprehensive, fully integrated solution for learning and talent management as opposed to specific service offerings.
In the learning management systems segment, our competitors include Plateau Systems, Saba Software and SumTotal Systems. Most of our competitors in this segment have multiple versions of legacy software, whereas we offer a single version of our SaaS solution. In this segment, we compete primarily based on:
|
•
|
total cost of ownership and implementation times;
|
|
•
|
our comprehensive approach to client service and focus on client success;
|
|
•
|
the ease of use of our solution and overall user experience;
|
|
•
|
the breadth of our solution to meet our clients’ current and evolving needs;
|
|
•
|
our ability to provide scalability and flexibility for large and complex global deployments;
|
|
•
|
our integration with third-party e-learning providers domestically and internationally; and
|
|
•
|
our ability to serve the extended enterprise of our clients’ partners, distributors, contractors, alumni, members, volunteers and customers.
|
In the employee performance management systems segment, our competitors include Halogen Software, Softscape, Stepstone and SuccessFactors. These vendors are, like us, largely SaaS providers. We compete in this segment primarily on the basis of:
|
•
|
the criticality of learning and development to an effective performance management program, relying on our strengths in both learning and performance management;
|
|
•
|
the quality of our service and focus on client success;
|
|
•
|
the breadth and depth of our product functionality;
|
|
•
|
the flexibility and configurability of our software to meet the changing content and workflow requirements of our clients’ business units;
|
|
•
|
the level of integration, configurability, security, scalability and reliability of our solution;
|
|
•
|
our vision of integrated learning and talent management, combined with our ability to innovate and respond to client needs rapidly; and
|
|
•
|
the demonstrable benefits and positive business impact our clients have experienced.
|
In addition, we compete with talent management solutions like Jive Software and Taleo that focus on specific aspects of talent management, such as social networking or applicant tracking. Most of our clients are seeking a broader talent management solution, but may combine our solution with a niche solution, such as one for applicant tracking.
We also compete with Oracle and SAP, though most of our enterprise clients have us integrate with their implementations of those enterprise resource planning, or ERP, systems. Relative to these ERP vendors, we compete on the basis of the breadth and depth of our solution in the area of learning and talent management and the ease of use of our solution.
Many of our competitors and potential competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and larger marketing budgets. For additional information, see “
Risk
80
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed
.”
The Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation
To demonstrate our commitment to empowering people and communities, we formed the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation, or the Foundation, in 2010. The Foundation seeks to empower communities in the United States and internationally by increasing the impact of the non-profit sector through the utilization of our learning and talent management solution and strategies.
The Foundation focuses its efforts on the areas of education, workforce development and disaster relief. We have enlisted the help of our employees, clients and distributors to support the Foundation in its efforts. The Foundation is designed to be self-sustaining over time through a variety of ongoing funding streams, such as donations, sponsorships and distribution fees. The Foundation will offer a number of programs to support non-profit initiatives, including:
|
•
|
Non-Profit Program.
The Foundation will offer non-profit clients our solution and services at a discount, in certain cases of up to 100%. We currently have direct agreements providing similar pricing with non-profit clients that we intend to transfer to the Foundation, including:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Education
|
|
Workforce Development
|
|
Disaster Relief
|
KIPP
New Teacher Project
Teach for America
|
|
Goodwill
United Way
City Year
|
|
Feeding America
Oxfam
Save the Children
|
|
•
|
HR Pro Bono Corps.
In our experience, non-profits often lack the capacity or HR resources to maximize the productivity of their employees and volunteers. In response, the Foundation is forming an HR Pro Bono Corps in partnership with the Taproot Foundation and our clients in order to match non-profits in need with HR professionals willing to consult on a voluntary basis.
|
|
•
|
Community Empowerment Initiatives.
To expand the Foundation’s reach, we have enabled our clients to support their own charitable initiatives by utilizing our solution at no cost for approved programs.
|
|
•
|
Strategic Initiatives.
One of the tenets of the Foundation is to match our expertise with community needs. The Foundation is creating strategic initiatives around the areas of volunteer management and teacher empowerment. The Foundation is working with our non-profit clients and other clients to develop a volunteer management system to meet the needs of both the non-profits using volunteers and the organizations supplying them. The Foundation will also work with its K-12 partners to build a teacher empowerment platform that disseminates best practices in teacher professional development across school districts.
|
We are currently finalizing the terms for our relationship with the Foundation.
Proprietary Rights
To safeguard our proprietary and intellectual property rights, we rely upon a combination of patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws in the United States and in other jurisdictions, and on contractual restrictions. Our key assets include our software code and associated proprietary and intellectual property rights, in particular the trade secrets and know-how associated with our learning and talent management solution which we developed internally over the years. We were issued a patent for our software in 2003 which expires in 2021, we own registered trademarks and we will continue to evaluate the need for additional patents and
trademarks. We have confidentiality and license agreements with employees, contractors, clients, distributors and other third parties, which limit access to and use of our proprietary information and software.
81
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Though we rely in part upon these legal and contractual protections, we believe that factors such as the skills and ingenuity of our employees, creation of new modules, features, and functionality, collaboration with our clients, and frequent enhancements to our solution are larger contributors to our success in the marketplace.
Despite our efforts to preserve and protect our proprietary and intellectual property rights, unauthorized third parties may attempt to copy, reverse engineer, or otherwise obtain portions of our product. Competitors may attempt to develop similar products that could compete in the same market as our products. Unauthorized disclosure of our confidential information by our employees or third parties could occur. Laws of other jurisdictions may not protect our proprietary and intellectual property rights from unauthorized use or disclosure in the same manner as the United States. The risk of unauthorized uses of our proprietary and intellectual
property rights may increase as our company continues to expand outside of the United States.
Third-party infringement claims are also possible in our industry, especially as software functionality and features expand, evolve, and overlap with other industry segments. Current and future competitors, as well as non-practicing patent holders, could claim at any time that some or all of our software infringes on patents they now hold or might obtain or be issued in the future.
Seasonality
Our sales are seasonal in nature. We sign a significantly higher percentage of agreements with new clients, as well as renewal agreements with existing clients, in the fourth quarter of each year. In addition, we sign a significant portion of these agreements during the last month, and often the last two weeks, of each quarter.
Business Segment and Geographical Information
We operate in a single operating segment. For geographic financial information, see Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements.
Litigation
From time to time, we are subject to various legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of our business activities. In addition, from time to time, third parties may assert intellectual property infringement claims against us in the form of letters and other forms of communication. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any litigation the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, prospects, cash flows, financial position or brand.
Employees
At September 1, 2010 we had approximately 280 employees, which is a 51% increase from approximately 185 employees at September 1, 2009. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced a strike or similar work stoppage. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. Internally, we strive to empower our people by using our solution to on-board, develop, connect, align, assess, retain and promote our own employees.
Facilities
Our principal offices are located Santa Monica, California where we occupy approximately 30,000 square feet of space under two subleases that expire in November 2011. We have additional facilities in London, Paris, Munich and Mumbai and we are currently in the process of renegotiating an agreement for existing facilities in Tel Aviv. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate planned expansion of our operations.
82
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT
The following table provides information regarding our executive officers, key employees and directors at August 31, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
Executive Officers and Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adam L. Miller
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
|
|
Perry A. Wallack
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
Steven D. Seymour
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts
|
|
Vincent Belliveau
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa
|
|
David J. Carter
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
Vice President of Sales
|
|
Mark Goldin
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
Chief Technology Officer
|
|
R. C. Mark Baker
(1)
(2)
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Harold W. Burlingame
(1)
(2)
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Byron B. Deeter
(3)
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
James McGeever
(1)
(2)
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Neil G. Sadaranganey
(3)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Robert D. Ward
(3)
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
Key Employees:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kirsten Maas Helvey
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
Vice President of Consulting Services
|
|
Frank A. Ricciardi
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
Vice President of Global Account Services
|
|
Julie Norquist Roy
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
Vice President of Marketing
|
|
David L. Somers
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
Vice President of Alliances and Strategy
|
|
|
(1)
|
Member of the audit committee
|
|
(2)
|
Member of the compensation committee
|
|
(3)
|
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee
|
Executive Officers and Directors
Adam L. Miller
founded the company and has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since May 1999 and a member of our board of directors since May 1999. In addition to strategy, sales and operations, Mr. Miller has led our product development efforts since our inception. Prior to founding Cornerstone, Mr. Miller was an investment banker with Schroders plc, a financial services firm. Since its formation, Mr. Miller has served as the Chairman of the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation, which leverages Cornerstone’s expertise, solutions and partner ecosystem to help empower communities. Mr. Miller also writes and speaks extensively
about talent management and on-demand software. Mr. Miller holds a J.D. from the School of Law of the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA), an M.B.A. from UCLA’s Anderson School of Business, a B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania (Penn) and a B.S. from Penn’s Wharton School of Business. He also earned C.P.A. and Series 7 certifications. We believe that Mr. Miller possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his operational expertise and the historical knowledge and perspective he has gained as our Chief Executive Officer and one of our founders.
Perry A. Wallack
co-founded the company and has served as our Vice President of Finance, and later as our Chief Financial Officer, since August 1999. Prior to co-founding the company, from 1998 to 1999, Mr. Wallack was a Business Manager with Grant, Tani, Barish and Altman, Inc., a business management firm. From 1992 to 1998, Mr. Wallack held several roles including, Staff Accountant (in both Audit and Tax), Senior Accountant (in both Audit and Tax) and Manager in Business Management at Ernst & Young LLP, an auditing firm. Mr. Wallack holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor.
83
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Steven D. Seymour
co-founded the company and has served as our Vice President of Strategic Accounts, and later as our Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts, since January 2001. Prior to co-founding the company, Mr. Seymour was a Vice President in the High Net Worth group of Schroder plc, a financial services firm. Mr. Seymour holds a B.S. in Economics and a B.A. in English from the University of Southern California.
Vincent Belliveau
has served as our General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa, or EMEA, since June 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Belliveau served as the North East Europe Director of the Master Data Management and Information Integration Solutions division of International Business Machines Corporation, a technology systems and services company, from July 2005 to May 2007, and its EMEA Sales Director for its WebSphere Product Center Software from September 2004 to July 2005. In addition, from May 2002 until September 2004, Mr. Belliveau served as the European Sales Director at Trigo Technologies, Inc. Mr. Belliveau received his
Commerce Baccalaureate (B.Com) from McGill University, where he majored in Accounting and Finance.
David J. Carter
has served as our Vice President of Sales since June 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Carter served as Vice President of Sales at Accenture BPO Services, a wholly owned subsidiary of Accenture LLC, from June 2006 to June 2008, and Savista Corporation, which was acquired by Accenture LLC, from October 2004 to June 2006, both of which were human resource outsourcing services providers. Previously, Mr. Carter served as Vice President of Sales at Ceridian Corporation, a human resource services company, from July 2000 to October 2004. Prior to Ceridian, Mr. Carter was Vice President of Sales at ProBusiness Services, Inc., a
provider of payroll and benefits administration solutions. Mr. Carter holds a B.A. in Economics from Clark University.
Mark Goldin
has served as our Chief Technology Officer since June 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Goldin served as Chief Technology Officer at DestinationRx, Inc., a healthcare data management company, from September 2009 to June 2010. From August 2005 to September 2008, Mr. Goldin was Chief Operations and Technology Officer at Green Dot Corporation, a financial services company. Prior to Green Dot, from December 1992 to August 2005, Mr. Goldin served as Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer at Thomson Elite, a provider of technology solutions for professional services firms and currently part of Thomson Reuters Corporation.
R.C. Mark Baker
has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2003. Mr. Baker is the founder of Touchstone Systems, Inc., a company that supplies voice over internet protocol, or VoIP, international voice termination services and hosted OSS services, and has served as its Chief Executive Officer since September 2003. Mr. Baker has a long history of working in the telecommunications industry, serving as an officer or director of various companies including Ionex Telecommunications, Inc., Birch Telecommunications, USA Global Link GmbH and British Telecom, and held various senior positions with AT&T Corp., including
Executive Vice President International, Vice President and General Manager-International Services, Vice President Strategy, as well serving as a member of AT&T’s senior management team. Mr. Baker has also served as a director of British Telecom Satellite Services, British Telecom Marine, NIS (Japan), McCaw Cellular USA, British Telecom Syncordia, AT&T Submarine Systems, Alestra (Mexico) and Telecom Italia. We believe that Mr. Baker possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience leading and managing technology companies and his past service as a director of other technology companies.
Harold W. Burlingame
has been a member of our board of directors since March 2006. From December 2004 to July 2010, Mr. Burlingame served as Chairman of ORC Worldwide, Inc., a provider of human resource knowledge and solutions. In addition, since June 1998, Mr. Burlingame has served as a director of UniSource Energy Corporation, an owner of electric and gas service providers. Previously, Mr. Burlingame served as Executive Vice President of Human Resources for AT&T Corp., and as Senior Executive Advisor for AT&T Wireless. Mr. Burlingame received his B.A. in Communications from Muskingum College. We believe that Mr.
Burlingame’s extensive experience in human resources and management qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.
84
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Byron B. Deeter
has been a member of our board of directors since May 2007. Since April 2005, Mr. Deeter has been employed by Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, where he currently serves as a Partner. Prior to joining Bessemer Venture Partners, Mr. Deeter served as a director at International Business Machines Corporation from April 2004 to April 2005. Before that, Mr. Deeter co-founded in Trigo Technologies, Inc. and held various positions there, including President and Chief Executive Officer, from January 2000 to November 2000, and Vice President, Business Development, from November 2000 to April 2004. Mr. Deeter
holds a B.A. with honors from the University of California, Berkeley in political economies of industrial societies. Mr. Deeter currently serves on our board as a designee of Bessemer Venture Partners pursuant to a contractual agreement among our stockholders that will terminate upon the completion of this offering. We believe that Mr. Deeter possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience in the venture capital industry and his years of business and leadership experience.
James McGeever
has been a member of our board of directors since June 2010. Mr. McGeever has served as the Chief Operating Officer of NetSuite Inc., a provider of business management applications, since July 2010. Prior to this role, Mr. McGeever served as Netsuite’s Chief Financial Officer from June 2000 to June 2010 and as its Director of Finance from January 2000 to June 2000. Prior to joining Netsuite, Mr. McGeever was the Controller of Clontech Laboratories, Inc., a biotechnology company, from 1998 to 2000 and the Corporate Controller at Photon Dynamics, Inc., a capital equipment maker, from 1994 to 1998. Mr. McGeever holds a
B.Sc. from the London School of Economics. We believe that Mr. McGeever possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience in the management of technology companies and his experience in the software industry and with SaaS.
Neil G. Sadaranganey
has been a member of our board of directors since November 2007. Since July 2006, Mr. Sadaranganey has been a General Partner at Bay Partners, a venture capital firm, where he has led the firm’s software-as-a-service and Internet practice. Before joining Bay Partners, Mr. Sadaranganey held senior product management roles at Good Technology, Inc., a mobile device management products company, Sun Microsystems, Inc. and RealNetworks, Inc., where he ran the Enterprise group. Mr. Sadaranganey was part of the founding team of Afara Websystems Inc., which was acquired by Sun Microsystems in 2002. Mr. Sadaranganey
holds a Bachelor of Applied Science in Systems Design Engineering from the University of Waterloo and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Business School. Mr. Sadaranganey currently serves on our board as a designee of Bay Partners pursuant to a contractual agreement among our stockholders that will terminate upon the completion of this offering. We believe that Mr. Sadaranganey possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience with enterprise software and Internet companies, as well as his software product management and systems integration experience.
Robert D. Ward
has been a member of our board of directors since January 2009. Since 1999, Mr. Ward has been a Managing Director of Meritech Capital, a venture capital firm. Mr. Ward received a B.A. in political economy from Williams College and a M.S. in management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Ward currently serves on our board as a designee of Meritech Capital pursuant to a contractual agreement among our stockholders that will terminate upon the completion of this offering. We believe that Mr. Ward possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his
experience in the venture capital industry.
Key Employees
Kirsten Maas Helvey
has served as our Vice President of Consulting Services since April 2006. From March 2003 to October 2004, Ms. Helvey served as a Senior Account Manager. Prior to joining the company, from September 2002 to February 2003, Ms. Helvey served as a supply chain operations strategy consultant in the Business Consulting Services group of International Business Machines Corporation, a technology systems and services company. Prior to that, from February
85
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1999 to September 2002, Ms. Helvey was a supply chain operations strategy consultant at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Ms. Helvey holds a B.A. in English Literature from Skidmore College.
Frank Ricciardi
has served as our Vice President of Global Account Services since June 2007. From March 2005 to June 2007, Mr. Ricciardi was our Director of Account Management. Prior to joining us, from January 2004 to November 2004, Mr. Ricciardi was a Senior Principal at Convergys Corporation, a management services company. Beginning in September 2000, Mr. Ricciardi held several positions at DigitalThink, Inc., including Alliance Manager, Strategic Account Manager, Strategic Account Director and Regional Vice President of Services before it was acquired by Convergys Corporation. Mr. Ricciardi holds a B.S. in Finance and Economics from
Drexel University.
Julie Norquist Roy
has served as our Vice President of Marketing since March 2008. Before assuming that position, from January 2007 to March 2008, Ms. Norquist Roy served as our Director of Marketing. Prior to joining us, from November 1999 to January 2006, Ms. Norquist Roy held the role of Vice President of Marketing, EMEA for InStranet, Inc., a knowledge management software company. Ms. Norquist Roy holds a B.A. in Social Sciences and International Relations from the University of California, Berkeley and an M.B.A. from the Thunderbird School of Global Management.
David L. Somers
has served as our Vice President of Alliances and Strategy since July 2009. Before assuming that position, Mr. Somers served as our Senior Director of Strategy and Research from January 2008 to July 2009 and as our Senior Director, Consulting Services from January 2006 to January 2008. Prior to joining us, from November 2004 to January 2006, Mr. Somers served as Manager, Strategy Consulting at Ariba Inc., a business commerce solutions company. In addition, from May 2003 to November 2004, Mr. Somers served as Manager, Technology at the Walt Disney Company, a media and entertainment company. Mr. Somers holds an M.B.A. from
the Anderson School of Management of the University of California, Los Angeles, as well as a B.S. in Kinesiology from Indiana University.
There are no family relationships among any of our directors, executive officers or key employees.
Board Composition and Risk Oversight
Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of seven members, six of whom will qualify as “independent” according to the rules and regulations of .
In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, immediately after this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
|
•
|
The Class I directors will be Messrs. , and and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2011;
|
|
•
|
The Class II directors will be Messrs. and and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012; and
|
|
•
|
The Class III directors will be Messrs. and and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013.
|
Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.
The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.
Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business; reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans; and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and
86
TABLE OF CONTENTS
other members of senior management. Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to conduct an annual self-evaluation at the end of each fiscal year, which will include a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors will have full access to our management and independent advisors.
Our board of directors, as a whole and, following the completion of this offering, through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing the Company's risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee will discuss with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, and our compensation committee will oversee risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees will report to the
full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.
Board Committees
Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee will have the composition and primary responsibilities described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee evaluates the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance and approves the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors; discusses with management and the independent auditors the scope and the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements; reviews our critical accounting policies and practices; monitors the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to
financial statements or accounting matters; reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures and annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance. The current members of our audit committee are Messrs. Baker, Burlingame and McGeever, with Mr. McGeever serving as the chairman of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under applicable SEC and rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. McGeever is an audit committee financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under applicable rules and regulations. All members of our audit committee are independent under applicable SEC and rules and regulations. The audit committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable
standards of the SEC and .
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. Among other matters, the compensation committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives, and sets the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also administers our equity compensation plans and annually reviews the compensation committee charter and the committee’s performance. The current members
of our compensation committee are Messrs. Baker, Burlingame and McGeever, with Mr. Burlingame serving as the chairman of the committee. All of the members of our compensation committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and and meet the definition of outside directors under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
87
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for making recommendations regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors, overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to our board concerning governance matters and overseeing the board evaluation process. The current members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Deeter, Sadaranganey and Ward, with Mr. Deeter serving as the chairman of the committee. All of the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are independent under the applicable rules and
regulations of the SEC and . The nominating and corporate governance committee does not have a formal diversity policy in place but will consider diversity of relevant experience, expertise and background, among other factors, in identifying nominees for directors.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other principal executive and senior officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at
www.csod.com
. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.
Director Compensation
Directors who are employees or affiliated with significant stockholders do not receive any compensation for their service on our board of directors. Each non-employee director who is not affiliated with a significant stockholder receives $1,000 per meeting of the board of directors attended in person and $500 per meeting attended telephonically. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2009, each non-employee director who was not affiliated with a significant stockholder was granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $1.26, the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as
determined by our board. Each option will vest in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant.
Beginning on , each non-employee director who is not affiliated with a significant stockholder will be entitled to receive $ per meeting of the board of directors attended in person and $ per meeting attended telephonically. In addition, each such non-employee director serving on our audit committee, compensation committee or nominating and corporate governance committee will be entitled to an additional $ , $ , and $ , respectively, for each committee meeting attended in person and an additional $ , $ , and $ , respectively, for each committee
meeting attended telephonically.
88
TABLE OF CONTENTS
In addition to compensation described above, each new non-employee director who joins our board after the completion of this offering will be granted an initial stock option award to purchase shares of our common stock upon election to our board. All non-employee directors will receive, on the date of each of our annual stockholder meetings after the completion of this offering, an annual stock option award to purchase shares of our common stock . The exercise price of each such option will be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Each initial stock option award will vest in
equal increments on the anniversary of the date the director joined the board, and each annual stock option award will similarly vest in equal increments on the anniversary of the date of grant.
The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
|
|
Option
Awards
(1)
|
|
Total
|
Harold W. Burlingame
|
|
$
|
5,500
|
|
|
$
|
17,860
|
|
|
$
|
23,360
|
|
Mark Baker
|
|
$
|
5,500
|
|
|
$
|
17,860
|
|
|
$
|
23,360
|
|
Robert Ward
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Byron Deeter
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Neil Sadaranganey
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(1)
|
Amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of options granted during fiscal year 2009 computed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718, Stock Compensation. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 2 to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
At December 31, 2009, each of our non-employee directors held the following options:
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Shares
Subject to
Outstanding
Options
|
Harold W. Burlingame
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
Mark Baker
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
Robert Ward
|
|
|
—
|
|
Byron Deeter
|
|
|
—
|
|
Neil Sadaranganey
|
|
|
—
|
|
On September 20, 2010, our board granted non-employee director James McGeever an option to purchase 60,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.76, the fair market value of our common stock on that date as determined by our board. The option was granted pursuant to our standard form of early exercise stock option agreement under the terms of our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. On September 23, 2010, Mr. McGeever exercised his stock option in full and currently holds 60,000 shares of our common stock. If Mr. McGeever’s service as a member of our board terminates for any reason, we have a right to repurchase his shares within 90 days
of his termination. Our right to repurchase Mr. McGeever’s shares lapses as to 1/3 of such shares on the first anniversary of vesting commencement date and as to 1/36 of such shares each month thereafter, on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date, such that the repurchase right will have lapsed as to all of his shares on the third anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. McGeever’s continued service on our board on each such date. Upon the occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan), our right to repurchase Mr. McGeever’s shares will lapse as to all shares that remain subject to our repurchase right at the time the change of control occurs. For a description of our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, see “
Employee Benefit and Stock Plans — 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
”
89
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information about the material components of our compensation program for our named executive officers, or NEOs. Our NEOs for 2009 were Adam Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer; Perry Wallack, Chief Financial Officer; Steven Seymour, Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts; David Carter, Vice President of Sales; and Vincent Belliveau, General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa.
General Compensation Philosophy
Our general compensation philosophy is to provide programs that attract, retain and motivate key employees who are critical to our long-term success. We strive to provide a compensation package to our executives that is competitive, rewards the achievement of our business objectives, and aligns executive and stockholder interests by enabling our executives to acquire equity ownership in our business.
Compensation Decision Process
From May 2007 to July 2010, our compensation programs were administered by Messrs. Deeter, Burlingame and Miller who were serving on our Compensation Committee. While the Compensation Committee is responsible for the administration of our compensation programs and makes compensation recommendations and determinations for all executives, our entire board has continued to play an active role in making compensation decisions, and many aspects of our compensation programs have been decided by both the Compensation Committee and the other members of our board. Historically, at the outset of the annual compensation decision process, our Chief Executive
Officer, or CEO, reviewed the compensation of our executive management team (including the NEOs) and made recommendations to the other members of the Compensation Committee with respect to base salary and bonus and commission targets for the executives. With respect to his own compensation, the CEO discussed the matter with the other members of the Compensation Committee and made recommendations based on the factors described below. The board and the other members of the Compensation Committee retained the authority to accept or reject the CEO’s compensation recommendations for all executive officers, including the CEO, and often made adjustments to the recommendations when determining appropriate compensation levels. Decisions regarding the CEO’s compensation were made by the board outside the CEO’s presence. To control expenditures and effectively allocate our limited resources, we did not historically engage compensation consultants or establish formal benchmark
processes against any set of peer-group companies. Rather, the Compensation Committee and the board based their compensation decisions on a number of factors, including the recommendations of the CEO, which often took into account: relative compensation levels within our company; then-current market conditions; and compensation paid to executives with similar responsibilities at comparable companies based on information provided by executive recruiters familiar with the industries in which we compete for talent and certain compensation studies prepared by Bessemer Venture Partners and Bay Partners, each of which is represented on our board and one of whom is on our Compensation Committee, comparing compensation levels among their respective portfolio companies. In determining compensation for 2009 and 2010, the Compensation Committee and the board relied on the factors discussed above.
In August 2010, the board reconstituted our Compensation Committee to include only directors who satisfy the independence criteria applicable to public companies. We are also commencing discussions with compensation consultants from whom we may obtain relevant compensation data and analysis in the future. Upon the completion of this offering, our Compensation Committee will operate under a written charter adopted by our board, which establishes the duties and authority of the Compensation Committee. The fundamental responsibilities of the Compensation Committee as set forth in the charter will be, among other things:
|
•
|
to provide oversight of our executive compensation policies, plans and benefit programs, including recommending improvements or changes to such policies, plans and programs to our board;
|
90
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
•
|
to review and approve, for each of our executive officers including our CEO: annual base salary; annual incentive bonus, including specific goals and payouts; equity compensation; employment agreements, if any; severance arrangements and change in control arrangements; and any other benefits, compensations or arrangements;
|
|
•
|
to oversee and administer our equity compensation plans; and
|
|
•
|
to review and discuss with management any risks arising from our compensation policies and practices.
|
Components of NEO Compensation
The compensation program for our NEOs consists of:
|
•
|
short-term incentives, specifically sales commissions and quarterly bonuses for commissioned NEOs (Messrs. Carter and Belliveau) and annual bonuses for non-commissioned NEOs (Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack);
|
|
•
|
long-term incentives (equity awards);
|
|
•
|
broad-based employee benefits; and
|
|
•
|
severance and change of control benefits.
|
We believe the combination of these elements provide a compensation package that attracts and retains qualified individuals, links individual performance to our performance, focuses the NEOs’ efforts on the achievement of both our short-term and long-term objectives as a company, and aligns the NEOs’ interests with those of our stockholders. The Compensation Committee and the board determine the appropriate use and weight of each component of NEO compensation based on their views of the relative importance of each component in achieving our overall objectives and position-specific objectives relevant to each NEO.
Base Salary
We provide a base salary to our NEOs to compensate them for services rendered on a day-to-day basis. The following table provides the base salaries of our NEOs for 2009 and 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
2009 Base Salary
(1)
|
|
2010 Base Salary
(2)
|
Adam Miller
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
|
$
|
310,000
|
|
Vincent Belliveau
|
|
$
|
225,007
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
258,584
|
(4)
|
Dave Carter
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
$
|
230,000
|
|
Steven Seymour
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
|
$
|
285,000
|
|
Perry Wallack
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
$
|
240,000
|
|
|
(1)
|
Each NEO had the same base salary in 2008 and 2009.
|
|
(2)
|
The amounts reflect the NEO salary increases effective in March 2010 and, in the case of Mr. Belliveau, in July 2010. See below for more details.
|
|
(3)
|
This amount reflects a base salary of €160,000, which has been converted into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rates in effect when payments were made.
|
|
(4)
|
This amount reflects a base salary of €180,000, which has been converted into U.S. Dollars at a rate of $1.43658 per Euro, the exchange rate in effect on January 1, 2010.
|
The 2009 base salaries were set by the Compensation Committee and the board in the manner discussed above and reflect our status as a private company. The non-employee members of our board determined our CEO’s base salary, and the Compensation Committee and board determined the salaries of the other NEOs. These decisions were based on the compensation factors described above under the heading “
— Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Decision Process
.”
91
TABLE OF CONTENTS
In March 2010, our Compensation Committee and board decided to increase the salary of Messrs. Miller, Carter, Seymour and Wallack. In making this decision, the Compensation Committee and board considered the contributions that would be necessary from each NEO to prepare us to operate as a public company, and determined that salary increases for certain NEOs would be appropriate in order to provide them with additional incentives and further align their interests with our stockholders. In addition, effective July 1, 2010, our Compensation Committee and board decided to increase Mr. Belliveau’s base salary to reflect his additional
responsibilities in connection with the creation of our United Kingdom subsidiary. For some NEOs, it is likely that an additional increase will be necessary to bring their salary levels more in line with salary levels of executives at publicly held corporations in our industry.
Short-Term Incentives (Cash Bonuses and Sales Commissions)
Our short-term incentive program seeks to balance our NEOs’ focus on our company goals as well as reward their individual performance through the use of an executive compensation plan and separate sales commission plans, as appropriate for each NEO’s position. Each of Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack participate in an executive compensation plan, under which bonuses may be earned upon our achievement of specified performance goals. Considering their sales positions within our organization, Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter participate in individualized sales commission plans that are similar to the plans used for all of our sales employees as
described below. Both our executive compensation plan and our executive sales commission plans are treated as “non-equity incentive plan compensation” for purposes of the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table below.
Executive Compensation Plan
For 2009, the Compensation Committee and the board established an executive compensation plan for Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack. Under the terms of the executive compensation plan, each NEO was entitled to receive a bonus that would vary in size depending on our success in meeting certain performance thresholds and targets with respect to a number of different performance metrics. No bonus payout for a particular performance metric would be earned unless the performance threshold for that metric was met and bonus payouts would be calculated linearly for achievement between threshold and target. Target bonus amounts represented the amounts that
would have been payable to Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack if we had met our full performance target with respect to each performance metric. However, to the extent that our actual performance exceeded the full performance target with respect to a particular performance metric, our board retained the discretion to increase the bonus amount attributable to that metric. The Compensation Committee and the board determined these target bonus amounts based on the compensation factors described above under the heading “
— Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Decision Process
.” The Compensation Committee and the board deliberately set the 2009 performance targets for the target bonus amounts at levels that would be difficult to achieve even if 2009 performance results significantly exceeded 2008 performance results and also established performance thresholds to ensure that no bonuses would be paid unless we achieved a significant level
of performance. The following table shows the 2009 target bonus amounts as a percentage of base salary for each of Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack.
|
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Target Bonus
Amount (as a
percentage of
base salary)
|
Adam Miller
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
Steven Seymour
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
Perry Wallack
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
92
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The performance metrics to which these targets and thresholds related include:
|
•
|
Contracted monthly recurring revenue, or CMRR (defined as the sum of the total amount of minimum recurring revenue contractually committed under each of our client agreements over the entire term of the agreement, but excluding nonrecurring support, consulting and maintenance fees under those agreements, divided by the number of months in the term), with a 50% weighting;
|
|
•
|
Operating yield (calculated as invoices issued to clients during the year less all expenses paid during the year, including capital expenditures but excluding debt-related expenses), with a 30% weighting; and
|
|
•
|
Churn (determined based on the reductions, if any, to CMRR during the year), with a 20% weighting.
|
The Compensation Committee and board determined that these performance metrics and changes in the mix of recurring and non-recurring revenue were appropriate measurements of our performance, as CMRR measures sales performance, operating yield measures operating efficiency and cash management, and churn measures client retention.
In early 2010, the board and Compensation Committee reviewed the 2009 performance metrics to determine the level of achievement in relation to each performance target and threshold amount. Achievement percentages for results between the threshold and target amounts were calculated linearly. The 2009 achievement percentage, weighting, and weighted achievement percentages (based both on the plan and as adjusted by the board based on its discretion) were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CMRR
|
|
Operating Yield
|
|
Churn
|
Achievement percentage
|
|
|
60.3
|
%
|
|
|
83.0
|
%
(1)
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Weighting
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
30.0
|
%
|
|
|
20.0
|
%
|
Weighted achievement percentage (plan)
|
|
|
30.2
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
20.0
|
%
|
Weighted achievement percentage – (as adjusted by board)
|
|
|
30.2
|
%
|
|
|
24.9
|
%
(1)
|
|
|
20.0
|
%
|
|
(1)
|
The board and Compensation Committee selected performance targets at the beginning of 2009 that it determined would be difficult to achieve even if 2009 performance results exceeded 2008 performance results. During the course of the year, the board made a strategic decision to invest more money in direct sales and other activities in anticipation of future growth. As a result of this additional investment, the 2009 operating yield result was lower than it would have been had the board not made this decision. When the board reviewed actual achievement of operating yield at the end of 2009, the board, following extensive discussion and based on recommendations from the CEO and the other members of the Compensation Committee, exercised its discretion to recognize an achievement percentage of 83.0% for its operating yield target. As a result, the actual bonus payments paid to all of the NEOs were, in the aggregate, $38,122 higher in the aggregate
than they would have been had the board not exercised its discretion.
|
As a result of this review, the board and Compensation Committee determined a total weighted achievement percentage for 2009 of 75.1%. Thus, the 2009 actual bonus payments were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Target 2009
Bonus
Amount
|
|
2009
Bonus Paid
|
Adam Miller
|
|
$
|
137,500
|
|
|
$
|
103,125
|
|
Steven Seymour
|
|
$
|
137,500
|
|
|
$
|
103,125
|
|
Perry Wallack
|
|
$
|
112,500
|
|
|
$
|
84,375
|
|
For 2010, the executive compensation plan for Messrs. Miller, Seymour and Wallack is structurally similar to the 2009 plan (including the weightings of the performance metrics), except that the operating yield metric has been replaced by an unlevered operating cash flow metric. Unlevered operating cash flow is defined as free cash flow that does not take into account interest paid on the
93
TABLE OF CONTENTS
company’s outstanding debt. The Compensation Committee and the board made this change to utilize a performance metric that is more commonly used by public companies. At the time the 2010 performance targets were set, the Compensation Committee and the board believed that the performance targets would be difficult to achieve and would not be achieved even if our 2010 performance results significantly exceeded our 2009 performance results. The 2010 target bonus amounts as a percentage of base salary were not changed from the 2009 amounts.
Sales Commission Plans
Because much of Mr. Belliveau’s and Mr. Carter’s responsibilities are focused on sales of our solution, the Compensation Committee and board determined that it would be more appropriate for Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter to participate in sales commission plans with terms that correspond to the results achieved by their respective direct sales teams, rather than in the executive compensation plan described above. Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter therefore earn commissions based on the total sales of their respective direct sales teams, with Mr. Belliveau’s commissions based on direct sales in Europe, and Mr. Carter’s commissions based
on all direct sales in North America. The commission targets were determined by the Compensation Committee and board based in part on the recommendations of the CEO, which took into account the compensation factors described above under the heading “
— Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Decision Process
.” The Compensation Committee and board designed Mr. Belliveau’s and Mr. Carter’s commission structure both to reward them for their past success and to support our retention efforts.
For 2009, the board and Compensation Committee established a sales quota for each of its sales executives, Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter, a portion of which was allocated to subscription revenue and a portion of which was allocated to consulting services revenue. Mr. Belliveau’s commissions are based on revenues attributable to sales in EMEA, and Mr. Carter’s commissions are based on revenues attributable to sales in North America. Depending on the term of the particular client agreement, each sales executive is eligible to earn commissions over a period of up to three years based on revenue invoiced and actually received by us in each year.
The rate at which commissions are earned by each sales executive is highest in the first year of each client agreement and decreases each year thereafter. Revenue due in the first, second or third year of a client agreement is referred to below as first-year revenue, second-year revenue or third-year revenue, respectively. With respect to any client agreement entered into in 2009, no commissions will be paid with respect to revenue invoiced and received by us in the fourth-year or beyond, and no commissions will be paid with respect to consulting services revenue invoiced and received by us in the second-year or beyond. To the extent a client agreement has a term of less than three years and is renewed, the agreement is treated as a multi-year contract, except that the commission for subscription revenue declines in the second and third years. To the extent that the sales executive exceeded his quota for both subscription revenue and consulting services revenue in 2009, his commissions
for the amount above quota was increased. In addition, each sales executive was also eligible for a quarterly bonus if he met certain quarterly sales targets and Mr. Belliveau was eligible to receive a year-end bonus based upon the European sales team’s achievement of certain levels of operating profit measured on a stand-alone basis for the entire year. These bonus targets were determined by the Compensation Committee and board based in part on the recommendations of the CEO, which took into account the compensation factors described above under the heading “
— Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Compensation Decision Process
.”
For 2009, the following table shows the targets and amounts earned by our sales executive under such executive’s 2009 sales commission plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales Executive
|
|
Target 2009 Commission
|
|
Target 2009 Bonus
|
|
2009 Commission Paid
|
|
Target 2009 Bonus Paid
|
Vincent Belliveau
|
|
$
|
107,850
|
(1)
(2)
|
|
$
|
18,958
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
77,993
|
(3)
(4)
|
|
|
—
|
|
Dave Carter
|
|
$
|
174,000
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
20,000
|
|
|
$
|
97,830
|
(3)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(1)
|
Amounts have been converted into U.S. Dollars at a rate of $1.4043 Dollars per Euro, the exchange rate in effect on January 1, 2009.
|
94
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
(2)
|
This amount represents the total performance-based commissions that would have been earned under the 2009 commission plan assuming that (i) the sales executive achieved the sales quotas established under his 2009 commission plan and (ii) all first-year revenue relating to client agreements entered into in 2009 was invoiced and received by us in 2009.
|
|
(3)
|
This amount represents the total performance-based commissions earned by the sales executive under the 2009 commission plan. Each executive also earned additional commissions for second-year revenue and third-year revenue received by us in 2009 with respect to client agreements entered into in prior years under sales commission plans established in such years for each such executive, which commission amounts are not reflected in this amount. For the commissions earned in 2009 under the 2009 sales commission plan and under plans established for prior years, see the non-equity incentive plan compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table below.
|
|
(4)
|
Amount represents the sum of payments made to Mr. Belliveau converted from Euros into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rates in effect when the payments were made.
|
For 2010, the commission programs for Mr. Belliveau and Mr. Carter are structurally similar to the 2009 programs, except that Mr. Belliveau’s and Mr. Carter’s 2010 sales targets have substantially increased and the board and Compensation Committee selected sales targets that would be difficult to reach.
Long-Term Incentives (Equity Awards)
We grant equity awards to motivate and reward our NEOs for achieving long-term performance goals as reflected in the value of our common stock, which we believe aligns the interests of our NEOs with those of our stockholders. Historically, the equity awards we have granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans have been limited to stock options with exercise prices equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by the board. In determining the size of these awards, we have not applied a rigid formula. Instead, the board and Compensation Committee have determined the size of equity awards based
on the range of prior awards granted to the executive team, with consideration given to the nature of each NEO’s position and experience and to then-current market conditions.
Other than with respect to Mr. Miller, who acquired his common stock in connection with the formation of our company and has not received any equity awards to date, and Messrs. Seymour and Wallack, who each received additional equity awards prior to 2009, the equity awards that our NEOs currently hold were received at the start of their employment with us. None of our NEOs received any equity awards during 2009. To date when considering granting equity awards generally, our board determined that additional equity awards for the NEOs other than the foregoing were not necessary, as the board believed each NEO’s then-current equity holdings were
sufficient to incentivize the NEO and appropriately aligned his interests with those of our stockholders. In connection with the offering, the board and Compensation Committee may approve additional equity grants to some NEOs to ensure that they are properly incentivized. We expect that our Compensation Committee will review periodically our NEOs’ compensation, including the retention and incentive value of their equity awards, in order to determine whether to grant any additional equity awards in the future.
Broad-Based Employee Benefits
Our compensation program for our NEOs also includes employee benefits that are generally available to our other employees. These benefits include medical, dental, vision, long-term disability and life insurance benefits, as well as flexible spending accounts. We also periodically provide meals on premise to employees in our offices. Our NEOs receive these benefits on the same basis as our other full-time U.S. employees. Offering these benefits serves to attract and retain employees, including our NEOs. We anticipate that we will periodically review our employee benefits programs in order to ensure that they continue to serve these purposes and remain
competitive.
95
TABLE OF CONTENTS
We have established a tax-qualified Section 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees generally, subject to standard eligibility requirements. Under this plan, participants may elect to make pre-tax contributions to the plan of up to a certain portion of their current compensation, not to exceed the applicable statutory income tax limitation. Currently, we do not match contributions made by participants. The plan currently qualifies under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, such that contributions to the plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn from the plan.
Employment Agreements, Change in Control and Severance Benefits
Our board believes that maintaining a stable and effective management team is essential to our long-term success and achievement of our corporate strategies, and is therefore in the best interests of our stockholders. We have entered into employment agreements with each of our NEOs (other than Mr. Miller) which provide for base salary, bonuses and/or sales commissions, employee benefit plan participation, and in certain instances, severance or other payments upon a qualifying termination of employment or change of control. In connection with this offering, we plan to revise these employment agreements and/or enter into new employment agreements with
certain of our NEOs, which may include change-in-control and severance arrangements that provide them with assurances of specified severance benefits in the event that their employment is terminated and such termination is a qualifying termination under their respective agreements.
We recognize that these severance benefits may be triggered at any time. Nonetheless, we believe that it is imperative to provide these individuals with these benefits to secure their continued dedication to their work, notwithstanding the possibility of a termination by us, and to provide them with additional incentives to continue employment with us. We believe that these severance benefits are competitive with severance benefits provided to similarly situated individuals at companies with which we compete for talent, and that they are appropriate given that generally their actual payment is contingent upon the individual releasing us from claims
relating to the termination.
We also recognize that the possibility that we may in the future undergo a change in control, and that this possibility, and the uncertainty it may cause among our NEOs may result in their departure or distraction to the detriment of our company and our stockholders. Accordingly, our board and Compensation Committee decided to take appropriate steps to encourage the continued attention, dedication and continuity of certain key executive to their assigned duties without the distraction that may arise from the possibility or occurrence of a change in control. As a result, we have entered into agreements with certain of our NEOs that provide additional
benefits in the event of a change in control. For more detail, see “
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
.”
We do not currently have stock ownership guidelines for our NEOs.
Tax Considerations
Based on the limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of Internal Revenue Code, we generally cannot deduct compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and to certain other highly compensated officers that exceeds $1,000,000 per person in any fiscal year for federal income tax purposes, unless it “performance-based,” as defined under Section 162(m). Salary and bonus compensation is subject to these limits, as is the excess of the current market price over the option exercise price, or option spread, at the time of exercise of any stock option, unless it is treated as an incentive stock option or it meets certain other requirements. We
believe all options we have granted to date have met these requirements. Additionally, under an exception to Section 162(m), any compensation paid at any time pursuant to a compensation plan that was in existence before the effective date of this offering will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation until the earliest of: (i) the expiration of the compensation plan, (ii) a material modification of the compensation plan (as determined under Section 162(m)), (iii) the issuance of all the employer stock and other compensation allocated under the compensation plan, or (iv) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected after the ending of the third calendar year following the year in which this offering occurs. While we cannot predict how the Section 162(m) deductibility limit may affect our compensation program in future years, we intend to maintain an approach to executive compensation
96
TABLE OF CONTENTS
that strongly links pay to performance. In addition, although we have not adopted a formal policy regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our NEOs, we intend to consider tax deductibility under Section 162(m) as one factor in our compensation decisions.
We have not provided our executives or directors with any gross-up or other reimbursement for tax amounts that these individuals might pay pursuant to Section 280G or Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Section 280G and related Internal Revenue Code sections provide that executive officers, directors who hold significant stockholder interests, and certain other service providers, could be subject to significant additional taxes if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control that exceeds certain limits, and also that we or our successor could lose the ability to deduct on our corporate taxes the amounts subject to
the additional tax. In addition, Section 409A imposes significant taxes on an executive officer, director or other service provider who receives “deferred compensation” that does not meet the requirements of Section 409A.
Summary Compensation Table for 2009
The following table summarizes the compensation that we paid to our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Principal
Position
|
|
Year
|
|
Salary
($)
|
|
Bonus
($)
|
|
Option Awards ($)
|
|
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)
|
|
All Other Compensation ($)
|
|
Total
($)
|
Adam Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
103,125
|
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
378,125
|
|
Perry Wallack, Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
84,375
|
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
309,375
|
|
Steven Seymour, Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
275,000
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
103,125
|
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
378,125
|
|
David J. Carter, Vice President of Sales
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
225,000
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
100,205
|
(2)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
325,205
|
|
Vincent Belliveau, General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa
(3)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
225,007
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
125,260
|
(2)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
350,267
|
|
|
(1)
|
The amounts represent the total performance-based bonuses earned for services rendered in 2009 under our 2009 Executive Bonus Plan.
|
|
(2)
|
The amounts represent the total performance-based commissions earned for subscription revenue and consulting services revenue under our sales commission plans, including subscription and consulting services revenue invoiced and received by us under contracts entered into in 2009 in accordance with the sales executive’s 2009 sales commission plan, and subscription revenue invoiced and received by us under contracts entered into in prior years in accordance with sales commission plans established for the sales executive in such years. For more information, please see “
— Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Sales Commission Plans
.”
|
|
(3)
|
Amounts represent the sum of payments made to Mr. Belliveau converted from Euros into U.S. Dollars at the exchange rates in effect when the payments were made.
|
97
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for 2009
The following table lists the grants of plan-based awards or awards re-priced during the year ended December 31, 2009, to each of our named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
($)
|
|
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
|
|
Exercise
of Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
|
|
Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
($)
|
Name
|
|
Grant
Date
|
|
Threshold
($)
|
|
Target
($)
|
|
Maximum
($)
|
Adam Miller
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
137,500
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Perry Wallack
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
112,500
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Steven Seymour
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
137,500
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
David J. Carter
(2)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
194,000
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Vincent Belliveau
(2)
(3)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
126,808
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(1)
|
Although there is no minimum bonus payout, our 2009 executive compensation plan established certain performance thresholds and targets with respect to a number of performance metrics. More specifically, the executive compensation plan provided that there would be no bonus payout unless at least one performance threshold was met and bonus payouts would be calculated linearly for achievement between threshold and target. Target bonus amounts, which were set at 50% of base salary, represent the amounts that would have been payable to the NEOs if we had met our full performance target with respect to each of the performance metrics. Please see “
— Compensation Discussion and Analysis
” for more details.
|
|
(2)
|
The non-equity incentive plan compensation earned by Messrs. Carter and Belliveau was paid under their respective sales commission plans, not under our 2009 executive compensation plan. In each case, the sales commission plan established a sales quota, of which a portion was allocated to subscription revenue and a portion was allocated to consulting services revenue. In addition, each sales commission plan established certain quarterly sales targets and, in the case of Mr. Belliveau only, an annual sales target. The target amount represents the amount to be earned in 2009 assuming the satisfaction of the full sales quota and all quarterly and, if applicable, annual sales targets. For more information, see “
— Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Sales Commission Plans
.”
|
|
(3)
|
Amount has been converted from Euros into U.S. Dollars at a rate of $1.4043 per Euro, the exchange rate in effect on January 1, 2009.
|
98
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End
The following table shows all outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009, the last day of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. Mr. Miller did not hold any stock options as of December 31, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
Name of Executive Officer
|
|
Vesting
Commencement
Date
|
|
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
|
|
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
|
|
Option
Exercise
Price
($)
|
|
Option
Expiration Date
|
Perry Wallack
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
180,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
2/24/2012
|
|
|
|
|
2/25/2006
|
|
|
|
239,583
|
(2)
|
|
|
10,417
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
9/5/2016
|
|
|
|
|
10/24/2007
|
|
|
|
40,625
|
(2)
|
|
|
34,375
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
12/5/2017
|
|
|
|
|
12/5/2008
|
|
|
|
18,750
|
(2)
|
|
|
56,250
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
|
12/30/2018
|
|
Steven Seymour
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
247,500
|
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
2/24/2012
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
10/15/2013
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
8/16/2014
|
|
|
|
|
9/6/2006
|
|
|
|
203,125
|
(2)
|
|
|
46,875
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
9/5/2016
|
|
|
|
|
10/24/2007
|
|
|
|
40,625
|
(2)
|
|
|
34,375
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
12/5/2017
|
|
|
|
|
12/5/2008
|
|
|
|
18,750
|
(2)
|
|
|
56,250
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
|
12/30/2018
|
|
David J. Carter
|
|
|
8/1/2008
|
|
|
|
91,666
|
(2)
|
|
|
183,334
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
|
12/30/2018
|
|
Vincent Belliveau
|
|
|
6/4/2007
|
|
|
|
259,375
|
(2)
|
|
|
155,625
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
12/5/2017
|
|
|
(1)
|
The option was fully vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2009.
|
|
(2)
|
One-fourth of the total shares subject to the option vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and 1/48 of the total shares subject to the option vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the vesting commencement date such that all shares subject to the option will be vested on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, in each case subject to the optionee’s continued service to the company on each such date.
|
Pension benefits and Nonqualified Deferred
We do not provide a pension plan for our employees and none of our NEOs participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
Offer Letters and Employment Agreements; Potential Payments Upon Termination, Change in Control or Upon Termination Following Change in Control
Prior to the completion of the offering, we intend to enter into new employment agreements containing change of control and/or severance benefits with Messrs. Miller, Wallack and Seymour. The descriptions below reflect employment agreements currently in effect. We are not currently party to an employment agreement with Mr. Miller.
Perry Wallack
On May 10, 2007, Mr. Wallack, our Chief Financial Officer, entered into an employment agreement with us. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Wallack’s employment with us is “at will” and provides for an initial annual base salary of $205,000, which has subsequently been raised to $240,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Wallack is eligible to receive annual performance bonuses pursuant to our executive bonus plan and is generally entitled to participate in executive benefit plans and programs, if any, on the same terms as other similarly situated employees.
99
TABLE OF CONTENTS
In addition, if we undergo a change of control, Mr. Wallack is terminated without cause, Mr. Wallack terminates his employment for good reason, or Mr. Wallack is terminated or terminates his employment due to death or disability, then under his employment agreement (i) all of Mr. Wallack’s then unvested equity awards will immediately vest and become exercisable, and (ii) the exercise period of the options will be extended for five years from the date of termination but not to exceed the maximum term of the option.
In addition to the benefits described above, if Mr. Wallack is terminated without cause or elects to terminate his employment for good reason, Mr. Wallack will receive 6 months of base salary and all accrued and unpaid non-equity incentive plan payments that he would have been paid if he were still employed during such 6 month period.
The following table shows the pre-tax payments that Mr. Wallack would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits and Payments upon Trigger Event
|
|
Change of
Control
|
|
Terminated
without Cause
|
|
Terminates for
Good Reason
|
|
Terminated or
Terminates Due
to Death or
Disability
|
Accelerated vesting of options
(1)
|
|
$
|
82,271
|
|
|
$
|
82,271
|
|
|
$
|
82,271
|
|
|
$
|
82,271
|
|
Payment of 6 months of base salary
(2)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
112,500
|
|
|
$
|
112,500
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Accrued but unpaid non-equity incentive plan compensation (i.e. bonus payments)
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
84,375
|
|
|
$
|
84,375
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
82,271
|
|
|
$
|
279,146
|
|
|
$
|
279,146
|
|
|
$
|
82,271
|
|
|
(1)
|
The value of the accelerated options was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the difference between $1.26, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2009, and the per share exercise price of the accelerated options.
|
|
(2)
|
Amounts to be prorated and paid on a monthly basis unless Mr. Wallack dies during the severance period, in which case the payments must be paid in a lump sum to Mr. Wallack’s designated beneficiary or estate.
|
As used in Mr. Wallack’s employment agreement, the terms below have the following meanings:
|
•
|
The term “cause” means (i) an act of dishonesty by Mr. Wallack in connection with the performance of his job responsibilities, (ii) his conviction of, or plea of
nolo contendre
to, a felony that our board believes had or will have a material detrimental effect on our reputation or business, (iii) his gross misconduct, (iv) his continued substantial violations of his duties as an executive officer and failure to cure such violations within a reasonable time for cure, subject to certain conditions.
|
|
•
|
The term “change of control” means (i) any merger or combination with or into a third party pursuant to which our stockholders immediately prior to such event do not have, as a result of their ownership of our securities before such event, immediately thereafter, less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity, or (ii) the sale to a third party of all or substantially all of the assets of our company.
|
|
•
|
The term “disability” means that Mr. Wallack has been unable to perform his duties as a result of physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least twenty-six (26) weeks after its commencement, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by us or our insurers and acceptable to Mr. Wallack or his legal representative.
|
|
•
|
The term “good reason” means, without Mr. Wallack’s express written consent, (i) a significant reduction of his duties, position or responsibilities, or the removal of Mr. Wallack from such position and responsibilities, or a change in his reporting relationship to a person other than our Chief Executive Officer, unless Mr. Wallack is provided with a
|
100
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
comparable position; (ii) a substantial reduction of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to Mr. Wallack immediately prior to such reduction; (iii) a material reduction by us in Mr. Wallack’s base compensation as in effect immediately prior to such reduction but not generally applicable to other members of senior management; (iv) a material reduction by us in the kind or levels of benefits to which Mr. Wallack was entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that Mr. Wallack’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced disproportionally to other members of senior management; or (v) the relocation of Mr. Wallack to a facility or a location more than twenty (20) miles from his then-present employment location.
|
Steven Seymour
On May 10, 2007, Mr. Seymour our Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts entered into an employment agreement with us. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Seymour’s employment with us is “at will” and provides for an initial annual base salary of $250,000, which has subsequently been raised to $285,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Seymour is eligible to receive annual performance bonuses pursuant to our executive bonus plan and is generally entitled to participate in executive benefit plans and programs, if any, on the same terms as other similarly situated employees.
If there is a “change of control” of the Company, Mr. Seymour is terminated without cause, Mr. Seymour terminates his employment for good reason, or Mr. Seymour is terminated or terminates his employment due to death or disability, then under his employment agreement (i) all of Mr. Seymour’s then unvested equity awards will immediately vest and become exercisable, and (ii) the exercise period of the options will be extended for five years from the date of termination but not to exceed the maximum term of the option.
In addition to the benefits described above, if Mr. Seymour is terminated without cause or elects to terminate his employment for good reason, Mr. Seymour will receive 6 months of base salary and all accrued and unpaid non-equity incentive plan payments he would have been paid if he were still employed by us during such 6 month period.
The following table shows the pre-tax payments that Mr. Seymour would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits and Payments upon
Trigger Event
|
|
Change of
Control
|
|
Terminated
without Cause
|
|
Terminates for
Good Reason
|
|
Terminated or
Terminates Due
to Death or
Disability
|
Accelerated vesting of options
(1)
|
|
$
|
115,812
|
|
|
$
|
115,812
|
|
|
$
|
115,812
|
|
|
$
|
115,812
|
|
Payment of 6 months of base salary
(2)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
137,500
|
|
|
$
|
137,500
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Accrued but unpaid non-equity incentive plan compensation (i.e. bonus payments)
(1)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
103,125
|
|
|
$
|
103,125
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
115,812
|
|
|
$
|
356,437
|
|
|
$
|
356,437
|
|
|
$
|
115,812
|
|
|
(1)
|
The value of the accelerated options was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the difference between $1.26, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2009, and the per share exercise price of the accelerated options.
|
|
(2)
|
Amounts to be prorated and paid on a monthly basis unless Mr. Seymour dies during the severance period, in which case the payments must be paid in a lump sum to Mr. Seymour’s designated beneficiary or estate.
|
As used in Mr. Seymour’s employment agreement, the terms below have the following meanings:
|
•
|
The term “cause” means (i) an act of dishonesty by Mr. Seymour in connection with the performance of his job responsibilities, (ii) his conviction of, or plea of
nolo contendre
to, a
|
101
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
felony which the Board reasonably believes had or will have a material detrimental effect on our reputation or business, (iii) his gross misconduct, (iv) his continued substantial violations of his duties as an executive officer and failure to cure same within a reasonable time for cure after he has received a written demand for performance from us which specifically sets forth the factual basis for our belief that he has not substantially performed his duties.
|
|
•
|
The term “change of control” means (i) any merger or combination with or into a third party pursuant to which our stockholders immediately prior to such event do not have, as a result of their ownership of our securities before such event, immediately thereafter, less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity, or (ii) the sale to a third party of all or substantially all of the assets of our company.
|
|
•
|
The term “disability” means that Mr. Seymour has been unable to perform his duties as a result of physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least twenty-six (26) weeks after its commencement, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by us or our insurers and acceptable to Mr. Seymour or his legal representative.
|
|
•
|
The term “good reason” means, without Mr. Seymour’s express written consent, (i) a significant reduction of his duties, sales territories, position or responsibilities, or the removal of Mr. Seymour from such position and responsibilities, or a change in his reporting relationship to a person other than our Chief Executive Officer, unless Mr. Seymour is provided with a comparable position (i.e., a position of similar or greater duties, authority, compensation and status); (ii) a substantial reduction of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to Mr. Seymour immediately prior to such reduction; (iii) a material reduction by us in the base compensation of Mr. Seymour as in effect immediately prior to such reduction but not generally applicable to other members of senior management; (iv) a material reduction by us in the kind or levels of benefits to which Mr. Seymour was entitled immediately
prior to such reduction with the result that Mr. Seymour’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced disproportionally to other members of senior management; or (v) the relocation of Mr. Seymour to a facility or a location more than twenty (20) miles from his then present employment location.
|
David J. Carter
On May 1, 2008, Mr. Carter entered into an employment agreement with us to serve as our Vice President of Sales. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Carter’s employment with us is “at will” and provides for an initial annual base salary of $225,000, which has subsequently been raised to $230,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Carter is eligible to participate in our commission plan on such terms as our board of directors may determine in its sole discretion and is also entitled to participate in any employee benefit plans that we provide for the benefit of our other senior executives. The employment agreement
also entitled Mr. Carter to receive an option to purchase 275,000 shares of our common stock, subject to the approval of our board of directors. The option was granted to Mr. Carter by our board of directors on December 31, 2008 and appears on the option table above under the heading “
— Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year End
.”
In addition, if the Company terminates Mr. Carter’s employment other than for cause, death or disability, Mr. Carter is entitled to receive 4 months severance pay at his base salary rate, as then in effect, and Company-paid coverage for Mr. Carter and his dependents under the Company’s benefit plans for 3 months following termination. Furthermore, if the Company is acquired and Mr. Carter is terminated or his position is materially diminished within 6 months after such acquisition, all unvested options shall vest and become immediately exercisable.
102
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table shows the payments that Mr. Carter would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits and Payments upon Trigger Event
|
|
Terminated
within
6 Months of
Change of
Control
|
|
Position
Materially
Diminished
within
6 Months of
Change of
Control
|
|
Terminated
without Cause
and Not Due to
Death or
Disability
(Regardless of
Change of
Control)
|
Accelerated vesting of options
(1)
|
|
$
|
133,833
|
|
|
$
|
133,833
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Payment of 4 months of base salary
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
75,000
|
|
Payment of 3 months of coverage under existing benefit plans for Mr. Carter and dependents
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
5,000
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
133,833
|
|
|
$
|
133,833
|
|
|
$
|
80,000
|
|
|
(1)
|
The value of the accelerated options was calculated by multiplying (x) the number of shares subject to acceleration by (y) the difference between $1.26, the estimated fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2009, and the per share exercise price of the accelerated options.
|
As used in Mr. Carter's employment agreement, the term “cause” means a termination by us because of any one of the following events: (i) Mr. Carter’s breach of his employment agreement that results in material injury to us which, if capable of cure, has not been cured by Mr. Carter within ten (10) days after his receipt of written notice from our Chief Executive Officer of such breach; (ii) Mr. Carter’s misconduct, fraud, dishonesty, or malfeasance that results in material injury to the us; (iii) Mr. Carter’s willful or intentional failure to (a) perform his duties under his employment agreement, (b) follow the reasonable and
legal direction of our board or Chief Executive Officer, or (c) follow our policies, procedures, and rules, or (iv) Mr. Carter’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony. For purposes of this definition, Mr. Carter’s failure to achieve certain results will not be deemed to constitute cause unless it is the result of his willful and deliberate dereliction of duty.
Vincent Belliveau
On April 3, 2007, Mr. Belliveau entered into an employment agreement with us to serve initially as our General Manager Europe, and he has subsequently been promoted to the position of General Manager of Europe, Middle East and Africa (EMEA). The employment agreement specifies that Mr.Belliveau’s employment with us is “at will” and provides for an annual base salary of €160,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Belliveau is eligible to participate in our bonus and commission plan and is also entitled to receive a monthly car allowance of €350 per month.
If Mr. Belliveau is terminated for any reason, he is entitled to receive up to 40% of his average monthly fixed gross salary during the 12 months prior to termination for the duration of the restricted period (as defined below) (this amount is reduced to 20% if Mr. Belliveau resigns or is dismissed for gross misconduct). Furthermore, if Mr. Belliveau is terminated for any reason, Mr. Belliveau agrees that he will not enter into the service of any competitive company, in any manner, directly or indirectly or take any direct or indirect interest, in any form, in the manufacture, commerce, service or other activity, which might compete directly or
indirectly with the activities of the Company. This non-competition obligation is limited to European countries and to a 1 year term, which is measured from the date of termination and is referred to as the restricted period.
103
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The following table shows the payments that Mr. Belliveau would have received under the terms of his employment agreement if a trigger event had occurred on December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
Benefits and Payments upon Trigger Event
|
|
Termination for Any Reason
|
Payment of 40% of average monthly gross salary during 12 months prior to termination for a period of 1 year
(1)
(2)
|
|
$
|
91,725
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
91,725
|
|
|
(1)
|
Amount to be reduced to 20% if Mr. Belliveau resigns or is dismissed due to gross misconduct.
|
|
(2)
|
Based on an annual salary of Euro 160,000 converted into dollars on December 31, 2009 at an exchange rate of $1.4332.
|
To the extent awards are not assumed or substituted for in connection with a merger or change in control, our equity plans provide that such awards will accelerate and become fully exercisable. See “
Employee Benefit and Stock Plans
” below.
Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements
Each of our named executive officers has entered into a standard form agreement with respect to proprietary information and inventions. Among other things, this agreement obligates each named executive officer to refrain from disclosing any of our proprietary information received during the course of employment and, with some exceptions, to assign to us any inventions conceived or developed during the course of employment.
Employee Benefit and Stock Plans
2010 Equity Incentive Plan
We anticipate that prior to the completion of this offering, our board will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2010 Plan, with terms substantially similar to those described below. The 2010 Plan will be effective upon the later of its adoption by our board or the completion of this offering. Our 2010 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights,
performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.
Authorized Shares.
The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2010 Plan is shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan that are
forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2010 Plan from the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan equal to shares. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of our fiscal years beginning with the fiscal year, by an amount equal to the least of:
|
•
|
% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or
|
|
•
|
such other amount as our board may determine.
|
104
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2010 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant or sale under the 2010 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2010 Plan.
Plan Administration.
The 2010 Plan will be administered by our board which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. The board or committees administering the 2010 Plan are referred to below as the “Administrator.” In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m).
Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the Administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2010 Plan. The Administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants
the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2010 Plan and awards granted under the 2010 Plan.
Stock Options.
The Administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2010 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of
the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the Administrator determines the remaining terms of the options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.
Restricted Stock.
Restricted stock may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting,
unless the Administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.
105
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Restricted Stock Units.
Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The Administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in
stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.
Stock Appreciation Rights.
Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2010 Plan, the Administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the
fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.
Performance Units/Performance Shares.
Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2010 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the Administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of performance units and performance shares including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to
participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the Administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in some combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.
Transferability of Awards.
Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, our 2010 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.
Certain Adjustments.
In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2010 Plan, the Administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2010 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the Administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction and all awards, to the extent not previously exercised, will terminate immediately prior to the
consummation of such proposed transaction.
Merger or Change in Control.
Our 2010 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2010 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the Administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award
106
TABLE OF CONTENTS
for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a merger or change in control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her awards will become fully vested and exercisable, and all performance goals or other
vesting requirements will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels.
Plan Amendment, Termination.
Our board has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2010 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2010 Plan will automatically terminate in 2020, unless we terminate it sooner.
2009 Equity Incentive Plan
Our board adopted, and our stockholders approved our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2009 Plan, in January 2009. Our 2009 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2009 Plan following this offering and will instead grant
awards under our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan. However, the 2009 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.
Authorized Shares.
The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2009 Plan, as amended through July 15, 2010, is 3,000,000 shares of our common stock, plus (i) any shares that as of the date of stockholder approval of the 2009 Plan, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to any awards granted under our 1999 Stock Plan and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 1999 Stock Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 1999 Stock Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us,
with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2009 Plan from the 1999 Stock Plan equal to 4,976,126 shares.
Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2009 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant under the 2009 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2009 Plan.
Plan Administration.
The 2009 Plan will be administered by our board which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. The board or committees who administer the 2009 Plan are referred to below as the “Administrator.”
Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the Administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2009 Plan. The Administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2009 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants
the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, to institute an
107
TABLE OF CONTENTS
exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2009 Plan and awards granted under the 2009 Plan.
Stock Options.
The administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 2009 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of a stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair
market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the Administrator determines the remaining terms of the options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.
Stock Appreciation Rights.
Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of our 2009 Plan, the Administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the
fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.
Restricted Stock.
Restricted stock may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting,
unless the Administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.
Restricted Stock Units.
Restricted stock units may be granted under our 2009 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The Administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in
stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.
Transferability of Awards.
Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, our 2009 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.
108
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Certain Adjustments.
In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2009 Plan, the Administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the Administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.
Merger or Change in Control.
Our 2009 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under the 2009 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the Administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then
terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time.
Plan Amendment, Termination.
Our board has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2009 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. Our 2009 Plan will automatically terminate in 2019, unless we terminate it sooner.
1999 Stock Plan
Our board adopted, and our stockholders approved our 1999 Stock Plan, or 1999 Plan, in November 1999. Following the adoption of our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, we did not grant any additional awards under the 1999 Plan, but the 1999 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted thereunder.
Our 1999 Plan permitted the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.
Authorized Shares.
The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 1999 Plan was 5,831,651 shares of our common stock.
If an option or stock purchase right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an option exchange program, or if the shares are repurchased at their original purchase price, such shares will become available for future grant or sale.
Plan Administration.
The 1999 Plan will be administered by our board which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees. The board or committees administering the 1999 Plan are referred to below as the “Administrator.”
Subject to the provisions of our 1999 Plan, the Administrator had the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award, and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 1999 Plan. The Administrator also had the authority, subject to the terms of the 1999 Plan, to amend existing awards
109
TABLE OF CONTENTS
to reduce their exercise price, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding options may be surrendered in exchange for options with a lower exercise price, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 1999 Plan and awards granted under the 1999 Plan.
Stock Options.
The Administrator could grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under our 1999 Plan, provided that incentive stock options could only be granted to employees. The exercise price of incentive stock options must have been equal to at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options must have been equal to at least 85% of the fair market value on the date of grant unless the holder of such option owned stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our stock, in which case the fair market value must have been at least 110% of the fair market value per
share on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option could not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or of certain of our parent or subsidiary corporations, could not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator determined the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares or other property acceptable to the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of our 1999 Plan, the Administrator determined the remaining terms of the options. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no
event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms were set forth in an award agreement.
Stock Purchase Rights.
Stock purchase rights could be granted either alone, in addition to or in tandem with, other awards granted under the 1999 Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the 1999 Plan. Stock purchase rights are grants of rights to purchase our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. After the Administrator determined that it would offer stock purchase rights, it advised the purchaser of the terms, conditions, and restrictions relating to the offer, including the number of shares that the purchaser was entitled to purchase, the price to be paid and the time within which the
purchaser must accept such offer. Once the stock purchase right was exercised, the purchaser will have rights equivalent to a stockholder. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.
Transferability of Awards.
Unless the Administrator provided otherwise, our 1999 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock purchase right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.
Certain Adjustments.
In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 1999 Plan, the Administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the Administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.
Merger or Change in Control.
Our 1999 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding option and stock purchase right will be assumed or substituted for. If a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then the Administrator will notify the holder of such award that it will fully vest and be exercisable for a period of 15 days from the date of such notice and will terminate upon the expiration of the notice period.
110
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Plan Amendment, Termination.
Our board has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 1999 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. In connection with the adoption of the 2009 Plan, no further awards may be granted under the 1999 Plan.
Retirement Plans
401(k) Plan
We maintain a tax-qualified 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to defer a portion of their eligible compensation, subject to applicable annual Internal Revenue Code limits. We currently do not match any contributions made by our employees, including executives. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401(a) and 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by employees to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:
|
•
|
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;
|
|
•
|
acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
•
|
unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and
|
|
•
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
|
If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or
federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.
In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers and some employees before the completion of this offering. These agreements will provide for the indemnification of our directors, officers and some employees for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a
party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. Under the indemnification agreements, indemnification will only be provided in situations where the indemnified parties acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to situations where they had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any
111
TABLE OF CONTENTS
of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.
Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans
Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.
112
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above under the heading “
Management — Director Compensation
” and “
Executive Compensation
,” respectively, the following is a description of transactions, or series of related transactions, since January 1, 2007 to which we were or will be a party, in which:
|
•
|
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
|
|
•
|
any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities or any member of their immediate families had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
|
Equity Financings
Series D Preferred Stock Financing
In May 2007, we sold an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $1.60, for an aggregate purchase price of $16,000,000, and, in connection therewith, issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,333,333 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $2.40. In conjunction with the Series D preferred stock financing, in September 2007, $1,000,000 in promissory notes were converted into 625,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $1.60 and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 208,332 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise
price per share of $2.40 were issued to such purchasers. Purchasers of our Series D preferred stock included entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners and Bay Partners, each of which, as a result of the transaction, became a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and whose representatives, Byron Deeter and Neil Sadaranganey, respectively, are members of our board. The following table summarizes purchases of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase Series D preferred stock by the above-listed investors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Stockholder
|
|
Number of
Series D
Shares
|
|
Series D
Warrants
|
|
Exercise
Price per
Share
|
|
Dollar
Amount
|
Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners
(1)
|
|
|
6,250,000
|
|
|
|
2,083,333
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
|
$
|
10,000,000
|
|
Entities affiliated with Bay Partners
(2)
|
|
|
3,750,000
|
|
|
|
1,250,000
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
|
$
|
6,000,000
|
|
|
(1)
|
Affiliates of Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.
|
|
(2)
|
Affiliates of Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Partners XI, L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.
|
113
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Series E Preferred Stock Financing
In January 2009, we sold an aggregate of 5,272,727 shares of Series E preferred stock at purchase price per share of $1.65, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $8,700,000, and, in connection therewith, issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,054,543 shares of Series E preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $2.40. Purchasers of the Series E preferred stock include entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners, Bay Partners and Meritech Capital, each of which holds more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock and whose representatives, Byron Deeter, Neil Sadaranganey and Robert Ward, respectively, are members of our
board. The following table summarizes purchases of Series E preferred stock and warrants to purchase Series E preferred stock by the above-listed investors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Stockholder
|
|
Number of
Series E
Shares
|
|
Series E
Warrants
|
|
Exercise
Price per
Share
|
|
Dollar
Amount
|
Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners
(1)
|
|
|
90,909
|
|
|
|
18,182
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
|
$
|
150,000
|
|
Entities affiliated with Bay Partners
(2)
|
|
|
151,515
|
|
|
|
30,303
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
|
$
|
250,000
|
|
Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital
(3)
|
|
|
4,848,485
|
|
|
|
969,696
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
|
$
|
8,000,000
|
|
|
(1)
|
Affiliates of Bessemer Venture Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.
|
|
(2)
|
Affiliates of Bay Partners holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Bay Partners XI, L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.
|
|
(3)
|
Affiliates of Meritech Capital holding our securities whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information include Meritech Capital Partners III, L.P. and Meritech Capital Affiliates III, L.P.
|
Repurchase Agreements
On May 10, 2007 in connection with the sale of our Series D preferred stock, we repurchased 650,000 shares of our common stock from Adam Miller, our President and Chief Executive Officer, at a purchase price per share of $1.10, for aggregate consideration of $715,000. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.
On May 10, 2007, in connection with the sale of our Series D preferred stock, we repurchased 4,500,000 shares of Series A preferred stock from Aon Corporation at a purchase price per share of $1.20, for aggregate consideration of $5,400,000. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements.
Loans to Executive Officers
We entered into employment agreements in May 2007 with each of Perry Wallack, our Chief Financial Officer, and Steven Seymour, our Executive Vice President of Strategic Accounts, which provided for a loan to each of Messrs. Wallack and Seymour in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000 at an interest rate of 5% annually, upon their satisfaction of certain performance requirements. The outstanding principal and accrued interest due under each loan was charged to compensation expense in 2007 and 2008.
114
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Stock Option Repricing
On December 5, 2007, in accordance with the terms of the 1999 Plan, the board approved a reduction in the exercise prices of certain options held by our directors and then current full-time employees, including certain of our executive officers. The exercise prices of the options held by the directors and executive officers below were reduced in connection with the repricing as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repriced Options
|
Name of Optionee
|
|
Title
|
|
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Repriced
Options
|
|
Original
Exercise Price
($)
|
|
Exercise Price
After Repricing
($)
|
Mark Baker
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
0.85
|
|
|
|
0.34
|
|
Harold Burlingame
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
0.85
|
|
|
|
0.34
|
|
Steven Seymour
|
|
|
Executive Vice President of
Strategic Accounts
|
|
|
|
350,000
|
|
|
|
0.85
|
|
|
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
247,500
|
|
|
|
0.55
|
|
|
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
0.80
|
|
|
|
0.34
|
|
Perry Wallack
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
0.85
|
|
|
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
180,000
|
|
|
|
0.55
|
|
|
|
0.34
|
|
Investors’ Rights Agreement
We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock, including Adam Miller, our Chief Executive Officer, and entities affiliated with each of Bessemer Venture Partners, Bay Partners and Meritech Capital, each of which is a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, that provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock, including shares issued upon conversion of their preferred stock. See “
Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights
” below for additional information.
Employment Agreement with Chief Technology Officer
On May 24, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Mark Goldin, our Chief Technology Officer. The employment agreement specifies that Mr. Goldin is an “at will” employee and provides for an initial base salary of $250,000. Under the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Goldin is entitled to participate in our executive compensation plan or other applicable bonus plans adopted by the board as well as in any other employee benefit plans that are maintained by us for the benefit of our executive officers. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement and our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, on September 20, 2010, we
granted Mr. Goldin an option to purchase 215,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.76, which the board determined to be the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. One-fourth of the shares subject to the option will vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and 1/48
th
of the shares subject to the option will vest each month thereafter, on the same date of the month as the vesting commencement date, such that all of the shares subject to the option will be vested and exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to Mr. Goldin's continuing service with us on such dates. If we are acquired and Mr. Goldin is terminated or his position is materially diminished within six months of such acquisition, the unvested portion of his option will immediately vest. If we terminate Mr. Goldin for any reason other than for cause, death or disability, Mr. Goldin will be entitled to receive
continuing severance pay at a rate equal to his base salary and the continuation of coverage under our employee benefit plans, in each case for a period of three months after termination.
Subscription Services Agreement
James McGeever, a member of our board of directors since June 2010, is the Chief Operating Officer of NetSuite Inc. In December 2009, we entered into a subscription services agreement with NetSuite, under which we licensed the use of NetSuite’s enterprise resource planning software to manage portions of our financial systems. In 2009, we incurred obligations to pay approximately
115
TABLE OF CONTENTS
$40,000 to NetSuite in license, maintenance and support fees under the terms of the agreement. We expect to incur obligations to pay approximately $90,000 in such fees in 2010 and a similar amount in such fees in future years for so long as the agreement remains in effect.
Indemnification Agreements
We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “
Executive Compensation — Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
.”
Transactions with Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation
We formed the Cornerstone OnDemand Foundation in 2010. The Foundation’s board of directors has three members. Adam Miller, our Chief Executive Officer, serves as the chairman of the Foundation's board. Neither of the two other directors is an officer or employee of our company. We intend to enter into a distribution agreement with the Foundation pursuant to which we will allow the Foundation to distribute our solution to non-profit organizations at significantly reduced rates on terms generally similar to terms in our other distribution agreements. This agreement will be negotiated on an arms-length basis, and Mr. Miller will recuse himself from
the negotiations with respect thereto.
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
We intend to adopt a formal written policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, without the prior consent of our audit committee. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee will take into account the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including, but not limited to, the risks, costs and benefits to
us, the terms of the transaction, the availability of other sources for comparable services or products, and whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.
116
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth, as of August 31, 2010, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:
|
•
|
each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our voting securities;
|
|
•
|
each of our named executive officers;
|
|
•
|
all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and
|
|
•
|
each of the selling stockholders.
|
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Under such rules, a person is generally deemed to beneficially own a security if such person has sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to that security, including with respect to options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Except as indicated in the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they are deemed to beneficially own, subject to community property laws
where applicable.
Shares of common stock subject to stock options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010 are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and warrants and the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.
We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering on 38,890,143 shares of our common stock outstanding on August 31, 2010, assuming the conversion of all shares of our outstanding preferred stock into 23,752,616 shares of our common stock and the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of our common stock upon the assumed exercise of warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after the offering on shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this
offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares).
Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each of the stockholders in the table below is c/o Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., 1601 Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620 South, Santa Monica, California 90404.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
(1)
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
(1)
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
|
|
Percent
|
|
Shares
Being
Offered
|
|
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
|
|
Percent
|
5% Stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners
(2)
|
|
|
8,442,424
|
|
|
|
21.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital
(3)
|
|
|
5,818,181
|
|
|
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Entities affiliated with Bay Partners
(4)
|
|
|
5,553,900
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership
Prior to the Offering
(1)
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership
After the Offering
(1)
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
|
|
Percent
|
|
Shares
Being
Offered
|
|
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
|
|
Percent
|
Executive officers and directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adam L. Miller
(5)
|
|
|
7,000,000
|
|
|
|
18.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perry A. Wallack
(6)
|
|
|
700,625
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven D. Seymour
(7)
|
|
|
900,625
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David J. Carter
(8)
|
|
|
148,958
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vincent Belliveau
(9)
|
|
|
345,833
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R.C. Mark Baker
(10)
|
|
|
300,098
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harold W. Burlingame
(11)
|
|
|
106,250
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Byron B. Deeter
(12)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James McGeever
(13)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neil G. Sadaranganey
(14)
|
|
|
5,553,900
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert D. Ward
(15)
|
|
|
5,818,181
|
|
|
|
15.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)
(16)
|
|
|
20,874,470
|
|
|
|
52.7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other selling stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%).
|
|
(1)
|
Shares shown in the table above include shares held in the beneficial owner’s name or jointly with others, or in the name of a bank, nominee or trustee for the beneficial owner’s account.
|
|
(2)
|
Consists of: (i) 4,685,370 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VI L.P.; (ii) 1,577,414 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P.; (iii) 78,125 shares held of record by Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.; (iv) 1,552,699 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bessemer Venture Partners VI, L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; (v) 522,774 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; and (vi) 26,042 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. Deer VI & Co. LLC is the general partner of each of Bessemer Venture Partners VI, L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and
Bessemer Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P. (collectively referred to as the “Bessemer Venture Partners Entities”). David J. Cowan, J. Edmund Colloton, Robert M. Stavis, Robin S. Chandra and Robert P. Goodman are the executive managers of Deer VI & Co. LLC and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities. Mr. Deeter, one of our directors, has no voting or dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities. The address for these entities is 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, New York 10538.
|
|
(3)
|
Consists of (i) 4,761,697 shares held of record by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P.; (ii) 86,788 shares held of record by Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P.; (iii) 952,339 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; and (iv) 17,357 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C., the general partner of Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P., has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P. and Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. The managing member of Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C. is Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C. The managing members of Meritech
Management Associates III L.L.C. are Paul S. Madera, Michael B. Gordon, Robert D. Ward and George H. Bischof, who disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities, except to the extent of their respective individual pecuniary interest therein. The address for each of these entities is 245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350, Palo Alto, California 94301.
|
118
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
(4)
|
Consists of (i) 4,252,228 shares held of record by Bay Partners XI, L.P.; (ii) 21,369 shares held of record by Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.; (iii) 1,273,901 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Partners XI, L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share; and (iv) 6,402 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P. that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share. Bay Management Company XI, LLC the General Partner of Bay Partners XI L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund has sole voting and dispositive powers with respect to the shares held by Bay Partners XI L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund. The Managers of Bay Management Company XI, LLC are Atul Kapadia, Neal Dempsey and Neil G. Sadaranganey, who disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities except to the extent of their respective pecuniary
interest therein. The address of each of these entities is 490 S California Suite 200, Palo Alto, CA, 94306.
|
|
(5)
|
Consists of (i) 5,250,000 shares held of record by Adam Miller; (ii) 250,000 shares held of record by the Miller Family Education GRAT dated June 25, 2010 for which Mr. Miller serves as trustee; and (iii) 1,500,000 shares held of record by the Miller 2010 Family GRAT for which Mr. Miller's spouse serves as investment advisor.
|
|
(6)
|
Consists of (i) 691,251 shares held of record by Perry Wallack and (ii) options to purchase 9,374 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010. Does not include 27,000 shares transferred to Mr. Wallack on September 23, 2010 as part of a liquidating distribution from CyberU Investment Alliance, LLC, of which Mr. Wallack was a non-managing member.
|
|
(7)
|
Consists of (i) 887,605 shares held of record by Steven Seymour and (ii) options to purchase 13,020 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010. Does not include 12,361 shares transferred to Mr. Seymour on September 23, 2010 as part of a liquidating distribution from CyberU Investment Alliance, LLC, of which Mr. Seymour was a non-managing member.
|
|
(8)
|
Consists of options to purchase 148,958 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010.
|
|
(9)
|
Consists of options to purchase 345,833 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010.
|
|
(10)
|
Consists of (i) 200,098 shares held of record by Mr. Baker and (ii) options to purchase 100,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010.
|
|
(11)
|
Consists of (i) 31,250 shares held of record by Harold W. Burlingame and (ii) options to purchase 75,000 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010.
|
|
(12)
|
Mr. Deeter serves as an employee of Bessemer Venture Partners, the management company affiliate of the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities that hold an aggregate of 8,442,424 shares of our common stock as disclosed in footnote 2 to this table. Mr. Deeter has a passive economic interest in (i) a limited partner of Bessemer Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P. and (ii) Deer VI & Co. LLC, the general partner of the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities. Mr. Deeter disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bessemer Venture Partners Entities, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.
|
|
(13)
|
Does not reflect 60,000 shares issued to Mr. McGeever after August 31, 2010. For additional details, see “
Management — Director Compensation
.”
|
|
(14)
|
Consists of the shares listed in footnote 4 above, which are held by entities affiliated with Bay Partners. Mr. Sadaranganey is a manager of Bay Management Company XI LLC, the general partner of Bay Partners XI, L.P. and Bay Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P. Mr. Sadaranganey disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities affiliated with Bay Partners, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
|
|
(15)
|
Consists of the shares listed in footnote 3 above, which are held by entities affiliated with Meritech Capital. Mr. Ward is a managing member of Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C. and holds shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by these entities affiliated with Meritech Capital. Mr. Ward disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by these entities affiliated with Meritech Capital, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
|
|
(16)
|
Consists of (i) 17,932,286 shares held of record by the current directors and executive officers; (ii) options to purchase 692,185 shares exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2010; and (iii) 2,249,999 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants that are immediately exercisable at an exercise price of $2.40 per share.
|
119
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following information reflects (i) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock and (iii) the issuance of 5,081,057 shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants outstanding that would
otherwise expire upon the completion of this offering, in each case immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
As of August 31, 2010, there were outstanding:
|
•
|
38,890,143 shares of common stock held by approximately 118 stockholders; and
|
|
•
|
4,329,940 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options.
|
All of our issued and outstanding shares of capital stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Our shares of common stock are not redeemable and, following the closing of this offering, will not have preemptive rights.
As of August 31, 2010, there were warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,090,000 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.77 per share that will remain outstanding after this offering.
The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.
Common Stock
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. We have never declared or paid dividends on any of our common stock and currently do not anticipate paying any cash dividends after the offering or in the foreseeable future.
Voting Rights
Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights with respect to the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of our voting shares are able to elect all of the members of our board of directors.
Liquidation
In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Rights and Preferences
Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.
120
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Warrants
Immediately following the closing of this offering, there will be outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 569,375 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.92 per share. Of such warrants, warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock will expire in 2012, warrants to purchase 150,000 shares of common stock will expire in 2013, warrants to purchase 199,375 shares of common stock will expire in 2014 and warrants to purchase 95,000 shares of common stock will expire in 2020. All of the warrants may be exercised on a net basis whereby, in lieu of paying the exercise price in cash, the holder may instruct us to
withhold a number of shares that has a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the aggregate exercise price. Included in the 95,000 warrants to purchase shares of common stock above, in connection with a loan and security agreement we entered into with Silicon Valley Bank in August 2010, we issued a warrant, or the SVB Warrant, to purchase up to 90,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. If not exercised, this warrant will expire after August 20, 2020. Also included in warrants to purchase 95,000 shares of common stock above, in connection with the refinancing of our senior debt under a securities purchase agreement entered into with Ironwood Equity Fund LP, in August 2010, we issued a warrant, or the Ironwood Warrant, to purchase up to 5,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. If not exercised, this warrant will expire after August 20, 2020. Both the SVB Warrant and the Ironwood Warrant contain provisions for
the adjustment of the warrant’s exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of a stock dividend, reclassification, stock split, consolidation or similar event.
In addition to the above common stock warrants, immediately following the closing of this offering, warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock at a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 will become warrants to purchase common stock. Included in these warrants, in connection with a loan and security agreement we entered into with ORIX Venture Finance LLC in June 2004, we issued a warrant to purchase 225,000 shares of our common stock, assuming the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with the offering, at an exercise price of $1.60 per share. If not exercised, this warrant will
expire after June 29, 2011, provided that, subject to certain exceptions, immediately prior to the expiration date, the warrant will automatically net exercise. The warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the warrant’s exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of a stock dividend, reclassification, stock split, consolidation or similar event. The remaining warrants to purchase 155,000 shares will also expire in June 2011.
Further to the above, immediately following the closing of this offering, a warrant to purchase 140,625 of Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.60 will become a warrant to purchase common stock. This warrant was issued in connection with a loan and security agreement we entered into with Comerica Bank in September 2007. If not exercised, this warrant will expire after September 12, 2014, provided that if this offering closes between September 12, 2011 and September 12, 2014, the warrant will expire after September 12, 2017. The warrant contains provisions for the adjustment of the warrant’s exercise price and the number of shares
issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of a stock dividend, reclassification, stock split, consolidation or similar event.
Preferred Stock
After the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue from time to time up to shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), liquidation preferences
and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock or delaying,
121
TABLE OF CONTENTS
deterring or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could also have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Registration Rights
Demand Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time following the 180th day after the effective date of this registration statement on Form S-1, the holders of at least 50% of these shares can, on not more than one occasion, request that we register all or a portion of their shares. Such request for registration must cover at least that number of shares with reasonably expected aggregate offering proceeds, which (after deduction of underwriters’ discounts and expenses related to the offering) equal or exceed $5.0 million.
If our board of directors determines in good faith that it would be materially detrimental to us and not in our best interest for a registration statement to be filed, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12 month period, for a period of up to 180 days.
Piggyback Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, in the event that we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of approximately shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing the holder to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a demand registration, registration related to employee
benefit plans, debt securities, corporate reorganizations or other transactions to be registered on Form S-4, a registration on Form S-3 of securities to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act, or any registration that does not permit secondary re-sales, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.
Form S-3 Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of these shares can make a written request that we register the offer and sale of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $2.0 million. We will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations in a given 12 month period. If our board of directors determines in good faith that it would be materially
detrimental to us and not in our best interest for a registration statement to be filed, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any 12 month period, for a period of up to 180 days.
We will pay the registration expenses, subject to certain specified exceptions, of the holders of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described above. In an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include.
The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular stockholder, three years following the completion of this offering or when that stockholder is able to sell all of its shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act during any 90-day period.
Pursuant to our investors’ rights agreement, each stockholder that has registration rights has agreed that to the extent requested by us and the underwriters, such stockholder will not sell or otherwise dispose of any securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain terms and conditions. See “
Underwriting
.”
122
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated
bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and that only our board of directors, chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer) may call a special meeting of stockholders.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require a 70% stockholder vote for the amendment, repeal or modification of certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws relating to the classification of our board of directors, the requirement that stockholder actions be effected at a duly called meeting and the designated parties entitled to call a special meeting of the stockholders. The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the 70% stockholder voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders
to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.
These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us and are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares
and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit increases in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:
|
•
|
before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
|
|
•
|
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
|
123
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
•
|
on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
|
In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:
|
•
|
any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
|
|
•
|
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
|
|
•
|
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
|
|
•
|
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
|
|
•
|
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.
|
In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.
Acceleration of Options Upon Change of Control
Generally, under our 1999 Stock Plan, 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, in the event of certain mergers, a reorganization or consolidation of our company with or into another corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets or all of our capital stock wherein the successor corporation does not assume outstanding options or issue equivalent options, outstanding options under such plans will accelerate pursuant to the terms of such plans.
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
See “
Management — Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
.”
Listing
We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on under the symbol “ .”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is .
124
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on , we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the
perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.
Upon the completion of this offering, a total of shares of our common stock will be outstanding, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of the offering and the issuance of shares of common stock upon the assumed net exercise of warrants that would otherwise expire upon the completion of the offering. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that
term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, and assuming no extension of the lock-up period and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:
|
•
|
shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and
|
|
•
|
shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
|
In addition, of the shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of , options to purchase shares of common stock were vested as of such date and will be eligible for sale for 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extensions as described under the heading “
Underwriting
.''
We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options or warrants, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under
the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the shares will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any such shares for resale to the public.
Lock-Up and Market Stand-Off Agreements
We and our officers, directors and substantially all of the holders of our equity securities, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, other than the shares which the selling stockholders may sell in this offering, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc., subject to specified exceptions and a possible
125
TABLE OF CONTENTS
extension under certain circumstances beyond the end of such 180-day period, after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under the section captioned “
Underwriting
.”
In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with certain securityholders, including our investors' rights agreement, that contain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such securityholders to offer, sell or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc. have advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up and will consider the release of any shares subject to a lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc. will consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, the reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market for our common stock and whether the holder
of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Sales of our common stock by any such person will be subject to the availability of certain current public information about us if the shares to be sold have been beneficially owned by such
person for less than one year.
In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:
|
•
|
the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and
|
|
•
|
the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.
|
Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
|
•
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and
|
|
•
|
the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701, a person who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with public information and holding-period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are
126
TABLE OF CONTENTS
required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such Rule 701 shares pursuant to Rule 144. However, as discussed above, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions, and, as a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.
Registration Rights
Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above, the holders of approximately shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, please see “
Description
of Capital Stock — Registration Rights
.” After these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.
Stock Options
As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our 1999 Plan, 2009 Plan and 2010 Plan. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the Form S-8 registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described above and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete
discussion of our stock plans, see “
Management — Employee Benefit and Stock Plans
.”
Warrants
Upon completion of this offering, warrants entitling the holders to purchase an aggregate of 1,090,000 shares of our common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.60 to $3.50 per share (subject to adjustment as provided in the warrants) will remain outstanding. See “
Description of Capital Stock — Warrants
” for additional information. The shares issued upon exercise of the warrants may be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above, subject the requirements of Rule 144 described above.
127
TABLE OF CONTENTS
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK
The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any tax consequences arising under any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws, the U.S. federal estate tax or gift tax rules or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (referred to herein as the “Code”),
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, all as in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our common stock, or that any such contrary position would not be sustained by a court.
This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of that holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including, without limitation, persons that own, or are
deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below), certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, an integral part or controlled entity of a foreign sovereign, partnerships and other pass-through entities, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction
or other integrated investment or persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.
If a partnership (or other entity taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.
THIS DISCUSSION OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK WITH RESPECT TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES, ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
128
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Definition of Non-U.S. Holder
For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any of the following:
|
•
|
an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
•
|
a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
|
|
•
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
•
|
a trust (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
|
Distributions on Our Common Stock
As described in the section titled “
Dividend Policy
,” we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock. If, however, we make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero.
Any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “
Gain on Sale or Disposition of Our Common Stock
” below.
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by such holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must timely furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be
updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, who then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding possible entitlement to benefits under a tax treaty.
If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on the common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), dividends paid to the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), certifying that the dividends are effectively
connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
129
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be subject to graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, net of deductions and credits, in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. person. Dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business and paid to a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by
an applicable tax treaty). Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
A non-U.S. holder that claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.
Gain on Sale or Disposition of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or disposition of our common stock unless:
|
•
|
the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if required by an applicable tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States;
|
|
•
|
the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods of 183 days or more in the aggregate during the taxable year of the sale or disposition and certain other requirements are met; or
|
|
•
|
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes during the relevant statutory period.
|
Unless an applicable tax treaty provides otherwise, the gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at graduated tax rates on a net income basis in the same manner as if such holder were a U.S. person. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable tax treaty). Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Gain described in the second bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such a lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.
With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe that we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and other trade or business assets, however, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. In the event we do become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities
market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only with respect to a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively holds more than 5 percent of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period. We expect our common stock to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market, although we cannot guarantee that it will be so traded. If gain on the sale or other taxable disposition of our stock were
130
TABLE OF CONTENTS
subject to taxation under the third bullet point above, the non-U.S. holder would be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain in generally the same manner as a U.S. person.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder, the name and address of the non-U.S. holder, and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under certain circumstances, the Code imposes an information reporting and a backup withholding obligation (currently at a rate of 28%) on certain reportable payments such as dividends paid on or the gross proceeds from disposition of our common
stock. Backup withholding generally will not, however, apply to payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts
Newly enacted legislation may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. holders. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial
institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. The legislation would apply to payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.
131
TABLE OF CONTENTS
UNDERWRITING
We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Barclays Capital Inc. are joint bookrunning managers and the representatives of the underwriters.
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
Shares
|
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
Barclays Capital Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
|
Piper Jaffray & Co.
|
|
|
|
|
Pacific Crest Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
JMP Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional shares from the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.
Paid by Us
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
Per Share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Paid by the Selling Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
Per Share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.
We, our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. See “
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
132
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or
material event.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on under the symbol “ ”.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Shorts sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to
purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on
, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State
and notified to the
133
TABLE OF CONTENTS
competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
|
(a)
|
to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
|
|
(b)
|
to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
|
|
(c)
|
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
|
|
(d)
|
in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
|
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
|
(e)
|
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and
|
|
(f)
|
it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.
|
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the
possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore,
134
TABLE OF CONTENTS
or SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that
corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in
compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
We and the selling stockholders estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ . We will pay all such expenses.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act arising out of, or based upon, certain material misstatements or omissions as well as to reimburse each underwriter for any expenses reasonably incurred by such underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. We and the selling stockholders have also agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In addition, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc. entered into a
subscription agreement with us for our solution on September 21, 2007, as amended and supplemented, and is currently one of our largest clients.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any
time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
135
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters with respect to the legality of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by us and offered by the selling stockholders in this prospectus will be passed upon for us and for the selling stockholders by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California. The underwriters are being represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California, in connection with the offering.
EXPERTS
The financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration
statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract (or other document) are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.
You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at
www.csod.com
, at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically
filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.
136
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
PAGE
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 (unaudited) and 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
F-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”) at December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, in 2009, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements on a retrospective basis and uncertainty in income taxes with an adoption date of January 1, 2007.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
September 27, 2010
F-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
2008
|
|
December 31,
2009
|
|
June 30,
2010
|
|
Pro Forma
June 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
3,290
|
|
|
$
|
8,061
|
|
|
$
|
7,106
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
8,803
|
|
|
|
12,075
|
|
|
|
10,103
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred commissions
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
|
1,445
|
|
|
|
1,754
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
723
|
|
|
|
1,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
13,145
|
|
|
|
22,304
|
|
|
|
20,197
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalized software development costs, net
|
|
|
1,385
|
|
|
|
1,980
|
|
|
|
2,132
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
1,018
|
|
|
|
2,229
|
|
|
|
3,975
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets, net
|
|
|
386
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
15,934
|
|
|
$
|
27,017
|
|
|
$
|
26,858
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,037
|
|
|
$
|
1,505
|
|
|
$
|
1,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
1,945
|
|
|
|
3,619
|
|
|
|
3,086
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue, current portion
|
|
|
13,632
|
|
|
|
18,726
|
|
|
|
19,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations, current portion
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
1,303
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt, current portion
|
|
|
4,300
|
|
|
|
2,014
|
|
|
|
5,723
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
21,237
|
|
|
|
26,631
|
|
|
|
30,971
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other liabilities, non-current
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
1,158
|
|
|
|
1,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
2,552
|
|
|
|
4,045
|
|
|
|
3,906
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
2,282
|
|
|
|
5,683
|
|
|
|
10,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
27,374
|
|
|
|
38,541
|
|
|
|
47,383
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 7,724, 3,224 and 3,224 shares authorized at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), 3,224 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $3,224 at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
2,144
|
|
|
|
2,144
|
|
|
|
2,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 2,600 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $3,250 at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 2,456 shares authorized and 2,031 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $3,250 at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
3,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 14,417 shares authorized and 10,625 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $17,000 at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
15,186
|
|
|
|
16,628
|
|
|
|
17,973
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 7,030 shares authorized, 5,273 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), and shares outstanding pro forma (unaudited); liquidation preference of $8,700 at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
8,582
|
|
|
|
9,242
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ Deficit:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 41,502, 50,000 and 50,000 shares authorized, 9,105, 9,153 and 9,204 shares issued, and 8,455, 8,503 and 8,554 shares outstanding at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost, 650 shares at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(34,874
|
)
|
|
|
(44,917
|
)
|
|
|
(55,924
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders’ deficit
|
|
|
(35,270
|
)
|
|
|
(45,378
|
)
|
|
|
(56,384
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
|
|
$
|
15,934
|
|
|
$
|
27,017
|
|
|
$
|
26,858
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
10,976
|
|
|
$
|
19,626
|
|
|
$
|
29,322
|
|
|
$
|
13,804
|
|
|
$
|
20,283
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
3,911
|
|
|
|
6,116
|
|
|
|
8,676
|
|
|
|
3,961
|
|
|
|
6,227
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
7,065
|
|
|
|
13,510
|
|
|
|
20,646
|
|
|
|
9,843
|
|
|
|
14,056
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
9,343
|
|
|
|
16,914
|
|
|
|
18,886
|
|
|
|
8,316
|
|
|
|
12,946
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
1,754
|
|
|
|
2,724
|
|
|
|
2,791
|
|
|
|
1,247
|
|
|
|
2,145
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2,653
|
|
|
|
2,564
|
|
|
|
4,329
|
|
|
|
1,934
|
|
|
|
3,116
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
13,750
|
|
|
|
22,202
|
|
|
|
26,006
|
|
|
|
11,497
|
|
|
|
18,207
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(6,685
|
)
|
|
|
(8,692
|
)
|
|
|
(5,360
|
)
|
|
|
(1,654
|
)
|
|
|
(4,151
|
)
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(351
|
)
|
|
|
(371
|
)
|
|
|
(691
|
)
|
|
|
(274
|
)
|
|
|
(429
|
)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
1,147
|
|
|
|
(790
|
)
|
|
|
(2,147
|
)
|
|
|
(1,175
|
)
|
|
|
(4,442
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(334
|
)
|
|
|
(154
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(174
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
|
|
(2,960
|
)
|
|
|
(1,454
|
)
|
|
|
(5,043
|
)
|
Loss before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(5,682
|
)
|
|
|
(10,121
|
)
|
|
|
(8,320
|
)
|
|
|
(3,108
|
)
|
|
|
(9,194
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(5,702
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,183
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,392
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,144
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,253
|
)
|
Excess of fair value of consideration transferred over carrying value on redemption of Series A preferred stock
|
|
|
(2,425
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Accretion of redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
(211
|
)
|
|
|
(337
|
)
|
|
|
(2,072
|
)
|
|
|
(986
|
)
|
|
|
(2,005
|
)
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(8,338
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,520
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,464
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,130
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,258
|
)
|
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.97
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.24
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.49
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.32
|
)
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted
|
|
|
8,562
|
|
|
|
8,387
|
|
|
|
8,467
|
|
|
|
8,458
|
|
|
|
8,538
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
Additional Paid-In Capital (Deficit)
|
|
Accumulated Deficit
|
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Par
Value
|
|
Shares
|
|
At
Cost
|
|
Total
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006, as previously reported
|
|
|
8,969
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
480
|
|
|
$
|
(18,361)
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
(17,880)
|
|
Retrospective adoption of accounting principle and other adjustments
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,345
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006, as adjusted
|
|
|
8,969
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
480
|
|
|
|
(17,016)
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(16,535)
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(158
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(211
|
)
|
Repurchase of common stock from related party
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(650
|
)
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
Redemption of Series A preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(563
|
)
|
|
|
(1,862
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(2,425
|
)
|
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(5,702
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(5,702
|
)
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
8,985
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(650)
|
|
|
|
(462)
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(24,633)
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(25,094)
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(279
|
)
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(337
|
)
|
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(10,183
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(10,183
|
)
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
9,105
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(650)
|
|
|
|
(462)
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
(34,874)
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(35,270)
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(421
|
)
|
|
|
(1,651
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(2,072
|
)
|
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
346
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(8,392
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(8,392
|
)
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
9,153
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(650)
|
|
|
|
(462)
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(44,917)
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(45,378)
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
(1,754
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(2,005
|
)
|
Exercise of options and warrants to purchase common stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Stock-based compensation (unaudited)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
Comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax (unaudited)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Net loss (unaudited)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(9,253
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(9,253
|
)
|
Comprehensive loss (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,252
|
)
|
Balance as of June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
9,204
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
(650)
|
|
|
$
|
(462)
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
(55,924)
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
(56,384)
|
|
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(5,702
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,183
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,392
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,144
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,253
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
|
955
|
|
|
|
1,286
|
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
|
1,178
|
|
Non-cash interest expense
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
(1,147
|
)
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
|
2,147
|
|
|
|
1,175
|
|
|
|
4,442
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(1,925
|
)
|
|
|
(3,514
|
)
|
|
|
(3,272
|
)
|
|
|
3,840
|
|
|
|
1,972
|
|
Deferred commissions
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
(388
|
)
|
|
|
(881
|
)
|
|
|
(537
|
)
|
|
|
(309
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(413
|
)
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
(282
|
)
|
|
|
(340
|
)
|
|
|
(579
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
|
|
83
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
|
1,674
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
(533
|
)
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
4,043
|
|
|
|
5,231
|
|
|
|
5,146
|
|
|
|
(2,517
|
)
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Net cash used in operating activities
|
|
|
(3,341
|
)
|
|
|
(5,986
|
)
|
|
|
(1,633
|
)
|
|
|
(588
|
)
|
|
|
(2,728
|
)
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
|
(202
|
)
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
|
|
(76
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
Capitalized software costs
|
|
|
(773
|
)
|
|
|
(1,045
|
)
|
|
|
(1,495
|
)
|
|
|
(728
|
)
|
|
|
(729
|
)
|
Purchases of trademarks
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(991
|
)
|
|
|
(1,282
|
)
|
|
|
(1,599
|
)
|
|
|
(762
|
)
|
|
|
(1,157
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from the issuance of debt
|
|
|
7,310
|
|
|
|
6,154
|
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
|
|
4,516
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
|
|
|
16,000
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
8,700
|
|
|
|
8,700
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Issuance costs for preferred stock
|
|
|
(131
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
Repurchase of Series A preferred stock
|
|
|
(5,400
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Repurchase of common stock
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Repayment of debt
|
|
|
(2,375
|
)
|
|
|
(6,650
|
)
|
|
|
(4,300
|
)
|
|
|
(3,300
|
)
|
|
|
(1,014
|
)
|
Principal payments under capital lease obligations
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
(146
|
)
|
|
|
(322
|
)
|
|
|
(157
|
)
|
|
|
(585
|
)
|
Proceeds from stock option and warrant exercises
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
14,893
|
|
|
|
(551
|
)
|
|
|
8,003
|
|
|
|
9,159
|
|
|
|
2,930
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
10,561
|
|
|
|
(7,819
|
)
|
|
|
4,771
|
|
|
|
7,809
|
|
|
|
(955
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
11,109
|
|
|
|
3,290
|
|
|
|
3,290
|
|
|
|
8,061
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
11,109
|
|
|
$
|
3,290
|
|
|
$
|
8,061
|
|
|
$
|
11,099
|
|
|
$
|
7,106
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
256
|
|
|
$
|
287
|
|
|
$
|
573
|
|
|
$
|
267
|
|
|
$
|
367
|
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of notes payable to preferred stock
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Assets acquired under capital leases
|
|
$
|
373
|
|
|
$
|
372
|
|
|
$
|
1,496
|
|
|
$
|
255
|
|
|
$
|
1,915
|
|
Capitalized stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. ORGANIZATION
Company Overview
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (“Cornerstone” or the “Company”) was incorporated on May 24, 1999 in the state of Delaware and began principal operations in November 1999.
The Company is a global provider of a comprehensive learning and talent management solution delivered as Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”). The Company’s solution is designed to enable organizations to meet the challenges they face in empowering their people and maximizing the productivity of their human capital. These challenges include developing employees throughout their careers, engaging all employees effectively, improving business execution, cultivating future leaders, and integrating with an organization’s extended enterprise of clients, vendors and distributors by delivering training, certification programs and other
content.
The Company is headquartered in Santa Monica, California and has offices in Paris, London, Munich, Mumbai and Tel Aviv.
Capital Resources and Liquidity
To date, the Company’s operations and growth have been primarily financed through the sale of preferred stock and short-term and long-term borrowings. In January 2009, the Company completed its Series E round of preferred stock financing, raising gross proceeds of approximately $8.7 million (Note 7). In March 2009, the Company entered into a senior subordinated promissory note agreement, under which it borrowed a total of $4.0 million (Note 6). In August 2010, the Company entered into a new $15.0 million credit facility (Note 6).
The Company is subject to certain business risks, including dependence on key employees, competition from alternative technologies, market acceptance of its solutions and related services, and dependence on growth to achieve its business plan. Although the Company is dependent on its ability to raise capital or generate sufficient cash flow from operations to achieve its business objectives, the Company believes its existing cash and cash equivalents and available borrowings under its credit facility will be sufficient to meet its working capital and capital expenditure needs through at least June 30, 2011. Future capital requirements will depend on
many factors, including the Company’s rate of revenue and billings growth and its level of expenditures in all areas of the Company. To the extent that existing capital resources and revenue growth and cash flow from operations are not sufficient to fund future activities, the Company may need to raise additional funds through equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to the Company or at all. Failure to raise additional capital, if and when needed, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Consolidation
The accompanying financial statements through December 31, 2009 reflect the stand-alone operations of the Company. During the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company established wholly owned subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and India. Accordingly, for the six months ended June 30, 2010, the financial statements reflect the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent
F-7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to: (i) the realization of tax assets and estimates of tax liabilities, (ii) the valuation of common and preferred stock and preferred stock warrants, (iii) the recognition and disclosure of contingent liabilities, (iv) the collectability of accounts receivable, (v) the evaluation of revenue recognition criteria, including the determination of standalone value and estimates of the selling price of multiple-deliverables in the Company’s revenue arrangements and (vi) assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock
options. These estimates are based on historical data and experience, as well as various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The Company has engaged, and may in the future, engage third-party valuation specialists to assist with estimates related to the valuation of its preferred and common stock. Such estimates often require the selection of appropriate valuation methodologies and models, and significant judgment in evaluating ranges of assumptions and financial inputs. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or circumstances.
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2010, the interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 and the interim consolidated statement of stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2010 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company's financial position as of June 30, 2010 and the results of
operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the six month periods are unaudited. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2010 or for any other future year or interim period.
Unaudited Pro Forma Information
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data as of June 30, 2010 reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,752,616 shares of common stock on a 1:1 basis upon the completion of an initial public offering at a share price equal to at least $6.40 with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $40 million (“qualified offering”), or upon the written election of the holders, and (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liabilities to additional paid-in capital for certain preferred stock warrants that convert to common stock warrants upon the completion
of an initial public offering.
The pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 reflect the conversion upon a qualified offering of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock using the as-if-converted method, as of January 1, 2009 or the date of issuance, if later.
F-8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
The following table sets forth the computation of our pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock (in thousands, except for per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December
2009
|
|
Six Months
Ended June
2010
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustment to reverse mark-to-market adjustment of preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustment to reverse accretion of redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding for pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segments
Management has determined that it operates in one segment as it only reports financial information on an aggregate and consolidated basis to its chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker.
Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders
Basic net loss per share of common stock is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for a period. Because the holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company, the Company applies the two-class method in calculating our earnings per share for periods when the Company generates net income. The two-class method requires net income to be allocated between the common and preferred stockholders based on their respective rights to receive dividends, whether or not declared.
Because the convertible preferred stock is not contractually obligated to share in the Company’s losses, no such allocation was made for any period presented given the Company’s net losses. Diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders adjusts the basic weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the potential dilution that could occur if stock options, warrants and convertible preferred stock were exercised or converted into common stock. Diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic loss per share attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive.
F-9
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
Revenue Recognition
The Company derives its revenue from the following sources:
|
•
|
Subscriptions to the Company’s solution
— Clients pay subscription fees for access to the Company’s comprehensive learning and talent management software solution (referred to as the “solution”) for a specified period of time, typically three years. Fees are based primarily on the number of platforms the client can access and the number of users having access to those platforms. The Company generally recognizes revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement.
|
|
•
|
Consulting services
— The Company offers the clients assistance in implementing its solution and optimizing its use. Consulting services include application configuration, system integration, business process re-engineering, change management, and education and training services. Consulting services are billed either on a time-and-material or a fixed-fee basis. These services are generally purchased as part of a subscription arrangement and are typically performed within the first several months from the inception of the arrangement. Clients may also purchase consulting services at any other time. Consulting services are performed by the Company directly or by third-party professional service providers the Company hires. Clients may also choose to perform these services themselves or hire their own third-party service providers. Consulting services fees are based on the type of service being performed.
|
|
•
|
E-learning content
— The Company resells third-party on-line training content, referred to as e-learning content, to its clients. In addition, the Company also hosts other e-learning content provided by its clients.
|
The Company recognizes revenue when: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement for the sale of the solution or consulting services exists, (ii) the solution has been made available or delivered, or services have been performed, (iii) the sales price is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. The timing and amount the Company recognizes as revenue is determined based on the facts and circumstances of each client arrangement. Evidence of an arrangement consists of a signed client agreement. The Company considers that delivery of the solution has commenced once it provides the client with log-in information to access and
use the solution. If non-standard acceptance periods or non-standard performance criteria exist, revenue recognition commences upon the satisfaction of the non-standard acceptance or performance criteria, as applicable. Standard acceptance or performance clauses relate to the Company's solution meeting certain perfunctory operating thresholds. Fees are fixed based on stated rates specified in the client agreement. If collectability is not considered reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until the fees are collected. The majority of client arrangements include multiple deliverables, such as subscriptions to our software solution and consulting services. The Company therefore recognizes revenue in accordance with the guidance for arrangements with multiple deliverables under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-13 “
Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) — Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements — a Consensus of the Emerging Issues Task
Force
,” or ASU 2009-13. As clients do not have the right to the underlying software code for the solution, the Company’s revenue arrangements are outside the scope of software revenue recognition guidance. The Company’s agreements generally do not contain any cancellation or refund provisions other than in the event of the Company’s default.
For multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements, the Company first assesses whether each deliverable has value to the client on a standalone basis. The Company has determined that the solution has standalone value, because, once access is given to a client, the solution is fully
F-10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
functional and does not require any additional development, modification or customization. Consulting services have standalone value because third-party service providers, distributors or clients themselves can perform these services without the Company’s involvement. The consulting services assist clients with the configuration and integration of the Company’s solution. The performance of these services generally does not require highly specialized or skilled individuals and are not essential to the functionality of the solution.
Based on the standalone value of the deliverables, and since clients do not have a general right of return relative to the included consulting services, the Company allocates revenue among the separate deliverables in an arrangement under the relative selling price method using the selling price hierarchy established in ASU 2009-13. This hierarchy requires the selling price of each deliverable in a multiple deliverable arrangement to be based on, in declining order: (i) vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value (“VSOE”), (ii) third-party evidence of fair value (“TPE”) or (iii) management’s best estimate of the selling
price (“BESP”).
The Company is not able to determine VSOE or TPE for its deliverables because the deliverables are sold separately and within a sufficiently narrow price range only infrequently and management has determined that there are no third-party offerings reasonably comparable to the solution. Accordingly, the selling price of subscriptions to the solution and consulting services is determined based on BESP. The determination of BESP requires the Company to make significant estimates and judgments. The Company considers numerous factors, including the nature of the deliverables themselves; the geographies, market conditions and competitive landscape for the
sale; internal costs; and pricing and discounting practices. The determination of BESP is made through consultation with, and formal approval by senior management. The Company updates its estimates of BESP on an ongoing basis as events and as circumstances may require.
After the fair value of revenue allocable to each deliverable in a multiple deliverable arrangement based on the relative selling price method is determined, revenue is recognized for each deliverable based on the type of deliverable. For subscriptions to the solution, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the subscription term, which is typically three years. For consulting services, revenue is recognized using the proportional performance method over the period the services are performed.
In a limited number of cases, multiple deliverable arrangements include consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis separate from the solution, such as when the client’s intended use of the solution requires enhancements to its underlying features and functionality. In these cases, revenue is recognized for the arrangement as one unit of accounting on a straight-line basis over the solution subscription period once the consulting services that do not have value on a standalone basis have been completed and accepted by the client.
For arrangements in which the Company resells third-party e-learning training content to clients or hosts client or third-party e-learning training content provided by the client, revenue is recognized in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal or report net revenue as an agent. The Company recognizes third-party content revenues at the gross amount invoiced to clients when (i) the Company is the primary obligor, (ii) the Company has latitude to establish the price charged, and (iii) the Company bears the credit risk in the transaction. For arrangements involving the sale of third-party content, clients
are charged for the content based on pay-per-use or a fixed rate for a specified number of users, and revenue is recognized at the gross amount invoiced as the content is delivered. For arrangements where clients purchase third-party content directly from a third-party vendor, or provide it themselves, and the Company integrates the
F-11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
content into the solution, the Company charges a hosting fee. In such cases, hosting fees are recognized at the net amount charged by the Company for hosting services as the content is delivered.
Revenue generated from sales arrangements through distributors is recognized in accordance with the Company’s revenue recognition policies as described above at the amount invoiced to the distributor. In these arrangements, the Company recognizes revenues in accordance with accounting guidance as to when to report gross revenue as a principal and when to report net revenue as an agent. The Company recognizes revenue at the net amount invoiced to the distributor, as opposed to the gross amount the distributor invoices their end customer, as the Company has determined that (i) the Company in not the primary obligor in these arrangements, (ii) the
Company does not have latitude to establish the price charged to the end-customer and (iii) the Company does not bear the credit risk in the transaction.
In connection with a five-year global distributor arrangement with a distributor entered in May 2009, the Company entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to the distributor (Note 8). As a result, the Company may issue the distributor, on an annual basis, fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of common stock at a price of $0.53 per share based on sales targets achieved each contract year. The Company records the estimated fair value of the warrants as a reduction of revenue over the period in which the warrants are expected to be earned based on the most
probable sales target this distributor is expected to achieve. Through June 30, 2010, no reductions of revenue have been recorded as the defined targets have not been met by the distributor for the contract year ended June 30, 2010. As the warrants expected to be issued under the distributor arrangement are measured at fair value, revenues could fluctuate from period to period.
The Company records amounts that have been invoiced to its clients in accounts receivable and in either deferred revenues or revenues depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria described above have been met. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding twelve month period from the respective balance sheet date is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent.
Retrospective Adoption of New Accounting Principles
In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2009-13 that amends Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 605-25 to
|
•
|
provide updated guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the elements in an arrangement should be separated, and how the consideration should be allocated;
|
|
•
|
require an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement using management’s BESP of each element if a vendor does not have VSOE or TPE; and
|
|
•
|
eliminate the use of the residual method and require a vendor to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method.
|
The revised guidance establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on: (a) VSOE; (b) TPE; or (c) BESP. The revised guidance also requires expanded disclosures about revenue from arrangements with multiple deliverables. The revised guidance is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Full retrospective adoption of the revised guidance to prior fiscal years is optional and companies may elect early adoption of the revised guidance. The Company believes prospective adoption would have resulted in financial
information that was not comparable between periods and, therefore, the Company elected retrospective adoption. Retrospective adoption
F-12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
requires the Company to revise information included in its previously issued financial statements as if the new accounting principles had been consistently applied for all prior periods. Management believes that retrospective adoption provides the most comparable and useful information for financial statement users and is more consistent with the information the Company’s management uses to evaluate its business, and better reflects the underlying economic performance of the Company. In 2009, the Company adopted the revised guidance and the financial statements and notes presented herein have been adjusted to reflect retrospective adoption of the
new accounting principle for all prior periods. The adoption of this guidance has a material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2009-13, the Company was not able to establish VSOE or TPE for all of the undelivered elements. As a result, for multiple deliverable arrangements, the Company recognized software subscription, related consulting services and the sale and delivery of third party content revenue ratably over the contract period.
The revised guidance requires the Company to account for subscriptions to the solution, consulting services and the sale and delivery of third party content as separate units of accounting when they are sold in a single sales arrangement if the deliverables have value to the client on a standalone basis. Refer to the revenue recognition accounting policy within this note for further information.
As a result of the adoption of the revised guidance in 2009, the Company retrospectively adjusted its revenue recognition practices for all prior periods. Further, the adoption of the revised guidance resulted in a change in the accounting for deferred commission expenses to align with the recognition of revenue. The impact of the adoption of the revised revenue guidance resulted in an increase to revenue of $0.7 million, $1.6 million, $2.0 million and $1.1 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase in commission expense of $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.3
million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, a decrease in commission expense of $39,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2009, an increase in unbilled accounts receivable of $45,000, $10,000, $76,000 and $0.1 million (unaudited), a decrease in deferred revenue of $1.4 million, $3.0 million, $5.0 million and $4.1 million (unaudited), and a decrease in deferred commissions of $0.3 million, $0.3 million, $0.6 million and $0.2 million (unaudited) at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and a decrease in accumulated deficit of $1.3 million as of December 31, 2006.
In addition to adjustments recorded in the 2009 financial statements to reflect the adoption of the revised revenue recognition guidance discussed above, in contemplation of inclusion of its financial statements in a public offering, the Company retrospectively adopted the provisions for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes (Note 10) effective January 1, 2007. As a result of the retrospective adoption of accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, the Company increased the provision for income taxes related to income tax expense for sales in foreign countries of $20,000 and $62,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively,
and increased other non-current liabilities by $20,000 and $82,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
In connection with the completion of the 2009 financial statements, the Company also identified an immaterial error related to accrued bonus expense for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008. The Company has revised the previously issued 2007 and 2008 financial statements to correct for this error by recording adjustments to increase accrued expenses, cost of revenue and operating expenses, by $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 and by $0.4 million, $35,000 and $30,000, respectively, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2008.
F-13
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
The impact of adopting the revised revenue guidance, the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes and the correction of the immaterial error on the 2008 previously issued balance sheet and 2008 and 2007 statements of operations is summarized below. These adjustments had no net impact on cash flows from operating, investing or financing activities for any of the periods presented.
Balance sheet as of December 31, 2008 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
As Previously Reported
2008
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
As Adjusted
2008
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
3,290
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
3,290
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
8,813
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
8,803
|
|
Deferred commissions
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
564
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
488
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
13,249
|
|
|
|
(104
|
)
|
|
|
13,145
|
|
Capitalized software development costs, net
|
|
|
1,385
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,385
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
1,018
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,018
|
|
Other assets, net
|
|
|
636
|
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
|
|
386
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
16,288
|
|
|
$
|
(354
|
)
|
|
$
|
15,934
|
|
Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,037
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,037
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
1,521
|
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
|
1,945
|
|
Deferred revenue, current portion
|
|
|
15,666
|
|
|
|
(2,034
|
)
|
|
|
13,632
|
|
Capital lease obligations, current portion
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
Debt, current portion
|
|
|
4,300
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
4,300
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
22,847
|
|
|
|
(1,610
|
)
|
|
|
21,237
|
|
Other liabilities, non-current
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
236
|
|
Deferred revenue, net of current portion
|
|
|
1,733
|
|
|
|
(1,004
|
)
|
|
|
729
|
|
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion
|
|
|
338
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
Long-term debt, net of current portion
|
|
|
2,552
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2,552
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
2,282
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
2,282
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
29,906
|
|
|
|
(2,532
|
)
|
|
|
27,374
|
|
Convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
23,830
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
23,830
|
|
Stockholders’ Deficit:
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Treasury stock
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(37,052
|
)
|
|
|
2,178
|
|
|
|
(34,874
|
)
|
Total stockholders’ deficit
|
|
|
(37,448
|
)
|
|
|
2,178
|
|
|
|
(35,270
|
)
|
Total Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit
|
|
$
|
16,288
|
|
|
$
|
(354)
|
|
|
$
|
15,934
|
|
F-14
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
Statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
As Previously Reported 2007
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
As Adjusted 2007
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
10,295
|
|
|
$
|
681
|
|
|
$
|
10,976
|
|
Costs of revenue
|
|
|
3,815
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
3,911
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
6,480
|
|
|
|
585
|
|
|
|
7,065
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
9,017
|
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
9,343
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
1,718
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
1,754
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2,628
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
2,653
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
13,363
|
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
13,750
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(6,883
|
)
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
(6,685
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,003
|
|
Loss before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(5,880
|
)
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
(5,682
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(5,880)
|
|
|
$
|
178
|
|
|
$
|
(5,702)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
As Previously Reported 2008
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
As Adjusted 2008
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
18,075
|
|
|
$
|
1,551
|
|
|
$
|
19,626
|
|
Costs of revenue
|
|
|
6,081
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
6,116
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
11,994
|
|
|
|
1,516
|
|
|
|
13,510
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
16,855
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
16,914
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
2,674
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
2,724
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
2,549
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
2,564
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
22,078
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
22,202
|
|
Loss from operations
|
|
|
(10,084
|
)
|
|
|
1,392
|
|
|
|
(8,692
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
Loss before provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(11,513
|
)
|
|
|
1,392
|
|
|
|
(10,121
|
)
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(11,513)
|
|
|
$
|
1,330
|
|
|
$
|
(10,183)
|
|
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs related to hosting the Company’s solution; personnel and related expenses, including stock-based compensation, and related expenses for network infrastructure, IT support, consulting services and on-going client support staff; payments to external service providers; amortization of capitalized software costs and trademarks; licensing fees; and referral fees. In addition, the Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, IT costs, depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount. Costs associated with providing consulting services are recognized
as incurred when the services are
F-15
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
performed. Out-of-pocket travel costs related to the delivery of professional services are typically reimbursed by the client and are accounted for as both revenue and expense in the period in which the cost is incurred.
Accounting for Commission Payments
The Company defers commissions paid to its sales force because these amounts are recoverable from the future revenue from the non-cancelable client agreements that gave rise to the commissions. Commissions are deferred on the balance sheet and are amortized to sales and marketing expense over the term of the client agreement in proportion to the revenue that is recognized. Commissions are considered direct and incremental costs to client agreements and are generally paid in the periods the Company receives payment from the client under the associated client agreement.
During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company deferred $0.5 million, $1.3 million, $2.7 million and $1.8 million (unaudited), respectively, of commissions on the balance sheet. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010, the Company amortized $0.4 million, $0.9 million, $1.9 million and $1.5 million (unaudited) to sales and marketing expense, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010, deferred commissions on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets totaled $0.6 million, $1.4 million and $1.7 million (unaudited),
respectively.
Research & Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for the Company’s research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation; the cost of certain third-party service providers; and allocated overhead. Research and development expenses, other than software development costs qualifying for capitalization, are expensed as incurred.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards granted to employees and directors by recording compensation expense based on the awards’ estimated fair value.
The Company estimates the fair value of its stock-based compensation awards as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock-based compensation awards under this model requires judgment, including estimating the value per share of the Company’s common stock, estimated volatility, risk-free rate, expected term and estimated dividend yield. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based compensation awards represents the Company’s best estimates, based on management judgment. The Company uses the average volatility of similar publicly traded companies as an estimate
for estimated volatility. For purposes of determining the expected term in the absence of sufficient historical data relating to stock-option exercises, the Company applies the simplified approach, in which the expected term of an award is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the expiration date of the award. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected or contractual life of the option, as applicable, is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect during the period the options were granted. The estimated dividend yield is zero, as the Company has not declared, and does not currently intend to declare, dividends in the foreseeable future.
Once the Company has determined the estimated fair value of its stock-based compensation awards, it recognizes the portion of that value that corresponds to the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest, taking estimated forfeitures into account. This amount is recognized as an expense over the vesting period of the award using the straight-line method. Estimated forfeitures
F-16
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
are based upon the Company’s historical experience and the Company revises its estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates.
Information related to the Black-Scholes option-pricing model assumptions is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2010
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
3.5%
|
|
|
|
1.7%
|
|
|
|
2.9%
|
|
|
|
2.9%
|
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
Estimated dividend yield
|
|
|
0%
|
|
|
|
0%
|
|
|
|
0%
|
|
|
|
0%
|
|
Estimated volatility
|
|
|
64.5%
|
|
|
|
71.0%
|
|
|
|
61.6%
|
|
|
|
60.1%
|
|
Due to the full valuation allowance provided on its net deferred tax assets, the Company has not recorded any tax benefit attributable to stock-based compensation expense as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010.
Capitalized Software Costs
The Company capitalizes the costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use, including costs incurred in connection with the development of the solution, when the preliminary project stage is completed, management has decided to make the project a part of its future solution offering, and the software will be used to perform the function intended. These capitalized costs include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, personnel and related expenses for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to internal-use software projects and, when
material, interest costs incurred during the development. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended purpose. Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements to the solution are also capitalized. Post-configuration training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized to cost of revenue using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of the software of three years, commencing when the software is ready for its intended use. The Company does not transfer ownership of, or lease its software to its clients.
At December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010, capitalized software development costs totaled $4.9 million, $6.4 million, and $7.1 million (unaudited), respectively. Accumulated amortization as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010 was $3.5 million, $4.4 million, and $5.0 million (unaudited), respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, $0.8 million, $1.1 million, $1.5 million, $0.7 million (unaudited) and $0.7 million (unaudited), respectively, of software development costs was capitalized and $0.5 million, $0.6 million, $0.9 million, $0.4 million (unaudited) and $0.6
million (unaudited), respectively, was amortized.
Warrants to Purchase Common and Preferred Stock
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock
The Company has issued warrants to purchase common stock in connection with debt arrangements and the purchase of certain domain names and has accounted for these warrants in stockholders’ equity at fair value upon issuance, based on the specific terms of such warrant arrangements.
In connection with a five-year global distributor arrangement with a distributor entered in May 2009, the Company entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to the distributor (Note 8). As a result, the Company may issue the distributor, on an annual basis, fully
F-17
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of common stock at a price of $0.53 per share based on sales targets achieved each contract year. As of each reporting date, the Company records the estimated fair value of the warrants as a reduction of revenue based on the most probable sales target this distributor is expected to achieve. Through June 30, 2010, no reductions of revenue have been recorded as the defined targets were not met by the distributor for the first contract year. The Company estimates the fair value of these warrants, using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock
The Company has issued warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with debt arrangements and preferred stock financings and has accounted for these warrants as liabilities at fair value at the time of issuance, because the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock are redeemable or contingently redeemable, including in the case of a deemed liquidation, which may obligate the Company to transfer assets to the warrant holders at some point in the future. The preferred stock warrants are recorded at fair value at the time of issuance. Changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrants each reporting period are recorded as part of
other income (expense) in the Company’s statement of operations until the earlier of: (i) the exercise or expiration of the warrants; or (ii) the completion of an initial public offering. Upon the completion of a merger, change in control or an initial public offering, all the warrants to purchase preferred stock will expire, with the exception of warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D preferred stock and warrants to purchase 380,000 shares of Series C preferred stock. These remaining warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. Subsequent to a merger, change in control or an initial public offering, the converted common stock warrants will be classified as equity. The fair value of the preferred stock warrants is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.
Comprehensive Income or Loss
Comprehensive income encompasses all changes in equity other than those arising from transactions with stockholders, and consists of net loss and currency translation adjustments. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 there were no other comprehensive income (loss) items and accordingly, net loss equaled comprehensive loss. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, accumulated other comprehensive income included a cumulative translation adjustment, which was insignificant.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities, using tax rates expected to be in effect during the years in which the bases differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for valuation allowances, the Company considers projected future taxable income and the availability of tax planning strategies. To date, the Company has
recorded a full valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to zero, as it has determined that it is not more likely than not that any of the Company’s deferred tax assets will be realized.
The Company has assessed its income tax positions and recorded tax benefits for all years subject to examination, based upon its evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at each period end. For those tax positions where the Company has determined there is a greater than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company has recorded the largest amount of tax benefit that may potentially be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing
F-18
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is determined there is less than 50% likelihood that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers cash and cash equivalents to include short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in the value, including investments with original or remaining maturities from the date of purchase of three months or less. At December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010, cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash balances of $0.7 million, $4.8 million and $5.9 million (unaudited), respectively, and money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills and/or certificates of deposit of $2.6 million, $3.2 million and $1.2
million (unaudited), respectively, with maturities within three months from the date of their respective purchase dates. As of December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010, cash equivalents included certificates of deposits in the amount of $0, $1.2 million and $0.5 million (unaudited), respectively. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.
Restricted Cash
Included in non-current Other Assets at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited) is restricted cash of $0.2 million for an irrevocable standby letter of credit held at Silicon Valley Bank. In accordance with the Company’s office lease agreement, the Company has secured a letter of credit from Silicon Valley Bank naming the lessor as the beneficiary. The letter of credit is required to fulfill lease requirements in the event the Company should default on its office lease obligation.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company has not historically established an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on its historical collection experience and a review in each period of the status of the then-outstanding accounts receivable. To date, write-offs of accounts receivable have been insignificant.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment are recorded at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally two to seven years (Note 4).
The Company leases equipment under capital lease arrangements. The assets and liabilities under capital lease are recorded at the lesser of the present value of aggregate future minimum lease payments, including estimated bargain purchase options, or the fair value of the asset under lease. Assets under capital lease are depreciated using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the term of the lease.
Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or lease terms. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, while renewals and improvements are capitalized.
Intangibles Assets, Net
Included in Other Assets are intangible assets comprised of trademarks which are recorded at cost, less accumulated amortization. At December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010, intangible assets were $0.1 million, net of accumulated amortization of $10,000, $0.1 million, net of accumulated amortization of $20,000, and $0.1 million (unaudited), net of accumulated amortization of $30,000 (unaudited), respectively. Useful lives of trademarks are estimated at ten years.
F-19
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
Impairment of Long Lived Assets including Capitalized Software Costs
The Company assesses the recoverability of its long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. Such events or changes in circumstances may include: a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which a long-lived asset is being used, significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of a long-lived asset, an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or development of a long-lived asset, current or future operating or cash flow losses that demonstrates continuing losses
associated with the use of a long-lived asset, or a current expectation that, more likely than not, a long-lived asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the end of its previously estimated useful life. The Company assesses recoverability of a long-lived asset by determining whether the carrying value of these assets can be recovered through projected undiscounted cash flows over their remaining lives. If the carrying value of the assets exceeds the forecasted undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized, measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds estimated fair value. An impairment loss is charged to operations in the period in which management determines such impairment. To date, there have been no impairments of long-lived assets identified.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:
|
•
|
Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date.
|
|
•
|
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly.
|
|
•
|
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs.
|
Observable inputs are based on market data obtained from independent sources. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010, the Company's warrants to purchase preferred stock are measured using unobservable inputs that require a high level of judgment to determine fair value, and thus classified as level 3 (Note 5).
Concentration of Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with two financial institutions which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.
Accounts receivable include amounts due from clients with principal operations primarily in the United States. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, no single client comprised more than 10% of the Company’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2008, one client comprised 13% of the Company’s revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited), no single client comprised more than 10% of the Company’s revenues. No single
F-20
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
client had an accounts receivable balance greater than 10% of total accounts receivable at December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited).
Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. Dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transaction. Transaction gains and losses were insignificant and are included in other income (expense), net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.
In 2010 the Company established international subsidiaries and effective January 2010, for international subsidiaries, local currencies have been determined to be the functional currencies. Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries with a functional currency other than U.S. Dollar are translated into U.S. Dollars using period-end exchange rates, while results of operations are translated at average exchange rates during the period. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets. Foreign subsidiaries using the U.S. Dollar as the functional currency
have been remeasured from the local currency to the U.S. Dollar with exchange differences on remeasurement included in other income (loss).
Reclassifications
Certain amounts in the prior years’ consolidated financial statements and notes have been revised to conform to the current-year presentation.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU 2009-13 that amend ASC Subtopic 605-25. The amendments in ASU 2009-13 modify the ability of vendors, upon meeting certain criteria, to account separately for products or services provided in multiple deliverables arrangements rather than as a combined unit and establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of each deliverable. Under ASU 2009-13, a vendor can determine a best estimate of the deliverable’s selling price in a manner that is consistent with that used to determine the price to sell the deliverable on a standalone basis, even if the vendor does not have vendor-specific objective evidence
or third-party evidence of selling price otherwise previously required under ASC Subtopic 605-25. ASU 2009-13 also amends ASC 605-25 to eliminate the use of the residual method in determining selling prices and requires a vendor to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method for each deliverable.
The amendments in ASU 2009-13 are effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010, with early adoption permitted at the beginning of an entity's fiscal year and an option for retrospective adoption. The Company adopted the amendments in ASU 2009-13 retrospectively as of January 1, 2009. Retrospective adoption required the revision of previously issued financial statements as if the amendments in ASU 2009-13 had always been in effect, and the financial statements and notes reflect retrospective adoption for all prior periods. The adoption of the amendments had a
material impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations, as described above in this Note.
In July 2006, the FASB issued guidance for the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. This interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement principles for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken. This interpretation was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted the guidance on January 1, 2007 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
F-21
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)
Effective January 2010, the Company adopted ASU No. 2010-06, “
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures
,” which requires previous fair value hierarchy disclosures to be further disaggregated by class of assets and liabilities. A class is often a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the balance sheet. In addition, significant reclassifications between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy are required to be disclosed. These additional requirements became effective January 1, 2010 for quarterly and annual reporting. Their adoption did not have any impact on the Company’s financial statements. In addition, ASU
2010-06 requires more detailed disclosures regarding changes in Level 3 instruments. This disclosure change will be effective January 1, 2011 and is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.
3. NET LOSS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
The following table presents our basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Net loss attributable to common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(8,338
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,520
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,464
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,130
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,258
|
)
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
8,562
|
|
|
|
8,387
|
|
|
|
8,467
|
|
|
|
8,458
|
|
|
|
8,538
|
|
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.97
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.25
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.24
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.49
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.32
|
)
|
The following table presents the weighted average number of anti-dilutive shares excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for each period presented (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Years Ended
December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Stock options to purchase common stock
|
|
|
2,937
|
|
|
|
4,140
|
|
|
|
4,693
|
|
|
|
4,803
|
|
|
|
5,401
|
|
Common stock warrants
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
|
477
|
|
Preferred stock warrants
|
|
|
2,622
|
|
|
|
4,062
|
|
|
|
5,393
|
|
|
|
5,180
|
|
|
|
5,601
|
|
Conversion of convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
16,298
|
|
|
|
18,480
|
|
|
|
23,319
|
|
|
|
22,879
|
|
|
|
23,753
|
|
Total shares excluded from net loss per share attributable to common stockholders
|
|
|
22,327
|
|
|
|
27,202
|
|
|
|
33,922
|
|
|
|
33,381
|
|
|
|
35,232
|
|
F-22
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
The balance of property and equipment, net is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Useful Life
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Computer equipment and software
|
|
|
2 – 5 years
|
|
|
$
|
1,621
|
|
|
$
|
3,015
|
|
|
$
|
5,259
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
7 years
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
2 – 6 years
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,019
|
|
|
|
3,459
|
|
|
|
5,714
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,001
|
)
|
|
|
(1,230
|
)
|
|
|
(1,739
|
)
|
Total property and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,018
|
|
|
$
|
2,229
|
|
|
$
|
3,975
|
|
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 was $0.2 million, $0.3 million, $0.4 million, $0.2 million (unaudited) and $0.6 million (unaudited), respectively. At December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010, property and equipment includes computer equipment and software under capital leases with a cost basis of $0.8 million, $2.3 million and $4.2 million (unaudited), respectively, and accumulated depreciation of $0.3 million, $0.5 million, and $0.9 million (unaudited), respectively. Depreciation of computer equipment and software under capital leases was $0.1 million, $0.2
million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million (unaudited) and $0.5 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
5. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Account balances measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following as of December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
Cash equivalents (including restricted cash)
|
|
$
|
2,796
|
|
|
$
|
2,796
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
$
|
(2,282
|
)
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
(2,282
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
Cash equivalents (including
restricted cash)
|
|
$
|
3,407
|
|
|
$
|
3,407
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
1,211
|
|
|
$
|
1,211
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
$
|
(5,683
|
)
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
(5,683
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,125
|
)
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
(10,125
|
)
|
Our cash equivalents as of December 31, 2008 consisted of money market funds with original maturity dates of three months or less backed by U.S. Treasury bills. Our cash equivalents as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 consisted of money market funds with original maturity dates of three months or less backed by U.S. Treasury bills and certificates of deposit with maturities within three months from the date of their respective purchase. Cash equivalents are classified as Level 1.
F-23
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
5. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – (continued)
The Company’s preferred stock warrants are recorded at fair value and were determined to be Level 3 fair value items. The changes in the fair value of preferred stock warrants are summarized below based on assumptions summarized in Note 8 as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
Six Months Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Fair value beginning of period
|
|
$
|
338
|
|
|
$
|
1,492
|
|
|
$
|
2,282
|
|
|
$
|
2,282
|
|
|
$
|
5,683
|
|
Changes in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities recorded in the statement of operations
|
|
|
(1,147
|
)
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
|
2,147
|
|
|
|
1,175
|
|
|
|
4,442
|
|
Issuance of Series D Preferred Stock warrants
|
|
|
2,301
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock warrants
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,254
|
|
|
|
1,254
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Fair value end of period
|
|
$
|
1,492
|
|
|
$
|
2,282
|
|
|
$
|
5,683
|
|
|
$
|
4,711
|
|
|
$
|
10,125
|
|
6. DEBT
Comerica Bank
In September 2007, the Company entered into a $15.0 million credit facility with Comerica Bank (“Comerica Bank Credit Facility”) consisting of a $2.5 million working capital line of credit, a $5.0 million growth capital term loan, and a $7.5 million acquisition financing term loan. The working capital line of credit has an interest rate of prime plus 0.5%, payable monthly, and a term of 18 months. The borrowing base for the line includes up to 80% of eligible accounts receivable, as defined in the agreement. The growth capital term loan had an interest rate of prime plus 1.0%, a 1 year interest only period, and expired on September 12,
2008. Advances under the growth capital term loan in increments of $0.3 million up to a total of $5.0 million, were available through September 2008. Any advances under the growth capital loan outstanding in September 2008 were payable in 30 equal installments of principal only, plus all accrued interest. The Company is required to maintain a minimum liquidity ratio of 1 to 1. The liquidity ratio is defined as the sum of all cash and accounts receivable divided by the indebtedness owed to Comerica Bank. There is no prepayment penalty on the growth capital term loan. The acquisition financing term loan had an interest rate of prime plus 1.3% and a one-year interest only period. Advances under the facility in aggregate up to $7.5 million were available at the sole discretion of the bank and were available until September 12, 2008. The Company did not borrow under this part of the facility. All other terms of the acquisition facility are the same as the growth capital facility. The
acquisition facility was strictly for the purpose of financing acquisitions. Comerica Bank has perfected a first priority security interest in all of the assets of the Company except its intellectual property, as defined in the agreements.
In connection with entering into the Comerica Bank Credit Facility, the Company issued Comerica Bank a warrant to purchase 140,625 shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.60 per share (Note 8). The fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million at issuance is being amortized to interest expense over the term of the related facility. The fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 53%, risk-free rate of 4.3%, expected term of 7 years and zero estimated dividend yield.
F-24
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
6. DEBT – (continued)
In December 2007, the Company and the lenders amended (the First Amendment) the amount available under the line of credit such that the $2.0 million remaining funds under the term loan was transferred to the line of credit facility for a working capital line of credit totaling $4.5 million. The amount available under the line of credit reverted back to the $2.5 million on April 15, 2008. On April 22, 2009, the Company extended the term of the Comerica Line of Credit through June 7, 2009.
On July 2, 2009, the Company amended the line of credit (the Second Amendment) so that the amount available was increased to $5.0 million and the term was extended through September 5, 2010. In addition, the amendment required that the Company maintain deposits of $4.0 million at Comerica Bank for so long as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) provided an unlimited guarantee of “noninterest-bearing transaction accounts” pursuant to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program and for so long as the account in which the Company maintains its deposits is an Eligible Deposit Account subject to the FDIC Guarantee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company is required to maintain unrestricted deposits of $2.0 million. At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, Comerica Bank was a participant of the program.
On October 1, 2009, the amount available under the line of credit was reduced by $0.3 million due to the issuance of an irrevocable standby letter of credit in relation to a sales arrangement with a State agency. The amount available under the line of credit was $4.7 million as of December 31, 2009.
On February 5, 2010, the Company formally amended the line of credit (the Third Amendment) to allow the Company to request commercial or standby letters of credit against the revolving line of credit. The maximum amount of the letter of credit may not exceed $0.3 million and any letter of credit reduces the amount of availability under the revolving line of credit.
On April 6, 2010, the Company further amended the Comerica Bank Credit Facility (the Fourth Amendment). The Fourth Amendment allows for term loan advances in addition to the line of credit from April 6, 2010 through April 6, 2011 for up to $1.0 million in total for the purchase of equipment with a maturity date of October 6, 2013. Advances under the equipment credit facility have an interest rate of prime rate plus 3.8%, payable monthly. Any advances under the equipment credit facility outstanding are to be amortized over the remaining term and payable in equal monthly installments of principal plus accrued interest. All terms of the credit facility,
including reporting and other requirements, with Comerica Bank remained the same. As of June 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $0.4 million (unaudited) under the equipment loan, which is classified as long term debt.
At December 31, 2008, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $2.3 million under the working capital line of credit which were fully repaid as of December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2009, the Company had no outstanding balance under this line of credit. At June 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $4.1 million (unaudited) under this line of credit, which is classified as current debt.
At December 31, 2008, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $4.5 million under the growth capital term loan facility, of which $2.0 million and $2.5 million were classified as current debt and long term debt, respectively. At December 31, 2009, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $2.5 million under the growth capital term loan facility, of which $2.0 million and $0.5 million were classified as current debt and long term debt, respectively. At June 30, 2010, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $1.5 million (unaudited) under the growth capital term loan facility, which is classified as current debt.
F-25
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
6. DEBT – (continued)
The Comerica Bank Credit Facility was collateralized by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited).
In August 2010, the Company terminated the Comerica Bank Credit Facility and repaid all outstanding amounts from proceeds from a new credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank as discussed below.
Ironwood Equity Fund LLP
In March 2009, the Company entered into a senior subordinated promissory note agreement with Ironwood Equity Fund LP for a total borrowing of $4.0 million, with a maturity date of March 31, 2014. The senior subordinated promissory note calls for interest to be paid at an annual rate of 11.3% on a monthly basis in arrears beginning on April 30, 2009. In connection with the borrowing, the Company issued warrants to purchase 484,849 shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $1.65 per share. The fair value of the warrants of $0.5 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following
assumptions: estimated volatility of 66.9%, risk-free rate of 2.2%, expected term of 6.8 years and zero estimated dividend yield. The warrants are exercisable immediately upon issuance and expire on the earlier of March 31, 2019, an initial public offering or, under certain circumstances, a change in control. The agreement also allows for mandatory redemption of the senior subordinated promissory notes at the noteholder’s option upon the consummation of an initial public offering or the occurrence of a change of control. In accordance with the agreement, if such event takes place between March 31, 2009 and March 30, 2010 or between March 31, 2010 and March 30, 2011, at the option of the noteholder, the Company is required to redeem the outstanding principal amount at 105% or 103%, respectively, together with accrued interest. This contingent interest payment feature represents an embedded derivative. However, based on the insignificant value associated with this feature, no value
has been assigned at issuance or as December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited).
Silicon Valley Bank
In August 2010, the Company entered into a $15.0 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB Credit Facility”) with a maturity of August 2012 (Note 15). Borrowings available under the SVB Credit Facility are determined based on a formula-basis and a non-formula basis. The amount available under the formula-basis is determined based on a multiple of contracted monthly recurring revenues. The contracted monthly recurring revenues is defined as the aggregate total contract value pursuant to eligible recurring contracts less non-recurring contracts related to consulting services allocated for billing purposes on a monthly basis over
the duration of the aggregate contract(s) less solution subscription client agreements that expired during the period. Through January 1, 2011 up to $5.0 million is available on a non-formula basis. On January 1, 2011, the non-formula availability will decrease from $5.0 million to $2.5 million and on July 1, 2011, the non-formula availability will decrease to zero. Interest is payable monthly and the principal is due upon maturity. The interest rate is prime plus 1.5% if the debt outstanding is less than or equal to $5.0 million and prime plus $2.5% if the debt outstanding is greater than $5.0 million. The SVB Credit Facility carries certain financial covenants, including maintenance of a minimum unrestricted cash balance, a liquidity coverage ratio and achievement of defined performance criteria. The SVB Credit Facility requires immediate repayment upon an event of default, as defined in the agreement, which includes events such as a payment default, a covenant default or the
occurrence of a material adverse change, as defined in the agreement. The Company believes that an event of default as a result of a material adverse change is remote. In connection with the SVB Credit Facility, the Company issued Silicon Valley Bank a warrant to purchase 90,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share. In August 2010, the Company borrowed $6.4 million against the SVB
F-26
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
6. DEBT – (continued)
Credit Facility. In connection with entering into the SVB Credit Facility, the Company repaid all outstanding balances under the Comerica facility and the Comerica facility was terminated.
Maturities of outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2009 are as follows for each year ending December (in thousands):
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
2,034
|
|
2011
|
|
|
511
|
|
2012
|
|
|
—
|
|
2013
|
|
|
—
|
|
2014
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
Total maturities
|
|
$
|
6,545
|
|
Less: unamortized debt discount
|
|
|
(486
|
)
|
Total, net of debt discount
|
|
$
|
6,059
|
|
The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 was 4.3%, 4.4% and 5.3% (unaudited), respectively.
The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt was $6.7 million and $6.0 million at December 31, 2008 and 2009, respectively. The fair value was estimated based on discounted cash flow analyses using appropriate current discount rates, taking into consideration the particular terms of the borrowing agreements, at the end of the respective periods. The carrying value of the Company’s line of credit is considered to approximate fair market value, as the interest rates of these instruments are based predominantly on variable reference rates. These estimates involved considerable judgment and changes in those assumptions could significantly
affect the estimates.
Although we have determined the estimated fair value amounts using commonly accepted valuation methodologies, judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, our estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company, or holders of the instruments, could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different assumptions and/or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values. The fair value estimates are based on information available as of December 31, 2008 and 2009. These amounts have not been revalued since those dates, and current estimates of
fair value could differ significantly from the amounts presented.
7. CAPITALIZATION
In January 2009, the Company filed its Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which was subsequently amended in May 2009. Upon this amendment, the authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 50,000,000 shares of common stock, 3,223,640 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (“Series A Preferred Stock”), 2,600,000 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”), 2,456,249 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”), 14,416,666 shares of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series D Preferred Stock”) and
7,030,204 shares of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Series E Preferred Stock”).
F-27
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
7. CAPITALIZATION – (continued)
The following table summarizes preferred stock share activity for 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
Series B
|
|
Series C
|
|
Series D
|
|
Series E
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
7,724
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
2,031
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
10,625
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock
|
|
|
(4,500
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
2,031
|
|
|
|
10,625
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
2,031
|
|
|
|
10,625
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
5,273
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
2,031
|
|
|
|
10,625
|
|
|
|
5,273
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Balance as of June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
|
|
2,031
|
|
|
|
10,625
|
|
|
|
5,273
|
|
The following table summarizes preferred stock amounts for 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 (unaudited) (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
Series B
|
|
Series C
|
|
Series D
|
|
Series E
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
5,119
|
|
|
$
|
3,250
|
|
|
$
|
3,250
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs and amounts allocated to preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
14,638
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock
|
|
|
(2,975
|
)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
2,144
|
|
|
$
|
3,250
|
|
|
$
|
3,250
|
|
|
$
|
14,849
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
2,144
|
|
|
$
|
3,250
|
|
|
$
|
3,250
|
|
|
$
|
15,186
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs, and amounts allocated to preferred stock warrant liabilities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
7,952
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,442
|
|
|
|
630
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
2,144
|
|
|
$
|
3,250
|
|
|
$
|
3,250
|
|
|
$
|
16,628
|
|
|
$
|
8,582
|
|
Accretion of preferred stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
660
|
|
Balance as of June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
$
|
2,144
|
|
|
$
|
3,250
|
|
|
$
|
3,250
|
|
|
$
|
17,973
|
|
|
$
|
9,242
|
|
F-28
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
7. CAPITALIZATION – (continued)
Convertible Preferred Stock Issuances
During May 2007, the Company issued 10,000,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 3,333,333 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (Note 8), for gross proceeds of $16.0 million. The gross proceeds from the issuance of the preferred stock with warrants were allocated to the fair value of the warrants of $2.1 million and the remaining residual value of $13.9 million was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock. The fair value of the warrants of $2.1 million was computed using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 53%, risk-free rate of 4.6%, expected term of 7 years and zero
estimated dividend yield. Subsequently in September 2007, convertible promissory notes issued in September 2006, with an aggregate outstanding principal amount of $1.0 million, were converted into 625,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 208,332 shares of Series D Preferred Stock were issued to the shareholders at an estimated fair value of $0.1 million. After allocating the value to the preferred stock warrants, the remaining residual value of $0.9 million was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock. Since the Series D Preferred Stock is redeemable, the Company is accreting the carrying value to its redemption value over the period of issuance to the earliest redemption date using the interest method.
As part of the Series D Preferred Stock issuance in May 2007, the Company redeemed all of Aon Corporation’s 4,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate of $5.4 million in cash. The excess of consideration transferred to Aon Corporation over the carrying value of the Series A Preferred Stock of $2.4 million is presented in the consolidated income statement as a deduction from net loss to arrive at net loss attributable to common stockholder for the year ended December 31, 2007.
In January 2009, the Company issued 5,272,727 shares of Series E Preferred Stock at $1.65 per share for gross proceeds of approximately $8.7 million. The investors also received warrants to purchase 1,054,543 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (Note 8). The gross proceeds from the issuance of the preferred stock with warrants were allocated to the fair value of the warrants of $0.7 million and the remaining residual value of $8.0 million was allocated to the Series E Preferred Stock. The warrants were fully vested upon issuance and are immediately exercisable and non-forfeitable. The fair value of the warrants at issuance of $0.7 million was computed
using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: estimated volatility of 67.2%, risk-free rate of 2.2%, expected term of 5.17 years and zero estimated dividend yield. Since the Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable, the Company is accreting the carrying value of the Series E Preferred Stock to its redemption value over the period from issuance to the earliest redemption date using the interest method.
Terms of Common and Preferred Stock
The significant terms of the Company’s common stock and preferred stock authorized and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited) are as follows:
Voting
The holders of preferred stock and the holders of common stock vote together and not as separate classes and there is no series voting other than for the election of directors as described below.
Each holder of preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of preferred stock held by such holder could be converted, not including fractional shares, as of the record date. The holders of shares of the preferred stock are entitled to vote on all matters on which the common stock is entitled to vote.
F-29
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
7. CAPITALIZATION – (continued)
The holders of Series E Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. The holders of Series D Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors. The holders of Series A, Series B, and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, are entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors. The holders of common stock, voting as a separate class, are entitled to elect one member of the Board of the Directors. Any additional members of the Board of Directors are elected by the mutual
agreement of (i) the holders of a majority of the common stock and (ii) the holders of a majority of the preferred stock, each voting as a separate class.
Dividends
The holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends in preference to dividends declared or paid to common stock, when, as and if, declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available. The payment of any dividends to the holders of the Preferred Stock is in proportion to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible; however, any dividends will first be paid to the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock. No dividends may be paid on common stock unless an equivalent dividend is also paid to the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock on an as-converted to common stock basis.
No dividends have been declared or paid since inception.
Liquidation
A “Liquidity Event” includes (i) a sale, acquisition or merger of the Company (in which a change of voting control occurs), (ii) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or (iii) a dissolution or winding up of the Company.
Upon any Liquidity Event, each holder of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount per share equal to the sum of (i) $1.60 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $1.65 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on each of the respective shares of preferred stock. The holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock may approve some lesser amount per share
of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, respectively. If upon the Liquidity Event, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full preferential amounts, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would originally be entitled to receive.
After the liquidation preference of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock has been paid, each holder of Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, before any payments are made to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount equal to $1.00 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event are insufficient to
permit the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders will share ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they are owed.
F-30
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
7. CAPITALIZATION – (continued)
After the liquidation preference of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, and Series A Preferred Stock has been paid, each holder of Series B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, before any payments are made to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, an amount equal to $1.25 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event are insufficient
to permit the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders will share ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they are owed.
After the liquidation preferences of the Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock have been paid, each holder of Series C Preferred Stock is entitled to receive, before any payments are made to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $1.60 for each share held, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. If the amounts available for distribution by the Company to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock upon a Liquidity Event are insufficient to permit
the payment to those holders of their full preferential amounts, then such holders will share ratably in any distribution in connection with such Liquidity Event in proportion to the full preferential amounts they are owed.
For a Liquidity Event with aggregate consideration at or below $150.0 million in total consideration, after full payment is made to the holders of preferred stock as set forth above, the remaining proceeds will be allocated among the holders of common stock, Series D Preferred Stock, and Series E Preferred Stock on a pro-rata as-converted basis.
For a Liquidity Event with aggregate consideration above $150.0 million, each holder of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock will receive the greater of (i) the amount of consideration that such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to a total distribution of $150.0 million as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph or (ii) the amount such holder would receive if such holder had converted such shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock into shares of common stock immediately prior to such distribution.
The preferred stock has been presented as mezzanine equity and therefore separately from stockholders’ deficit in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets since redemption and, under certain circumstances, payment of the liquidation preferences to the preferred stock holders is beyond the control of the Company’s management.
Redemption of Series D and Series E Preferred Stock
At any time after May 10, 2014, at the election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D or Series E Preferred Stock, in each case, voting separately, may require the Company to redeem the outstanding shares of Series D or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, for a cash amount per share equal to the greater of (i) original issue price of the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock of $1.60 and $1.65, respectively, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, or (ii) the then fair market value of such series of preferred stock as determined by the Board of Directors. The carrying
value of the respective Series D and Series E Preferred Stock is being accreted to its redemption value over the period to its earliest redemption date of May 10, 2014 using the interest rate method. The aggregate redemption value of the Series D and Series E Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2009 was $36.9 million.
F-31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
7. CAPITALIZATION – (continued)
Conversion
Each share of preferred stock is convertible at the holder’s option at any time into a single share of common stock. The conversion ratio for each respective series of preferred stock is subject to adjustments for stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, reclassification or other similar event.
All of the outstanding shares of preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock at the then-applicable conversion rate, which is currently 1:1 for each series of preferred stock, immediately prior to the closing of an underwritten public offering at a share price equal to at least $6.40 with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $40.0 million, or upon the written election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D and Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together on an as-converted basis.
At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), the Company was required to keep available, out of its authorized but unissued shares of common stock, the following shares for conversion of the preferred stock (in thousands):
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
3,224
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
2,600
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
2,031
|
|
Series D
|
|
|
10,625
|
|
Series E
|
|
|
5,273
|
|
Total required availability
|
|
|
23,753
|
|
8. WARRANTS
Warrants to Purchase Common Stock
The Company has issued warrants to purchase the Company’s common stock in connection with debt arrangements and the purchase of certain domain names. All warrants were fully vested, non-forfeitable and immediately exercisable upon issuance and are classified as equity. At December 31, 2008, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), the following warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock were outstanding (in thousands, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year of
Issuance
|
|
Exercise
Price
per Share
|
|
December 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
December 2009
|
|
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
January 2010
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
$
|
1.60
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
June 2012
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
$
|
1.60
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
September 2013
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$
|
1.60
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
April 2014
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$
|
1.60
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
May 2014
|
|
On May 6, 2009, the Company entered into a five year license agreement that provides a distributor the right to distribute the Company’s software solution to the distributor’s customers under the distributor’s name. In connection with the license agreement, the Company also entered into a warrant agreement to provide additional incentives to the distributor. The Company may issue the distributor fully vested and immediately exercisable ten-year warrants to purchase between zero and 886,096 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.53 per share based on the distributor meeting specified sales targets for each contract year until
the earlier of the five-year term of our
F-32
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
8. WARRANTS – (continued)
distributor agreement with the distributor or the completion of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. The warrants must be exercised immediately prior to an acquisition of the Company through a reorganization, merger or consolidation; immediately prior to a sale, lease or other disposition of all of our assets; or within three years after an initial public offering. The distributor will no longer be entitled to earn warrants after the completion of an initial public offering. Through June 30, 2010, no warrants had been issued as the defined targets had not been met by the distributor for the contract year ended June 30, 2010.
Warrants to Purchase Preferred Stock
The Company has issued warrants to purchase preferred stock in connection with debt arrangements and preferred stock financings. The warrants to purchase shares of convertible preferred stock are accounted for as liabilities at fair value upon issuance with changes in fair value recorded in other income (expense) in our statement of operations each reporting period. All warrants are fully vested, non-forfeitable and were immediately exercisable on issuance.
The warrants issued to purchase Series D and Series E Preferred Stock, with the exception of the warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued during 2007, expire on the earliest of their respective expiration dates (as summarized in the table below), an initial public offering or, under certain circumstances, a change in control. The warrants to purchase 140,625 shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued during 2007 expire in September 2014. At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, the following warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s preferred stock were outstanding (in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrant of
Preferred
Stock Issued
|
|
Year of
Issuance
|
|
Exercise
Price
Per Share
|
|
December 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
$
|
1.60
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
June 2011
|
|
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
$
|
1.60
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
June 2011
|
|
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
$
|
1.60
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
June 2011
|
|
|
|
|
Series D
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
|
|
3,333
|
|
|
|
3,333
|
|
|
|
3,333
|
|
|
|
May 2014
|
|
|
|
|
Series D
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
|
|
September 2014
|
|
|
|
|
Series D
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
$
|
1.60
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
September 2014
|
|
|
|
|
Series E
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
1,054
|
|
|
|
January 2016
|
|
|
|
|
Series E
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
|
March 2019
|
|
The fair value of the warrants to purchase the Company’s preferred stock was determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model.
F-33
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
8. WARRANTS – (continued)
The following weighted average assumptions were used to assess the fair value and the resulting fair value of the Series C, Series D, and Series E Preferred Stock warrants:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
Series D
|
|
Series E
|
|
|
December 31,
2008
|
|
December 31,
2009
|
|
June 30,
2010
|
|
December 31,
2008
|
|
December 31,
2009
|
|
June 30,
2010
|
|
December 31,
2009
|
|
June 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
0.6
|
%
|
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
0.7
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
1.1
|
%
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
Estimated dividend yield
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
|
—
|
%
|
Weighted average estimated volatility
|
|
|
51.0
|
%
|
|
|
65.0
|
%
|
|
|
65.7
|
%
|
|
|
51.0
|
%
|
|
|
65.0
|
%
|
|
|
65.7
|
%
|
|
|
65.0
|
%
|
|
|
65.7
|
%
|
Fair Value (in thousands)
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
|
$
|
167
|
|
|
$
|
594
|
|
|
$
|
2,226
|
|
|
$
|
3,685
|
|
|
$
|
6,446
|
|
|
$
|
1,831
|
|
|
$
|
3,085
|
|
At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), the Company had reserved 496,875 and 474,375 shares of common stock, respectively, issuable upon the exercise of warrants to purchase common stock. At December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited), the Company had reserved 380,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, 3,682,290 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and 1,539,392 shares of Series E Preferred Stock for issuance upon the exercise of warrants to purchase preferred stock.
9. STOCK OPTION PLAN
In November 1999, the Company adopted the 1999 Stock Plan (“1999 Plan”) as amended. In January 2009, the Company created the 2009 Plan (“2009 Plan”). The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2009 Plan is 1,000,000 shares, plus (i) any shares that have been reserved but not issued under the 1999 Plan and (ii) any shares subject to stock options granted under the 1999 Plan that expire, are forfeited or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full. The shares issued upon exercise may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of common stock. The total shares of common stock available for issuance
under the 1999 and 2009 Plans is 5,976,126. As of December 31, 2009, 816,265 shares remained available for the issuance.
In July 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional 2,000,000 shares of common stock to be issued under the 2009 Plan (Note 15).
Stock options granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans may be incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The Board of Directors determines the period over which stock options become exercisable. However, except in specific cases of stock options granted to officers, directors and consultants, stock options become exercisable at a rate of not less than 20% per year over 5 years from the date the stock options are granted. Options granted under the 1999 and 2009 Plans expire ten years after the grant date and
generally vest one-fourth on the first anniversary of the grant and ratably thereafter for the following 36 months. The exercise price of incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options cannot be less than 100% and 85%, respectively, of the fair market value per share of the Company's common stock on the grant date as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. If an individual owns stock representing more than 10% of the outstanding shares, the price of each incentive stock option or non-statutory stock option share must be at least 110% of fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors. The term of the stock options is 10 years except for incentive stock options
F-34
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9. STOCK OPTION PLAN – (continued)
granted to an individual who owns stock representing more than 10% of the outstanding shares, in which case the term of the stock options is 5 years.
The following table summarizes the activity of the Company's 1999 and 2009 Plans (in thousands, except per share and term information):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
|
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
|
|
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
|
Outstanding, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
4,872
|
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(293
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
5,134
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
3,996
|
|
Granted (unaudited)
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised (unaudited)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited (unaudited)
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
$
|
1.11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
5,839
|
|
|
$
|
0.63
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
$
|
12,420
|
|
Exercisable at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
3,337
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,976
|
|
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
4,955
|
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
3,909
|
|
Exercisable at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
3,729
|
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
$
|
8,856
|
|
Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
|
5,622
|
|
|
$
|
0.61
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
$
|
12,064
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense is included in the following line items in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years ended
December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
30
|
|
Selling and marketing expense
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
General and administrative expense
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
220
|
|
|
$
|
242
|
|
|
$
|
331
|
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
229
|
|
F-35
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9. STOCK OPTION PLAN – (continued)
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010 (unaudited) (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding at
December 31, 2009
|
|
Options Exercisable at
December 31, 2009
|
Exercise price
|
|
Number
|
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
|
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
|
|
Number
|
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
|
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
|
$0.34
|
|
|
3,569
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
2,922
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
$0.50
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
$0.53
|
|
|
958
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
9.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
$0.85
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
0.85
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
$
|
0.85
|
|
$1.26
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
10.0
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
|
5,134
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
|
3,337
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
$
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding at
June 30, 2010
|
|
Options Exercisable at
June 30, 2010
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Exercise price
|
|
Number
|
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
|
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
|
|
Number
|
|
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
|
|
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
|
$0.34
|
|
|
3,545
|
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
|
|
3,158
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.34
|
|
$0.50
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
$0.53
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
$
|
0.53
|
|
$0.85
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
$
|
0.85
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
6.2
|
|
|
$
|
0.85
|
|
$1.26
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
$1.65
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
|
|
|
5,839
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
$
|
0.63
|
|
|
|
3,729
|
|
|
|
5.9
|
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010 was $1,000, $0, $3,000, and $2,000 (unaudited) and $24,000 (unaudited) respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, the total fair value of shares vested was $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $0.1 million (unaudited) and $0.1 million (unaudited), respectively.
Unrecognized compensation cost was $0.7 million and $1.1 million (unaudited) as of December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years and 2.6 years, respectively.
The aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 was $0.4 million, $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.7 million (unaudited), respectively.
F-36
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
9. STOCK OPTION PLAN – (continued)
In December 2007, the Company modified the terms of outstanding stock options held by certain full time employees and existing directors, such that the original related exercise prices of $0.40 to $0.85 per share were reduced to $0.34 per share. As a result, the Company recorded incremental stock-based compensation in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, of $95,000, $26,000 and $24,000, and $12,000 (unaudited) and $9,000 (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010.
The table below sets forth information regarding stock options granted from January 1, 2009 to June 30, 2010 (shares in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Grant
|
|
Number of
shares
|
|
Exercise
price
|
|
Estimated
fair value of
common stock
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
|
$
|
1.26
|
|
April 21, 2010
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
|
$
|
1.65
|
|
10. INCOME TAXES
The components of the Company’s loss before provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
(5,682
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,121
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,320
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
$
|
(5,682
|
)
|
|
$
|
(10,121
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,320
|
)
|
The components of the provision for income taxes attributable to continuing operations are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current income tax provision:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
State
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Total current income tax provision
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Deferred income tax (benefit) provision:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
State
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total deferred income tax provision
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total income tax provision
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
The Company has incurred operating losses and has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets for all periods to date and, accordingly, has not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented other than provisions for foreign income taxes.
F-37
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
10. INCOME TAXES – (continued)
The differences in the total provision for income taxes that would result from applying the 34% federal statutory rate to income before provision for income taxes and the reported provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Federal tax expense at statutory rates
|
|
$
|
(1,932
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,441
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,829
|
)
|
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
|
|
(366
|
)
|
|
|
(533
|
)
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
Permanent differences
|
|
|
(202
|
)
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
|
898
|
|
Uncertain tax positions
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
Other
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
3,576
|
|
|
|
2,248
|
|
Total income tax provision
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
Major components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2008 and 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
365
|
|
Long-lived assets — basis difference
|
|
|
1,734
|
|
|
|
1,966
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
12,140
|
|
|
|
13,762
|
|
Other
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
14,298
|
|
|
|
16,364
|
|
Deferred revenue and accounting method change
|
|
|
(1,641
|
)
|
|
|
(978
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and deferred commissions
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(530
|
)
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(1,690
|
)
|
|
|
(1,508
|
)
|
Total net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
12,608
|
|
|
|
14,856
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(12,608
|
)
|
|
|
(14,856
|
)
|
Total net deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use net operating losses may be limited as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (“IRC Section 382”). Events which may cause limitations in the amount of the net operating losses that the Company may use in any one-year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period.
Due to the effects of historical equity issuances, the Company has determined that the future utilization on a portion of its net operating losses is limited annually pursuant to IRC Section 382. The Company believes that none of its net operating losses will expire because of the annual limitation.
At December 31, 2009, the Company had federal and state net operating losses of approximately $34.8 million and $32.7 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforward will begin expiring in 2019 and the state net operating loss carryforward will begin expiring in 2010.
F-38
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
10. INCOME TAXES – (continued)
The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its otherwise recognizable deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2009. Management has determined, after evaluating all positive and negative historical and prospective evidence, that it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized. The net increase to the valuation allowance of $2.5 million, $3.6 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, was primarily due to additional net operating losses generated by the Company.
In contemplation of inclusion of its financial statements in a public offering, the Company retrospectively adopted the provisions for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes effective January 1, 2007.
The following is a rollforward of the Company’s total gross unrecognized tax benefits during 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2010 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
Unrealized
Tax Benefits
|
Balance at January 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
Additions for tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
20
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
20
|
|
Additions for tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
62
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
82
|
|
Additions for tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
72
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
154
|
|
Additions for tax positions related to the current six months (unaudited)
|
|
|
59
|
|
Balance at June 30, 2010 (unaudited)
|
|
$
|
213
|
|
The Company’s policy is to classify interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of tax expense. Interest and penalties of $7,000, $ 3,000 and $4,000 (unaudited) on unrecognized tax benefits were accrued as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and June 30, 2010, respectively. It is not expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will be recognized in the next twelve months. In addition, the Company does not expect the change to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity. If the unrecognized tax benefits are recognized, tax expense will reduce by $0.2 million through June 30, 2010
(unaudited).
The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as to income tax in multiple state jurisdictions. Federal income tax returns of the Company are subject to IRS examination for the 2006 through 2009 tax years. State income tax returns are subject to examination for the 2005 through 2009 tax years.
F-39
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
11. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
Revenue by geographic region, as determined based on the location of the Company’s clients is set forth below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
December 31,
|
|
Six Months Ended
June 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
9,444
|
|
|
$
|
16,019
|
|
|
$
|
22,415
|
|
|
$
|
10,884
|
|
|
$
|
14,497
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
903
|
|
|
|
2,678
|
|
|
|
4,279
|
|
|
|
2,025
|
|
|
|
3,414
|
|
All other countries
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
|
929
|
|
|
|
2,628
|
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
|
2,372
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
10,976
|
|
|
$
|
19,626
|
|
|
$
|
29,322
|
|
|
$
|
13,804
|
|
|
$
|
20,283
|
|
Property and equipment by region is set forth below (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
June 30, 2010
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
(unaudited)
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
999
|
|
|
$
|
2,198
|
|
|
$
|
3,665
|
|
All other countries
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
Total property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
1,018
|
|
|
$
|
2,229
|
|
|
$
|
3,975
|
|
12. 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN
The Company has a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. To date, there have been no contributions made to the plan by the Company.
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company leases its offices under noncancelable operating leases and its managed hosting facility and services under month-to-month operating leases. Total rent expense under operating leases was approximately $0.8 million, $0.9 million, $0.8 million, $0.4 million (unaudited), and $0.5 million (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The Company leases equipment under capital lease arrangements for the majority of its property and equipment (Note 4).
Future minimum lease payments under operating and capital leases at December 31, 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Leases
|
|
Capital Leases
|
2010
|
|
$
|
693
|
|
|
$
|
767
|
|
2011
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
|
706
|
|
2012
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
2013
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
2014
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
|
1,351
|
|
|
|
1,968
|
|
Less: Amounts representing interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(116
|
)
|
Present value of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,852
|
|
Less: Current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(694
|
)
|
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,158
|
|
F-40
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES – (continued)
In March 2009, the Company entered into an e-learning content reseller agreement with a third-party content provider. The Company is obligated to pay license fees of $0.2 million and $0.2 million in 2010 and 2011, respectively.
During the first six months of 2010, the Company entered into an amendment to its operating lease to increase its office space in Santa Monica, California, and entered into an operating lease for a foreign office in India. These operating lease agreements increase the Company’s total operating lease commitments by approximately $1.1 million through 2015.
During 2010, the Company entered into additional capital lease agreements. The new capital leases increase the Company’s total capital lease commitments by approximately $2.1 million.
In August 2010, the Company entered into a patent license agreement, granting the Company a perpetual license to use a third-party’s e-learning technologies. License fees of $0.2 million, $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.2 million are due in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.
Guarantees and Indemnifications
The Company has made guarantees and indemnities under which it may be required to make payments to a guaranteed or indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions, including revenue transactions in the ordinary course of business. In connection with certain facility leases, the Company has indemnified its lessors for certain claims arising from the facility or the lease. The Company indemnifies its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. However, the Company has a directors and officers insurance policy that may reduce its exposure in certain circumstances and may enable it to recover a
portion of future amounts that may be payable, if any. The duration of the guarantees and indemnities varies and, in many cases, are indefinite but subject to statute of limitations. To date, the Company has made no payments related to these guarantees and indemnities. The Company estimates the fair value of its indemnification obligations as insignificant based on this history and insurance coverage and has therefore, has not recorded any liability for these guarantees and indemnities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Litigation
The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. If the Company determines that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonable estimable, the Company will record a liability. The Company has determined that it does not have a potential liability related to any legal proceedings or claims that would individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect its financial conditions or operating results.
14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In May 2006, the Company entered into loan agreements with four existing shareholders. The loans, totaling $1.5 million, were repaid on May 10, 2007.
During September 2006, the Company entered into short-term borrowing arrangements with four shareholders for debt totaling $1.0 million. In September 2007, the debt was converted into 625,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock. In addition, the note holders were issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 208,332 shares of preferred stock.
During 2007, in connection with Series D Preferred Stock issuance, the Company repurchased 650,000 shares of common stock from an executive officer for a total purchase price of $0.7 million. The $0.3 million excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of the common stock on the date of repurchase, was recorded as compensation expense. As part of the Series D Preferred Stock
F-41
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS – (continued)
issuance in May 2007, the Company redeemed all of Aon Corporation’s (one of the Company’s clients) 4,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock for an aggregate of $5.4 million in cash. Revenues related to Aon Corporation for the period from January 2007 through the redemption of the preferred stock were approximately $0.1 million.
During May 2007, the Company entered into employment agreements with two executive officers in which each received a loan from the Company in an aggregate principal amount of $0.3 million at an interest rate of 5% annually. The outstanding principal and accrued interest due under each loan was charged to compensation expense in 2007 and 2008.
15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through September 27, 2010, the date of issuance of the financial statements.
In August 2010, the Company entered into a new $15 million credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank (Note 6).
In July 2010, the Company increased the authorized shares to be issued under the 2009 Plan by 2,000,000 shares (Note 9).
In September 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 604,618 options to purchase common stock at an exercise price per share of $2.76.
F-42
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Shares
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
|
|
|
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
|
|
Barclays Capital
|
|
|
|
William Blair & Company
|
|
Piper Jaffray
|
Pacific Crest Securities
|
|
JMP Securities
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART II
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee. All the expenses below will be paid by Cornerstone OnDemand.
|
|
|
Item
|
|
Amount
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
8,200
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
Initial listing fee
|
|
|
*
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees
|
|
|
*
|
|
Blue sky fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Director and Officer Insurance
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
*
|
To be provided by amendment.
|
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the maximum extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and some employees containing provisions which are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which, under certain conditions, provides for indemnification by the underwriters of our officers and directors against certain liabilities.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Since August 31, 2007, we have sold unregistered securities to a limited number of persons, as described below.
Sale of Preferred Stock
In September 2006, we sold and issued convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 to four accredited investors. In September 2007, these notes were converted into an aggregate of 625,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock.
In January 2009, we sold an aggregate of 5,272,727 shares of our Series E preferred stock to a total of nine accredited investors at purchase price per share of $1.65, for an aggregate purchase price of $8,700,000.
II-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Warrant Issuances
In September 2007, we issued a warrant to purchase 140,625 shares of our Series D preferred stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $1.60 per share and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 208,332 shares of our Series D preferred stock to a total of four accredited investors at an exercise price of $2.40 per share.
In January 2009, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,054,543 shares of our Series E preferred stock to a total of nine accredited investors at an exercise price of $2.40 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,618,182.
In March 2009, we issued a warrant to purchase 484,849 shares of our Series E preferred stock to an accredited investor at an exercise price of $1.65 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $800,000.
In August 2010, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 95,000 shares of our common stock to two accredited investors at an exercise price of $3.50 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $332,500.
Option and Common Stock Issuances
From August 31, 2007 through August 31, 2010, we granted to our employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 6,388,150 shares of common stock under our 1999 Stock Plan and our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.34 to $1.65 per share.
From August 31, 2007 through August 31, 2010, we sold an aggregate of 1,680,496 shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options under our 1999 Stock Plan and our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.34 to $1.26 per share, for an aggregate exercise price of $642,346.
None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the registrant believes that (i) the transactions described under the headings “
Sale of Preferred Stock
” and “
Warrant Issuances
” were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, and (ii) the transactions described under the heading “
Option and Common Stock Issuances
” were exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Section 3(b) thereof, and Rule 701 promulgated thereunder, as transactions pursuant to a compensatory benefit plan as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in such transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in connection with such transactions. All recipients of securities under the headings “
Sale of Preferred Stock
” and “
Warrant Issuances
” were accredited or sophisticated investors and either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through their relationships with the registrant, to such information.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statements
Exhibits
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
1.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
3.1
|
|
Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
|
3.2*
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
II-2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
3.3
|
|
Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
|
3.4*
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
4.1*
|
|
Form of the Registrant’s common stock certificate.
|
4.2
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among the Registrant, Adam Miller and the investors listed on Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached thereto.
|
4.3
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
|
4.4
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of August 20, 2010.
|
4.5
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to Orix Venture Finance LLC, dated as of June 29, 2004.
|
4.6
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Bank, dated as of September 12, 2007.
|
5.1*
|
|
Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
|
10.1†*
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
|
10.2†
|
|
The Registrant’s 1999 Stock Plan, including the form of stock option agreement, as amended and currently in effect.
|
10.3†
|
|
The Registrant’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, as currently in effect.
|
10.4†*
|
|
The Registrant’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
10.5†*
|
|
The Registrant’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including form agreements, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.6†*
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Adam Miller, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.7†*
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Perry Wallack, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.8†*
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Seymour, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.9†*
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David J. Carter, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.10†*
|
|
Amended and Restated Unlimited Term Employment Contract between the Registrant and Vincent Belliveau, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.11†
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mark Goldin, dated as of May 24, 2010.
|
10.12
|
|
Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
|
10.13
|
|
Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of March 31, 2009.
|
10.14*
|
|
Consent to Sublease among Water Garden Realty Holding LLC, Sapient Corporation, and the Registrant, dated as of February 14, 2006 and Sublease Agreement between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of January 31, 2006.
|
II-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
10.15*
|
|
Consent to Sublease Amendment between Water Garden Realty Holding LLC, Sapient Corporation, and the Registrant, dated as of May 27, 2010 and First Amendment to Sublease between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of May 25, 2010.
|
10.16*
|
|
Sublease II between Accruent, Inc., and the Registrant, dated as of January 25, 2008 and Assignment Agreement between Sapient Corporation and Accruent, Inc.
|
10.17
|
|
Master Service Agreement (United States) between the Registrant and Equinix Operating Co., Inc., dated as of November 6, 2009.
|
10.18
|
|
Master Service Agreement (United Kingdom) between the Registrant and Equinix (UK) Limited, dated as of November 4, 2009.
|
21.1
|
|
List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
|
23.1*
|
|
Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
|
23.2
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
|
24.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
|
|
*
|
To be filed by Amendment. All other exhibits are filed herewith.
|
|
†
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
|
Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted as to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
|
(1)
|
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
|
|
(2)
|
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
|
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
II-4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Monica, State of California, on the 28
th
day of September, 2010.
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
By: /s/ Adam L. Miller
Adam L. Miller
President and Chief Executive Officer
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Adam L. Miller and Perry A. Wallack, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to
file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
/s/ Adam L. Miller
Adam L. Miller
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)
|
|
September 28, 2010
|
/s/ Perry A. Wallack
Perry A. Wallack
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)
|
|
September 28, 2010
|
/s/ R. C. Mark Baker
R. C. Mark Baker
|
|
Director
|
|
September 28, 2010
|
/s/ Harold W. Burlingame
Harold W. Burlingame
|
|
Director
|
|
September 28, 2010
|
/s/ Byron B. Deeter
Byron B. Deeter
|
|
Director
|
|
September 28, 2010
|
/s/ James McGeever
James McGeever
|
|
Director
|
|
September 28, 2010
|
/s/ Neil Sadaranganey
Neil Sadaranganey
|
|
Director
|
|
September 28, 2010
|
/s/ Robert D. Ward
Robert D. Ward
|
|
Director
|
|
September 28, 2010
|
II-5
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
1.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
|
3.1
|
|
Eighth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
|
3.2*
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
3.3
|
|
Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended and currently in effect.
|
3.4*
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
4.1*
|
|
Form of the Registrant’s common stock certificate.
|
4.2
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among the Registrant, Adam Miller and the investors listed on Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached thereto.
|
4.3
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
|
4.4
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of common stock issued to Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of August 20, 2010.
|
4.5
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of Series C convertible preferred stock issued to Orix Venture Finance LLC, dated as of June 29, 2004.
|
4.6
|
|
Warrant to purchase shares of Series D convertible preferred stock issued to Comerica Bank, dated as of September 12, 2007.
|
5.1*
|
|
Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
|
10.1†*
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
|
10.2†
|
|
The Registrant’s 1999 Stock Plan, including the form of stock option agreement, as amended and currently in effect.
|
10.3†
|
|
The Registrant’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, as currently in effect.
|
10.4†*
|
|
The Registrant’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, including form of stock option agreement, to be in effect upon completion of the offering.
|
10.5†*
|
|
The Registrant’s 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including form agreements, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.6†*
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Adam Miller, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.7†*
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Perry Wallack, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.8†*
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Seymour, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.9†*
|
|
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Registrant and David J. Carter, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.10†*
|
|
Amended and Restated Unlimited Term Employment Contract between the Registrant and Vincent Belliveau, to be in effect upon the completion of the offering.
|
10.11†
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mark Goldin, dated as of May 24, 2010.
|
II-6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
Exhibit No.
|
|
Description of Exhibit
|
10.12
|
|
Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of August 20, 2010.
|
10.13
|
|
Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Ironwood Equity Fund LP, dated as of March 31, 2009.
|
10.14*
|
|
Consent to Sublease among Water Garden Realty Holding LLC, Sapient Corporation, and the Registrant, dated as of February 14, 2006 and Sublease Agreement between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of January 31, 2006.
|
10.15*
|
|
Consent to Sublease Amendment between Water Garden Realty Holding LLC, Sapient Corporation, and the Registrant, dated as of May 27, 2010 and First Amendment to Sublease between Sapient Corporation and Registrant, dated as of May 25, 2010.
|
10.16*
|
|
Sublease II between Accruent, Inc., and the Registrant, dated as of January 25, 2008 and Assignment Agreement between Sapient Corporation and Accruent, Inc.
|
10.17
|
|
Master Service Agreement (United States) between the Registrant and Equinix Operating Co., Inc., dated as of November 6, 2009.
|
10.18
|
|
Master Service Agreement (United Kingdom) between the Registrant and Equinix (UK) Limited, dated as of November 4, 2009.
|
21.1
|
|
List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
|
23.1*
|
|
Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1).
|
23.2
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
|
24.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
|
|
*
|
To be filed by Amendment. All other exhibits are filed herewith.
|
|
†
|
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
|
II-7
EIGHTH
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
(as amended and currently in effect)
ARTICLE
I
The name
of the Corporation is Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
ARTICLE
II
The
purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which
corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware.
ARTICLE
III
The
address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is the
Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County
of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at
such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE
IV
The total
number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to
issue is seventy nine million, seven hundred twenty six thousand eight hundred
fifty nine (79,726,859), of which (i) twenty-nine million seven hundred twenty
six thousand eight hundred fifty nine (29,726,859) shares shall be preferred
stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “
Preferred Stock
”), and (ii)
fifty million (50,000,000) shares shall be common stock, par value $0.0001 per
share (the “
Common
Stock
”).
A total
of three million two hundred twenty-three thousand six hundred forty (3,223,640)
shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series
known as Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “
Series A Preferred
Stock
”). A total of two million six hundred thousand
(2,600,000) shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be designated as a
series known as Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the
“
Series B Preferred
Stock
”). A total of two million four hundred fifty-six
thousand two hundred forty-nine (2,456,249) shares of the Corporation’s
Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series C Preferred
Stock, par value, $0.0001 per share (the “
Series C Preferred
Stock
”). A total of fourteen million four hundred sixteen
thousand six hundred sixty-six (14,416,666) shares of the Corporation’s
Preferred Stock shall be designated as a series known as Series D Preferred
Stock, par value, $0.0001 per share (the “
Series D Preferred
Stock
”). A total of seven million thirty thousand three
hundred four (7,030,304) shares of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock shall be
designated as a series known as Series E Preferred Stock, par value, $0.0001 per
share (the “
Series E Preferred
Stock
”).
ARTICLE
V
The terms
and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as
follows:
1.
Definitions
. For
purposes of this ARTICLE V, the following definitions shall apply:
(a) “
Conversion Price
” shall mean
$0.66 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.25 per share for the
Series B Preferred Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series C Preferred
Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $1.65 per share for
the Series E Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from time to
time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).
(b) “
Convertible Securities
” shall
mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into
or exchangeable for Common Stock.
(c) “
Corporation
” shall mean
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
(d) “
Distribution
” shall mean the
transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of
dividend or otherwise, other than dividends on Common Stock payable in Common
Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation by the
Corporation for cash or property other than: (i) repurchases of Common
Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the
Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services
pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase,
(ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers,
directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to
rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right,
(iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the
settlement of disputes with any stockholder, (iv) any other repurchase or
redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of the
Common and Preferred Stock of the Corporation voting as separate classes and (v)
the repurchase of up to $1,000,000.00 worth of shares of capital stock of the
Corporation from certain stockholders of the Corporation as approved by the
Board of Directors of the Corporation.
(e) “
Liquidation Preference
” shall
mean $1.00 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.25 per share for
the Series B Preferred Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series C
Preferred Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $1.65 per
share for the Series E Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from
time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).
(f) “
Options
” shall mean rights,
options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock
or Convertible Securities.
(g) “
Original Issue Price
” shall
mean $0.66 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.25 per share for
the Series B Preferred Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series C
Preferred Stock, $1.60 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock and $1.65 per
share for the Series E Preferred Stock (in each case, subject to adjustment from
time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).
(h) “
Preferred Stock
” shall mean
the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred
Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.
(i) “
Recapitalization
” shall mean
any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization,
recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.
2.
Dividends
.
(a)
Preferred
Stock
. In any calendar year, the holders of outstanding shares
of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if
declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets at the time legally
available therefor, payable in preference and priority to any declaration or
payment of any Distribution on Common Stock of the Corporation in such calendar
year. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock
shall not be cumulative, and no right to dividends shall accrue to holders of
Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not
declared or paid. Payment of any dividends to the holders of
Preferred Stock shall be made in proportion to the number of shares of Common
Stock held by them on an as-converted basis;
provided, however
that any
dividends shall be first paid on a
pari passu
as-converted basis
to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred
Stock. No Distributions shall be made with respect to the Common
Stock unless an equivalent Distribution is declared and paid upon each share of
Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock in an amount equal to the
amount that would be declared and paid with respect to the shares of Common
Stock then issuable upon conversion of such shares of Series D Preferred Stock
or Series E Preferred Stock, as the case may be.
(b)
Common
Stock
. Dividends may be paid on the Common Stock when, as and
if declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the prior dividend rights of
the Preferred Stock and to paragraph (a) above and Section 7
below.
(c)
Non-Cash
Distributions
. Whenever a Distribution provided for in this
Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such
Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
(d)
Consent to Certain
Distributions
. As authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the
California Corporations Code, if Section 502 or Section 503 of the
California Corporations Code is applicable to a payment made by the Corporation
then such applicable section or sections shall not apply if such payment is a
payment made by the Corporation in connection with (i) repurchases of
Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants
of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or
services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase,
(ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers,
directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to
rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right,
(iii) repurchases of Common Stock or Preferred Stock in connection with the
settlement of disputes with any stockholder, (iv) any other repurchase or
redemption of Common Stock or Preferred Stock approved by the holders of
Preferred Stock of the Corporation.
(e)
Waiver of
Dividends
. Any dividend preference any series of Preferred
Stock may be waived, in whole or in part, by the consent or vote of the holders
of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series.
3.
Liquidation
Rights
.
(a)
Liquidation Preference of
Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock
. In the
event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either
voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series
E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a
pari passu
and as-converted
basis, and prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of
the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock or any other holders of
Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock,
by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share
of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation
Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock and (ii) all
declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred
Stock. The holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of
Series D Preferred Stock may approve some lesser amount per share for each share
of Series D Preferred Stock held by them. The holders of the majority
of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock may approve some lesser
amount per share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock held by
them. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation, the assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution to
the holders of the Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to
such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a), then the
entire assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be
distributed with equal priority and
pro rata
among the holders of
the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the
full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 3(a).
(b)
Liquidation Preference of
Series A Preferred Stock
. After the payment or setting aside
for payment to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred
Stock of the full amounts specified in Section 3(a) above, the holders of
the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in
preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the
holders of the Common Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred
Stock, by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each
share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the
Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock and
(ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred
Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority
of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. If, upon the liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation
legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series A Preferred
Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts
specified in this Section 3(b), then the entire remaining assets of the
Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal
priority and
pro rata
among the holders of such series of Preferred Stock in proportion to the full
amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 3(b).
(c)
Liquidation Preference of
Series B Preferred Stock
. After the payment or setting aside
for payment to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock
and Series A Preferred Stock of the full amounts specified in Sections 3(a)
and 3(b) above, respectively, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall
be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of
the assets of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock or Series C
Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share
for each share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the
Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock and
(ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred
Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the majority
of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock. If, upon the liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation
legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series B Preferred
Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts
specified in this Section 3(c), then the entire remaining assets of the
Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal
priority and
pro rata
among the holders of such series of Preferred Stock in proportion to the full
amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 3(c).
(d)
Liquidation Preference of
Series C Preferred Stock
. After the payment or setting aside
for payment to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred
Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the full amounts
specified in Sections 3(a), 3(b) and 3(c) above, respectively, the holders
of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in
preference to any Distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the
holders of the Common Stock, by reason of their ownership of such stock, an
amount per share for each share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum
of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred
Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of
Preferred Stock, or such lesser amount as may be approved by the holders of the
majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock. If, upon the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the
Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Series C
Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the
full amounts specified in this Section 3(d), then the entire remaining
assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be
distributed with equal priority and
pro rata
among the holders of
such series of Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would
otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 3(d).
(e)
Remaining
Proceeds
.
(i)
Aggregate consideration up
to $150 million
. After the payment to the holders of Preferred
Stock of the full amounts specified in Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c) and 3(d)
above, the remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for
distribution shall be distributed
pro rata
to holders of the
Common Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock of the
Corporation in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them
on an as-converted basis; provided that the total amount distributed pursuant to
Sections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c) and 3(d) above and this Section 3(e) shall not exceed
$150 million.
(ii)
Aggregate consideration
greater than $150 million
. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
the event the total amount distributed pursuant to
Sections
3(a), 3(b), 3(c), 3(d) and this Section 3(e) is greater than $150 million, each
holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as the
case may be, shall receive the greater of (A) the amount such holder would be
entitled to receive pursuant to a total distribution of $150 million under
Section 3(e)(i) above and (B) the amount such holder would receive if such
holder had converted such shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E
Preferred Stock, as the case may be, into shares of Common Stock immediately
prior to such distribution.
(f)
Shares not Treated as Both
Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any Distribution
. Shares
of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common
Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions,
as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the
Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Preferred
Stock.
(g)
Reorganization
. For
purposes of this Section
3
, a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned
by, or to include, (i) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity
by means of a reorganization, merger or consolidation to which the Corporation
is party other than a transaction in which the holders of the voting securities
of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction retain,
immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, as a result of
shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, at
least a majority of the total voting power represented by the outstanding voting
securities of the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity (or if
the Corporation or such other surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned
subsidiary immediately following such acquisition, its parent); (ii) a
sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole by means of any
transaction or series of related transactions, except where such sale, lease or
other disposition is to a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation; or
(iii) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,
whether voluntary or involuntary (any such event, a “
Liquidity
Event
”). Subject to Section 7 below, the treatment of any
transaction or series of related transactions as a liquidation, dissolution or
winding up pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence may be
waived by the consent or vote of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock
(voting as a single class and on an as-converted basis).
(h)
Valuation of Non-Cash
Consideration
. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to
stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of
the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be
their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors,
including a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined below),
except that
any
publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as
follows:
(i) If
the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or a national
quotation system, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the
average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over
the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the
Distribution;
(ii) if
the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the
securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the
securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days
prior to the Distribution; or
(iii) if
there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value
thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.
In the
event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the
Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction
closes.
For the
purposes of this subsection 3(h), “
trading day
” shall mean any
day which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are
traded is open and “
closing
prices
” or “
closing bid
prices
” shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily
on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or Nasdaq, the last
reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York
time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other
exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the regular
hours trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange,
market or system. If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times
generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price
of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above,
the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted
benchmark times.
4.
Conversion
. The
holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as
follows:
(a)
Right to
Convert
. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible,
at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of
such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the
Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common
Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by
the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common
Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is
hereinafter referred to as the “
Conversion Rate
” for each such
series.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for
any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section
4
, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be
appropriately increased or decreased.
(b)
Automatic
Conversion
. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically
be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then
effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the
closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an
effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “
Securities
Act
”), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock,
provided
that the per
share price of such public offering is not less than $6.40 and the aggregate
gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $40 million (before
deduction of any underwriters’ commissions and expenses) (a
“Qualified IPO”
), or
(ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such
conversion from the holders of a majority of the Series D Preferred Stock and
Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class on
an as-converted basis), or, if later, the effective date for conversion
specified in such requests (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are
referred to herein as an “
Automatic Conversion
Event
”).
(c)
Mechanics of
Conversion
. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be
issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional
shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall
pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a
share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. For
such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred
Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock
shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be
entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive
certificates therefor, he shall either (A) surrender the certificate or
certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any
transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or (B) notify the Corporation or its
transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and
execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the
Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates,
and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that he elects
to convert the same;
provided,
however,
that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without
any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the
certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its
transfer agent;
provided
further
, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue
certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic
Conversion Event unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of
Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as
provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent
that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an
agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any
loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date
of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of
shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the
Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the
certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been
surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation
shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred
Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not
then be actually delivered to such holder.
The
Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or after such
agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder
of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of
Common Stock to which the holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check
payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of
a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, plus any declared and
unpaid dividends on the converted Preferred Stock. Such conversion
shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on
the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and
the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable
upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or
holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date;
provided, however,
that if
the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities
registered pursuant to the Securities Act or a merger, sale, financing, or
liquidation of the Corporation or other event, the conversion may, at the option
of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the
closing of such transaction or upon the occurrence of such event, in which case
the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion
of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred
Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such transaction or the
occurrence of such event.
(d)
Adjustments to Conversion
Price for Diluting Issues
.
(i)
Special
Definition
. For purposes of this paragraph 4(d), “
Additional Shares of Common
”
shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to paragraph
4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the filing of this
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
other
than issuances or deemed issuances of:
(1) an aggregate amount of up to
5,976,126 shares of Common Stock (or such greater amount as approved by the
Board of Directors and, until one year from the date hereof, the Series E
Director (as defined below)) issued or issuable to officers, directors and
employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to stock grants,
option plans, purchase plans or other employee stock incentive programs or
arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, or upon exercise of options or
warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or
arrangement;
(2) shares of Common Stock issued
upon the exercise or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding
as of the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation;
(3) shares
of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred
Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to
paragraph 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) hereof;
(4) shares
of Common Stock issued in a registered public offering under the Securities Act
pursuant to which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are automatically
converted into Common Stock pursuant to an Automatic Conversion
Event;
(5) shares
of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another
corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the
assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement,
provided
, that such issuances
are approved by the Board of Directors;
(6) shares
of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other
financial institutions pursuant to a debt financing or commercial leasing
transaction approved by the Board of Directors;
(7) shares
of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with any settlement of any
action, suit, proceeding or litigation approved by the Board of
Directors;
(8) shares
of Common Stock issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research,
collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar
agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors;
and
(9) shares
of Common Stock issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers
in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions
approved by the Board of Directors.
(ii)
No Adjustment of Conversion
Price
. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of Series D
Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the
issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as
determined pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common
issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion
Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to such issue, for such
series of Preferred Stock.
(iii)
Deemed Issue of Additional
Shares of Common
. In the event the Corporation at any time or
from time to time after the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities
or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of
securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then
the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto
without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment
of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or,
in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such
Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities,
the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying
securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or,
in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on
such record date,
provided
that in any such
case in which shares are deemed to be issued:
(1) no
further adjustment in the Conversion Price of Series D Preferred Stock or Series
E Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible
Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such
Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;
(2) if
such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage
of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the
Corporation or in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than a change pursuant to the
anti-dilution provisions of such Options or Convertible Securities such as this
Section 4(d) or pursuant to Recapitalization provisions of such Options or
Convertible Securities such as Sections 49e), 4(f) and 4(g) hereof), the
respective Conversion Prices of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E
Preferred Stock and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall be recomputed
to reflect such change as if such change had been in effect as of the original
issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of the record date with respect
thereto);
(3) no
readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing
the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock or of the Series E
Preferred Stock to an amount above the Conversion Price for such series of
Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any other issuances of Additional
Shares of Common and any other adjustments provided for herein between the
original adjustment date and such readjustment date;
(4) upon
the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under
such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the respective
Conversion Prices of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock
computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record
date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall,
upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:
(a) in
the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only
Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any,
actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange
of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the
consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such
exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation
upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which
were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any,
actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange,
and
(b) in
the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities,
if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of
issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the
Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the
consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such
exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the
Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the
Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually
exercised; and
(5) if
such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible
Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously
made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be
canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the
Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph 4(d)(iii) as
of the actual date of their issuance.
(iv)
Adjustment of
Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of
Common
. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional
Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued
pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a
consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series
D Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue,
then, the Conversion Price of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be reduced,
concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent)
determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of
which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
prior to such issue plus the number of shares which the aggregate consideration
received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common
so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which
shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to
such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so
issued. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares
of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to
paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share
less than the applicable Conversion Price of the Series E Preferred Stock in
effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion
Price of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such
issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying
such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number
of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the
number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation
for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at
such Conversion Price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the
number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the
amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be
carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the
time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such
amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the
aggregate. For the purposes of this subsection 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common
Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and
the exercise and/or conversion of any other outstanding Convertible Securities
and all outstanding Options shall be deemed to be outstanding.
(v)
Determination of
Consideration
. For purposes of this subsection 4(d), the
consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any
Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:
(1)
Cash and
Property
. Such consideration shall:
(a) insofar
as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by
the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other
expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or
otherwise in connection with such issuance;
(b) insofar
as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value
thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors; and
(c) in
the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or
securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers
both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided
in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors.
(2)
Options and Convertible
Securities
. The consideration per share received by the
Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant
to paragraph 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing
(x) the
total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration
for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum
aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments
relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a
subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the
exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible
Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise
of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of
such Convertible Securities by
(y) the
maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments
relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a
subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options
or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.
(e)
Adjustments for Subdivisions
or Combinations of Common Stock
. In the event the outstanding
shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a
stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock,
the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately
prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such
subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the
outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or
otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices
in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the
effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.
(f)
Adjustments for Subdivisions
or Combinations of Preferred Stock
. In the event the
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be
subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a
greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, Original Issue Price and
Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect
immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness
of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the
outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be
combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of
Preferred Stock, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected
series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall,
concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately
increased.
(g)
Adjustments for
Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution
. Subject to
Section 3 above (“
Liquidation Rights
”), if the
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed
into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of
stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other
than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then, in any
such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders
would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred
Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock
into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder
of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such
series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been
entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to
further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other
shares.
(h)
Certificate as to
Adjustments
. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or
readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the
Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or
readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of
Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and
showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is
based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of
any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a
like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments,
(ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number
of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the
time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.
(i)
Waiver of Adjustment of
Conversion Price
. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of
Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of the
majority of the outstanding shares of such series either before or after the
issuance causing the adjustment. Any such waiver shall bind all
future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.
(j)
Notices of Record
Date
. In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any
time:
(i) to
declare any Distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock
or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not
out of earnings or earned surplus;
(ii) to
effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding
involving a change in the Common Stock; or
(iii) to
voluntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be
a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to
Section 3(g);
then, in
connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of
the Preferred Stock at least 10 days’ prior written notice of the date on which
a record shall be taken for such Distribution (and specifying the date on which
the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto and, if applicable, the
amount and character of such Distribution) or for determining rights to vote in
respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above.
Such
written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage
prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each
such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation and shall be deemed given
on the date such notice is mailed.
The
notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived
prospectively or retrospectively by the consent or vote of the holders of a
majority of the Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as-converted
basis.
(k)
Reservation of Stock
Issuable Upon Conversion
. The Corporation shall at all times
reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common
Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the
Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to
time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of
the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued
shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all
then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such
corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase
its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as
shall be sufficient for such purpose.
5.
Voting
.
(a)
Restricted Class
Voting
. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as
required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock
shall vote together and not as separate classes.
(b)
No Series
Voting
. Other than as provided herein or required by law,
there shall be no series voting.
(c)
Preferred
Stock
. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the
number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the
shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the
record date. The holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be
entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to
vote. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any
stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the
Corporation. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and
any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating
all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be
converted), shall be disregarded.
(d)
Election of
Directors
. The authorized number of the Corporation’s Board of
Directors shall set at seven (7). The holders of the Series E
Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one
member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “
Series E Director
”) at each
meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the
election of directors. The holders of Series D Preferred Stock,
voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two members of the
Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “
Series D Directors
,” and
together with the Series E Director, the “
Preferred Directors
”) at each
meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the
election of directors. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class
on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect one member of the
Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent for
the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of Directors. The
holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect
one member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant
to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors.
Any additional members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors shall be elected
by the mutual agreement of (i) the holders of a majority of the Common Stock and
(ii) the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, each voting as a separate
class. If a vacancy on the Board of Directors is to be filled by the
Board of Directors, only directors elected by the same class or classes of
stockholders as those who would be entitled to vote to fill such vacancy shall
vote to fill such vacancy.
(e)
Adjustment in Authorized
Common Stock
. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock
may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common
Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock
of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all
outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of
the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation
Law.
(f)
Common
Stock
. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled
to one vote for each share thereof held.
6.
Redemption of Series D
Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock
.
(a) Subject
to Section 6(c), at any time after May 10, 2014, (i) at the election of the
holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D
Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, the
Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available therefor, all (but not
less than all) outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock which have
not been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof on a date
determined by the Corporation, which shall no later than forty five (45) days
from the date the Corporation receives such election (the “
Series D
Redemption Date
”) and (ii) at
the election of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding
shares of Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an
as-converted basis, the Corporation shall redeem, out of funds legally available
therefor, all (but not less than all) outstanding shares of Series E
Preferred Stock which have not been converted into Common Stock pursuant to
Section 4 hereof, which shall no later than forty five (45) days from the
date the Corporation receives such election (the “
Series E
Redemption
Date
”).
(b) The
Corporation shall redeem the shares of Series D Preferred Stock and/or
Series E Preferred Stock by paying in cash an amount per share equal to, as
applicable, (i) for each share of Series D Preferred Stock, the greater of (A)
the then fair market value of the Series D Preferred Stock as reasonably
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and (B) the Original Issue
Price for such Series D Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to all
declared and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned (the “
Series D Redemption Price
”)
and (ii) for each share of Series E Preferred Stock, the greater of (A) the then
fair market value of the Series E Preferred Stock as reasonably determined in
good faith by the Board of Directors and (B) the Original Issue Price for such
Series E Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid
dividends thereon, whether or not earned (the “
Series E Redemption
Price
”). If the funds legally available for redemption of the
Series D Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to
such holders of the full respective Series D Redemption Prices, the Corporation
shall effect such redemption
pro rata
among the holders of
the Series D Preferred Stock so that each holder of Series D Preferred
Stock shall receive a redemption payment equal to a fraction of the aggregate
amount available for redemption, the numerator of which is the number of shares
of Series D Preferred Stock held by such holder multiplied by the Series D
Redemption Price of each share of Series D Preferred Stock held by such
holder, and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Series D
Preferred Stock outstanding multiplied by the Series D Redemption Price of each
such outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock. If the funds
legally available for redemption of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be
insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full respective Series
E Redemption Prices, the Corporation shall effect such redemption
pro rata
among the holders of
the Series E Preferred Stock so that each holder of Series E Preferred Stock
shall receive a redemption payment equal to a fraction of the aggregate amount
available for redemption, the numerator of which is the number of shares of
Series E Preferred Stock held by such holder multiplied by the Series E
Redemption Price of each share of Series E Preferred Stock held by such holder,
and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock
outstanding multiplied by the Series E Redemption Price of each such outstanding
share of Series E Preferred Stock. If the Series D Preferred Stock
and Series E Preferred Stock are being redeemed on the same day and the funds
legally available for redemption of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series
E Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of
the full respective Series D Redemption Prices and Series E Redemption Prices,
the Corporation shall effect such redemption
pro rata
among the holders of
the Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock so that each
holder of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock shall
receive a redemption payment equal to a fraction of the aggregate amount
available for redemption, the numerator of which is (i) the number of shares of
Series D Preferred Stock held by such holder multiplied by the Series D
Redemption Price of each share of Series D Preferred Stock plus (ii) the
number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock held by such holder multiplied
by the Series E Redemption Price of each share of Series E Preferred held
by such holder, and the denominator of which is the sum of (i) number of shares
of Series D Preferred Stock outstanding multiplied by the Series D
Redemption Price of each such outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock
plus (ii) number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock outstanding
multiplied by the Series E Redemption Price of each such outstanding share of
Series E Preferred Stock.
(c) At
least twenty (20), but no more than thirty five (35), days prior to the Series D
Redemption Date or Series E Redemption Date, written notice shall be mailed,
first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business
on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of the
Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, at the address last shown
on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the
redemption to be effected, specifying the number of shares to be redeemed from
such holder, the applicable Series D Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption
Date, the Series D Redemption Price and/or Series E Redemption Price, the place
at which payment may be obtained and calling upon such holder to surrender to
the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, the holder’s
certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed (the “
Redemption
Notice
”). If at the time of the Redemption Notice the holders
of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred
Stock or the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of
Series E Preferred Stock have not elected to redeem such holders’ Series D
Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, respectively, then, with in fifteen
(15) days following the delivery of the Redemption Notice, such holders of at
least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock or
Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, may elect to redeem the Series D
Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, pursuant to Section
6(a) (a “
Follow-on
Election
”), and (i) in the case of the holders of at least a majority of
the Series D Preferred Stock making a Follow-on Election, the Series D
Redemption Date shall be the Series E Redemption Date, or (ii) in the case of
the holders of at least a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock making a
Follow-on Election, the Series E Redemption Date shall be the Series D
Redemption Date, such that both classes of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed
pursuant to Section 6 at the same time by the Corporation, and the Corporation
shall send a Redemption Notice to all of the holders of the class of Preferred
Stock making a Follow-on Election within three (3) days following the Follow-on
Election. Except as provided herein, on or after the Series D
Redemption Date or Series E Redemption Date each holder of Series D Preferred
Stock or Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender to this
Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares, in the
manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the
Series D Redemption Price or Series E Redemption Price of such shares shall be
payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or
certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be
cancelled. In the event less than all the shares represented by any
such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing
the unredeemed shares.
(d) From
and after the Series D Redemption Date or Series E Redemption Date, unless there
shall have been a default in payment of the applicable Series D Redemption Price
or Series E Redemption Price, as applicable,, all rights of the holders of
shares of Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock designated for
redemption in the Redemption Notice as holders of Series D Preferred Stock or
Series E Preferred Stock (except the right to receive the Series D Redemption
Price or Series E Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their
certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to the shares designated
for redemption on such date, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred
on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose
whatsoever The shares of Preferred Stock which are not redeemed shall
remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided
herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the
Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Preferred
Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares
which the Corporation has become obliged to redeem on any Series D Redemption
Date or Series E Redemption Date, but which it has not redeemed.
(e) On
or prior to the Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption Date, the Corporation
may deposit the Redemption Price and/or Series E Redemption Price of all shares
of Series D Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock designated for
redemption in the Redemption Notice and not yet redeemed with a bank or trust
corporation having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000, as a
trust fund for the benefit of the respective holders of the shares designated
for redemption and not yet redeemed, with irrevocable instructions and authority
to the bank or trust corporation to pay the Series D Redemption Price and/or
Series E Redemption Price for such shares to their respective holders on the
Series D Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption Date upon receipt of
notification from the Corporation that such holder has surrendered a share
certificate to the Corporation pursuant to Section 6(c)
above. As of the Series D Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption
Date, the deposit shall constitute full payment of the shares to their holders,
and from and after the Series D Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption Date
the shares so called for redemption shall be redeemed and shall be deemed to be
no longer outstanding, and the holders thereof shall cease to be stockholders
with respect to such shares and shall have no rights with respect thereto except
the right to receive from the bank or trust corporation payment of the Series D
Redemption Price and/or Series E Redemption Price of the shares, without
interest, upon surrender of their certificates therefor. Such
instructions shall also provide that any moneys deposited by the Corporation
pursuant to this Section 6(e) for the redemption of shares of Series D
Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock, thereafter converted into
shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof prior
to the Series D Redemption Date and/or Series E Redemption Date shall be
returned to the Corporation forthwith upon such conversion.
7.
Amendments and
Changes
.
(a) As
long as more than 4,000,000 shares of the Series D Preferred Stock and/or Series
E Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding (in each case as adjusted for stock
splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), the Corporation shall
not (by amendment, consolidation, merger or otherwise), without first obtaining
the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of
more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock and
Series E Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted
basis:
(i) take
any action that amends, alters or changes the rights, preferences, privileges or
powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of any of the holders of the
Series D Preferred Stock or Series E Preferred Stock;
(ii) increase
or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred
Stock) the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock or any
series thereof;
(iii) enter
into any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to
Section 3(g) above;
(iv) authorize
a merger, acquisition or sale of substantially all of the assets of the
Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (other than a merger exclusively to
effect a change of domicile of the Corporation);
(v) voluntarily
liquidate or dissolve;
(vi) increase
or decrease the size of the Board of Directors;
(vii) within
a 12-month period, acquire assets through a merger or purchase of all or
substantially all of the assets or capital stock of one or more entities for
aggregate consideration in excess of $3.0 million;
(viii) declare
or pay any Distribution with respect to the Preferred Stock (other than as set
forth in Section 6 hereof) or Common Stock of the Corporation;
(ix) increase
the number of shares authorized for issuance under any existing stock or option
plan or create any new stock or option plan;
(x) amend
this Section 7.
(b) As
long as any shares of the Series D Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding
(as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like),
the Corporation shall not (by amendment, consolidation, merger or otherwise),
without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by
law) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Series D
Preferred Stock:
(i) take
any action that amends, alters or changes the rights, preferences, privileges or
powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the holders of the Series
D Preferred Stock in a manner that that does not similarly affect the holders of
the Series E Preferred Stock;
(ii) increase
or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred
Stock) the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock.
(c) As
long as any shares of the Series E Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding
(as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like),
the Corporation shall not (by amendment, consolidation, merger or otherwise),
without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by
law) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Series E
Preferred Stock:
(i) take
any action that amends, alters or changes the rights, preferences, privileges or
powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of the holders of the Series
E Preferred Stock in a manner that that does not similarly affect the holders of
the Series D Preferred Stock;
(ii) increase
or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred
Stock) the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock.
8.
Reissuance of Preferred
Stock
. In the event that any shares of Preferred Stock shall
be converted pursuant to Section 4, redeemed pursuant to Section 6 or
otherwise repurchased by the Corporation, the shares so converted, redeemed or
repurchased shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this
Corporation.
9.
Notices
. Any
notice required by the provisions of this ARTICLE V to be given to the holders
of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail,
postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder’s address
appearing on the books of the Corporation.
ARTICLE
VI
The
Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
ARTICLE
VII
Elections
of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation
shall so provide.
ARTICLE
VIII
Unless
otherwise set forth herein, the number of directors which constitute the Board
of Directors of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the
Corporation.
ARTICLE
IX
In
furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board
of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or
repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE
X
1. To
the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same
exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not
be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages
for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General
Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or
limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director
of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
2. The
Corporation shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by the
Delaware General Corporation Law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be
amended from time to time, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to
be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “
Proceeding
”) by reason of the
fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee
benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines
and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person
in connection with any such Proceeding.
3. Neither
any amendment nor repeal of this ARTICLE X, nor the adoption of any provision of
this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this ARTICLE
X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE X, in respect of any
matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but
for this ARTICLE X, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or
adoption of an inconsistent provision.
ARTICLE
XI
Meetings
of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the
Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject
to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at
such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of
Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE
XII
In the
event that any member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors who is not an
employee of the Corporation, including any member of the Board of Directors who
is also a partner or employee of an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock
(or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) and that is in the business of
investing and reinvesting in other entities, or an employee of an entity that
manages such an entity (each, a “
Fund
”), acquires knowledge of
a potential transaction or other matter other than directly in connection with
such individual’s service as a member of the Board of Directors (including, if
applicable, in such individual’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund
or the manager or general partner of a Fund) that may be an opportunity of
interest for both the Corporation and such individual or Fund (a “
Corporate Opportunity
”), then,
provided, that such director has acted in good faith, the Corporation: (i)
renounces any interest or expectancy that such director or Fund offer an
opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity to the Corporation, and
(ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such
opportunity constituted a Corporate Opportunity that should have been presented
by such director or Fund to the Corporation or any of its
affiliates.
Exhibit
3.3
BYLAWS
OF
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
(a
Delaware corporation)
(as amended and
currently in effect)
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
I CORPORATE OFFICES
|
1
|
1.1
|
Registered
Office
|
1
|
1.2
|
Other
Offices
|
1
|
ARTICLE
II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
|
1
|
2.1
|
Place
of Meetings
|
1
|
2.2
|
Annual
Meeting
|
1
|
2.3
|
Special
Meeting
|
1
|
2.4
|
Notice
of Stockholders’ Meetings
|
2
|
2.5
|
Advance
Notice of Stockholder Nominees and Stockholder Business
|
2
|
2.6
|
Manner
of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice
|
2
|
2.7
|
Quorum
|
2
|
2.8
|
Adjourned
Meeting; Notice
|
3
|
2.9
|
Voting
|
3
|
2.10
|
Stockholder
Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting
|
3
|
2.11
|
Record
Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting
|
3
|
2.12
|
Proxies
|
4
|
2.13
|
Organization
|
4
|
2.14
|
List
of Stockholders Entitled to Vote
|
4
|
ARTICLE
III DIRECTORS
|
4
|
3.1
|
Powers
|
4
|
3.2
|
Number
of Directors
|
4
|
3.3
|
Election
and Term of Office of Directors
|
5
|
3.4
|
Resignation
and Vacancies
|
5
|
3.5
|
Removal
of Directors
|
6
|
3.6
|
Place
of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone
|
6
|
3.7
|
First
Meetings
|
6
|
3.8
|
Regular
Meetings
|
6
|
3.9
|
Special
Meetings; Notice
|
6
|
3.10
|
Quorum
|
6
|
3.11
|
Waiver
of Notice
|
7
|
3.12
|
Adjournment
|
7
|
3.13
|
Notice
of Adjournment
|
7
|
3.14
|
Board
Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting
|
7
|
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page
3.15
|
Fees
and Compensation of Directors
|
7
|
3.16
|
Approval
of Loans to Officers
|
7
|
3.17
|
Sole
Director Provided by Certificate of Incorporation
|
7
|
3.18
|
Nomination
of Directors; Stockholder Business at Annual Meetings
|
8
|
ARTICLE
IV COMMITTEES
|
9
|
4.1
|
Committees
of Directors
|
9
|
4.2
|
Meetings
and Action of Committees
|
9
|
4.3
|
Committee
Minutes
|
10
|
ARTICLE
V OFFICERS
10
|
|
5.1
|
Officers
|
10
|
5.2
|
Election
of Officers
|
10
|
5.3
|
Subordinate
Officers
|
10
|
5.4
|
Removal
and Resignation of Officers
|
10
|
5.5
|
Vacancies
in Offices
|
11
|
5.6
|
Chairman
of the Board
|
11
|
5.7
|
Vice
Chairman of the Board
|
11
|
5.8
|
President
|
11
|
5.9
|
Vice
Presidents
|
11
|
5.10
|
Secretary
|
11
|
5.11
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
12
|
5.12
|
Assistant
Secretary
|
12
|
5.13
|
Administrative
Officers
|
12
|
5.14
|
Authority
and Duties of Officers
|
12
|
ARTICLE
VI INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES
|
12
|
6.1
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers
|
12
|
6.2
|
Indemnification
of Others
|
13
|
6.3
|
Insurance
|
13
|
6.4
|
Savings
Clause
|
14
|
6.5
|
Continuation
of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses
|
14
|
ARTICLE
VII RECORDS AND REPORTS
|
14
|
7.1
|
Maintenance
and Inspection of Share Register
|
14
|
7.2
|
Inspection
by Directors
|
14
|
7.3
|
Annual
Report to Stockholders
|
14
|
7.4
|
Representation
of Shares of Other Corporations
|
14
|
TABLE
OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page
7.5
|
Certification
and Inspection of Bylaws
|
15
|
ARTICLE
VIII GENERAL MATTERS
|
15
|
8.1
|
Record
Date for Purposes Other Than Notice and Voting
|
15
|
8.2
|
Checks;
Drafts; Evidences of Indebtedness
|
15
|
8.3
|
Corporate
Contracts and Instruments: How Executed
|
15
|
8.4
|
Stock
Certificates; Transfer; Partly Paid Shares
|
15
|
8.5
|
Special
Designation on Certificates
|
16
|
8.6
|
Lost
Certificates
|
16
|
8.7
|
Transfer
Agents and Registrars
|
17
|
8.8
|
Construction;
Definitions
|
17
|
ARTICLE
IX AMENDMENTS
|
17
|
|
|
BYLAWS
OF
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND,
INC.
(a
Delaware corporation)
ARTICLE
I
CORPORATE OFFICES
1.1
Registered Office
.
The registered office of the corporation shall be fixed in the certificate of
incorporation of the corporation.
1.2
Other Offices
.
The board of directors may at any time establish branch or subordinate offices
at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do
business.
ARTICLE
II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
2.1
Place of Meetings
.
Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place within or outside the State
of Delaware designated by the board of directors. In the absence of
any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the principal
executive office of the corporation.
2.2
Annual Meeting
.
The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a
time designated by the board of directors. In the absence of such
designation, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the first
Thursday in July in each year at 10:00 a.m. However, if such day
falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and
place on the next succeeding full business day. At the meeting,
directors shall be elected, and any other proper business may be
transacted.
2.3
Special Meeting
. A
special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the board of
directors, the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, or by the
president, or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate
entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes of all shares of
stock owned by stockholders entitled to vote at that meeting.
If a special meeting is called by any
person or persons other than the board of directors, the chairman of the board,
the vice chairman of the board or the president, then the request shall be in
writing, specifying the time of such meeting and the general nature of the
business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by
registered mail or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the
chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, the president, any vice
president or the secretary of the corporation. The officer receiving
the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled
to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.4 and 2.6 of these
bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or
persons calling the meeting, so long as that time is not less than ten (10) nor
more than sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. If the
notice is not given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the request, then
the person or persons requesting the meeting may give the
notice. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall
be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of
stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be
held.
2.4
Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings
.
All notices of meetings of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in
accordance with Section 2.6 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more
than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. The notice shall
specify the place, date and hour of the meeting and (i) in the case of a
special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called (no
business other than that specified in the notice may be transacted) or
(ii) in the case of the annual meeting, those matters which the board of
directors, at the time of giving the notice, intends to present for action by
the stockholders (but any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such
action). The notice of any meeting at which directors are to be
elected shall include the name of any nominee or nominees who, at the time of
the notice, the board intends to present for election.
2.5
Advance Notice of Stockholder
Nominees and Stockholder Business
.
To be properly brought before an annual meeting or special meeting, nominations
for the election of directors or other business must be (i) specified in the
notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of
the board of directors, (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or
at the direction of the board of directors or (iii) otherwise properly brought
before the meeting by a stockholder. For such nominations or other
business to be considered properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder,
such stockholder must have given timely notice and in proper form of his or her
intent to bring such business before such meeting in accordance with
Section 3.18 of these bylaws.
2.6
Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice
.
Written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given either (i)
personally or (ii) by private courier service or (iii) by United States class
mail or (iv) by telegraphic or other written communication. Notices
not personally delivered shall be sent postage prepaid and shall be addressed to
the stockholder at the address of that stockholder appearing on the books of the
corporation or given by the stockholder to the corporation for the purpose
of notice. Notice shall be deemed to have been given at such time as
it is delivered personally or deposited in the mail or sent by telegram or other
means of written communication.
An affidavit of the mailing or other
means of giving any notice of any stockholders’ meeting, executed by the
secretary, assistant secretary or any transfer agent of the corporation giving
the notice, shall be prima facie evidence of the giving of such
notice.
2.7
Quorum
.
The holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or
represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business
at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by
statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such
quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then
either (i) the chairman of the meeting or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote
thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn
the meeting in accordance with Section 2.8 of these bylaws.
When a quorum is present at any
meeting, the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the stock having
voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question
brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express
provision of the laws of the State of Delaware or of the certificate of
incorporation or these bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such
express provision shall govern and control the decision of the
question.
The stockholders present at a duly
called or held meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue
to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough
stockholders to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken is approved by a
majority of the shares required to constitute a quorum.
2.8
Adjourned Meeting; Notice
.
When any meeting of stockholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to
another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be
given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place are announced at the
meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At any adjourned meeting
the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at
the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30)
days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned
meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of
record entitled to vote at the meeting.
2.9
Voting
.
The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be
determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these
bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General
Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgor
and joint owners, and to voting trusts and other voting
arrangements).
Except as otherwise provided in the
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be
entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such
stockholder.
2.10
Stockholder Action by Written
Consent Without a Meeting
.
Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of
stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a
vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken
shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the
minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action
at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and
voted. Such consents shall be delivered to the corporation by
delivery to it registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place
of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the
book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are
recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be
by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested.
2.11
Record Date for Stockholder Notice;
Voting
.
For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting
or to vote thereat or entitled to give consent to a corporate action without a
meeting, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which
shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is
adopted by the board of directors and which shall not be more than
sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any such
meeting, and in such event only stockholders of record on the date so fixed
are entitled to notice and to vote, notwithstanding any transfer of any
shares on the books of the corporation after the record date.
If the board of directors does not so
fix a record date, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of
business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given,
or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the business day next
preceding the day on which the meeting is held.
A determination of stockholders of
record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply
to any adjournment of the meeting unless the board of directors fixes a new
record date for the adjourned meeting, but the board of directors shall fix a
new record date if the meeting is adjourned for more than thirty (30) days from
the date set for the original meeting.
The record date for any other purpose
shall be as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.
2.12
Proxies
.
Every person entitled to vote for directors, or on any other matter, shall have
the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents authorized by a
written proxy signed by the person and filed with the secretary of the
corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3)
years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A
proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy
(whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission,
telefacsimile or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s
attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face
that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of
the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
2.13
Organization
.
The president, or in the absence of the president, the chairman of the board, or
in the absence of the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, or
in the absence of the vice chairman of the board, any vice president of the
corporation, shall call the meeting of the stockholders to order, and shall act
as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the president, the
chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, and all of the vice
presidents, the stockholders shall appoint a chairman for such
meeting. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall
determine the order of business and the procedures at the meeting,
including such matters as the regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct
of business. The secretary of the corporation shall act as secretary
of all meetings of the stockholders, but in the absence of the secretary at any
meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person
to act as secretary of the meeting.
2.14
List of Stockholders Entitled to
Vote
.
The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare
and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a
complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in
alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number
of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall
be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the
meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days
prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to
be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not
so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list
shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the
whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is
present.
ARTICLE
III
DIRECTORS
3.1
Powers
.
Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and to any
limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to
action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares,
the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate
powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of
directors.
3.2
Number of Directors
.
The number of directors of the corporation shall not be less than 1 nor more
than 3. The number of directors may be changed by an amendment to
this bylaw, duly adopted by the board of directors or by the stockholders, or by
a duly adopted amendment to the certificate of incorporation.
3.3
Election and Term of Office of Directors
.
Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be
elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next
annual meeting. Each director, including a director elected or appointed to fill
a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected
and until a successor has been elected and qualified.
3.4
Resignation and
Vacancies
.
Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the chairman of
the board, the vice chairman of the board, the president, the secretary or the
board of directors, unless the notice specifies a later time for that
resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director is
effective at a future time, the board of directors may elect a successor to take
office when the resignation becomes effective.
Vacancies in the board of directors may
be filled by a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum,
or by a sole remaining director; however, a vacancy created by the removal of a
director by the vote of the stockholders or by court order may be filled only by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares represented and voting at a
duly held meeting at which a quorum is present (which shares voting
affirmatively also constitute a majority of the required
quorum). Each director so elected shall hold office until the next
annual meeting of the stockholders and until a successor has been elected and
qualified.
Unless otherwise provided in the
certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:
(i)
Vacancies
and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized
number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote
as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office,
although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.
(ii)
Whenever
the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to
elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of
incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or
classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such
class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining
director so elected.
If at any time, by reason of death or
resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office,
then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or
guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility
for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of
stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of
incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a
decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the
General Corporation Law of Delaware.
If, at the time of filling any vacancy
or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less
than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such
increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder
or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of
the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors,
summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly
created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then
in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of
Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as
applicable.
3.5
Removal of
Directors
.
Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or
by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed,
with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled
to vote at an election of directors.
3.6
Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone
.
Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held at any place within
or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated from time to time by
resolution of the board. In the absence of such a designation,
regular meetings shall be held at the principal executive office of the
corporation. Special meetings of the board may be held at any place
within or outside the State of Delaware that has been designated in the notice
of the meeting or, if not stated in the notice or if there is no notice, at the
principal executive office of the corporation.
Any meeting of the board, regular or
special, may be held by conference telephone or similar communication equipment,
so long as all directors participating in the meeting can hear one another; and
all such directors shall be deemed to be present in person at the
meeting.
3.7
First Meetings
.
The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such
time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual
meeting. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the
time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or
in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the
stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be
specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of
the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by
all of the directors.
3.8
Regular Meetings
.
Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice if the
times of such meetings are fixed by the board of directors. If any
regular meeting day shall fall on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be
held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business
day.
3.9
Special Meetings;
Notice
.
Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be
called at any time by the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board,
the president, any vice president, the secretary or any two
directors.
Notice of the time and place of special
meetings shall be delivered personally or by telephone to each director or
sent by first-class mail, telecopy or telegram, charges prepaid, addressed
to each director at that director’s address as it is shown on the records of the
corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the
United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the
meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or by telephone,
telecopy or telegram, it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the
telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding
of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may
be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the
director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly
communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the
purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the
principal executive office of the corporation.
3.10
Quorum
.
Except to adjourn a meeting of the board as provided in Section 3.12 of these
bylaws, a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business, unless such number of directors is one (1) in which
event a quorum shall consist of one (1) director. Every act or
decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a duly held
meeting at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the board
of directors, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and
applicable law.
A meeting at which a quorum is
initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the
withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority
of the quorum for that meeting.
3.11
Waiver of Notice
.
Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director (i) who signs a
waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends
the meeting other than for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of
the meeting of the transaction of any business because the meeting is not
lawfully called or convened. All such waivers, consents and approvals
shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the
meeting. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or
special meeting of the board.
3.12
Adjournment
. A
majority of the directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum,
may adjourn any meeting of the board to another time and place.
3.13
Notice of
Adjournment
.
Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting of the board need
not be given unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24)
hours. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four (24)
hours, then notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting shall be given
before the adjourned meeting takes place, in the manner specified in
Section 3.9 of these bylaws, to the directors who were not present at the
time of the adjournment.
3.14
Board Action by Written Consent
Without a Meeting
.
Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be
taken without a meeting, provided that all members of the board individually or
collectively consent in writing to that action. Such action by
written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the
board of directors. Such written consent and any counterparts thereof shall be
filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board of
directors.
3.15
Fees and Compensation of Directors
.
Directors and members of committees may receive such compensation, if any, for
their services and such reimbursement of expenses as may be fixed or determined
by resolution of the board of directors. This Section 3.15 shall
not be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any
other capacity as an officer, agent, employee or otherwise and receiving
compensation for those services.
3.16
Approval of Loans to
Officers
.
The corporation may lend money or property to, or guarantee any obligation of,
or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or its
parent or any subsidiary, whether or not a director of the corporation or its
parent or any subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan,
guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the
corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or
without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of
directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares
of stock of the corporation. Nothing contained in this section shall
be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the
corporation at common law or under any statute.
3.17
Sole Director Provided by
Certificate of Incorporation
.
In the event only one director is required by these bylaws or the certificate of
incorporation, then any reference herein to notices, waivers, consents, meetings
or other actions by a majority or quorum of the directors shall be deemed to
refer to such notice, waiver, etc., by such sole director, who shall have all
the rights and duties and shall be entitled to exercise all of the powers and
shall assume all the responsibilities otherwise herein described as given to the
board of directors.
3.18
Nomination of Directors; Stockholder
Business at Annual Meetings
.
Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of stock having a
preference over the common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation,
nominations for the election of directors may be made by the board of directors
or any nominating committee appointed by the board of directors or by any
stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors
generally. However, a stockholder generally entitled to vote in the
election of directors may nominate one or more persons for election as directors
at a meeting only if written notice of such stockholder’s intent to make such
nomination or nominations has been given, either by personal delivery or by
United States mail, postage prepaid, to the secretary of the corporation not
later than (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting
of stockholders, sixty (60) days in advance of such meeting and (ii) with
respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders for the
election of directors, the close of business on the seventh day following the
date on which notice of such meeting is first given to
stockholders. Each such notice shall set forth the following
information: (a) the name and address of the stockholder who
intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated;
(b) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of
the corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person
or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the
notice; (c) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the
stockholder, each nominee or any other person or persons (naming such person or
persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the
stockholder; (d) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such
stockholder as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed
pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, had the
nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the board of directors
of the corporation; and (e) the consent of each nominee to serve as a director
of the corporation if so elected. At the request of the board
of directors any person nominated by the board of directors for election as a
director shall furnish to the secretary of the corporation that information
required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination which pertains
to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a
director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures
set forth herein. A majority of the board of directors may reject any
nomination by a stockholder not timely made or otherwise not in accordance with
the terms of this Section 3.18. If a majority of the board of
directors reasonably determines that the information provided in a stockholder’s
notice does not satisfy the informational requirements of this Section 3.18 in
any material respect, the secretary of the corporation shall promptly notify
such stockholder of the deficiency in writing. The stockholder shall
have an opportunity to cure the deficiency by providing additional information
to the secretary within such period of time, not to exceed ten (10) days from
the date such deficiency notice is given to the stockholder, as a majority of
the board of directors shall reasonably determine. If the deficiency
is not cured within such period, or if a majority of the board of directors
reasonably determines that the additional information provided by the
stockholder, together with the information previously provided, does not satisfy
the requirements of this Section 3.18 in any material respect, then a majority
of the board of directors may reject such stockholder’s
nomination. The secretary of the corporation shall notify a
stockholder in writing whether the stockholder’s nomination has been made in
accordance with the time and information requirements of this Section
3.18.
At an annual meeting of the
stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought
before the meeting (i) by or at the direction of the chairman of the meeting or
(ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who complies with the notice
procedures set forth in this Section 3.18. For business to be
properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must
have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the
corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered
to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation
not less than sixty (60) days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that in
the event that less than seventy (70) days notice or prior public disclosure of
the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the
stockholder to be timely must be received not later than the close of business
on the tenth day following the earlier of the day on which such notice of the
date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was
made. A stockholder’s notice to the secretary shall set forth as to
each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting the
following information: (a) a brief description of the business desired to
be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such
business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and address, as they appear on the
corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (c) the
class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by
the stockholder and (d) any material direct or indirect interest, financial or
otherwise of the stockholder or its affiliates or associates in such
business. The board of directors may reject any stockholder proposal
not timely made in accordance with this Section 3.18. If the board of
directors determines that the information provided in a stockholder’s notice
does not satisfy the informational requirements hereof, the secretary of the
corporation shall promptly notify such stockholder of the deficiency in the
notice. The stockholder shall then have an opportunity to cure the
deficiency by providing additional information to the secretary within such
period of time, not to exceed ten (10) days from the date such deficiency notice
is given to the stockholder, as the board of directors shall
determine. If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if
the board of directors determines that the additional information provided by
the stockholder, together with the information previously provided, does not
satisfy the requirements of this Section 3.18, then the board of directors may
reject such stockholder’s proposal. The secretary of the corporation
shall notify a stockholder in writing whether the stockholder’s proposal has
been made in accordance with the time and information requirements
hereof.
This provision shall not prevent the
consideration and approval or disapproval at an annual meeting of reports of
officers, directors and committees of the board of directors, but in connection
therewith no new business shall be acted upon at any such meeting unless stated,
filed and received as herein provided. Notwithstanding anything in
these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual
meeting except in accordance with procedures set forth in this
Section 3.18.
ARTICLE
IV
COMMITTEES
4.1
Committees of
Directors
.
The board of directors may designate one (1) or more committees, each consisting
of one or more directors, to serve at the pleasure of the board. The
board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any
committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of
the committee. The appointment of members or alternate members of a
committee requires the vote of a majority of the authorized number of
directors. Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of
the board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the
board, but no such committee shall have the power and authority to
(i) approve or adopt or recommend to the stockholders any action or matter
that requires the approval of the stockholders or (ii) adopt, amend or
repeal any bylaw of the corporation.
4.2
Meetings and Action of Committees
.
Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in
accordance with, the following provisions of Article III of these bylaws:
Section 3.6 (place of meetings; meetings by telephone),
Section 3.8 (regular meetings), Section 3.9 (special meetings;
notice), Section 3.10 (quorum), Section 3.11 (waiver of notice),
Section 3.12 (adjournment), Section 3.13 (notice of adjournment)
and Section 3.14 (board action by written consent without meeting), with
such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the
committee and its members for the board of directors and its members;
provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may be
determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of
the committee, that special meetings of committees may also be called by
resolution of the board of directors, and that notice of special meetings of
committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the
right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of
directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent
with the provisions of these bylaws.
4.3
Committee Minutes
.
Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to
the board of directors when required.
ARTICLE
V
OFFICERS
5.1
Officers
.
The corporate officers of the corporation shall be a president, a secretary
and a chief financial officer. The corporation may also have, at the
discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, a vice chairman
of the board, one or more vice presidents (however denominated), one or more
assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers
as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of
these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same
person.
In addition to the Corporate Officers
of the Company described above, there may also be such Administrative Officers
of the corporation as may be designated and appointed from time to time by the
president of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.13
of these bylaws.
5.2
Election of Officers
.
The Corporate Officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be
appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 or
Section 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board of directors,
subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment,
and shall hold their respective offices for such terms as the board of directors
may from time to time determine.
5.3
Subordinate Officers
.
The board of directors may appoint, or may empower the president to appoint,
such other Corporate Officers as the business of the corporation may require,
each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such power and authority,
and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of
directors may from time to time determine.
The president may from time to time
designate and appoint Administrative Officers of the corporation in accordance
with the provisions of Section 5.13 of these bylaws.
5.4
Removal and Resignation of
Officers
.
Subject to the rights, if any, of a Corporate Officer under any contract of
employment, any Corporate Officer may be removed, either with or without cause,
by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or,
except in case of a Corporate Officer chosen by the board of directors, by any
Corporate Officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the
board of directors.
Any Corporate Officer may resign at any
time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation
shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time
specified in that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice,
the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it
effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights,
if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the Corporate Officer is
a party.
5.5
Vacancies in Offices
. A
vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification
or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in these bylaws
for regular appointments to that office.
5.6
Chairman of the Board
.
The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present,
preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise such other powers and
perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the
board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there
is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief vice
president of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in
Section 5.8 of these bylaws.
5.7
Vice
Chairman of the Board
.
The vice chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if
present, preside at meetings of the board of directors if the chairman of the
board is not present to so preside, and shall exercise such other powers and
perform such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the
board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws.
5.8
President
.
Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of
directors to the chairman of the board and the vice chairman of the board, if
there be such officers, the president shall be the chief vice president of the
corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have
general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of
the corporation. The president shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders
and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board or vice
chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of directors. The
president shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested
in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other
powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of
directors or these bylaws.
5.9
Vice Presidents
.
In the absence or disability of the president, and if there is no chairman of
the board, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by
the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the
board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so
acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions
upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers
and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them
respectively by the board of directors, these bylaws, the president, the
chairman of the board or the vice chairman of the board.
5.10
Secretary
.
The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office
of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a
book of minutes of all meetings and actions of the board of directors,
committees of directors and stockholders. The minutes shall show the
time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how
authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’
meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at
stockholders’ meetings and the proceedings thereof.
The secretary shall keep, or cause to
be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office
of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of
the board of directors, a share register or a duplicate share register, showing
the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of
shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares
and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for
cancellation.
The secretary shall give, or cause to
be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of
directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. The secretary shall
keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall
have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the
board of directors or by these bylaws.
5.11
Chief Financial Officer
.
The chief financial officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and
maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties
and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets,
liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings
and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be
open to inspection by any director for a purpose reasonably related to his
position as a director.
The chief financial officer shall
deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the
corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of
directors. He or she shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be
ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors,
whenever they request it, an account of all of his or her transactions as chief
financial officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall
have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the
board of directors or these bylaws.
5.12
Assistant
Secretary
.
The assistant secretary, if any, or, if there is more than one, the assistant
secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or if there be no
such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence
of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act,
perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform
such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from
time to time prescribe.
5.13
Administrative
Officers
.
In addition to the Corporate Officers of the corporation as provided in Section
5.1 of these bylaws and such subordinate Corporate Officers as may be appointed
in accordance with Section 5.3 of these bylaws, there may also be such
Administrative Officers of the corporation as may be designated and appointed
from time to time by the president of the corporation. Administrative
Officers shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may
be determined by the president or the board of directors in order to assist the
Corporate Officers in the furtherance of their duties. In the
performance of such duties and the exercise of such powers, however, such
Administrative Officers shall have limited authority to act on behalf of the
corporation as the board of directors shall establish, including but not limited
to limitations on the dollar amount and on the scope of agreements or
commitments that may be made by such Administrative Officers on behalf of the
corporation, which limitations may not be exceeded by such individuals or
altered by the president without further approval by the board of
directors.
5.14
Authority and Duties of
Officers
.
In addition to the foregoing powers, authority and duties, all officers of the
corporation shall respectively have such authority and powers and perform such
duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated
from time to time by the board of directors.
ARTICLE
VI
INDEMNIFICATION
OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES
AND
OTHER AGENTS
6.1
Indemnification of Directors and
Officers
.
The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the
General Corporation Law of Delaware as the same now exists or may hereafter be
amended, indemnify any person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees),
judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit,
or proceeding in which such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made
a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer
of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a
“director” or “officer” of the corporation shall mean any person (i) who is
or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving
at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or
(iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a
predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the
request of such predecessor corporation.
The corporation shall be required to
indemnify a director or officer in connection with an action, suit, or
proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such director or officer only if the
initiation of such action, suit, or proceeding (or part thereof) by the director
or officer was authorized by the board of directors of the
corporation.
The corporation shall pay the expenses
(including attorney’s fees) incurred by a director or officer of the corporation
entitled to indemnification hereunder in defending any action, suit or
proceeding referred to in this Section 6.1 in advance of its final
disposition; provided, however, that payment of expenses incurred by a director
or officer of the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such
action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by
the director or officer to repay all amounts advanced if it should ultimately be
determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under
this Section 6.1 or otherwise.
The rights conferred on any person by
this Article shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may
have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the corporation’s
certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of the stockholders
or disinterested directors or otherwise.
Any repeal or modification of the
foregoing provisions of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or
protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring
prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
6.2
Indemnification of
Others
.
The corporation shall have the power, to the maximum extent and in the manner
permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware as the same now exists or
may hereafter be amended, to indemnify any person (other than directors and
officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines,
and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection
with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, or proceeding, in which
such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of
the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the
corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “employee” or
“agent” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) shall mean any
person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation,
(ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee
or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which
was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the
request of such predecessor corporation.
6.3
Insurance
.
The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who
is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or
was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee
or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him
or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such,
whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her
against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware.
6.4
Savings Clause
.
If this Article VI or any portion thereof shall be invalidated on any ground by
any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless
indemnify each director, officer, employee or agent against expenses (including
attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect
to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or
administrative, and whether internal or external, including a grand jury
proceeding and an action or suit brought by or in the right of the corporation,
to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that
shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law.
6.5
Continuation of Indemnification and
Advancement of Expenses
.
The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant
to, this Article VI shall, unless otherwise prided when authorized or
ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer,
employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such a person.
ARTICLE
VII
RECORDS
AND REPORTS
7.1
Maintenance and Inspection of Share
Register
.
The corporation shall keep, either at its principal executive office or the
office of its transfer agent or registrar (if either be appointed), as
determined by resolution of the board of directors, a record of its stockholders
listing the names and addresses of each stockholder and the number and class of
shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date,
accounting books and other records of its business and properties.
Any stockholder of record, in person or
by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the
purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect
for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its
stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts
therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related
to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where
an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the
demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other
writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the
stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its
registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of
business.
7.2
Inspection by
Directors
.
Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a
list of its stockholders and its other books and records for a purpose
reasonably related to his or her position as a director.
7.3
Annual Report to
Stockholders
.
The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting a full and clear
statement of the business and condition of the corporation.
7.4
Representation of Shares of Other
Corporations
.
The chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, the president, any
vice president, the chief financial officer, the secretary or assistant
secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of
directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent
and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all
shares of stock of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of
this corporation. The authority herein granted may be exercised either by such
person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of
attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.
7.5
Certification and Inspection of
Bylaws
.
The original or a copy of these bylaws, as amended or otherwise altered to date,
certified by the secretary, shall be kept at the corporation’s principal
executive office and shall be open to inspection by the stockholders of the
corporation, at all reasonable times during office hours.
ARTICLE
VIII
GENERAL MATTERS
8.1
Record Date for Purposes Other Than
Notice and Voting
.
For purposes of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any
dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders
entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action, the board
of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than
sixty (60) days before any such action. In that case, only
stockholders of record at the close of business on the date so fixed are
entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to
exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any
shares on the books of the corporation after the record date so fixed, except as
otherwise provided by law.
If the board of directors does not so
fix a record date, then the record date for determining stockholders for any
such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of
directors adopts the applicable resolution.
8.2
Checks; Drafts; Evidences of Indebtedness
.
From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which
person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for
payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in
the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized
shall sign or endorse those instruments.
8.3
Corporate Contracts and
Instruments: How Executed
.
The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may
authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any
contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the
corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific
instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors
or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall
have any authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to
pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any
amount.
8.4
Stock Certificates; Transfer; Partly
Paid Shares
.
The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided
that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or
resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall
be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to
shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered
to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution
by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates
and, upon request, every holder of uncertificated shares, shall be entitled
to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the
chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or
vice-president, and by the chief financial officer, or by the treasurer or an
assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such
corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate
form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a
facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has
signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has
ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate
is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he or
she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of
issue.
Certificates for shares shall be of
such form and device as the board of directors may designate and shall state the
name of the record holder of the shares represented thereby; its number; date of
issuance; the number of shares for which it is issued; a summary statement or
reference to the powers, designations, preferences or other special rights of
such stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such
preferences and/or rights, if any; a statement or summary of liens, if any; a
conspicuous notice of restrictions upon transfer or registration of transfer, if
any; a statement as to any applicable voting trust agreement; and if the shares
be assessable, or, if assessments are collectible by personal action, a plain
statement of such facts.
Upon surrender to the secretary or
transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to
the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the
transaction upon its books.
The corporation may issue the whole or
any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of
the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each
stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the
books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid
shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount
paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on
fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid
shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the
consideration actually paid thereon.
8.5
Special Designation on
Certificates
.
If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more
than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences
and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class
of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions
of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on
the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to
represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as
otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of
Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the
face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent
such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish
without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations,
the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special
rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
8.6
Lost Certificates
.
Except as provided in this Section 8.6, no new certificates for shares
shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is
surrendered to the corporation and canceled at the same time. The
board of directors may, in case any share certificate or certificate for any
other security is lost, stolen or destroyed, authorize the issuance of
replacement certificates on such terms and conditions as the board may require;
the board may require indemnification of the corporation secured by a bond or
other adequate security sufficient to protect the corporation against any claim
that may be made against it, including any expense or liability, on account of
the alleged loss, theft or destruction of the certificate or the issuance of the
replacement certificate.
8.7
Transfer Agents and
Registrars
.
The board of directors may appoint one or more transfer agents or transfer
clerks, and one or more registrars, each of which shall be an incorporated bank
or trust company, either domestic or foreign, who shall be appointed at such
times and places as the requirements of the corporation may necessitate and the
board of directors may designate.
8.8
Construction; Definitions
.
Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of
construction and definitions in the General Corporation Law of Delaware shall
govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the
generality of this provision, as used in these bylaws, the singular number
includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term
“person” includes both a corporate entity and a natural person.
ARTICLE
IX
AMENDMENTS
The
original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed
by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation
may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or
repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been
so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power,
nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.
Whenever
an amendment or new bylaw is adopted, it shall be copied in the book of bylaws
with the original bylaws, in the appropriate place. If any bylaw is
repealed, the fact of repeal with the date of the meeting at which the repeal
was enacted or the filing of the operative written consent(s) shall be stated in
said book.
[Remainder
of page intentionally left blank]
CERTIFICATE
OF SECRETARY
The
undersigned, being the duly elected Secretary of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”), does hereby certify that an amendment to
Article III, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws of the Company was approved by Unanimous
Written Consent of the Board of Directors on May 9, 2007, effective upon the
Initial Closing as defined in the Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase
Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2007, between the Company and the Investors named
therein, and in accordance with Article V of the Company’s Sixth Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Article IX of the Bylaws, and Section 109
of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Article III, Section 3.2 of
the Bylaws of the Company has been amended to read in its entirety as
follows:
“The number of directors of the
corporation shall not be less than 1 nor more than 7.”
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this 10th day
of May, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Perry Wallack
|
|
|
|
Perry
Wallack, Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
CERTIFICATE
OF AMENDMENT
TO
THE BYLAWS OF
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
The
undersigned, Perry Wallack, hereby certifies that he is the duly appointed,
qualified, and acting Secretary of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the “
Company
”), and that
on January 28, 2009, pursuant to Article IX of the Company’s Certificate of
Incorporation, the Board of Directors of the Company amended such Bylaws as set
forth below:
Sections 3.9, 3.11 and 3.14
of Article III shall be amended and restated in their entirety to read as
follows
:
“3.9
Special Meetings;
Notice
.
Special meetings
of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time
by the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, the president, any
vice president, the secretary or any two directors.
Notice of
the time and place of special meetings shall be delivered personally or by
telephone to each director or sent by first-class mail, telegram, charges
prepaid, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission
addressed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number,
facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as it is shown
on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall
be deposited in the United States mail at least four (4) days before the time of
the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered personally or
by telephone, telegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic
transmission it shall be delivered personally or by telephone or to the
telegraph company at least forty-eight (48) hours before the time of the holding
of the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may
be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the
director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly
communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the
purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the
principal executive office of the corporation.”
“3.11
Waiver of
Notice
.
Notice of a
meeting need not be given to any director (i) who signs a waiver of notice
or submits a waiver by electronic transmission, whether before or after the
meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting other than for the express purpose
of objecting at the beginning of the meeting of the transaction of any business
because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. All such
waivers, consents, electronic transmissions and approvals shall be filed with
the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting. A
waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting
of the board.”
“3.14
Board Action by
Written Consent Without a Meeting
. Any action required or
permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting,
provided that all members of the board individually or collectively consent in
writing or by electronic transmission to that action. Such action by
written consent or electronic transmission shall have the same force and effect
as a unanimous vote of the board of directors. Such written consent
or electronic transmission and any counterparts thereof shall be filed with the
minutes of the proceedings of the board of directors”
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has
hereunto set his hand this 21st day of August, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Perry Wallack
|
|
|
|
Perry
Wallack
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
4.2
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS
AGREEMENT
This
Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “
Agreement
”) is made as of
January 30, 2009 by and among Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the “
Company
”), the
persons and entities (each, an “
Investor
” and collectively,
the “
Investors
”) listed
on
Exhibit A
hereto, the persons and entities listed on
Exhibit B
attached hereto (each an “
Existing Investor
,” and
collectively the “
Existing
Investors
”), and Adam Miller (the “
Founder
”). Unless
otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the
meanings ascribed to them in
Section 1
.
RECITALS
WHEREAS
, the Company, the
Existing Investors, and the Founder entered into an Amended and Restated
Investors’ Rights Agreement on May 10, 2007, as amended on September 12, 2007
(the “
Prior Agreement
”),
providing for, among other things, certain registration rights, and such parties
now, desire to amend and restate such Prior Agreement in its
entirety.
WHEREAS
, pursuant to Section
5.1 of the Prior Agreement, such agreement may be amended, and any provision
therein waived, with the consent of the Company and the holders of at least a
majority in interest of the outstanding Registrable Securities (as such term is
defined in the Prior Agreement).
WHEREAS
, the Existing
Investors and the Founder are holders of at least a majority in interest of the
Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior Agreement), and
desire to terminate the Prior Agreement and to accept the rights created
pursuant hereto in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior
Agreement.
WHEREAS
, the Company and the
Investors are parties to the Series E Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase
Agreement of even date herewith (the “
Purchase Agreement
”), and as a
condition to the closing of the sale of the Series E Preferred Stock and
Warrants to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock and accompanying
Warrants to the Investors, the Company, the Investors, the Existing Investors
and the Founder shall execute and deliver this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE
, in
consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein, and other
consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties agree to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and
hereby agree as follows:
Section 1
General
1.1
Amendment and Restatement of Prior
Agreement
.
The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated
herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the
execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of at least a
majority in interest of the Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in
the Prior Agreement). Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights
granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released
and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect,
including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period
associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by
the Purchase Agreement.
1.2
Certain
Definitions
.
As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth
below:
(a)
“
Auditors
” shall have
the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1(a)(i)
hereof.
(b)
“
Commission
” shall mean
the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time
administering the Securities Act.
(c) “
Common Stock
” means the Common
Stock of the Company.
(d)
“
Conversion Stock
” shall
mean shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock,
Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock.
(e)
“
Exchange Act
” shall
mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor
federal statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall
be in effect from time to time.
(f)
“
Existing Investors
”
shall mean the persons and entities listed on
Exhibit B
hereto.
(g)
“
Founder Shares
” shall
mean shares of Common Stock held by the Founder.
(h)
“
Founder
” shall mean
Adam Miller.
(i)
“
Holder
” shall mean any
Investor, Existing Investor or Founder who holds Registrable Securities and any
holder of Registrable Securities to whom the registration rights conferred by
this Agreement have been duly and validly transferred in accordance with
Section 2.12
of this
Agreement;
provided
that
Comerica Ventures Incorporated shall be deemed a Holder only with respect to
Sections 2.2, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6,
2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13
and
2.14
of this
Agreement.
(j)
“
Indemnified Party
”
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.6(c)
hereto.
(k)
“
Indemnifying Party
”
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.6(c)
hereto.
(l)
“
Initial Closing
” shall
mean the date of the initial sale of shares of the Company’s Series E
Preferred Stock and accompanying Warrants pursuant to the Purchase
Agreement.
(m)
“
Initial Public
Offering
” shall mean the closing of the Company’s first firm commitment
underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock registered under the
Securities Act.
(n)
“
Initiating Holders
”
shall mean any Holder or Holders who in the aggregate hold not less than fifty
percent (50%) of the outstanding Registrable Securities.
(o)
“
Investors
” shall mean
the persons and entities listed on
Exhibit A
hereto.
(p)
“
New Securities
” shall
have the meaning set forth in
Section 4.1(a)
hereto.
(q)
“
Prior Agreement
” shall
have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.
(r) “
Purchase Agreement
” shall have
the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereto.
(s)
“
Registrable Securities
”
shall mean (i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the
conversion of the Shares or the conversion of the Shares issuable upon exercise
of the Warrants, (ii) the Founder Shares, and (iii) any Common Stock issued
as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other
security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to or
in exchange for or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) or (ii)
above;
provided
,
however
, that (x) for
purposes of
Section 2.1
(Requested Registration),
Section 2.3
(Registration on
Form S-3),
Section 4
(Right of First Refusal) and
Section 5.1
(Amendment), the
Founder Shares shall not be deemed “Registrable Securities” and the Founder
shall not be deemed a “Holder,” (y) Registrable Securities shall not include any
shares of Common Stock described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above which
have previously been registered or which have been sold to the public either
pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, or which have been sold
in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement
are not validly assigned in accordance with this Agreement, and (z) for the
purposes of only
Sections 2.2,
2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13
and
2.14
any shares of Common
Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon
exercise of the Warrant held by Comerica Ventures Incorporated shall be deemed
“Registrable Securities” and Comerica Ventures Incorporated shall be deemed a
“Holder.”
(t) The
terms “
register
,” “
registered
” and “
registration
” shall refer to a
registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in
compliance with the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations
thereunder, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such
registration statement.
(u)
“
Registration Expenses
”
shall mean all expenses incurred in effecting any registration pursuant to this
Agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification, and
filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel
for the Company and one special counsel for the Holders, selected by the Holders
of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered, blue sky fees and
expenses, and expenses of any regular or special audits incident to or required
by any such registration, but shall not include Selling Expenses, fees and
disbursements of other counsel for the Holders and the compensation
of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the
Company.
(v)
“
Restricted Securities
”
shall mean any Registrable Securities required to bear the first legend set
forth in
Section 2.8(c)
hereof.
(w)
“
Rule 144
” shall
mean Rule 144 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as
such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that
may be promulgated by the Commission.
(x)
“
Rule 145
” shall
mean Rule 145 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as
such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that
may be promulgated by the Commission.
(y)
“
Rule 415
” shall
mean Rule 415 as promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as
such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar successor rule that
may be promulgated by the Commission.
(z)
“
Securities Act
” shall
mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar successor federal
statute and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in
effect from time to time.
(aa)
“
Selling Expenses
” shall
mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes
applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of
counsel for any Holder other than the fees and disbursements of one special
counsel to the Holders included in Registration Expenses.
(bb)
“
Series A Preferred
Stock
” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred
Stock.
(cc)
“
Series B Preferred
Stock
” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred
Stock.
(dd)
“
Series C Preferred
Stock
” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred
Stock.
(ee)
“
Series D Preferred
Stock
” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred
Stock.
(ff)
“
Series E Preferred
Stock
” shall mean the shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred
Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.
(gg)
“
Shares
” shall mean the
Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock,
Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E
Preferred Stock.
(hh)
“
Significant Holders
”
shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.1(a)
hereof.
(ii)
“
Warrants
” shall mean
(i) the warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock
issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and (ii) any outstanding warrants to
purchase shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock.
(jj)
“
Withdrawn Registration
”
shall mean a forfeited demand registration under
Section 2.1
in accordance
with the terms and conditions of
Section 2.4
.
Section 2
Registration
Rights
2.1
Requested
Registration
.
(a)
Request for
Registration
. Subject to the conditions set forth in this
Section 2.1
, if the
Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request signed by such
Initiating Holders that the Company effect any registration with respect to all
or a part of the Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of
shares of Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of
disposition of such shares by such Initiating Holders), the Company
will:
(i)
promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders;
and
(ii)
Subject to the provisions of Section 2.1(c) hereof, as soon as practicable, file
and use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration
(including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate
qualifications under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws, and
appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) and to permit or facilitate the
sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as
are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the
Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are
specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days
after such written notice from the Company is mailed or delivered.
(b)
Limitations on Requested
Registration
. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or
to take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this
Section 2.1
:
(i) Prior
to the earlier of (A) the five (5) year anniversary of the date of this
Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date
of the first registration statement filed by the Company covering an
underwritten offering of any of its securities to the general
public;
(ii) If
the Initiating Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the
Company entitled to inclusion in such registration statement, propose to sell
Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) the aggregate proceeds
of which (after deduction for underwriter’s discounts and expenses related to
the issuance) are less than $5,000,000;
(iii) In
any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a
general consent to service of process in effecting such registration,
qualification, or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service
in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities
Act;
(iv)
After the Company has initiated one (1) such registration pursuant to this
Section 2.1
(counting for
these purposes only (x) a registration which has been declared or ordered
effective and pursuant to which securities have been sold, and (y) a
Withdrawn Registration);
(v)
During the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Company’s
good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date one hundred
eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration
(or ending on the subsequent date on which all market stand-off agreements
applicable to the offering have terminated);
provided
that the
Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to
cause such registration statement to become effective; or
(vi) If
the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of Registrable Securities which may be
immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made under
Section 2.3
hereof.
(c)
Deferral
. If
(i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company,
the filing of a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities would
be materially detrimental to the Company and the Board of Directors of the
Company concludes, as a result, that it is in the best interests of the Company
to defer the filing of such registration statement at such time, and
(ii) the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the
President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of
Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company for
such registration statement to be filed in the near future and that it is,
therefore, in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such
registration statement, then (in addition to the limitations set forth in
Section 2.1(b)(v)
above)
the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more
than one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of the request of the
Initiating Holders, and,
provided
further
, that the
Company shall not defer its obligation in this manner more than once in any
twelve-month period;
provided
,
further
, that the
Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other
shareholder during such one hundred eighty (180) day period (other than a
registration relating solely to a corporate reorganization or transaction under
Rule 145 of the Securities Act, a registration on any form that does not include
substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a
registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities, or a
registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being
registered).
(d)
Underwriting
. If
the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered
by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company
as a part of their request made pursuant to this
Section 2.1
and the
Company shall include such information in the written notice given pursuant to
Section 2.1(a)(i)
. In
such event, the right of any Holder to include all or any portion of its
Registrable Securities in such registration pursuant to this
Section 2.1
shall be
conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such an underwriting and the
inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities to the extent provided
herein. If the Company shall request inclusion in any registration
pursuant to
Section 2.1
of securities
being sold for its own account, or if other persons shall request inclusion in
any registration pursuant to
Section 2.1
, the
Initiating Holders shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to include such
securities in the underwriting and such offer shall be conditioned upon the
participation of the Company or such other persons in such underwriting and the
inclusion of the Company’s and such person’s other securities of the Company and
their acceptance of the further applicable provisions of this
Section 2
(including
Section 2.10
). The
Company shall (together with all Holders and other persons proposing to
distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an
underwriting agreement in customary form, with the representative of the
underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in
interest of the Initiating Holders, which underwriters are reasonably acceptable
to the Company.
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this
Section 2.1
, if the
underwriters advise the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors
require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of
Registrable Securities that may be so included shall be allocated as follows:
(i) first, among all Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities
in such registration statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable
Securities held by such Holders, assuming conversion and (ii) second, to
the Company, which the Company may allocate, at its discretion, for its own
account, or for the account of other holders or employees of the
Company.
If a
person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does
not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall be excluded
therefrom by written notice from the Company, the underwriter or the Initiating
Holders. The securities so excluded shall also be withdrawn from
registration. Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded
or withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such
registration. If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if
the number of shares to be included in such registration was previously reduced
as a result of marketing factors pursuant to this
Section 2.1(d)
, then the
Company shall then offer to all Holders who have retained rights to include
securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable
Securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of
shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among such Holders
requesting additional inclusion, as set forth above.
For any
Holder that is a venture capital fund, partnership, or corporation or limited
liability company, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members,
stockholders and affiliated funds and shareholders of such Holder, or the
estates and family members of any such partners, and retired partners, members
and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing
persons shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with
respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares
carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in
such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.
2.2
Company
Registration
.
(a)
Company
Registration
. If the Company shall determine to register any
of its securities either for its own account or the account of a security holder
or holders, other than (i) a registration pursuant to
Sections 2.1
or
2.3
, (ii) a registration
relating solely to employee benefit plans; (iii) a registration relating to
the offer and sale of debt securities; (iv) a registration relating to a
corporate reorganization or other transaction on Form S-4; (v) a
registration on Form S-3 of securities to be offered on a delayed or
continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act; (vi) a
registration relating to an Initial Public Offering; or (vii) any
registration form that does not permit secondary sales, the Company
will:
(i)
promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all Holders;
and
(ii) use
its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration (and any
related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), except as set
forth in
Section 2.2(b)
below, and
in any underwriting involved therein, all of such Registrable Securities as are
specified in a written request or requests made by any Holder or Holders
received by the Company within ten (10) days after such written notice from the
Company is mailed or delivered. Such written request may specify all
or a part of a Holder’s Registrable Securities.
(b)
Underwriting
. If
the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public
offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a
part of the written notice given pursuant to
Section 2.2(a)(i)
. In
such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this
Section 2.2
shall be
conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the
inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the
extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their
securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the
other holders of securities of the Company with registration rights to
participate therein distributing their securities through such underwriting)
enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative
of the underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company.
Notwithstanding
any other provision of this
Section 2.2
, if the
underwriters advise the Company in writing that marketing factors require a
limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may
(subject to the limitations set forth below) limit the number of Registrable
Securities to be included in, the registration and underwriting. The
Company shall so advise all holders of securities requesting registration, and
the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the
registration and underwriting shall be allocated, as follows: (i) first, to
the Company for securities being sold for its own account and (ii) second,
to the Holders requesting to include Registrable Securities in such registration
statement based on the pro rata percentage of Registrable Securities held by
such Holders, assuming conversion; provided, however, that in no event shall the
amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced
below 35% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, except in
the event of an Initial Public Offering, in which case all such securities may
be excluded; provided, further, that in the event the amount of securities of
the selling Holders included in the offering are reduced, the amount of
securities held by the Founder included in the offering shall be reduced on a
pro-rata basis, except in the event of an Initial Public Offering, in which case
before the number of securities to be included by the selling Holders is
reduced, all of the securities held by the Founder shall be excluded from such
offering.
If a
person who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above does
not agree to the terms of any such underwriting, such person shall also be
excluded therefrom by written notice from the Company or the
underwriter. The Registrable Securities or other securities so
excluded shall also be withdrawn from such registration. Any
Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such
underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration. If shares are
so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares of Registrable
Securities to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a
result of marketing factors pursuant to
Section 2.2(b)
, the
Company shall then offer to all persons who have retained the right to include
securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the
registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn,
with such shares to be allocated among the persons requesting additional
inclusion, in the manner set forth above.
(c)
Right to Terminate
Registration
. The Company shall have the right to terminate or
withdraw any registration initiated by it under this
Section 2.2
prior to the
effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to
include securities in such registration, and shall notify any Holder that has
elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or
withdrawal.
2.3
Registration on
Form S-3
.
(a)
Request for Form S-3
Registration
. After its initial public offering, the Company
shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to qualify for registration on
Form S-3 or any comparable or successor form or forms. After the
Company has qualified for the use of Form S-3, in addition to the rights
contained in the foregoing provisions of this
Section 2
and subject to
the conditions set forth in this
Section 2.3
, if the
Company shall receive from a Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a
written request that the Company effect any registration on Form S-3 or any
similar short form registration statement with respect to all or part of the
Registrable Securities (such request shall state the number of shares of
Registrable Securities to be disposed of and the intended methods of disposition
of such shares by such Holder or Holders), the Company will take all such action
with respect to such Registrable Securities as required by
Section 2.1(a)(i)
and
(ii)
.
(b)
Limitations on Form S-3
Registration
. The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or
take any action to effect, any such registration pursuant to this
Section 2.3
:
(i) In
the circumstances described in either
Sections 2.1(b)(i)
,
2.1(b)(iii)
or
2.1(b)(v)
;
(ii) If
the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company
entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable
Securities and such other securities (if any) on Form S-3 at an aggregate
price to the public of less than $2,000,000; or
(iii) If,
in a given twelve-month period, the Company has effected two (2) such
registrations in such period.
(c)
Deferral
. The
provisions of
Section 2.1(c)
shall
apply to any registration pursuant to this
Section 2.3
.
(d)
Underwriting
. If
the Holders of Registrable Securities requesting registration under this
Section 2.3
intend to
distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an
underwriting, the provisions of
Sections 2.1(e)
shall
apply to such registration. Notwithstanding anything contained herein
to the contrary, registrations effected pursuant to this
Section 2.3
shall not be
counted as requests for registration or registrations effected pursuant to
Section 2.1
.
2.4
Expenses of
Registration
.
All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations pursuant to
Sections 2.1
,
2.2
and
2.3
hereof shall be borne by
the Company;
provided
,
however
, that the
Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration
proceeding begun pursuant to
Sections 2.1
and
2.3
if the registration
request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of
the Registrable Securities to be registered or because a sufficient number of
Holders shall have withdrawn so that the minimum offering conditions set forth
in
Sections 2.1
and
2.3
are no longer
satisfied (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro
rata among each other based on the number of Registrable Securities requested to
be so registered), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable
Securities agree to forfeit their right to a demand registration pursuant to
Section 2.1
;
provided
,
however
, in the event
that a withdrawal by the Holders is based upon material adverse information
relating to the Company that is different from the information known or
available (upon request from the Company or otherwise) to the Holders requesting
registration at the time of their request for registration under
Section 2.1
, such
registration shall not be treated as a counted registration for purposes of
Section 2.1
hereof, even
though the Holders do not bear the Registration Expenses for such
registration. All Selling Expenses relating to securities registered
on behalf of the Holders shall be borne by the holders of securities included in
such registration pro rata among each other on the basis of the number of
Registrable Securities so registered.
2.5
Registration
Procedures
.
In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to
Section 2
, the Company
will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each
registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense, the
Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:
(a) Keep
such registration effective for a period ending on the earlier of the date which
is sixty (60) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such
time as the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the
registration statement relating thereto;
(b) To
the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in
Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “
WKSI
”) at the time any request
for registration is submitted to the Company in accordance with
Section 2.3
, (i) if
so requested, file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in
Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “
automatic shelf registration
statement
”) to effect such registration, and (ii) remain a WKSI (and
not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the
Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf
registration statement is required to remain effective in accordance with this
Agreement;
(c)
Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such
registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such
registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the
Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such
registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a)
above;
(d)
Furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary
prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any
amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as a Holder from time to time may
reasonably request;
(e) Use
its reasonable best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by
such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such
jurisdiction as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders;
provided
, that the
Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto
to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in
any such states or jurisdictions;
(f)
Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration
statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be
delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of
which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect,
includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and
following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a
reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such
prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the
purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement
of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete
in light of the circumstances then existing;
(g) If at
any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status for
purposes of an automatic shelf registration statement used to effect a request
for registration in accordance with
Section 2.3
(i) the
Company determines that it is not a WKSI, (ii) the registration statement
is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement, and
(iii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not
terminated, promptly amend the registration statement onto a form the Company is
then eligible to use or file a new registration statement on such form, and keep
such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements
otherwise applicable under this Agreement;
(h) If
(i) a registration made pursuant to a shelf registration statement is
required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement after the third
anniversary of the initial effective date of the shelf registration statement
and (ii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not
terminated, file a new registration statement with respect to any unsold
Registrable Securities subject to the original request for registration prior to
the end of the three year period after the initial effective date of the shelf
registration statement, and keep such registration statement effective in
accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this
Agreement;
(i) Use
its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such
Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such
securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of
such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such
registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in
an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and
reasonably satisfactory to a majority in interest of the Holders requesting
registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as
of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company,
in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public
accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the
underwriters;
(j)
Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered
pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such
Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such
registration;
(k)
Otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable
rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security
holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the
period of at least twelve months, but not more than eighteen months, beginning
with the first month after the effective date of the Registration Statement,
which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of
the Securities Act;
(l) Cause
all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on
each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are
then listed; and
(m) In
connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement
filed pursuant to
Section 2.1
hereof, enter
into an underwriting agreement in form reasonably necessary to effect the offer
and sale of Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains
reasonable and customary provisions, and
provided
,
further
, that each
Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its
obligations under such an agreement.
2.6
Indemnification
.
To the
extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each
Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel and
accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration,
qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this
Section 2
, and each
underwriter, if any, and each person who controls within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act any underwriter, against all expenses,
claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions, proceedings or settlements
in respect thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement
(or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by
reference in any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any
related registration statement, notification or the like) incident to any such
registration, qualification or compliance any registration statement, any
prospectus included in the registration statement, any issuer free writing
prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act), any issuer
information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or
required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or
any other document incident to any such registration, qualification or
compliance prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the
Company, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by
the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or
regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or
inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such
registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each
such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel and
accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and
each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any other
expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or
settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action;
provided
that the
Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim,
loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue
statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by
such Holder, any of such Holder’s officers, directors, partners, legal counsel
or accountants, any person controlling such Holder, such underwriter or any
person who controls any such underwriter, and stated to be specifically for use
therein; and
provided
,
further
that, the
indemnity agreement contained in this
Section 2.6(a)
shall not
apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability
or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).
(b) To
the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, severally and not jointly, if
Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to
which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected,
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers,
partners, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, of the
Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who
controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15
of the Securities Act, each other such Holder, and each of their officers,
directors and partners, and each person controlling each other such Holder,
against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) arising out of or based on: (i) any untrue statement (or alleged
untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in
any prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related
registration statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such
registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission (or alleged
omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the
Company and such Holders, directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and
accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons for any legal or any
other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending
any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent,
but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement)
or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement,
prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and
stated to be specifically for use therein;
provided
,
however
, that the
obligations of such Holder hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in
settlement of any such claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of such
Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and
provided
that in no
event shall any indemnity under this
Section 2.6
exceed the
net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of
fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.
(c) Each
party entitled to indemnification under this
Section 2.6
(the “
Indemnified Party
”) shall give
notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “
Indemnifying Party
”) promptly
after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which
indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the
defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom;
provided
that counsel
for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or any
litigation resulting therefrom, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party
(whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party
may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and
provided
further
that the
failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not
relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this
Section 2.6
, to the
extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the
defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each
Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement
that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the
claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability
in respect to such claim or litigation. Each Indemnified Party shall
furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an
Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably
required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting
therefrom.
(d) If
the indemnification provided for in this
Section 2.6
is held by a
court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with
respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein,
then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party
hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified
Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying
Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection
with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim,
damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of
the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent,
knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission. No person or entity will be required under
this
Section 2.6(d)
to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds from the offering
received by such person or entity, except in the case of fraud or willful
misconduct by such person or entity. No person or entity guilty of
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the
Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person or entity who
was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
2.7
Information by
Holder
.
Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall furnish to the Company such
information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder
as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably
required in connection with any registration, qualification, or compliance
referred to in this
Section 2
.
2.8
Restrictions on
Transfer
.
(a) The
holder of each certificate representing Registrable Securities by acceptance
thereof agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this
Section 2.8
. Each
Holder agrees not to make any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge or other
disposition of all or any portion of the Restricted Securities, or any
beneficial interest therein, unless and until (x) the transferee thereof
has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to take and hold such
Restricted Securities subject to, and to be bound by, the terms and conditions
set forth in this Agreement, including, without limitation, this
Section 2.8
and
Section 2.10
, except for
transfers permitted under
Section 2.8(b)
, and
(y):
(i) There
is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering
such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such
registration statement; or
(ii) Such
Holder shall have given prior written notice to the Company of such Holder’s
intention to make such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a
detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed
disposition, and, if requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished
the Company, at its expense, with (i) an opinion of counsel, reasonably
satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition will not
require registration of such Restricted Securities under the Securities Act or
(ii) a “no action” letter from the Commission to the effect that the
transfer of such securities without registration will not result in a
recommendation by the staff of the Commission that action be taken with respect
thereto, whereupon the holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to
transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice
delivered by the Holder to the Company; provided, that, neither an opinion of
counsel nor a “no action” letter shall be required for transfers permitted under
Section 2.8(b)
. It
is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions
made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.
(b)
Permitted transfers include (i) a transfer not involving a change in
beneficial ownership, or (ii) in transactions involving the distribution
without consideration of Restricted Securities by any Holder to (x) a
parent, subsidiary or other affiliate of Holder that is a corporation,
(y) any of its partners, members or other equity owners, or retired
partners, retired members or other equity owners, or to the estate of any of its
partners, members or other equity owners or retired partners, retired members or
other equity owners, or (z) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or
under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of,
or shares the same management company with, such Holder, or (iii) transfers
in compliance with Rule 144(k), as long as the Company is furnished with
satisfactory evidence of compliance with such Rule; provided, in each case, that
the Holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of such Holder’s
intention to effect such disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a
detailed description of the manner and circumstances of the proposed
disposition.
(c) Each
certificate representing Registrable Securities shall (unless otherwise
permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted
with a legend substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend
required under applicable state securities laws):
THE
SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “
ACT
”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT
AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION
THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS.
THE
SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO (1) RESTRICTIONS ON
TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE, INCLUDING A LOCK-UP PERIOD IN THE EVENT OF A PUBLIC
OFFERING, AS SET FORTH IN AN INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AND (2) VOTING
RESTRICTIONS AS SET FORTH IN A VOTING AGREEMENT AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE
ORIGINAL HOLDERS OF THESE SHARES, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE
PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.
The
Holders consent to the Company making a notation on its records and giving
instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to
implement the restrictions on transfer established in this
Section 2.8
.
(d) The
first legend referring to federal and state securities laws identified in
Section 2.8(c)
hereof
stamped on a certificate evidencing the Restricted Securities and the stock
transfer instructions and record notations with respect to such Restricted
Securities shall be removed and the Company shall issue a certificate without
such legend to the holder of such Restricted Securities if (i) such
securities are registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) such holder
provides the Company with an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the
Company to the effect that a public sale or transfer of such securities may be
made without registration under the Securities Act, or (iii) such holder
provides the Company with reasonable assurances, which may, at the option of the
Company, include an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, that such
securities can be sold pursuant to Section (k) of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act.
2.9
Rule 144
Reporting
.
With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of
the Commission that may permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the
public without registration, the Company agrees to use its commercially
reasonable efforts to:
(a) Make
and keep public information regarding the Company available as those terms are
understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times
from and after ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first
registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of
its securities to the general public;
(b) File
with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required
of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at any time after
it has become subject to such reporting requirements; and
(c) So
long as a Holder owns any Restricted Securities, furnish to the Holder forthwith
upon written request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance
with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after
ninety (90) days following the effective date of the first registration
statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general
public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it
has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent
annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents
so filed as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or
regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities
without registration.
2.10
Market Stand-Off
Agreement
.
Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer,
make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any
hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any
Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other
than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day
period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company
filed under the Securities Act or such other period as may be requested by the
Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the
publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst
recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions
contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE
Rule 472(f)(4). The obligations described in this
Section 2.10
shall not
apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on
Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the
future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or
similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may
impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the
second legend set forth in
Section 2.8(c)
hereof
with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the
foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day or
other period. Each Holder agrees to execute a market standoff
agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the
provisions of this
Section 2
.1
0
; provided, that, all
executive officers, directors and 5% stockholders enter into similar
agreements. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the
restrictions contained in such similar agreements by the Company or the
underwriter shall apply to all Holders (according to the total amount of
Registrable Securities owned by each Holder).
2.11
Delay of
Registration
.
No Holder shall have any right to take any action to restrain, enjoin, or
otherwise delay any registration as the result of any controversy that might
arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this
Section 2
.
2.12
Transfer or Assignment of
Registration Rights
.
The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Holder by
the Company under this
Section 2
may be
transferred or assigned by a Holder only to a transferee or assignee of not less
than 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as presently constituted and
subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse
stock splits, and the like) or to partners of members of any Holder;
provided
that
(i) such transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities is effected in
accordance with the terms of
Section 2.8
hereof, the
Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement (as defined in the Purchase
Agreement), and applicable securities laws, (ii) the Company is given
written notice at least ten (10) days prior to said transfer or assignment,
stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the
securities with respect to which such registration rights are intended to be
transferred or assigned and (iii) the transferee or assignee of such rights
assumes in writing the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement,
including without limitation the obligations set forth in
Section 2.10
.
2.13
Limitations on Subsequent
Registration Rights
.
From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the
prior written consent of a majority in interest of the Holders, enter into any
agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company
giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of
which are pari passu with or senior to the registration rights granted to the
Holders hereunder.
2.14
Termination of Registration
Rights
.
The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion in any registration
pursuant to
Section 2.1
,
2.2
or
2.3
shall terminate on the
earlier of (i) such date, on or after the closing of the Company’s first
registered public offering of Common Stock, on which all shares of Registrable
Securities held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such Holder may
immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period, and
(ii) three (3) years after the closing of the Company’s Initial Public
Offering.
Section 3
Covenants of the
Company
The
Company hereby covenants and agrees, as follows:
3.1
Basic Information
Rights
.
(a)
Basic Financial
Information
. The Company will furnish the following reports to
(i) each Holder of Series D Preferred Stock who owns at least 3,000,000 Shares
and/or Conversion Stock originally acquired by such Holder (as presently
constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock
dividends, reverse stock splits, and the like), (ii) each of ff Green Private
Equity Fund, LLC, Oliver Frankel, Ken Fried and Paul Holland who holds any
shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and (iii) each Holder of Series E Preferred
Stock who owns at least 2,000,000 Shares and/or Conversion Stock originally
acquired by such Holder (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent
adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, and the
like) (each such holder a “
Significant
Holder
”):
(i) As
soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any
event at least ninety (90) days prior to the beginning of the next fiscal year
of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its
subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated
statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any,
for such year, prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles consistently applied, certified by independent public accountants of
recognized national standing (the “
Auditors
”) selected by the
Company and acceptable to the Company’s Board of Directors. The
Auditors will also provide a management letter in connection
therewith.
(ii)
Prior to the start of each fiscal year of the Company, an annual budget of the
Company for such year.
(iii) As
soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly
accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within
forty-five (45) days after the end of the first, second, and third quarterly
accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited consolidated
balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each
such quarterly period, and unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash
flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period, prepared in
accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently
applied, subject to changes resulting from normal year-end audit adjustments,
together with a comparison to the Company’s budget.
(iv)
Within 30 days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a
statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month,
together with a comparison to the Company’s budget.
(iv) As
soon as practicable, and in any event no later forty-five (45) days after the
end of each fiscal year of the Company, a capitalization table (fully-diluted)
setting forth the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and
Preferred Stock of the Company, the number of reserved and outstanding options
to purchase Common Stock and the number of issued and outstanding warrants to
purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company.
(b) The
Company shall permit each Significant Holder, at such Significant Holder’s
expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties and to examine its books
of account and records at such reasonable times and intervals as may be
requested by the Significant Holder. Each Significant Holder shall be
entitled to discuss the Company’s significant business issues with its officers
at mutually agreeable times.
(c) For
purposes of determining the minimum holdings pursuant to this Section 3, any
Significant Holder that is a partnership or limited liability company shall be
deemed to hold any Preferred Stock originally purchased by such Significant
Holder and subsequently distributed to constituent partners or members of such
Significant Holder, but which has not been resold by such partners or
members. If the partnership or limited liability company is still in
existence, the Company may satisfy any obligation to distribute reports to
individual partners of the partnership or members of a limited liability company
by delivering a single copy of each report to the partnership or limited
liability company as agent for the constituent partners or members.
3.2
Confidentiality
.
Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no Holder by reason
of this Agreement shall have access to any trade secrets or similar information
of the Company. The Company shall not be required to comply with any
information rights of
Section 3
in respect of
any Holder whom the Company reasonably determines to be a competitor or an
officer or employee of a competitor. Each Holder acknowledges that
the information received by them pursuant to this Agreement may be confidential
and for its use only, and it will not use such confidential information in
violation of the Exchange Act or reproduce, disclose or disseminate such
information to any other person (other than its employees or agents having a
need to know the contents of such information, and its attorneys), except in
connection with the exercise of rights under this Agreement, unless the Company
has made such information available to the public generally or such Holder is
required to disclose such information by a governmental authority.
3.3
Stock Vesting and Independent
Appraisal
.
Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, all stock
options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to
employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject
to vesting as follows: (a) twenty-five percent (25%) of such stock shall
vest at the end of the first year following the earlier of the date of issuance
or such person’s services commencement date with the company, and
(b) seventy-five percent (75%) of such stock shall vest over the remaining
three (3) years. No stock option or other stock equivalent issued
after the date of this Agreement shall have the right to accelerate the vesting
described in this
Section 3.3
;
provided
,
however
, that certain
stock options or other stock equivalents may include accelerated vesting terms
only if such terms are approved by the Company’s Board of
Directors. The Company shall have a right to repurchase all unvested
shares at cost upon the termination of employment or services of such employees,
directors, consultants or other service providers. Within four (4)
months of the date of this Agreement, the Company shall present to the Board of
Directors an independent appraisal of the value of the Company’s Common Stock
that meets the requirements of Section 401(a)(28)(C) of the Internal Revenue
Code and the regulations thereunder.
3.4
Directors’ and Officers’ Liability
Insurance
.
The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain directors’ and
officers’ liability insurance with coverage limits in the amount of no less than
$3,000,000.
3.5
Key Man Life
Insurance
.
The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a “key person”
term life insurance policy on the life of the Founder, in his capacity as a
founder and key employee of the Company, which shall name the Company as the
beneficiary.
3.6
Board
Meetings/Committees
.
The Board of Directors of the Company shall meet at least once per
quarter. The Board of Directors of the Company shall establish a
Compensation Committee and an Audit Committee. Each of these
committees shall consist of three directors, and each such committee shall
include at least one Mutual Director and at least one Series D Director (as such
terms are defined in the Voting Agreement dated of even date
herewith. The Compensation Committee shall determine the compensation
for senior management of the Company each year. The Company shall pay
all direct and pre-approved travel expenses for each of the members of the Board
of Directors in connection with the fulfillment of their duties as members of
the Board of Directors.
3.7
Confidential Information and
Invention Assignment Agreement
.
The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a
confidential information and invention assignment agreement in the form approved
by the Board.
3.8
Share Repurchase
.
The Company may repurchase up to $1,000,000 worth of shares of its capital stock
as soon as practicable subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to terms and
conditions to be approved by the Board and subject to compliance with all
applicable laws;
provided
that at
least $8,000,000 of the proceeds from the sale of the shares of Series E
Preferred Stock under the Purchase Agreement is used for working capital and
general corporate purposes.
3.9
Issuance of Repurchased
Shares
.
The Company shall not issue any of the
shares
repurchased pursuant to Section 3.8 above, without the approval of a majority of
the Board of Directors, including at least one of the Series D Directors (as
defined in the Certificate) and the Series E Director (as defined in the
Certificate).
3.10
Termination of
Covenants
.
The covenants set forth in this
Section 3
shall terminate
and be of no further force and effect after the closing of the Company’s Initial
Public Offering.
Section 4
Right of First
Refusal
4.1
Right of First Refusal to
Significant Holders
. Subject to applicable securities laws, the
Company hereby grants to each Significant Holder, the right of first refusal to
purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this
Section 4.1(a)
) which the
Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this
Agreement. A Significant Holder’s pro rata share, for purposes of
this right of first refusal, is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares
of Common Stock owned by such Significant Holder immediately prior to the
issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares and exercise
of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and warrants,
directly or indirectly, into Common Stock held by said Significant Holder) to
(b) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
prior to the issuance of New Securities (assuming full conversion of the Shares
and exercise of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options and
warrants, directly or indirectly, held by all of the Significant
Holders).
(a)
“
New Securities
” shall
mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock) of the
Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, convertible securities,
options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type
whatsoever that are, or may become, exercisable or convertible into capital
stock;
provided
that the term “
New
Securities
” does not include:
(i) the
Shares and the Conversion Stock;
(ii) an
aggregate amount of up to 5,976,126 shares of Common Stock (or such greater
amount as approved by the Board of Directors, and, until one year from the date
hereof, the Series E Director (as defined below)) securities issued or issuable
to officers, employees, directors, consultants, placement agents, and other
service providers of the Company (or any subsidiary) pursuant to stock grants,
option plans, purchase plans, agreements or other employee stock incentive
programs or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors of the
Company;
(iii)
securities issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of any outstanding
convertible or exercisable securities as of this date of this
Agreement;
(iv)
securities issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock
of the Company or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to
paragraph 4(e), 4(f) or 4(g) of Article V of the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “
Certificate
”);
(v)
securities offered pursuant to a bona fide, firmly underwritten public offering
pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities
Act;
(vi)
securities issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation
by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other
reorganization or to a joint venture agreement,
provided
, that such
issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;
(vii)
securities issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial
institutions pursuant to a commercial leasing or debt financing transaction
approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;
(viii)
securities issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research,
collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar
agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors of the
Company;
(ix)
securities issued to suppliers or third party service providers in connection
with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the
Board of Directors of the Company;
(x)
securities issued or issuable in connection with any settlement of any action,
suit, proceeding or litigation approved by the Board of Directors of the
Company;
(xi)
securities of the Company which are otherwise excluded from this Section 4.1 by
the affirmative unanimous vote of the Board of Directors of the Company to
exclude such securities from this Section 4.1; and
(xii) any
right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities
excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (i)
through (xi) above.
(b) In
the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it
shall give each Significant Holder written notice of its intention, describing
the type of New Securities, and their price and the general terms upon which the
Company proposes to issue the same. Each Significant Holder shall
have ten (10) business days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to
agree to purchase such Holder’s pro rata share of such New Securities and to
indicate whether such Holder desires to exercise its over allotment option for
the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to
the Company, in substantially the form attached hereto as Schedule 1, and
stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.
(c) In
the event the Holders fail to exercise fully the right of first refusal and over
allotment rights, if any within said ten (10) business day period (the “
Election Period
”), the Company
shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement
(pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed,
if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell that
portion of the New Securities with respect to which the Significant Holders’
right of first refusal option set forth in this
Section 4.1
was not
exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof
than specified in the Company’s notice to Significant Holders delivered pursuant
to
Section 4.1(b)
. In
the event the Company has not sold within such ninety (90) day period following
the Election Period, or such ninety (90) day period following the date of said
agreement, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities,
without first again offering such securities to the Significant Holders in the
manner provided in this
Section 4.1
.
(d)
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right of first refusal in this Section 4
shall not be applicable to with respect to any Significant Holder and any
subsequent issuance of securities if, (i) at the time of such subsequent
issuance of securities, such Significant Holder is not an accredited investor as
defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, and
(ii) such subsequent issuance of securities is otherwise being offered only to
accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under
the Securities Act.
(e) The
right of first refusal granted under this Agreement shall expire upon, and shall
not be applicable to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.
Section 5
Miscellaneous
5.1
Amendment
.
Except as expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof
may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated other than by a written
instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Company and the Holders
holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (excluding any
of such shares that have been sold to the public or pursuant to Rule 144);
provided
,
however
, that Holders
purchasing shares of Series E Preferred Stock in a Closing after the
Initial Closing (each as defined in the Purchase Agreement) may become parties
to this Agreement, by executing a counterpart of this Agreement without any
amendment of this Agreement pursuant to this paragraph or any consent or
approval of any other Holder; and
provided
,
further
, that if any
amendment, waiver, discharge or termination operates in a manner that treats any
Holder different from other Holders, the consent of such Holder shall also be
required for such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination. Any
such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination effected in accordance with
this paragraph shall be binding upon each Holder and each future holder of all
such securities of Holder. Each Holder acknowledges that by the
operation of this paragraph, the holders of a majority of the Registrable
Securities then outstanding (excluding any of such shares that have been sold to
the public or pursuant to Rule 144) will have the right and power to
diminish or eliminate all rights of such Holder under this
Agreement.
5.2
Notices
.
All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid,
sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand or by
messenger addressed:
(a) if to
an Investor, at the Investor’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail
address as shown in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with
the provisions hereof, with one copy sent to Mark Roeder, Latham & Watkins
LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, California 94025;
(b) if to
any Holder, at such address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as
shown in the Company’s records, or, until any such holder so furnishes an
address, facsimile number or electronic mail address to the Company, then to and
at the address of the last holder of such shares for which the Company has
contact information in its records; or
(c) if to
the Company, one copy should be sent to 1601 Cloverfield Blvd.,
Suite 620, Santa Monica, California 90404, Attn: Chief Executive Officer,
or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors,
with a copy to Herbert Fockler, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.,
650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.
Each such
notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be
treated as effective or having been given when delivered if delivered
personally, or, if sent by mail, at the earlier of its receipt or 72 hours
after the same has been deposited in a regularly maintained receptacle for the
deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid or, if sent
by facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent by electronic
mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the electronic mail address
set forth on the Schedule of Investors.
5.3
Governing Law
.
This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the
State of California as applied to agreements entered into among California
residents to be performed entirely within California, without regard to
principles of conflicts of law.
5.4
Successors and
Assigns
.
Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement, and any and all
rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred,
delegated or sublicensed by any Investor without the prior written consent of
the Company. Any attempt by an Investor without such permission to
assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that
arise under this Agreement shall be void. Subject to the foregoing
and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs,
executors and administrators of the parties hereto.
5.5
Entire Agreement
.
This Agreement and the exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire
understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects
hereof and supersedes in its entirety the Prior Rights Agreement, which shall
have no further force and effect. No party hereto shall be liable or
bound to any other party in any manner with regard to the subjects hereof or
thereof by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically
set forth herein. As of the date hereof, the Prior Agreement shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect and shall be superseded and
replaced in its entirety by this Agreement.
5.6
Delays or
Omissions
.
Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right,
power or remedy accruing to any party to this Agreement upon any breach or
default of any other party under this Agreement shall impair any such right,
power or remedy of such non-defaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a
waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in
any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any
single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default
theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or
approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or
default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any
provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be
effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such
writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or
otherwise afforded to any party to this Agreement, shall be cumulative and not
alternative.
5.7
Severability
.
If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such
provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be
severed from this Agreement, and such court will replace such illegal, void or
unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision
that will achieve, to the extent possible, the same economic, business and other
purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance
of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms.
5.8
Titles and
Subtitles
.
The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only
and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this
Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs
and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs
hereof and exhibits attached hereto.
5.9
Counterparts
.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be enforceable against the parties that execute such counterparts, and all
of which together shall constitute one instrument.
5.10
Telecopy Execution and
Delivery
. A
facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by
one or more parties hereto and delivered by such party by facsimile or any
similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on
behalf of such party can be seen. Such execution and delivery shall
be considered valid, binding and effective for all purposes. At the
request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute and deliver an
original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other
reproduction hereof.
5.11
Jurisdiction;
Venue
.
With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the
parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state courts
in Santa Clara County in the State of California (or in the event of exclusive
federal jurisdiction, the courts of the Northern District of
California).
5.12
Further
Assurances
.
Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its
corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such
other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and
things as may be necessary to more fully effectuate this Agreement.
5.13
Termination Upon Change of
Control
.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Agreement (excluding any
then existing obligations) shall terminate upon (a) the acquisition of the
Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related
transactions to which the Company is party (including, without limitation, any
stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation but excluding any
sale of stock for capital raising purposes) other than a transaction or series
of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company
outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by
such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being
converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares
in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty
percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of
the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such
transaction or series of transactions; or (b) a sale, lease or other
conveyance of all substantially all of the assets of the Company.
5.14
Conflict
.
In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the
Company’s Certificate or its Bylaws, the terms of the Company’s Certificate or
its Bylaws, as the case may be, will control.
5.15
Attorneys’
Fees
.
In the event that any suit or action is instituted to enforce any provision in
this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to
recover from the losing party such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and
accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and
expenses of appeals.
5.16
Aggregation of
Stock
.
All securities held or acquired by affiliated entities (including affiliated
venture capital funds) or persons shall be aggregated together for purposes of
determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.
5.17
Transfer of
Rights.
The rights granted under Sections 3 and 4 of this
Agreement may be assigned to any transferee or assignee, other than a competitor
or potential competitor of the Company (as determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors), in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable
Securities by the Holder, provided that: (a) such transfer is otherwise effected
in accordance with applicable securities laws and the terms of this Agreement;
(b) written notice is promptly given to the Company; and (c) such transferee or
assignee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights granted to the
Holders hereunder may be assigned without compliance with item (b) above to (w)
any constituent partner, retired partner, or member of a Holder which is a
partnership or limited liability company; (x) a family member of a Holder or
trust for the benefit of a Holder, the spouse of a Holder or issue of a Holder;
or (y) any affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act)
of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company
(including a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control
with one or more general partners or managing members of, or which shares the
same management company with, such Holder).
(Remainder
of Page Intentionally Left Blank)
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and
Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first
above written.
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
a Delaware corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Adam
Miller
|
|
|
Name:
Adam Miller
|
|
|
Title:
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FOUNDER
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Adam Miller
|
|
|
Adam
Miller
|
|
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and
Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first
above written.
|
INVESTOR:
MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS III
L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Meritech
Capital Associates III L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
its
General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Meritech
Management Associates III L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
a
managing member
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Mike Gordon
|
|
|
|
Mike
Gordon, a managing director
|
|
|
MERITECH CAPITAL
AFFILIATES III L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Meritech
Capital Associates III L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
its
General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Meritech
Management Associates III L.L.C.
|
|
|
|
a
managing member
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Mike Gordon
|
|
|
|
Mike
Gordon, a managing director
|
|
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and
Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first
above written.
|
INVESTOR:
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VI
L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Deer
VI & Co. LLC, General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
J. Edmund Colloton
|
|
|
|
J.
Edmund Colloton, Executive Manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS
CO-
INVESTMENT
L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Deer
VI & Co. LLC, General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
J. Edmund Colloton
|
|
|
|
J.
Edmund Colloton, Executive Manager
|
|
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and
Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first
above written.
|
INVESTOR:
BAY PARTNERS XI,
L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Bay
Management Company XI, LLC,
|
|
|
|
Its
General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Neil Sadaranganey
|
|
|
Name:
Neil Sadaranganey
|
|
|
Title:
Manager
|
|
|
BAY PARTNERS XI PARALLEL FUND,
L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Bay
Management Company XI, LLC,
|
|
|
|
Its
General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Neil Sadaranganey
|
|
|
Name:
Neil Sadaranganey
|
|
|
Title:
Manager
|
|
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and
Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first
above written.
|
INVESTOR:
ff
BLUE PRIVATE EQUITY FUND, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ John
Frankel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
John
Frankel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Manager
|
|
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and
Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first
above written.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and
Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first
above written.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and
Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first
above written.
|
EXISTING
INVESTOR:
BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VI
L.P.
BESSEMER
VENTURE PARTNERS VI
INSTITUTIONAL
L.P.
BESSEMER
VENTURE PARTNERS CO-
INVESTMENT
L.P.
|
|
|
By:
|
Deer
VI & Co. LLC,
|
|
|
|
General
Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ J.
Edmund Colloton
|
|
|
Name:
|
J.
Edmund Colloton
|
|
|
Title:
|
Executive
Manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and
Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first
above written.
|
EXISTING
INVESTOR:
BAY PARTNERS XI,
L.P.
BAY PARTNERS XI PARALLEL FUND, L.P.
|
|
|
By:
|
Bay
Management Company XI, LLC,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Neil
Sadaranganey
|
|
|
Name:
|
Neil
Sadaranganey
|
|
|
Title:
|
Manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amended and
Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement effective as of the day and year first
above written.
|
HOLDER:
COMERICA
VENTURES INCORPORATED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ LaReeda
Rentie
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
LaReeda
Rentie
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
First
Level Officer
|
|
EXHIBIT
A
INVESTORS
Meritech
Capital Partners III, L.P.
Meritech
Capital Affiliates III, L.P.
Bessemer
Venture Partners VI L.P.
Bessemer
Venture Partners Institutional L.P.
Bessemer
Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P.
Bay
Partners XI, L.P.
Bay
Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.
ff Blue
Private Equity Fund, L.P.
Ken
Fried
Paul
Holland
EXHIBIT
B
EXISTING
INVESTORS
Comerica
Ventures Incorporated
Bessemer
Venture Partners VI L.P.
Bessemer
Venture Partners VI Institutional L.P.
Bessemer
Venture Partners Co-Investment L.P.
Bay
Partners XI, L.P.
Bay
Partners XI Parallel Fund, L.P.
Ilan
Kaufthal
Ivan
Lustig
Mark
Baker
Paul
Gersh
Tri-Gran
Investments, Inc.
Ken
Fried
CyberU
Investment Alliance LLC
Ken
Friedman
David
Jackson
John
Frankel
Oliver
Frankel
Paul
Holland
Alliance
Trust Pensions Limited ATFSIPP
SCHEDULE
1
NOTICE
AND WAIVER/ELECTION OF
RIGHT
OF FIRST REFUSAL
I
do hereby waive or exercise, as indicated below, my rights of first refusal
under the Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of
_____________ (the “Agreement”):
1. Waiver
of 10 Days’ Notice Period in Which to Exercise Right of First
Offer:
(please check
only one)
|
( )
|
WAIVE
in full, on behalf of all Holders, the 10-day notice period provided to
exercise my right of first refusal granted under the
Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
( )
|
DO
NOT WAIVE the notice period described
above.
|
2. Issuance
and Sale of New Securities:
(please check only
one)
|
( )
|
WAIVE
in full the right of first refusal granted under the Agreement with
respect to the issuance of the New
Securities.
|
|
( )
|
ELECT
TO PARTICIPATE in $__________ [PLEASE PROVIDE AMOUNT] in New Securities
proposed to be issued by Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., representing less
than my pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[____] in New Securities
being offered in the financing.
|
|
( )
|
ELECT
TO PARTICIPATE in $__________ in New Securities proposed to be issued by
Company X, representing my full pro rata portion of the aggregate of
$[____] in New Securities being offered in the
financing.
|
|
( )
|
ELECT
TO PARTICIPATE in my full pro rata portion of the aggregate of $[____] in
New Securities being made available in the financing and, to the extent
available, the greater of (x) an additional $__________ [PLEASE
PROVIDE AMOUNT] or (y) my pro rata portion of any remaining
investment amount available in the event other Significant Holders do not
exercise their full rights of first refusal with respect to the $[____] in
New Securities being offered in the
financing.
|
|
|
Date: ___________,
20__
|
Signature of
Stockholder or Authorized Signatory
|
|
|
|
Title,
if applicable
|
This
is neither a commitment to purchase nor a commitment to issue the New Securities
described above. Such issuance can only be made by way of definitive
documentation related to such issuance. Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
will supply you with such definitive documentation upon request or if you
indicate that you would like to exercise your first offer rights in whole or in
part.
Exhibit
4.3
THIS
WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“
ACT
”
), OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF
ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR
HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE
SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
WARRANT
TO PURCHASE STOCK
Company:
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation
|
Number
of Shares:
|
90,000
|
Class
of Stock:
|
Common
|
Warrant
Price:
|
$3.50
per share
|
Issue
Date:
|
August
20, 2010
|
Expiration
Date:
|
The
10th anniversary after the Issue Date
|
Credit
Facility:
|
This
Warrant is issued in connection with the Advances referenced in the Loan
and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated
August 20, 2010.
|
THIS
WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK
(Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of
this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of
this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and
nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at
the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2
of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set
forth in this Warrant.
ARTICLE
1.
EXERCISE
.
1.1
Method
of Exercise
. Holder may exercise this
Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the
form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless
Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall
also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by
the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the
aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.
1.2
Conversion Riqht
.
In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified
in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or
in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair
market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise
of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair
market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be
determined pursuant to Article 1.3.
1.3
Fair Market
Value
.
If the Company
’
s common stock is
traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value
of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business
day immediately before Holder delivers its
Notice of
Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised
immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering,
the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating
to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public
market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value
in its reasonable good faith judgment.
1.4
Delivery of Certificate and
New Warrant
.
Promptly after Holder
exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives
payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder
certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully
exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the
Shares not so acquired.
1.5
Replacement of
Warrants
.
On receipt of evidence
reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or
mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on
delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to
the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this
Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new
warrant of like tenor.
1.6
Treatment of Warrant Upon
Acquisition of Company
.
1.6.1
“
Acquisition
”
.
For the
purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any
reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where Holders of the
Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of
the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the
transaction.
1.6.2
Treatment of Warrant
at Acquisition
.
A) Upon
the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an
Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is
cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under
this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the
consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the
Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The
Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the
foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in
connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which
is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of
the proposed Acquisition.
B) Upon
the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an
Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale
of
all or substantially all of the
Company’s assets to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of
the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its
conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed
effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if
Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the
Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the
closing
of
any such True Asset Sale. The
Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the
foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in
connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which
is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of
the proposed Acquisition.
C) Upon
the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock
for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer if, on the
record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other
securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than
two (2) times the Warrant Price, Company may require the Warrant to be deemed
automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a
holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant)
on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the
Company.
D) Upon
the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in
subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the
obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same
securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon
exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were
outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The
Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted
accordingly.
As used
herein
“
Affiliate
”
shall mean any person or entity that owns or
controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of
Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under
common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or
entity’s officers and directors, as applicable.
ARTICLE
2.
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE
SHARES
.
2.1
Stock Dividends, Splits,
Etc
.
If the Company declares or pays
a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon
exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without
cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would
have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the
dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or
otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which
increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number
of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the
Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are
combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number
of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number
of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.
2.2
Reclassification,
Exchange,
Combinations or Substitution
.
Upon
any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a
change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or
conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise
or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property
that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been
exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or
other event. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an
amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new
securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this
Warrant as a result of such reclassifcation, exchange, substitution or other
event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable
upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall
provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be
practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without
limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or
property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this
Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges,
substitutions, or other events.
2.3
No
Impairment
.
The Company shall not, by amendment of its
Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets,
consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other
voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of
the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but
shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of
this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate
to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not have been deemed to have
impaired Holder’s rights hereunder if (a) it amends its Certificate of
Incorporation, or the holders of the same class of stock waive rights
thereunder, provided that such amendment or waiver does not affect, in a
materially adverse manner, the rights of the Shares differently from the rights
of all other shares of the same class of stock, or (b) the rights of the Shares
are not affected, in a materially adverse manner, differently from the rights of
all other shares of the same class of stock in connection with any
reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or
sale of securities or any other voluntary action.
2.4
Fractional
Shares
.
No fractional Shares shall
be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares
to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional
share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the
Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the
amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value
of a full Share.
2.5
Certificate as to
Adjustments
.
Upon each adjustment of
the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at
the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with
a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and
the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written
request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect
upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant
Price.
ARTICLE
3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
.
3.1
Representations and
Warranties
.
The Company represents
and warrants to Holder as follows:
(a) All
Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented
by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the
Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on
transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities
laws.
(b) The
Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as
Schedule 1
is true
and complete as of the Issue Date.
3.2
Notice of Certain
Events
.
If the Company proposes at
any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock,
whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a
regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale to all holders of the company’s
Common Stock any additional shares of the Company’s capital stock (other than
(i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in
connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii)
in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital
raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its
stock; (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up;
or (e)
offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an
underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in
connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10
days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such
dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which
Holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to
vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in
the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior
written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the
date on which Holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common
stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such
event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same
notice as is given to Holders of such registration rights. Company will also
provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to
comply with Holder
’
s accounting or
reporting requirements.
3.3
Registration Under
Securities Act of 1933, as amended
.
In the event that the Holder cannot immediately sell the Shares upon exercise or
conversion of this Warrant pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities
Act of 1933, the Company agrees that the Shares shall have certain S-3 and
“
piggyback,
”
registration
rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated
Investors’ Rights Agreement dated January 30, 2009, as may be amended from time
to time (the
“
Investors
’
Rights
Agreement
”
).
The provisions set forth in the Investors’ Right Agreement relating to the above
in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without
the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or
waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such
amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other
shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to
Holder.
3.4
Annual Audited Financial
Statements
.
As soon as available,
but no later than One Hundred Eighty (180) days after the last day of the
Company’s fiscal year, the Company shall deliver to Holder, audited consolidated
financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an
unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified
public accounting firm selected by the Company and acceptable to the Company’s
Board of Directors.
3.5
No Stockholder
Rights
.
Except as provided in this
Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a Stockholder of the Company until
the exercise of this Warrant.
ARTICLE
4.
REPRESENTATIONS,
WARRANTIES OF HOLDER
.
Holder
represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
4.1
Purchase for Own
Account
.
This Warrant and the
securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be
acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not
with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act.
Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose
of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.
4.2
Disclosure of
Information
.
Holder has received or
has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate
to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this
Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to
ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and
conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to
obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such
information or
could
acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any
information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has
access.
4.3
Investment
Experience
.
Holder understands that
the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial
risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the
development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of
such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has
such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is
capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and
its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business
relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or
controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of
the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such
persons.
4.4
Accredited Investor
Status
.
Holder is an
“
accredited
investor
”
within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.
4.5
The Act
.
Holder understands that this Warrant and the
Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered
under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption
depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment
intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares
issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless
subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state
securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification
are otherwise available.
ARTICLE
5.
MISCELLANEOUS
.
5.1 This
Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on
or before the Expiration Date, unless required to be exercised earlier in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 1.6 or 5.11 hereof.
5.2
Legends
.
This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities
issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall
be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:
THIS
WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
“A
CT
”
), OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF
ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR
HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE
SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER,
PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
The
Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of this Warrant shall also be
imprinted with the legends described in, and as required by, the Investors’
Rights Agreement.
5.3
Compliance
with
Securities Laws on
Transfer
.
This Warrant and the
Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable,
directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be
transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable
federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee
(including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation
letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably
requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank
(“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent
company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other
affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion
of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current
information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied
with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents
that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy
of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.
5.4
Transfer
Procedure
.
After receipt by Bank of
the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial
Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2.
Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with
written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all
or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or
the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if
any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer,
SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company written
notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address
and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender
this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if
applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to
any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the
stock of the Company is publicly traded. It shall be a condition precedent to
any assignment or transfer of this Warrant that any assignee or transferee of
this Warrant agree in writing to the obligations set forth in this Warrant;
provided that SVB Financial Group may assume this warrant pursuant to the terms
of Appendix 2 hereof without the requirement to deliver any other written
statement.
5.5
Notices
.
All notices and other communications from the
Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when
given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage
prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as
the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be,
in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon
receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in
Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the
Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or
otherwise:
SVB
Financial Group
Attn:
Treasury Department
3003
Tasman Drive, HA 200
Santa
Clara, CA 95054
Telephone:
408-654-7400
Facsimile:
408-496-2405
Notice to
the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a
change in address:
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
Attn:
Chief Financial Officer
1601
Cloverfield Blvd. #620
Santa
Monica, CA 90404
Telephone:
(310) 752-0200
Facsimile:
(310) 752-0199
5.6
Waiver
.
This Warrant and any term hereof may be
changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing
signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge
or termination is sought.
5.7
Attorneys’
Fees
.
In the event of any dispute between the parties
concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in
such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs
incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.
5.8
Automatic Conversion
upon
Expiration
.
In the event that, upon the Expiration Date,
the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise
hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the
Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be
deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as
to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have
been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a
certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such
conversion to Holder.
5.9
Counterparts
.
This Warrant may be executed in counterparts,
all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
5.10
Governing
Law
.
This Warrant shall be governed
by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without
giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.
5.11
Market Stand-Off
Agreement
.
The Holder agrees to be
bound by the “Market Stand-Off Agreement” provision in Section 2.10 of the
Investors’ Rights Agreement (the “Market Stand-Off Provision”). The Market
Stand-Off Provision set forth in the Investors’ Rights Agreement may not be
amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless
such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the
Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the
rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the
Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant. Holder hereby agrees that within thirty
(30) days of expiration of any such Market Stand-Off period, provided that (i)
Holder could then freely transfer the Shares at such time (including but not
limited to in accordance with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of
1933) and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable
upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than two (2) times the
Warrant Price, Holder shall exercise this Warrant in accordance with either
Section 1.1 or 1.2 hereof. If either condition (i) or (ii) above is not met at
the time that the Market Stand-Off period expires, Holder shall not be required
to exercise this Warrant until the date thirty (30) days after both such
conditions are met.
[Signature
page follows.]
“COMPANY”
|
|
Date:
|
8/20/10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Adam Miller
|
|
By:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
(Print)
|
|
|
(Print)
|
|
Title:
|
Chairman
of the Board, President or Vice President
|
|
Title:
|
Chief
Financial Officer, Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY
BANK
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Tim Barnes
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Tim
Barnes
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Print)
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Relationship
Manager
|
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE
1
CAPITALIZATION
TABLE
[intentionally
omitted]
APPENDIX
1
NOTICE OF
EXERCISE
1.
Holder elects
to purchase ____________________ shares of the Common Stock of CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders
payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.
[or]
1.
Holder elects
to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner
specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for ____________________
of the Shares covered by the Warrant.
[Strike
paragraph that does not apply.]
2.
Please issue
a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified
below:
______________________________________________
Holders
Name
______________________________________________
______________________________________________
(Address)
3.
By its
execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each
of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date
hereof.
HOLDER:
___________________________
By:_________________________
Name:_______________________
Title:________________________
(Date):_______________________
APPENDIX
2
ASSIGNMENT
For value
received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto
|
Name:
|
SVB
Financial Group
|
|
Address:
|
3003
Tasman Drive (HA-200)
Santa
Clara, CA 95054
|
|
Tax
ID:
|
91-1962278
|
that
certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC. (the
“Company”), on August__, 2010 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title
and interest therein.
SILICON VALLEY
BANK
By:_________________________
Name:_______________________
Title:________________________
Date:_____________________
By its
execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes
each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant
and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date
hereof.
SVB FINANCIAL
GROUP
By:_________________________
Name:_______________________
Title:________________________
Exhibit 4.4
THIS
WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL
REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION
OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE
SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM
REGISTRATION.
WARRANT
TO PURCHASE STOCK
Company:
|
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC., a Delaware corporation
|
Number of Shares:
|
5,000
|
Class of Stock:
|
Common
|
Warrant Price:
|
$3.50 per share
|
Issue Date:
|
August
20, 2010
|
Expiration Date:
|
The 10th anniversary after the Issue Date
|
THIS
WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, Ironwood Equity
Fund LP (together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant
or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant,
“Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable
shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant
Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this
Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth
in this Warrant.
1.1
Method of Exercise
.
Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of
Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal
office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set
forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire
transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment
acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being
purchased.
1.2
Conversion Right
. In
lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from
time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares
determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or
other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the
aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one
Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to
Article 1.3.
1.3
Fair Market Value
. If
the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are
common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of
a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its
Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is
exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public
offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final
prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is not
traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine
fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.
1.4
Delivery of Certificate and
New Warrant
. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant
and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price,
the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if
this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a
new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.
1.5
Replacement of
Warrants
. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company
of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case
of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably
satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on
surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and
deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.
1.6
Treatment of Warrant Upon
Acquisition of Company
.
1.6.1 “
Acquisition
”. For the
purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any
reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where Holders of the
Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of
the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the
transaction.
1.6.2
Treatment of Warrant at
Acquisition
.
A) Upon
the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an
Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is
cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under
this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the
consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the
Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The
Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the
foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in
connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which
is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of
the proposed Acquisition.
B) Upon
the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an
Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the
Company’s assets to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of
the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its
conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed
effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if
Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the
Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the
closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with
written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such
reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such
contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered
to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed
Acquisition.
C) Upon
the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of a stock
for stock Acquisition of the Company by a publicly traded acquirer if, on the
record date for the Acquisition, the fair market value of the Shares (or other
securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) is equal to or greater than
two (2) times the Warrant Price, Company may require the Warrant to be deemed
automatically exercised and the Holder shall participate in the Acquisition as a
holder of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant)
on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the
Company.
D) Upon
the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in
subsections (A), (B) and (C) above, the successor entity shall assume the
obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same
securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon
exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were
outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The
Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted
accordingly.
As used
herein “
Affiliate
” shall mean
any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10)
percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or
is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and
each of such person’s or entity’s officers and directors, as
applicable.
ARTICLE
2.
|
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE
SHARES
.
|
2.1
Stock Dividends, Splits,
Etc
. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in
common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each
Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number
and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned
the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company
subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of
shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which
the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be
proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately
decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by
reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price
shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be
proportionately decreased.
2.2
Reclassification, Exchange,
Combinations or Substitution
. Upon any reclassification, exchange,
substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class
of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder
shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the
number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for
the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such
reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. The Company or its
successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting
forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon
exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification,
exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number
and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant.
The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as
nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this
Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to
the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant.
The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive
reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.
2.3
No Impairment
. The
Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a
reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue,
or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the
observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under
this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in
carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such
action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this
Article against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not
have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder if (a) it amends its
Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of the same class of stock waive
rights thereunder, provided that such amendment or waiver does not affect, in a
materially adverse manner, the rights of the Shares differently from the rights
of all other shares of the same class of stock, or (b) the rights of the Shares
are not affected, in a materially adverse manner, differently from the rights of
all other shares of the same class of stock in connection with any
reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or
sale of securities or any other voluntary action.
2.4
Fractional Shares
. No
fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant
and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole
Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of
the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by
paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the
fair market value of a full Share.
2.5
Certificate as to
Adjustments
. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall
promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly
compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief
Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such
adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a
certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and
the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.
ARTICLE
3.
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
.
|
3.1
Representations and
Warranties
. The Company represents and warrants to Holder as
follows:
(a) All
Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented
by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the
Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on
transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities
laws.
(b) The
Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as
Schedule
1
is true and complete as of the Issue Date.
3.2
Notice of Certain
Events
. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend
or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or
other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for
sale to all holders of the company’s Common Stock any additional shares of the
Company’s capital stock (other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option
or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit
arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic
transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any
reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to effect an
Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of
registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public
offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each
such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written
notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend,
distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which Holders
of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if
any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case
of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written
notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on
which Holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock
for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event);
and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as
is given to Holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide
information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply
with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.
3.3
Registration Under
Securities Act of 1933, as amended
. In the event that the Holder cannot
immediately sell the Shares upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant pursuant
to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, the Company agrees
that the Shares shall have certain S-3 and “piggyback,” registration rights
pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Second Amended and Restated
Investors’ Rights Agreement dated January 30, 2009, as may be amended from time
to time (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”). The provisions set forth in the
Investors’ Right Agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date
may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of
Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights
associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification,
or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series
and class as the Shares granted to Holder.
3.4
Annual Audited Financial
Statements
. As soon as available, but no later than One Hundred Eighty
(180) days after the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, the Company shall
deliver to Holder, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under
GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the
financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm
selected by the Company and acceptable to the Company’s Board of
Directors.
3.5
No Stockholder
Rights
. Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any
rights as a Stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this
Warrant.
ARTICLE 4.
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES
OF HOLDER
. Holder represents and warrants to the Company as
follows:
4.1
Purchase for Own
Account
. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of
this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not
as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution
within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been
formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the
Shares.
4.2
Disclosure of
Information
. Holder has received or has had full access to all the
information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment
decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying
securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive
answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of
this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information
(to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it
without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information
furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.
4.3
Investment
Experience
. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its
underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an
investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges
that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this
Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in
financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits
and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or
has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain
of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that
enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial
circumstances of such persons.
4.4
Accredited Investor
Status
. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of
Regulation D promulgated under the Act.
4.5
The Act
. Holder
understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or
conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a
specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things,
the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder
understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or
conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under
the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless
exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise
available.
ARTICLE
5.
|
MISCELLANEOUS
.
|
5.1 This
Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on
or before the Expiration Date, unless required to be exercised earlier in
accordance with the provisions of Sections 1.6 or 5.11 hereof.
5.2
Legends
. This Warrant
and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon
conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in
substantially the following form:
THIS
WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE
OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL
REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION
OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE
SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM
REGISTRATION.
The
Shares issuable upon conversion or exercise of this Warrant shall also be
imprinted with the legends described in, and as required by, the Investors’
Rights Agreement.
5.3
Compliance with Securities
Laws on Transfer
. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of
this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon
conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or
in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by
the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery
of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory
to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not
require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the
availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder
represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail,
the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the
Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed
sale.
Transfer Procedure
.
Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with
written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares
issuable upon exercise of this Warrant to any transferee, provided, however, in
connection with any such transfer, any Holder will give the Company written
notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address
and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender
this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if
applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to
any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the
stock of the Company is publicly traded. It shall be a condition precedent to
any assignment or transfer of this Warrant that any assignee or transferee of
this Warrant agree in writing to the obligations set forth in this
Warrant.
5.4
Notices
. All notices
and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be
deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been
furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business
day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such
Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant,
all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives
notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or
otherwise:
Ironwood
Equity Fund LP
Attn:
[Address]
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Notice to
the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a
change in address:
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
1601
Cloverfield Blvd. #620
Santa
Monica, CA 90404
Telephone:
(310) 752-0200
Facsimile:
(310) 752-0199
5.5
Waiver
. This Warrant
and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an
instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such
change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
5.6
Attorneys’ Fees
. In
the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions
of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to
collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including
reasonable attorneys’ fees.
5.7
Automatic Conversion upon
Expiration
. In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market
value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as
determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant
Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on
and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all
Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been
exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate
representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion
to Holder.
5.8
Counterparts
. This
Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute
one and the same agreement.
5.9
Governing Law
. This
Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts
of law.
5.10
Market Stand-Off
Agreement
. The Holder agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand-Off
Agreement” provision in Section 2.10 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement (the
“Market Stand-Off Provision”). The Market Stand-Off Provision set forth in the
Investors’ Rights Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without the
prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver
affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such
amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other
shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this
Warrant. Holder hereby agrees that within thirty (30) days of expiration of any
such Market Stand-Off period, provided that (i) Holder could then freely
transfer the Shares at such time (including but not limited to in accordance
with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933) and (ii) the fair
market value of the Shares (or other securities issuable upon exercise of this
Warrant) is equal to or greater than two (2) times the Warrant Price, Holder
shall exercise this Warrant in accordance with either Section 1.1 or 1.2 hereof.
If either condition (i) or (ii) above is not met at the time that the Market
Stand-Off period expires, Holder shall not be required to exercise this Warrant
until the date thirty (30) days after both such conditions are met.
[Signature
page follows.]
“COMPANY”
|
|
Date:
|
8/20/10
|
|
|
|
|
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Adam Miller
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Perry A. Wallack
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Adam Miller, CEO
|
|
Name:
|
Perry A. Wallack
|
|
(Print)
|
|
|
(Print)
|
Title:
|
Chairman of the Board, President or
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary,
|
|
Vice President
|
|
|
Assistant Treasurer or Assistant
|
|
|
|
|
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
“HOLDER”
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IRONWOOD EQUITY FUND LP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
Ironwood
Equity Management LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Victor
Budnick
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Victor
Budnick
|
|
|
|
|
(Print)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Member
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE
1
CAPITALIZATION
TABLE
[intentionally
omitted]
APPENDIX
1
NOTICE OF
EXERCISE
1. Holder
elects to purchase __________ shares of the Common Stock of CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders
payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.
[or]
1. Holder
elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the
manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for
________________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.
[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]
2. Please
issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name
specified below:
3. By
its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates
each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the
date hereof.
HOLDER:
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
(Date):
|
|
Exhibit
4.5
THIS
WARRANT HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF
1933,
AS
AMENDED, (THE “ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THIS WARRANT AND THE
SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OR EXERCISE HEREOF MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED,
HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR, IF
REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE
ISSUER AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE
ACT.
THIS
WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OR EXERCISE HEREOF ARE
SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER INCLUDING A MARKET STAND-OFF
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER. THIS AGREEMENT IS BINDING
UPON TRANSFEREES. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE
ISSUER.
WARRANT
TO PURCHASE STOCK
Company:
|
CYBERU,
INC.
|
Number
of Shares:
|
As
provided below
|
Class
of Stock:
|
Series
C Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred”)
|
Initial
Exercise Price:
|
As
provided below
|
Issue
Date:
|
June
29, 2004
|
Expiration
Date:
|
June
29, 2011
|
THIS
WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged,
ORIX VENTURE
FINANCE LLC
(“Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid
and nonassessable shares of Series C Preferred (the “Shares”) of
CYBERU, INC.
(the “Company”) at the initial
exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) set forth below, as constituted
on the date hereof and as adjusted pursuant to the other terms of this Warrant,
subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this
Warrant. This Warrant is being issued pursuant to a Loan and Security Agreement
between the Company and Holder dated as of June 29, 2004 (the “Loan Agreement”)
(Capitalized terms used herein, which are not defined, shall have the meanings
set forth in the Loan Agreement.)
ARTICLE
1. SHARES;
EXERCISE.
1.1
Number of Shares; Warrant
Price; Expiration Date
.
(a) The
number of Shares initially subject to this Warrant shall be 225,000 Shares,
subject to adjustment as set forth herein.
(b) The
Warrant Price shall be equal to $1.60 per share, which the Company represents
and warrants is the price per share at which shares of the Series C Preferred
were previously issued (and if they were issued at more than one price, the
lowest of such prices).
(c) In
the event the total principal amount of the Loans made under the Loan Agreement
(the “Loans”) on or before the first anniversary of the Issue Date hereof (the
“Anniversary Date”) is less than $3,000,000, the number of Shares subject to
this Warrant shall be adjusted on the Anniversary Date to a number of Shares
equal to the total principal amount of the Loans made on or before the
Anniversary Date, multiplied by 12%, and divided by the Warrant Price; provided
that if any of the following events (an “Acceleration Event”) occurs on or
before the first anniversary of the Issue Date hereof, then, on and after the
date of the Acceleration Event, the number of Shares subject to this Warrant
shall be an amount equal to $360,000 divided by the Warrant Price, regardless of
the amount of the Loans made under the Loan Agreement: (i) an Acquisition (as
defined below), (ii) a public offering of the Company’s equity securities
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) (an
“IPO”), or (iii) the prepayment of the Loans in whole or in part. As used
herein, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization,
consolidation, or merger of the Company in which the holders of the Company’s
voting securities before the transaction (for such purpose treating all
outstanding options and warrants to purchase voting securities of the Company as
having been exercised and treating all outstanding debt and equity securities
convertible into voting securities of the Company as having been converted)
beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the
surviving entity after the transaction. Notwithstanding any provision herein to
the contrary, in the event Holder elects to exercise the Warrant, in whole or in
part, prior to the Anniversary Date, the total number of Shares with respect to
which Holder may exercise the Warrant (taking into account previous exercises)
shall not exceed an amount equal to the total principal amount of the Loans made
on or prior to the date of exercise, multiplied by 12%, and divided by the
Warrant Price, unless an Acceleration Event occurs on or before the Anniversary
Date, in which event, the number of Shares subject to this Warrant shall be an
amount equal to $360,000 divided by the Warrant Price, regardless of the amount
of the Loans made under the Loan Agreement.
(d) The
Warrant shall expire upon the Expiration Date set forth above, subject to
earlier termination as provided in Section 1.9 below.
1.2
Method of Exercise
.
Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering (including a facsimile
transmission with confirmation of receipt) a duly executed Notice of Exercise in
substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the
Company, together with the delivery of this Warrant. Unless Holder is exercising
the conversion right set forth in Section 1.3, Holder shall also deliver to the
Company the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased (i) by wire
transfer or by check, or (ii) by notice of cancellation of indebtedness of the
Company to Holder, or (iii) a combination of (i) or (ii).
1.3
Conversion Right
. In
lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section 1.2, Holder may from
time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares
determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or
other securities otherwise issuable upon the proposed whole or partial exercise
of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair
market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be
determined pursuant to Section 1.6 below.
1.4
Effective Date of
Exercise
. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately
prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise
(together with any payment or other documents called for by the terms hereof) as
provided in accordance with Section 1.2 above (the “Exercise Date”). The person
entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be
treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close
of business on the date the Holder is deemed to have exercised this
Warrant.
1.5
No Rights of
Shareholder
. This Warrant does not entitle Holder to any voting rights as
a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof.
1.6
Fair Market Value
.
The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined as follows:
(a) If
this Warrant is exercised in connection with and contingent upon an IPO, the
fair market value per Share shall be the initial “price to the public” of the
Company Common Stock specified in the final prospectus with respect to such
offering;
(b) If
the Warrant is exercised at any other time,
(i)
If the Shares (or the securities issuable upon conversion of the Shares) are
traded on a securities exchange, then the fair market value shall be the the
closing price of such security on such exchange on the trading day immediately
prior to the Exercise Date;
(ii) If
the Shares (or the securities issuable upon conversion of the Shares) are traded
on the Nasdaq Stock Market or other over-the-counter system, then the fair
market value shall be the closing bid prices of such security on the trading day
immediately prior to the Exercise Date; and
(iii) If
the Shares (and the securities issuable upon conversion of the Shares) are not
traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine
fair market value in its good faith judgment. The foregoing notwithstanding, if
Holder advises the Board of Directors in writing that Holder disagrees with such
determination, then the Company and Holder shall promptly agree upon a reputable
investment banking firm to undertake such valuation. If the Company and Holder
are unable to agree on such investment banking firm, then the Holder shall
select three reputable investment banking firms, and from those three firms the
Company shall select one to undertake such valuation. If the valuation of such
investment banking firm is greater than that determined by the Board of
Directors by 10% or more, then all fees and expenses of such investment banking
firm shall be paid by the Company. In all other circumstances, such fees and
expenses shall be paid by Holder.
In making
a determination under clauses (i) or (ii) above, if closing prices or closing
bid prices are no longer reported by a securities exchange or other trading
system, the closing price or closing bid price shall be that which is reported
by such securities exchange or other trading system at 4:00 p.m. New York City
time on the applicable trading day.
1.7
Delivery of Certificate and
New Warrant
. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant,
the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if
this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a
new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired shall be delivered to
Holder.
1.8
Replacement of
Warrants
. On receipt of an affidavit of an officer of the Holder of the
loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss,
theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably
satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on
surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall
execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like
tenor.
1.9
Treatment of Warrant Upon
Acquisition
.
(a) In
the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash, Holder
agrees that, upon the written request of the Company, either (i) Holder shall
exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise
will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such
Acquisition, or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant
will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide
the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing
(together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in
connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which
is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of
the proposed Acquisition.
(b) In
the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is common stock of a
company which stock is publicly traded on a stock exchange in the United States,
or a combination of such stock and cash, and the total price per Share in the
Acquisition is at least two times the Warrant Price, then Holder agrees that,
upon the written request of the Company, either (i) Holder shall exercise its
conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed
effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition, or (ii) if
Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the
consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide the Holder with
written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such
reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such
contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered
to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed
Acquisition.
(c) The
exercise of this Warrant under Section 1.9 (a)(i) or (b)(i) above shall be
conditioned upon, and be deemed effective immediately prior to, the consummation
of the proposed Acquisition, and this Warrant shall not expire under Section 1.9
(a)(ii) or (b)(ii) above if the Acquisition is not consummated.
(d) Upon
the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in
Sections 1.9 (a) and (b) above, the successor entity shall assume the
obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same
securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon
exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were
outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The
Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted
accordingly.
1.10
Automatic Exercise Prior to
Expiration
. To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised as to
all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one Share is
greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed
automatically exercised pursuant to Section 1.3 above (even if not surrendered)
immediately before the Expiration Date (unless the Expiration Date results from
the early termination of the Warrant in accordance with Section 1.9(a)(ii) or
Section 1.9(b)(ii), in which event the Warrant shall not be deemed automatically
exercised pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.10). For purposes of such
automatic exercise, the fair market value of one Share upon such expiration
shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.6 above. To the extent this Warrant or
any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section,
the Company agrees to promptly notify the holder hereof of the number of Shares,
if any, the holder hereof is to receive by reason of such automatic
exercise.
ARTICLE
2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE
SHARES.
2.1
Stock Dividends
. If
the Company declares or pays a dividend on the class of the securities issuable
upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant payable in Common Stock or other
securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder
shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities
to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record
as of the date the dividend.
2.2
Reclassification, Exchange
or Substitution
. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or
other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the
securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be
entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and
kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares
if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification,
exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any
automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of
the same class or series as the Shares to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of
the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”)
upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s Common
Stock. After the occurrence of such an event, the Company or its successor shall
promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other
property. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article
2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the
number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The
provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive
reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.
2.3
Adjustments for
Combinations, Subdivisions, Etc
. If the outstanding shares of the class
of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant are
subdivided or combined, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and
the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased in
the case of a subdivision and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately
increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately
decreased in the case of a combination.
2.4
Price Adjustment
. If
the Company issues additional common shares (including shares of Common Stock
ultimately issuable upon conversion of a security convertible into Common Stock)
after the date of the Warrant and the consideration per additional common share
is less than the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred (as set forth in the
Certificate of Incorporation) in effect immediately before such issue, the price
at which the Shares are converted to Common Stock shall be adjusted in
accordance with the treatment of the Series C Preferred under the Certificate of
Incorporation subject to all of the exceptions therein set forth.
2.5
No Impairment
. The
Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a
reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue,
or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the
observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under
this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in
carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such
action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this
Article against impairment.
2.6
Fractional Shares
. No
fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant
and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole
Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of
the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by
paying Holder a cash amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by
the fair market value of a full Share.
2.7
Certificate as to
Adjustments; Other Adjustments
. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant
Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and
furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth
such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company
shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the
Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments
leading to such Warrant Price. If in the good faith judgment of the Board of
Directors, there is any change in the outstanding securities of the Company as
to which the other provisions of this Article 2 are not strictly applicable, the
Board of Directors of the Company, in its good faith judgment, shall make an
adjustment in the number and class of shares subject to this Warrant, the
Warrant Price or the application of such provisions, so as to give the Holder,
upon exercise for the same aggregate Warrant Price, the total number, class and
kind of securities as it would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior
to the event and had it continued to hold such securities until after the event
requiring the adjustment.
ARTICLE
3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS
OF THE COMPANY.
3.1
Representations and
Warranties
. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as
follows:
(a) The
initial Warrant Price hereunder is not greater than the price per share at which
shares of the Series C Preferred were last issued in an arm’s length transaction
in which at least $500,000 of the shares of Series C Preferred were
sold.
(b) All
Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented
by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the
Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on
transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities
laws. The Company shall, at all times, reserve a sufficient number of Shares and
of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon Holder’s exercise of its rights
hereunder and conversion of the Shares.
(c) The
Capitalization Table attached hereto as Exhibit A is true and complete as of the
Issue Date.
3.2
Notice of Certain
Events
. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend
or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or
other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for
subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any
additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect
any reclassification or recapitalization of Common Stock; (d) to merge or
consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or
convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind
up; or (e) to offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to
participate in an underwritten public offering of the company’s securities for
cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder
(1) at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be
taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying
the date on which the holders of Common Stock will be entitled thereto) or for
determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a)
and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above
at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place
(and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock will be entitled
to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon
the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in
(e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration
rights.
3.3
Information Rights
.
So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company
shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all notices or
other written communications to the shareholders of the Company and (b) the
information provided to the Investors (as such term is defined in Series A
Purchase Agreement) pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Series A Purchase Agreement.
For purposes hereof, the term “Series A Purchase Agreement” means that certain
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company
and the Investors (as defined therein) dated as of October 6, 2000.
3.4
Registration Under
Securities Act of 1933, as amended
.
The Company agrees that with respect
to the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into Common Stock of the
Company, such Common Stock, Holder shall have the piggyback registration rights
set forth in Section 4 of the Registration Rights Agreement as the same is in
effect on the date hereof; and in furtherance thereof, the Company will enter a
joinder agreement with the Holder whereby the Holder shall be made a party to
the Registration Rights Agreement. For purposes hereof, the term “Registration
Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement by and among
the Company and the Investors (as defined therein) dated as of October 6, 2000,
as amended.
ARTICLE
4.
REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES
OF THE HOLDER
. The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as
follows:
4.1
Purchase for Own
Account
.
This Warrant and
the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by the Holder will
be acquired for investment for the Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent,
and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution
thereof in violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”),
and the Holder has no present intention of selling, granting any participation
in, or otherwise distributing the same (except for transfers to Holder’s
affiliates, which affiliates are “accredited investors” within the meaning of
Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the 1933 Act). The Holder also
represents that the Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of
acquiring this Warrant or the Shares. Upon exercise of this Warrant, Holder
shall, if so requested by the Company, confirm in writing in a form satisfactory
to the Company that the securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant are
being acquired for investment purposes only and not with a view toward
distribution or resale in violation of the 1933 Act.
4.2
Disclosure of
Information
.
The Holder
has received or has had full access to all the information it considers
necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to
the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. The Holder
further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the
Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and
its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent
the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable
effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to the Holder
or to which the Holder has access.
4.3
Investment
Experience
.
The Holder:
(i) has experience as an investor in securities and acknowledges that the Holder
is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of the Holder’s
investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge
and experience in financial or business matters that the Holder is capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its
underlying securities and/or (ii) has a preexisting personal or business
relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or
controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables the Holder to be aware
of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such
persons.
4.4
Accredited Investor
Status
.
The Holder is an
“accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated
under the 1933 Act.
4.5
Shares Not
Registered
.
Holder
understands that the Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable,
directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) have not been
registered under the 1933 Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction
exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933
Act, and that they must be held by Holder indefinitely, and that Holder must
therefore bear the economic risk of such investment indefinitely, unless a
subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the 1933 Act or is exempted
from such registration. Holder further understands that the Warrant and the
Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of
the Shares, if any) have not been qualified under the California Securities Law
of 1968 (the “California Law”) by reason of their issuance in a transaction
exempt from the qualification requirements of the California Law pursuant to
Section 25102(f) thereof, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the
bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent expressed above.
4.6
Market Stand-Off
Agreement
. Holder agrees that this Warrant and the Shares (and the
securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if
any) are subject to the market stand-off provisions set forth in Section 11 of
the Registration Rights Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.
ARTICLE
5. MISCELLANEOUS
5.1
Term
. This Warrant is
exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before
the Expiration Date.
5.2
Legends
. This Warrant
and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon
conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with legends in
substantially the following form:
THE
SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND
HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (THE
“ACT”) OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITES AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE
UPON CONVERSION OR EXERCISE HEREOF MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR, IF REQUESTED BY
THE COMPANY, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER AND ITS
COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE ACT.
THE
SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON
CONVERSION OR EXERCISE HEREOF ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
INCLUDING A MARKET STAND-OFF AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL
HOLDER. THIS AGREEMENT IS BINDING UPON TRANSFEREES. A COPY OF THE AGREEMENT IS
ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE ISSUER.
5.3
Compliance with Securities
Laws on Transfer
. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of
this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon
conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or
in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by
the transferor and the transferee.
5.4
Transfer Procedure
.
Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and this Section 5.4, Holder may
transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of
this Warrant (or the securities issuable, direcdy or indirectly, upon conversion
of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the
securities being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer
identification number of the transferee and surrendering the certificate
representing the securities to be transferred to the Company for reissuance to
the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable), together with a written opinion of
counsel or other evidence, if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the
effect that such transfer may be effected without registration or qualification
(under the 1933 Act and any other applicable federal or state securities laws
then in effect) of the securities and indicating whether or not certificates for
the securities to be transferred require any restrictive legend as to applicable
restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with applicable
law. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Warrant, Holder shall not
transfer this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or
the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares,
if any) to any person known to the Holder to be a competitor of the Company
(except for transfers of the Shares in a transaction on the open
market).
5.5
Notices
. All notices
and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be
deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to such address as may have been
furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the
Company or the Holder from time to time.
5.6
Waiver; Amendment
.
This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or
terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which
enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is
sought.
5.7
Issue Tax
. The
issuance of the securities subject to this Warrant shall be made without charge
to the Holder for any issue tax (other than applicable income taxes) in respect
thereof.
5.8
Attorneys Fees
. In
the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions
of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to
collect from the other party all costs reasonably incurred in such dispute,
including reasonable attorneys’ fees.
[Signatures
on Next Page]
5.9
Governing Law
. This
Warrant and all acts, transactions, disputes and controversies arising hereunder
or relating hereto, and all rights and obligations of Holder and Company shall
be governed by, and construed in accordance with the internal laws (and not the
conflict of laws rules) of the State of California.
|
Company:
|
|
|
|
CyberU,
Inc.
|
|
|
|
By
|
/s/
Adam Miller
|
|
|
Title
|
President
and CEO
|
|
Holder:
ORIX
Venture Finance LLC
By
|
/s/ Kevin P. Sheehan
|
|
|
Kevin
P. Sheehan,
|
|
President
and CEO
|
APPENDIX
1
NOTICE OF
EXERCISE
1. The
undersigned hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares of the Series C
Preferred Stock of CyberU, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant,
and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in
full.
1. The
undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the
manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to
_____________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.
[Strike
paragraph that does not apply.]
2. Please
issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the
undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
3. The
undersigned represents it is acquiring the Shares solely for its own account and
not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or
distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities
laws.
Exhibit
A
Capitalization
Table
CyberU,
Inc.
%’s
of Each Security
As
of 06/28/04
Common
|
|
|
8,206,692
|
|
|
|
32.98
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series
A
|
|
|
7,723,640
|
|
|
|
31.04
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series
B
|
|
|
2,600,000
|
|
|
|
10.45
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series
C
|
|
|
2,031,249
|
|
|
|
8.16
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants
- Common
|
|
|
765,500
|
|
|
|
3.08
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warrants
-
Series
C - Orix
|
|
|
380,000
|
|
|
|
1.53
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options
- Total in Pool
|
|
|
3,483,345
|
|
|
|
14.00
|
%
|
Less:
Exercised
|
|
|
(309,192
|
)
|
|
|
-1.24
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
24,881,234
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized
Common
|
|
|
24,926,234
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
4.6
THIS
WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT
AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.
WARRANT
TO PURCHASE STOCK
Corporation:
|
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
|
Number
of Shares:
|
140,625
|
Class
of Stock:
|
Series
D Preferred
|
Initial
Exercise Price:
|
$1.60
per share
|
Issue
Date:
|
September
12, 2007
|
Expiration
Date:
|
September
12, 2014
|
THIS
WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (“WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a
Michigan banking corporation, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to
purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of
securities (the “Shares”) of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”) at the
initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) all as set forth above
and as adjusted pursuant to this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the
terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant. Upon Holder’s making any
Acquisition Advance under the Loan and Security Agreement of even date between
Company and Holder, Holder may acquire 140,625 additional Shares under this
Warrant.
ARTICLE
I
EXERCISE
1.1
Method of Exercise
.
Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering this Warrant and a duly executed
Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the
principal office of the Company. Holder shall also deliver to the Company a
check or wire for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being
purchased.
1.2
Reserved.
1.3
Delivery of Certificate and
New Warrant
. Within 45 days after Holder exercises this Warrant, the
Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if
this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant
representing the Shares not so acquired.
1.4
Replacement of
Warrants
. In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, on
delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to
the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this
Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this
Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.
1.5
Acquisition of the
Company
.
1.5.1
“
Acquisition
.” For the
purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual
property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or
sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the
holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less
than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the
transaction.
1.5.2
Assumption of
Warrant
. Upon the closing of any Acquisition (other than an Acquisition
in which the consideration received by the Company’s stockholders consists
solely of cash, in which case Section 1.5.3 below shall apply), and as a
condition precedent thereto, the successor or surviving entity shall assume the
obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same
securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon
exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were
outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing;
provided, however, that if the successor or surviving entity refuses to assume
the Warrant, the provisions of Section 1.5.3 below shall apply. The Warrant
Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class
of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in
accordance with the provisions hereof.
1.5.3
Exercise/Expiration
of Warrant. Upon the written request of Company, Holder agrees that, in the
event of an Acquisition, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or
purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective
immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder
elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the
consummation of such Acquisition. Company shall provide Holder with written
notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable
information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated
Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not
less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed
Acquisition.
ARTICLE
2
ADJUSTMENTS
TO THE SHARES
2.1
Stock Dividends, Splits.
Etc
. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock
payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding
common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this
Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder,
the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled
had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision
occurred.
2.2
Reclassification, Exchange
or Substitution
. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or
other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the
securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be
entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and
kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares
if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification,
exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any
automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of
the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of
the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered
public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor
shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other
property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article
2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the
number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The
provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive
reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.
2.3
Adjustments for
Combinations, Etc
. If the outstanding Shares are combined or
consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser
number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the
outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise,
into a greater number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately
decreased.
2.4
Adjustments for Diluting
Issuances
. The Warrant Price and the Number of Shares issuable upon
exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time, in
the manner set forth on Exhibit A, if attached, in the event of Diluting
Issuances (as defined on
Exhibit
A
).
2.5
No Impairment
. The
Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a
reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue,
or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the
observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under
this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in
carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action
as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article
2 against impairment.
2.6
Certificate as to
Adjustments
. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at
its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a
certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment
and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon
written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in
effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such
Warrant Price.
2.7
Fractional Shares
. No
fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number
of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a
fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of the Warrant, the Company
shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount
computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as
determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.
ARTICLE
3
REPRESENTATIONS
AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
3.1
Representations and
Warranties
. The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees
with, the Holder as follows:
3.1.1
The
initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not
greater than the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this
Warrant.
3.1.2
All
Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented
by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the
Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on
transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities
laws.
3.1.3
The
Company’s capitalization table attached to this Warrant is true and complete as
of the Issue Date.
3.2
Notice of Certain
Events
. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend
or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other
securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for
subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any
additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect
any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or
consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or
convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind
up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1)
at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be
taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying
the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for
determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a)
and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d)
above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take
place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to
exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the
occurrence of such event).
3.3
Information Rights
.
So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company
shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all
communiqués to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within 270 days after the
end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements
of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized
standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first
three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial
statements.
3.4
Registration Under
Securities Act of 1933, as amended
. The Company agrees that the Shares
or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common
stock, shall be subject to the registration rights set forth on
Exhibit
B
.
ARTICLE
4
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES OF HOLDER
Holder
represents and warrants to Company as follows:
4.1
Purchase for Own
Account
. This Warrant and the Shares (including any securities issuable,
directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares) to be acquired upon
exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s
own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to, or for the
resale in connection with, any “distribution” within the meaning of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Holder will not sell, transfer,
assign, grant any participation in, or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or the
Shares (including any securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon
conversion of the Shares), except under circumstance which will not result in a
violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state
securities laws. The Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for
the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares (including any
securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the
Shares).
4.2
Disclosure of
Information
. Holder has received or has had full access to all the
information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment
decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying
securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive
answers from Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this
Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to
the extent Company possessed such information or could acquire it without
unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to
Holder or to which Holder has access.
4.3
Investment
Experience
. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its
underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an
investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges
that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this
Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in
financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits
and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or
has a preexisting personal or business relationship with Company and certain of
its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that
enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial
circumstances of the Company and of such persons.
4.4
Accredited Investor
Status
. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of
Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.
4.5
Securities Act of 1933, as
amended
. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable
upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which
exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s
investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and
the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held
indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless
exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.
Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.
ARTICLE
5
[Update]
MISCELLANEOUS
5.1
Term; Exercise Upon
Expiration
. This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time
and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above;
provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering
within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the
Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of
the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.
5.2
Legends
. This Warrant
and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon
conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in
substantially the following form:
THIS
SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD,
PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER
THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN
EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE
SECURITIES LAWS.
5.3
Compliance with Securities
Laws on Transfer
. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of
this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon
conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or
in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by
the transferor and the transferee.
5.4
Transfer Procedure
.
Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of
this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the
securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if
any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being
transferred setting form the name, address and taxpayer identification number of
the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to
the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable);
provided, however,
that
Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including,
without limitation, Comerica Incorporated, at any time by giving the Company
notice, but without the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and
such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this
Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in
ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the
name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. The terms and conditions of
this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and
the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless
the Company is filing financial information with the SEC pursuant to the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company shall have the right to
refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant or the Shares issuance upon
exercise hereof to any person who, in the reasonable opinion of the Company’s
board of directors, directly competes with the Company.
5.5
Market Stand-Off
. The
Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make
any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any
hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any
Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other
than those included in the registration) during the one hundred eighty (180) day
period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company
filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and a ninety (90) day period
following the effective date of any subsequent registrations or, in each case,
such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to
accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution
of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including,
but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE
Rule 472(f)(4). The obligations described in this Section 5.5 shall not apply to
a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8
or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration
relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be
promulgated in the future. The Holder agrees to execute a market standoff
agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the
provisions of this Section 5.5.
5.6
No Stockholder
Rig
hts
. No Holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to
vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Shares or any other
securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise
hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to
confer upon the Holder of this Warrant, as such, any of the rights of a
stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or
upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive
notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise
until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon the
exercise hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.
5.7
Notices
. All notices
and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be
deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been
furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in wiring by the
Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be
addressed as follows:
Comerica
Bank c/o Comerica Incorporated
Attn:
Warrant Administrator
500
Woodward Avenue, 32
nd
Floor,
MC 3379
Detroit,
MI 48226
All
notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
1601
Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa
Monica, CA 90404
5.8
Amendments
. This
Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated
only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement
of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.
5.9
Attorneys’ Fees
. In
the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions
of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to
collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including
reasonable attorneys’ fees.
5.10
Governing Law
. This
Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts
of law.
5.11
Confidentiality
. The
Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant
confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the
Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant as required by law,
rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the
Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required
disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in
the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be
disclosed.
|
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Adam Miller
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Adam Miller
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
CEO
|
APPENDIX
1
NOTICE OF
EXERCISE
1. The
undersigned hereby elects to purchase ___________ shares of the ___________
stock of
Cornerstone OnDemand,
Inc.
pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith
payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.
2. Please
issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the
undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:
Comerica
Bank
Attn:
Warrant Administrator
500
Woodward Avenue, 32
nd
Floor,
MC 3379
Detroit,
MI 48226
3. The
undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and
not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or
distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities
laws.
COMERICA BANK
or
Assignee
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Signature)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Name
and Title)
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Date)
|
|
EXHIBIT
A
Anti-Dilution
Provisions
(For Preferred Stock
Warrants With Existing Anti-Dilution Protection)
In the
event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue
Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant
Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the
Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions (the “Provisions”)
of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation which apply to Diluting Issuances.
The Provisions shall not be deemed in any manner to limit or restrict the
applicability of the Provisions to the Shares. Any language in the Provisions
that in any manner limits or restricts the applicability of the Provisions to
the Shares shall not apply to this Warrant.
Under no
circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon
exercise of the Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a
Diluting Issuance.
EXHIBIT
B
Registration
Rights
The
Shares (if common stock), or the common stock issuable upon conversion of the
Shares, shall be deemed “registrable securities” and entitled to “piggy back”
registration rights in accordance with the terms of the following agreement (the
“Agreement”) between the Company and its investor(s):
Amended
and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated May __, 2007 by and between the
Company and the Investors (as defined therein)
The
Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the Agreement which would have
an adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights thereunder that is different
from the impact on the other investors entitled to such rights without the
consent of Holder. Prior to the issuance of this Warrant, the Company shall take
such reasonable measure as are necessary to cause Holder to become a party to
the Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration
rights.
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
1999
STOCK PLAN
(as
amended May 29, 2001, September 9, 2006 and May 10, 2007)
1.
Purposes of the Plan
. The
purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available
personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional
incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of
the Company's business. Options granted under the Plan may be
Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the
Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights may also be
granted under the Plan.
2.
Definitions
. As
used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
(a)
"
Administrator
" means
the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in
accordance with Section 4 hereof.
(b)
"
Applicable Laws
"
means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans
under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the
Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed
or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where
Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan.
(c)
"
Board
" means the
Board of Directors of the Company.
(d)
"
Code
" means the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(e)
"
Committee
" means
a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with
Section 4 hereof.
(f)
"
Common Stock
" means
the Common Stock of the Company.
(g)
"
Company
" means
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a
Delaware
corporation.
(h)
"
Consultant
" means any
person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render
consulting or advisory services to such entity.
(i)
"
Director
" means a
member of the Board of Directors of the Company.
(j)
"
Disability
" means
total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the
Code.
(k)
"
Employee
" means any
person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent
or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service Provider shall not cease to
be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the
Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the
Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes
of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless
reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or
contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence
approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, on the 181st day of such leave any
Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an
Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory
Stock Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a
director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute "employment" by
the Company.
(l)
"
Exchange Act
" means
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(m)
"
Fair Market Value
"
means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as
follows:
(i)
If the
Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market
system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq
SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the
closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were
reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day
prior to the time of determination, as reported in
The Wall Street Journal
or
such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
(ii)
If the
Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling
prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the
high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading
day prior to the day of determination; or
(iii)
In the
absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value
thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
(n)
"
Incentive Stock
Option
" means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
(o)
"
Nonstatutory Stock
Option
" means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock
Option.
(p)
"
Officer
" means a
person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(q)
"
Option
" means a stock
option granted pursuant to the Plan.
(r)
"
Option Agreement
"
means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee
evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option
grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of
the Plan.
(s)
"
Option Exchange
Program
" means a program whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for
Options with a lower exercise price.
(t)
"
Optioned Stock
"
means the Common Stock subject to an Option or a Stock Purchase
Right.
(u)
"
Optionee
" means the
holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the
Plan.
(v)
"
Parent
" means a
"parent corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in
Section 424(e) of the Code.
(w)
"
Plan
" means this
1999 Stock
Plan.
(x)
"
Restricted Stock
"
means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase
Right under Section 11 below.
(y)
"
Service
Provider
" means an Employee, Director or
Consultant.
(z)
"
Share
" means a share
of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 12
below.
(aa)
"
Stock Purchase Right
"
means a right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11
below.
(bb)
"
Subsidiary
" means a
"subsidiary corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in
Section 424(f) of the Code.
3.
Stock Subject to the Plan
. Subject
to the provisions of Section 12 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of
Shares which may be subject to option and sold under the Plan is 5,831,651
Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired
Common Stock.
If an
Option or Stock Purchase Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having
been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange
Program, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become
available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has
terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the
Plan, upon exercise of either an Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall not be
returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution
under the Plan, except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the
Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for
future grant under the Plan.
4.
Administration of the Plan
.
(a)
Administrator
. The
Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board,
which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable
Laws.
(b)
Powers of the Administrator
. Subject
to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific
duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of
any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its
discretion:
(i)
to
determine the Fair Market Value;
(ii)
to select
the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Purchase Rights may from time to
time be granted hereunder;
(iii)
to
determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such award granted
hereunder;
(iv)
to
approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;
(v)
to
determine the terms and conditions, of any Option or Stock Purchase Right
granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not
limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options or Stock Purchase
Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any
vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction
or limitation regarding any Option or Stock Purchase Right or the Common Stock
relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in
its sole discretion, shall determine;
(vi)
to
determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash
under subsection 9(e) instead of Common Stock;
(vii)
to reduce
the exercise price of any Option to the then current Fair Market Value if the
Fair Market Value of the Common Stock covered by such Option has declined since
the date the Option was granted;
(viii)
to
initiate an Option Exchange Program;
(ix)
to
prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan,
including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the
purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax
laws;
(x)
to allow
Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company
withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option or Stock
Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the
amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares
to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be
withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have
Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such
conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;
and
(xi)
to
construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the
Plan.
(c)
Effect of Administrator's
Decision
. All decisions, determinations and interpretations of
the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.
5.
Eligibility
.
(a)
Nonstatutory
Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service
Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to
Employees.
(b)
Each
Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock
Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such
designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares
with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time
by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any
Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as
Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5(b),
Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they
were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined
as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.
(c)
Neither
the Plan nor any Option or Stock Purchase Right shall confer upon any Optionee
any right with respect to continuing the Optionee's relationship as a Service
Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her
right or the Company's right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or
without cause.
6.
Term of Plan
. The
Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It shall
continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated under
Section 14 of the Plan.
7.
Term of
Option
. The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option
Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10)
years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive
Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns
stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all
classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the
Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as
may be provided in the Option Agreement.
8.
Option Exercise Price and
Consideration
.
(a)
The per
share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option
shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject
to the following:
(i)
In the
case of an Incentive Stock Option
(A)
granted
to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock representing
more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than
110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
(B)
granted
to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100%
of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
(ii)
In the
case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option
(A)
granted
to a Service Provider who, at the time of grant of such Option, owns stock
representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of
stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no
less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of
grant.
(B)
granted
to any other Service Provider, the per Share exercise price shall be no less
than 85% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
(iii)
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than
as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate
transaction.
(b)
The
consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option,
including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and,
in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of
grant). Such consideration may consist of (1) cash,
(2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares which
(x) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option, have been
owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and
(y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the
aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be
exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise
program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any
combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its
determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall
consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to
benefit the Company.
9.
Exercise of Option
.
(a)
Procedure for Exercise;
Rights as a Shareholder
. Any Option granted hereunder shall be
exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such
conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option
Agreement. Except in the case of Options granted to Officers,
Directors and Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less
than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are
granted. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of
Options granted hereunder to Officers and Directors shall be tolled during any
unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a
fraction of a Share.
An Option
shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic
notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person
entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with
respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of
any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and
permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon
exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if
requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her
spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate
entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the
Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a
shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise
of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such
Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be
made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the
date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the
Plan.
Exercise
of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares
thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the
Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is
exercised.
(b)
Termination of
Relationship as a Service Provider
. If an Optionee ceases to
be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such
period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least thirty (30)
days) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in
no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the
Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option
Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following
the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the
Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the
unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after
termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time
specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares
covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
(c)
Disability of
Optionee
. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a
result of the Optionee's Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option
within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least
six (6) months) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination
(but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set
forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in
the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months
following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination,
the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by
the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If,
after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the
time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by
such Option shall revert to the Plan.
(d)
Death of Optionee
. If
an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within
such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (of at least six (6)
months) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no
event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the
Option Agreement) by the Optionee's estate or by a person who acquires the right
to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. In the absence of a
specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for
twelve (12) months following the Optionee's termination. If, at the
time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to the entire Option, the Shares
covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the
Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified
herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall
revert to the Plan.
(e)
Buyout
Provisions
. The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out
for a payment in cash or Shares, an Option previously granted, based on such
terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the
Optionee at the time that such offer is made.
10.
Non-Transferability of Options
and Stock Purchase Rights
. The Options and Stock Purchase
Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or
disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or
distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by
the Optionee.
11.
Stock Purchase
Rights
.
(a)
Rights to
Purchase
. Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in
addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash
awards made outside of the Plan. After the Administrator determines
that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the
offeree in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions and restrictions
related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be
entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such
person must accept such offer. The terms of the offer shall comply in
all respects with Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of
Regulations. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted
Stock purchase agreement in the form determined by the
Administrator.
(b)
Repurchase
Option
. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the
Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option
exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser's
service with the Company for any reason (including death or
disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to
the Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall be the original price paid by the
purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser
to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at such rate as the
Administrator may determine. Except with respect to Shares purchased
by Officers, Directors and Consultants, the repurchase option shall in no case
lapse at a rate of less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date of
purchase.
(c)
Other
Provisions
. The Restricted Stock purchase agreement shall
contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the
Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole
discretion.
(d)
Rights as a
Shareholder
. Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the
purchaser shall have rights equivalent to those of a shareholder and shall be a
shareholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly
authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment shall be made
for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the
Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 12 of the
Plan.
12.
Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization,
Merger or Asset Sale
.
(a)
Changes in
Capitalization
. Subject to any required action by the
shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by
each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, and the number of shares of
Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to
which no Options or Stock Purchase Rights have yet been granted or which have
been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock
Purchase Right, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each
such outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right, shall be proportionately
adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common
Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend,
combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or
decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt
of consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible
securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without
receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the
Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and
conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the
Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares
of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall
be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject
to an Option or Stock Purchase Right.
(b)
Dissolution or
Liquidation
. In the event of the proposed dissolution or
liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon
as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed
transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an
Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option or Stock Purchase Right
until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned
Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option or Stock Purchase
Right would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the
Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any
Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall lapse
as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes
place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it
has not been previously exercised, an Option or Stock Purchase Right will
terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed
action.
(c)
Merger or Asset
Sale
. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into
another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the
Company, each outstanding Option and Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an
equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent
or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the
successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or Stock
Purchase Right, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise
the Option or Stock Purchase Right as to all of the Optioned Stock, including
Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or
exercisable. If an Option or Stock Purchase Right becomes fully
vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a
merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing
or electronically that the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be fully
exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and
the Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon the expiration of such
period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option or Stock
Purchase Right shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of
assets, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each
Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock Purchase Right
immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether
stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of
assets by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of
the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type
of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares);
provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of
assets is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent,
the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide
for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option or Stock
Purchase Right, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option or Stock
Purchase Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its
Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by
holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale of assets.
13.
Time of Granting Options
and Stock Purchase Rights
. The date of grant of an Option or
Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the
Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase
Right, or such other date as is determined by the
Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each
Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within
a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
14.
Amendment and Termination of the Plan
.
(a)
Amendment and
Termination
. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend
or terminate the Plan.
(b)
Shareholder
Approval
. The Board shall obtain shareholder approval of any
Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable
Laws.
(c)
Effect of Amendment or Termination
. No
amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the
rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee
and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the
Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect
the Administrator's ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with
respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such
termination.
15.
Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares
.
(a)
Legal
Compliance
. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the
exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the
issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall
be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to
such compliance.
(b)
Investment
Representations
. As a condition to the exercise of an Option,
the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to represent and
warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased
only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such
Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is
required.
16.
Inability to Obtain
Authority
. The inability of the Company to obtain authority
from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the
Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares
hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure
to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have
been obtained.
17.
Reservation of Shares
. The
Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep
available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the
requirements of the Plan.
18.
Shareholder
Approval
. The Plan shall be subject to approval by the
shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is
adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree
and manner required under Applicable Laws.
19.
Information to Optionees and
Purchasers
. The Company shall provide to each Optionee and to
each individual who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, not less frequently
than annually during the period such Optionee or purchaser has one or more
Options or Stock Purchase Rights outstanding, and, in the case of an individual
who acquires Shares pursuant to the Plan, during the period such individual owns
such Shares, copies of annual financial statements. The Company shall
not be required to provide such statements to key employees whose duties in
connection with the Company assure their access to equivalent
information.
[Remainder
of page intentionally left blank]
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
1999
STOCK PLAN
STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT
Unless
otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 1999 Stock Plan shall have
the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.
I.
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION
GRANT
[Optionee's Name and
Address]
The
undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the
Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option
Agreement, as follows:
Grant
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
of Grant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting
Commencement Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
Price per Share
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Number of Shares Granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Exercise Price
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type
of Option:
|
|
Incentive
Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonstatutory
Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term/Expiration
Date:
|
|
|
|
Vesting
Schedule
:
This
Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following
vesting schedule:
[INSERT
VESTING SCHEDULE]
Termination
Period
:
This
Option shall be exercisable for three months after Optionee ceases to be a
Service Provider. Upon Optionee's death or Disability, this Option
may be exercised for one year after Optionee ceases to be a Service
Provider. In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the
Term/Expiration Date as provided above.
II.
AGREEMENT
1.
Grant of
Option
. The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to
the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant (the "Optionee"), an option (the
"Option") to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at
the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the "Exercise
Price"), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is
incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 14(c) of the
Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan
and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall
prevail.
If
designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option ("ISO"), this
Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in
Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it
exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated
as a Nonstatutory Stock Option ("NSO").
2.
Exercise of
Option
.
(a)
Right to
Exercise
. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in
accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the
applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.
(b)
Method of
Exercise
. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an
exercise notice in the form attached as
Exhibit A
(the
"Exercise Notice") which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the
number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such
other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The
Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price
as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be
exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice
accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price.
No Shares
shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and
such exercise complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming such
compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred
to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to
such Shares.
3.
Optionee's
Representations
. In the event the Shares have not been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option
is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with
the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or
her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit B
.
4.
Lock-Up
Period
. Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the
Company or any representative of the underwriters (the "Managing Underwriter")
in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the
Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise
transfer any Shares or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period
(or such other period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter
and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the "Market Standoff Period")
following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed
under the Securities Act. Such restriction shall apply
only to the first registration statement of the Company to become
effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf
of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the
Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions
with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end
of such Market Standoff Period.
5.
Method of
Payment
. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by
any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the
Optionee:
(a)
cash or
check;
(b)
consideration
received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the
Company in connection with the Plan; or
(c)
surrender
of other Shares which, (i) in the case of Shares acquired upon exercise of an
option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date
of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal
to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.
6.
Restrictions on
Exercise
. This Option may not be exercised until such time as
the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the
issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable
Law.
7.
Non-Transferability of
Option
. This Option may not be transferred in any manner
otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be
exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms
of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors,
administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.
8.
Term of
Option
. This Option may be exercised only within the term set
out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in
accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.
9.
Tax
Consequences
. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the
date of this Option of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this
Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY
INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO
CHANGE. THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING
THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.
(a)
Exercise of
NSO
. There may be a regular federal income tax liability upon
the exercise of an NSO. The Optionee will be treated as having
received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the
excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise
over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee or a former
Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee's compensation
or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount
in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of
exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if
such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
(b)
Exercise of
ISO
. If this Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no
regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although
the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of
exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the
alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to
the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.
(c)
Disposition of
Shares
. In the case of an NSO, if Shares are held for at least
one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as
long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. In the case
of an ISO, if Shares transferred pursuant to the Option are held for at least
one year after exercise and of at least two years after the Date of Grant, any
gain realized on disposition of the Shares will also be treated as long-term
capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares purchased
under an ISO are disposed of within one year after exercise or two years after
the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as
compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the
difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (1) the Fair Market
Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (2) the sale price of the
Shares. Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term
or long-term depending on the period that the ISO Shares were held.
(d)
Notice of Disqualifying
Disposition of ISO Shares
. If the Option granted to Optionee
herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the
Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date
two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date
of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of
such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to
income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by
the Optionee.
10.
Entire Agreement; Governing
Law
. The Plan is incorporated herein by
reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire
agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and
Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified
adversely to the Optionee's interest except by means of a writing signed by the
Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal
substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.
11.
No Guarantee of Continued
Service
. OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF
SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A
SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED,
BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE
FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT
CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE
PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT
INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE
OPTIONEE'S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT
CAUSE.
Optionee
acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is
familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option
subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has
reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to
obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully
understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to
accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the
Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this
Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change
in the residence address indicated below.
OPTIONEE
|
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residence
Address
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
A
1999
STOCK PLAN
EXERCISE
NOTICE
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
166
34
th
Street
Suite
17L
New York,
NY 10016
Attention:
Secretary
1.
Exercise of
Option
. Effective as of today, ___________, ____, the
undersigned ("Optionee") hereby elects to exercise Optionee's option to purchase
_________ shares of the Common Stock (the "Shares") of Cornerstone OnDemand,
Inc. (the "Company") under and pursuant to the 1999 Stock Plan (the "Plan") and
the Stock Option Agreement dated ________, 19
(the "Option
Agreement").
2.
Delivery of
Payment
. Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full
purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement.
3.
Representations of
Optionee
. Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received,
read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and
be bound by their terms and conditions.
4.
Rights as
Shareholder
. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by
the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized
transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any
other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock,
notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be
issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after the Option is
exercised. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right
for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in
Section 12 of the Plan.
5.
Company's Right of First
Refusal
. Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee
(either being sometimes referred to herein as the "Holder") may be sold or
otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the
Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the
Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the "Right of
First Refusal").
(a)
Notice of Proposed
Transfer
. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the
Company a written notice (the "Notice") stating: (i) the
Holder's bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares;
(ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee ("Proposed
Transferee"); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed
Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for
which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the "Offered Price"), and the
Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its
assignee(s).
(b)
Exercise of Right of First
Refusal
. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of
the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to
the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed
to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the
purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c)
below.
(c)
Purchase
Price
. The purchase price ("Purchase Price") for the Shares
purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section shall be the
Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than
cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
(d)
Payment
. Payment
of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its
assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any
outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of
repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof
within 30 days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set
forth in the Notice.
(e)
Holder's Right to
Transfer
. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be
transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company
and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or
otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price
or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated
within 120 days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other
transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that
the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section
shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed
Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred
to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to
the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the
Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or
otherwise transferred.
(f)
Exception for Certain Family
Transfers
. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section
notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Optionee's
lifetime or on the Optionee's death by will or intestacy to the Optionee's
immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Optionee's immediate family
shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section. "Immediate
Family" as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent,
father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or
other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the
provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such
Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section.
(g)
Termination of Right of
First Refusal
. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as
to any Shares upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general
public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.
6.
Tax
Consultation
. Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer
adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee's purchase or disposition of
the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any
tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or
disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for
any tax advice.
7.
Restrictive Legends and
Stop-Transfer Orders
.
(a)
Legends
. Optionee
understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below
or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any
certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other
legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities
laws:
THE
SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933 (THE "ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED,
PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE
OPINION OF COMPANY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH
OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE
THEREWITH.
THE
SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON
TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS
SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF
THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE
ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE
BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
(b)
Stop-Transfer
Notices
. Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance
with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate
"stop transfer" instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the
Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate
notations to the same effect in its own records.
(c)
Refusal to
Transfer
. The Company shall not be required (i) to
transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in
violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat
as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any
purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so
transferred.
8.
Successors and
Assigns
. The Company may assign any of its rights under this
Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall
inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the
Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth,
this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
9.
Interpretation
. Any
dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted
by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator which shall review
such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a
dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all
parties.
10.
Governing Law;
Severability
. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal
substantive laws but not the choice of law rules, of California.
11.
Entire
Agreement
. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated
herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option
Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire
agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and
Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified
adversely to the Optionee's interest except by means of a writing signed by the
Company and Optionee.
Submitted by:
|
|
Accepted by:
|
|
|
|
OPTIONEE
|
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
Address
:
|
|
Address
:
|
|
|
166
34
TH
Street,
Suite 17L
|
|
|
New York, NY
10016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
Received
|
EXHIBIT
B
INVESTMENT
REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
|
|
OPTIONEE:
|
|
|
|
COMPANY:
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
SECURITY:
|
COMMON
STOCK
|
|
|
AMOUNT:
|
|
|
|
DATE:
|
|
In
connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned
Optionee represents to the Company the following:
(a) Optionee
is aware of the Company's business affairs and financial condition and has
acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and
knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is
acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee's own account only and
not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any "distribution" thereof
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act").
(b) Optionee
acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute "restricted
securities" under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the
Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption
depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee's investment
intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands
that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis
for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee's representation was
predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the
minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale,
for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or
for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the
future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held
indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or
an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further
acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register
the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing
the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of
the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required
in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company,
and any other legend
required under applicable state securities laws.
(c) Optionee
is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each
promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public
resale of "restricted securities" acquired, directly or indirectly from the
issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain
conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under
Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the
exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities
Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off
agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold,
subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by
Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a
broker in an unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions directly
with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of
certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being
sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in
Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if
applicable.
In the
event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant
of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited
circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which
requires the resale to occur not less than one year after the later of the
date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were
sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and,
in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a
non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than two years, the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of
the paragraph immediately above.
(d) Optionee
further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of
Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act,
compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be
required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not
exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its
opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than
in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will
have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from
registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and
their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own
risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any
such other registration exemption will be available in such event.
|
Signature
of Optionee:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
,
19
|
|
ATTACHMENT
1
STATE OF CALIFORNIA -
CALIFORNIA ADMINISTRATIVE CODE
Title
10. Investment - Chapter 3. Commissioner of
Corporations
260.141.11
:
Restriction on
Transfer
.
(a) The
issuer of any security upon which a restriction on transfer has been imposed
pursuant to Sections 260.102.6, 260.141.10 or 260.534 shall cause a copy of this
section to be delivered to each issuee or transferee of such security at the
time the certificate evidencing the security is delivered to the issuee or
transferee.
(b) It
is unlawful for the holder of any such security to consummate a sale or transfer
of such security, or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of
the Commissioner (until this condition is removed pursuant to Section 260.141.12
of these rules), except:
(1) to
the issuer;
(2) pursuant
to the order or process of any court;
(3) to
any person described in Subdivision (i) of Section 25102 of the Code or Section
260.105.14 of these rules;
(4) to
the transferor's ancestors, descendants or spouse, or any custodian or trustee
for the account of the transferor or the transferor's ancestors, descendants, or
spouse; or to a transferee by a trustee or custodian for the account of the
transferee or the transferee's ancestors, descendants or spouse;
(5) to
holders of securities of the same class of the same issuer;
(6) by
way of gift or donation inter vivos or on death;
(7) by
or through a broker-dealer licensed under the Code (either acting as such or as
a finder) to a resident of a foreign state, territory or country who is neither
domiciled in this state to the knowledge of the broker-dealer, nor actually
present in this state if the sale of such securities is not in violation of any
securities law of the foreign state, territory or country
concerned;
(8) to
a broker-dealer licensed under the Code in a principal transaction, or as an
underwriter or member of an underwriting syndicate or selling
group;
(9) if
the interest sold or transferred is a pledge or other lien given by the
purchaser to the seller upon a sale of the security for which the Commissioner's
written consent is obtained or under this rule not required;
(10) by
way of a sale qualified under Sections 25111, 25112, 25113 or 25121 of the Code,
of the securities to be transferred, provided that no order under Section 25140
or subdivision (a) of Section 25143 is in effect with respect to such
qualification;
(11) by
a corporation to a wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation, or by a wholly
owned subsidiary of a corporation to such corporation;
(12) by
way of an exchange qualified under Section 25111, 25112 or 25113 of the Code,
provided that no order under Section 25140 or subdivision (a) of Section 25143
is in effect with respect to such qualification;
(13) between
residents of foreign states, territories or countries who are neither domiciled
nor actually present in this state;
(14) to
the State Controller pursuant to the Unclaimed Property Law or to the
administrator of the unclaimed property law of another state; or
(15) by
the State Controller pursuant to the Unclaimed Property Law or by the
administrator of the unclaimed property law of another state if, in either such
case, such person (i) discloses to potential purchasers at the sale that
transfer of the securities is restricted under this rule, (ii) delivers to each
purchaser a copy of this rule, and (iii) advises the Commissioner of the name of
each purchaser;
(16) by
a trustee to a successor trustee when such transfer does not involve a change in
the beneficial ownership of the securities;
(17) by
way of an offer and sale of outstanding securities in an issuer transaction that
is subject to the qualification requirement of Section 25110 of the Code but
exempt from that qualification requirement by subdivision (f) of Section 25102;
provided that any such transfer is on the condition that any certificate
evidencing the security issued to such transferee shall contain the legend
required by this section.
(c) The
certificates representing all such securities subject to such a restriction on
transfer, whether upon initial issuance or upon any transfer thereof, shall bear
on their face a legend, prominently stamped or printed thereon in capital
letters of not less than 10-point size, reading as follows:
“IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO CONSUMMATE A SALE OR TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY, OR ANY INTEREST
THEREIN, OR TO RECEIVE ANY CONSIDERATION THEREFOR, WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN
CONSENT OF THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT
AS PERMITTED IN THE COMMISSIONER'S RULES.”
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
2009
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
(as
amended on July 15, 2010)
1.
Purposes of the
Plan
. The purposes of this Plan are:
|
·
|
to
attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of
substantial responsibility,
|
|
·
|
to
provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants,
and
|
|
·
|
to
promote the success of the Company’s
business.
|
The Plan
permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock
Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.
2.
Definitions
. As
used herein, the following definitions will apply:
(a) “
Administrator
” means
the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in
accordance with Section
4
of the
Plan.
(b) “
Applicable Laws
”
means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards
under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the
Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed
or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where
Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.
(c) “
Award
” means,
individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock
Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.
(d) “
Award Agreement
”
means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions
applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement
is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(e) “
Board
” means the
Board of Directors of the Company.
(f) “
Change in Control
”
means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i)
Change in Ownership of the
Company
. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs
on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group
(“
Person
”),
acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock
held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the
stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of
the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved
by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or
(ii)
Change in Effective Control
of the Company
. If the Company has a class of securities
registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective
control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of
the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose
appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the
Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes
of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of
the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same
Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or
(iii)
Change in Ownership of a
Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets
. A change in the
ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the
date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month
period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or
persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal
to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of
the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or
acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair
market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the
assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities
associated with such assets.
For
purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a
group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger,
consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction
with the Company.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the
transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code
Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any
proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance
that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to
time.
Further
and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in
Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s
incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will
be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the
Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.
(g) “
Code
” means the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section
of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of
the Code.
(h) “
Committee
” means a
committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws
appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the
Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
(i) “
Common Stock
” means
the common stock of the Company.
(j) “
Company
” means
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor
thereto.
(k) “
Consultant
” means any
person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary
to render services to such entity.
(l) “
Director
” means a
member of the Board.
(m) “
Disability
” means
total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3),
provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the
Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total
disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards
adopted by the Administrator from time to time.
(n) “
Employee
” means any
person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent
or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor
payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute
“employment” by the Company.
(o) “
Exchange Act
” means
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(p) “
Exchange Program
”
means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled
in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise
prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii)
Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a
financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator,
and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or
increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions
of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.
(q) “
Fair Market Value
”
means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as
follows:
(i) If
the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national
market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the
Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market,
its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the
closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on
the day of determination, as reported in
The Wall Street Journal
or
such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
(ii) If
the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but
selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the
mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day
of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as
applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as
reported in
The Wall Street
Journal
or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
or
(iii) In
the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value
will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
(r) “
Incentive Stock
Option
” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise
intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code
Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(s) “
Nonstatutory Stock
Option
” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not
intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
(t) “
Option
” means a stock
option granted pursuant to the Plan.
(u) “
Parent
” means a
“parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code
Section 424(e).
(v) “
Participant
” means
the holder of an outstanding Award.
(w) “
Period of
Restriction
” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of
Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are
subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be
based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance,
or the occurrence of other events as determined by the
Administrator.
(x) “
Plan
” means this 2009
Equity Incentive Plan.
(y) “
Restricted Stock
”
means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under
Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an
Option.
(z) “
Restricted Stock
Unit
” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair
Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each
Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the
Company.
(aa) “
Service Provider
”
means an Employee, Director or Consultant.
(bb) “
Share
” means a share
of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the
Plan.
(cc) “
Stock Appreciation
Right
” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option,
that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation
Right.
(dd) “
Subsidiary
” means a
“subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in
Code Section 424(f).
3.
Stock Subject to the Plan
.
(a)
Stock Subject to the
Plan
. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the
maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under
the Plan is 1,000,000 Shares, plus (i) any Shares that, as of the date of
stockholder approval of this Plan, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to
any awards granted under the Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. 1999 Stock Plan (the
“
1999 Plan
”)
and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares
subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 1999 Plan that
expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares
issued pursuant to awards granted under the 1999 Plan that are forfeited to or
repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the
Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to 4,976,126 Shares. The Shares may
be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
(b)
Lapsed
Awards
. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without
having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program,
or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to
or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares
(or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or
repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future
grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With
respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a
Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all
remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for
future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has
terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan
under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available
for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued
pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased
by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such
Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares
used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding
obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale
under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in
cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the
number of Shares available for issuance under the
Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as
provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the
exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated
in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available
for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3(b).
(c)
Share
Reserve
. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at
all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient
to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
4.
Administration of the
Plan
.
(a)
Procedure
.
(i)
Multiple Administrative
Bodies
. Different Committees with respect to different groups
of Service Providers may administer the Plan.
(ii)
Other
Administration
. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be
administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will
be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.
(b)
Powers of the
Administrator
. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in
the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board
to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its
discretion:
(i) to
determine the Fair Market Value;
(ii) to
select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted
hereunder;
(iii) to
determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted
hereunder;
(iv) to
approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;
(v) to
determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan,
of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include,
but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be
exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration
or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation
regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such
factors as the Administrator will determine;
(vi) to
institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange
Program;
(vii) to
construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the
Plan;
(viii) to
prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan,
including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the
purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable
tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;
(ix) to
modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan),
including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the
post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term
of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));
(x)
to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner
prescribed in Section 14;
(xi) to
authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required
to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the
Administrator;
(xii) to
allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery
of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award;
and
(xiii) to
make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering
the Plan.
(c)
Effect of
Administrator’s Decision
. The Administrator’s decisions,
determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants
and any other holders of Awards.
5.
Eligibility
. Nonstatutory
Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock
Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options
may be granted only to Employees.
6.
Stock
Options
.
(a)
Grant of
Options
. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the
Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such
amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will
determine.
(b)
Option
Agreement
. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an
Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option,
the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any,
applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the
Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
(c)
Limitations
. Each
Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock
Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such
designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the
Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the
first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the
Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars
($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock
Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options
will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair
Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with
respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in
accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder.
(d)
Term of
Option
. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award
Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years
from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock
Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is
granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or
Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from
the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award
Agreement.
(e)
Option Exercise Price and
Consideration
.
(i)
Exercise
Price
. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be
issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the
Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair
Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case
of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing
more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no
less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on
the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of
less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the
date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent
with, Code Section 424(a).
(ii)
Waiting Period and Exercise
Dates
. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator
will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine
any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be
exercised.
(iii)
Form of
Consideration
. The Administrator will determine the acceptable
form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of
payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator
will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of
grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2)
check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4)
other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of
surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such
Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will
not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the
Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by
the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or
otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net
exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of
Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the
foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the
type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance
of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the
Company.
(f)
Exercise of
Option
.
(i)
Procedure for Exercise;
Rights as a Stockholder
. Any Option granted hereunder will be
exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such
conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award
Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a
Share.
An Option
will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise
(in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the
person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the
Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable
tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and
method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award
Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will
be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in
the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares
are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or
of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive
dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the
Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the
Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares
promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made
for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the
Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13
of the
Plan.
Exercising
an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available,
both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of
Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
(ii)
Termination of Relationship
as a Service Provider
. If a Participant ceases to be a Service
Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the
Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her
Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as
is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration
of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent
that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless
otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the
Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by
the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after
termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time
specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares
covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
(iii)
Disability of
Participant
. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider
as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or
her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time
as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the
expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to
the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless
otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the
Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by
the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after
termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time
specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such
Option will revert to the Plan.
(iv)
Death of
Participant
. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider,
the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s
death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award
Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option
as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on
the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such
beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form
acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been
designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal
representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the
Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with
the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by
the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his
or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option
will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so
exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the
Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
7.
Stock Appreciation
Rights
.
(a)
Grant of Stock Appreciation
Rights
. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a
Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and
from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole
discretion.
(b)
Number of
Shares
. The Administrator will have complete discretion to
determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation
Rights.
(c)
Exercise Price and Other
Terms
. The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will
determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock
Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the
Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair
Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the
Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete
discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights
granted under the Plan.
(d)
Stock Appreciation Right
Agreement
. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be
evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term
of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other
terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will
determine.
(e)
Expiration of Stock
Appreciation Rights
. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under
the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole
discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section
6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation
Rights.
(f)
Payment of Stock
Appreciation Right Amount
. Upon exercise of a Stock
Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the
Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
(i) The
difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over
the exercise price; times
(ii) The
number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is
exercised.
At the
discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right
exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination
thereof.
8.
Restricted
Stock
.
(a)
Grant of Restricted
Stock
. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the
Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted
Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole
discretion, will determine.
(b)
Restricted Stock
Agreement
. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by
an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of
Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its
sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines
otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock
until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.
(c)
Transferability
. Except
as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of
Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise
alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of
Restriction.
(d)
Other
Restrictions
. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may
impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem
advisable or appropriate.
(e)
Removal of
Restrictions
. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8,
Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the
Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of
the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may
determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the
time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.
(f)
Voting
Rights
. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers
holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting
rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines
otherwise.
(g)
Dividends and Other
Distributions
. During the Period of Restriction, Service
Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all
dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the
Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or
distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same
restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted
Stock with respect to which they were paid.
(h)
Return of Restricted Stock
to Company
. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the
Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the
Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.
9.
Restricted Stock
Units
.
(a)
Grant
. Restricted
Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by
the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will
grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award
Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant,
including the number of Restricted Stock Units.
(b)
Vesting Criteria and Other
Terms
. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its
discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will
determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the
Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon
the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including,
but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis
determined by the Administrator in its discretion.
(c)
Earning Restricted Stock
Units
. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the
Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the
Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the
grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may
reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a
payout.
(d)
Form and Timing of
Payment
. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made
as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set
forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole
discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a
combination of both.
(e)
Cancellation
. On
the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units
will be forfeited to the Company.
10.
Compliance With Code
Section 409A
. Awards will be designed and operated in
such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply
with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined
in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award
Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code
Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such
intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the
Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the
settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award
will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the
requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement
or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable
under Code Section 409A.
11.
Leaves of Absence/Transfer
Between Locations
. Unless the Administrator provides
otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any
unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an
Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or
(ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its
Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options,
no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration
of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment
upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so
guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1
st
) day of
such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be
treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a
Nonstatutory Stock Option.
12.
Limited Transferability of
Awards
.
(a)
Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator,
Awards
may not be
sold, pledged, assigned,
hypothecated, or otherwise
transferred in any manner other than by will
or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the
lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the
Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred
(i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted
by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”).
(b)
Further, until the Company becomes subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the
Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the
exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f)
promulgated under the Exchange Act,
an Option, or prior to exercise, the
Shares subject to the Option, may not be
pledged,
hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including
by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call
equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the
Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members”
(as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic
relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the
death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing
sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit
transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other
acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule
12h-1(f)
.
13.
Adjustments; Dissolution or
Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control
.
(a)
Adjustments
. In
the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash,
Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split,
reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off,
combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the
Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the
Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement
of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the
Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the
Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding
Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to
an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the
extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect
to the Award.
(b)
Dissolution or
Liquidation
. In the event of the proposed dissolution or
liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as
soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed
transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an
Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed
action.
(c)
Merger or Change in
Control
. In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each
outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines without a
Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be
assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the
acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate
adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written
notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or
immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control
(subject to the provisions of the proceeding paragraph); (iii) outstanding
Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions
applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon
consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the
Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the
effectiveness of such merger of Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of
an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the
amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or
realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the
transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the
occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no
amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization
of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company
without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or
property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any
combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted
under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat
all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type,
similarly.
In the
event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award
(or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to
exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights,
including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or
exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units
will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all
performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one
hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions
met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not
assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the
Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the
Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time
determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock
Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such
period.
For the
purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if,
following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to
purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to
the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or
other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by
holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the
transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of
consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares);
provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change
in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its
Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation,
provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or
Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each
Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor
corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share
consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in
Control.
Notwithstanding
anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned
or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be
considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such
performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a
modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor
corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to
invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.
Notwithstanding
anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award
Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control
definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition
of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A,
then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section
will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible
under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code
Section 409A.
14.
Tax
Withholding
.
(a)
Withholding
Requirements
. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash
pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and
the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the
Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other
taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with
respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).
(b)
Withholding
Arrangements
. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and
pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a
Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by
(without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company
withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the
minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the
Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory
amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not
result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines
in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares
otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator
may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise)
equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the
withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the
Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to
exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local
marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the
Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be
determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or
delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be
withheld.
15.
No Effect on Employment or
Service
. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a
Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship
as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with
the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at
any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable
Laws.
16.
Date of
Grant
. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all
purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting
such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the
Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each
Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
17.
Term of
Plan
. Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become
effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated
under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from
the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most
recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares
reserved for issuance under the Plan.
18.
Amendment and Termination of
the Plan
.
(a)
Amendment and
Termination
. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend
or terminate the Plan.
(b)
Stockholder
Approval
. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any
Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable
Laws.
(c)
Effect of Amendment or
Termination
. No amendment, alteration, suspension or
termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless
mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which
agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the
Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s
ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards
granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.
19.
Conditions Upon Issuance of
Shares
.
(a)
Legal
Compliance
. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise
of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of
such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the
approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such
compliance.
(b)
Investment
Representations
. As a condition to the exercise of an Award,
the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and
warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased
only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such
Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is
required.
20.
Inability to Obtain
Authority
. The inability of the Company to obtain authority
from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the
Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares
hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure
to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have
been obtained.
21.
Stockholder
Approval
. The Plan will be subject to approval by the
stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is
adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in
the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
2009
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT
Unless
otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan
(the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement
(the “Option Agreement”).
1.
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION
GRANT
Name:
Address:
The
undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of
the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option
Agreement, as follows:
Grant
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
of Grant:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting
Commencement Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
Price per Share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Number of Shares Granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Exercise Price :
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
Type
of Option:
|
___
Incentive Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
___
Nonstatutory Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
Term/Expiration
Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting
Schedule:
|
|
|
This
Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following
vesting schedule:
[INSERT
VESTING SCHEDULE]
Termination
Period
:
This
Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be
a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or
Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12)
months after Participant ceases to be a Service
Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may
this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and
this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13(c)
of the Plan.
2.
AGREEMENT
2.1
Grant of
Option
. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the
Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this
Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of
Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per
Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by
reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of
a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option
Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
If
designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option
(“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as
defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent
that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall
be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for
any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then,
to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall
be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the
Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their
respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any
other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an
ISO.
2.2
Exercise of
Option
.
(a)
Right to
Exercise
. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in
accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant
and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option
Agreement.
(b)
Method of
Exercise
. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an
exercise notice in the form attached as
Exhibit A
(the
“Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the
Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the
Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being
exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by
the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of
the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any
applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be
exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice
accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax
withholding.
No Shares
shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and
such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance,
for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to
Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such
Shares.
2.3
Participant’s
Representations
. In the event the Shares have not been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option
is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with
the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or
her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit B
.
2.4
Lock-Up
Period
. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to
purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap,
hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any
of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other
securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the
registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters
of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred
and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement
of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be
requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory
restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research
reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not
limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE
Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments
thereto).
Participant
agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably
requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the
foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In
addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters
of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide,
within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the
Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public
offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed
under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4
shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on
Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or
a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4
or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company
may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock
(or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said
one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant
agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the
Option shall be bound by this Section 4.
2.5
Method of
Payment
. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by
any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the
Participant:
(a) cash;
(b) check;
(c) consideration
received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the
Company in connection with the Plan; or
(d) surrender
of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date
of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims,
encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole
discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting
consequences to the Company.
2.6
Restrictions on
Exercise
. This Option may not be exercised until such time as
the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the
issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable
Law.
2.7
Non-Transferability of
Option
.
(a) This
Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the
laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of
Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this
Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs,
successors and assigns of Participant.
(b) Further,
until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is,
will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of
Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under
the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this
Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner
other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) through gifts or domestic relations
orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or
disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options
and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged,
hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into
any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent
position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act,
respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this
paragraph.
2.8
Term of
Option
. This Option may be exercised only within the term set
out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term
only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.
2.9
Tax
Obligations
.
(a)
Tax
Withholding
. Participant agrees to make appropriate
arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or
retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and
foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the
Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company
may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such
withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
(b)
Notice of Disqualifying
Disposition of ISO Shares
. If the Option granted to
Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of
any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of
(i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date
one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify
the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that
Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the
compensation income recognized by Participant.
(c)
Code Section
409A.
Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after
December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was
materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share
exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to
be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount
option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is
a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to
the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal
income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The
“discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and
interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the
Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share
exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share
on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that
if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise
price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant,
Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such
a determination.
2.10
Entire Agreement; Governing
Law
. The Plan is incorporated herein by
reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire
agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and
Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified
adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by
the Company and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the
internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of
California.
2.11
No Guarantee of Continued
Service
. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING
OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING
AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY
EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED,
BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER
ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING
PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH
PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY
EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A
SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
Participant
acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is
familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option
subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has
reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to
obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully
understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees
to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of
the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this
Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any
change in the residence address indicated below.
PARTICIPANT
|
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residence
Address
EXHIBIT
A
2009
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
EXERCISE
NOTICE
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
1601
Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa
Monica, CA 90404
Attention:
Secretary
1.
Exercise of
Option
. Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the
undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the
“Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the
“Shares”) of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to
the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated
______________, _____ (the “Option Agreement”).
2.
Delivery of
Payment
. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full
purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and
all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the
Option.
3.
Representations of
Participant
. Participant acknowledges that Participant has
received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to
abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
4.
Rights as
Stockholder
. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by
the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized
transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any
other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock
subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The
Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is
exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment
shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior
to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the
Plan.
5.
Company’s Right of First
Refusal
. Before any Shares held by Participant or any
transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be
sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law),
the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase
the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the
“Right of First Refusal”).
(a)
Notice of Proposed
Transfer
. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the
Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide
intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each
proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the
number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and
(iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder
proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall
offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its
assignee(s).
(b)
Exercise of Right of First
Refusal
. At any time within thirty (30) days after
receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written
notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the
Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed
Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with
subsection (c) below.
(c)
Purchase
Price
. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares
purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be
the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other
than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
(d)
Payment
. Payment
of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its
assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any
outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of
repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof
within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at
the times set forth in the Notice.
(e)
Holder’s Right to
Transfer
. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be
transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company
and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may
sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the
Offered Price or at a higher price,
provided
that such sale or
other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the
date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in
accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee
agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to
apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the
Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee
within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company
and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before
any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.
(f)
Exception for Certain Family
Transfers
. Anything to the contrary contained in this
Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during
the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to
the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the
Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this
Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse,
lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or
sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive
and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this
Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in
accordance with the terms of this Section 5.
(g)
Termination of Right of
First Refusal
. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as
to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the
Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the
successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly
traded.
6.
Tax
Consultation
. Participant understands that Participant may
suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or
disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant
has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection
with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not
relying on the Company for any tax advice.
7.
Restrictive Legends and
Stop-Transfer Orders
.
(a)
Legends
. Participant
understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below
or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any
certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other
legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities
laws:
|
THE
SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED
UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF
THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS
IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.
|
|
THE
SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS
ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS
ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE
ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE
PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF
FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE
SHARES.
|
|
THE
SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON
TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE
UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND
MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE
EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE
MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
|
(b)
Stop-Transfer
Notices
. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure
compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue
appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and
that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate
notations to the same effect in its own records.
(c)
Refusal to
Transfer
. The Company shall not be required (i) to
transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in
violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat
as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any
purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so
transferred.
8.
Successors and
Assigns
. The Company may assign any of its rights under this
Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall
inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the
Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth,
this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
9.
Interpretation
. Any
dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted
by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall
review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of
such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all
parties.
10.
Governing Law;
Severability
. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal
substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In
the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise
Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
11.
Entire
Agreement
. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated
herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option
Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire
agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and
Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified
adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by
the Company and Participant.
Submitted
by:
PARTICIPANT
|
|
Accepted
by:
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
Received
|
EXHIBIT
B
INVESTMENT
REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
PARTICIPANT
|
:
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY
|
:
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
SECURITY
|
:
|
COMMON
STOCK
|
|
|
|
AMOUNT
|
:
|
|
|
|
|
DATE
|
:
|
|
In
connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned
Participant represents to the Company the following:
1. Participant
is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has
acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and
knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is
acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and
not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”).
2. Participant
acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted
securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the
Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption
depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s
investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection,
Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if
Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to
hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax
statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the
market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other
fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the
Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered
under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is
available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the
Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant
understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted
with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.
3. Participant
is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each
promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public
resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the
issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain
conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under
Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the
exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities
Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off
agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold,
subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by
Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of
certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities
being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified
limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s
transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal
transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if
applicable.
In the
event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant
of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited
circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require
(i) the availability of current public information about the Company;
(ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase
and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and
(iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of
the paragraph immediately above.
4. Participant
further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of
Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act,
compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be
required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not
exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its
opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than
in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701
shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from
registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and
their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own
risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that
any such other registration exemption shall be available in such
event.
|
|
PARTICIPANT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
2009
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT — EARLY EXERCISE
Unless
otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan
(the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement
– Early Exercise (the “Option Agreement”).
I.
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION
GRANT
Name:
Address:
The
undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of
the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option
Agreement, as follows:
Grant
Number:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
of Grant:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting
Commencement Date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
Price per Share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Number of Shares Granted:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
Exercise Price:
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
Type
of Option:
|
___
Incentive Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
___
Nonstatutory Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
Term/Expiration
Date:
|
|
|
Vesting
Schedule
:
This
Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following
vesting schedule:
[INSERT
VESTING SCHEDULE]
Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting
schedule and anything contrary in the Plan, upon a Change in Control (as defined
in the Plan), 100% of the remaining unvested Shares subject to the Option shall
immediately become fully vested and exercisable.
Termination
Period
:
This
Option shall be exercisable for three (3) months after Participant ceases to be
a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or
Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for twelve (12)
months after Participant ceases to be a Service
Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may
this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and
this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13(c)
of the Plan.
II.
AGREEMENT
1.
Grant of
Option
. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the
Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this
Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of
Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per
Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by
reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of
a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option
Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
If
designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option
(“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as
defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that
it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be
treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any
reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to
the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be
regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the
Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their
respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any
other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an
ISO.
2.
Exercise of
Option
. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in
accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of the Plan as
follows:
(a)
Right to
Exercise
.
(i) Subject
to subsections 2(a)(ii) and 2(a)(iii) below, this Option shall be
exercisable cumulatively according to the vesting schedule set forth in the
Notice of Stock Option Grant. Alternatively, at the election of
Participant, this Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time as to
Shares that have not yet vested. Vested Shares shall not be subject
to the Company’s repurchase right (as set forth in the Restricted Stock Purchase
Agreement, attached hereto as
Exhibit C-1
).
(ii) As
a condition to exercising this Option for unvested Shares, Participant shall
execute the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.
(iii) This
Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
(b)
Method of
Exercise
. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an
exercise notice in the form attached as
Exhibit A
(the
“Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the
Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the
Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised
(the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may
be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied
by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together
with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to
be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice
accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax
withholding.
No Shares
shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and
such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance,
for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to
Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such
Shares.
3.
Participant’s
Representations
. In the event the Shares have not been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”),
at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the
Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option,
deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the
form attached hereto as
Exhibit B
.
4.
Lock-Up
Period
. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to
purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap,
hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any
of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other
securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the
registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters
of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred
and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement
of the Company filed under the Securities Act
(or such other period as may be
requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory
restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research
reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not
limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE
Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments
thereto)
.
Participant
agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably
requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the
foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In
addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters
of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide,
within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the
Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public
offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed
under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4
shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on
Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or
a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4
or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company
may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock
(or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said
one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant
agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the
Option shall be bound by this Section 4.
5.
Method of
Payment
. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by
any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the
Participant:
(a) cash;
(b) check;
(c) consideration
received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the
Company in connection with the Plan; or
(d)
su
rrender of other Shares which
(i) shall be valued at its Fair
Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of
any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if
accepting such
Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any
adverse accounting consequences to the Company.
6.
Restrictions on
Exercise
. This Option may not be exercised until such time as
the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the
issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable
Law.
7.
Non-Transferability of
Option
.
(a) This
Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the
laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of
Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this
Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs,
successors and assigns of Participant.
(b) Further,
until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is,
will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of
Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under
the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this
Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner
other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3)
of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an
executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of
Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to
exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or
otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short
position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as
defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively),
other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this
paragraph.
8.
Term of
Option
. This Option may be exercised only within the term set
out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term
only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option
Agreement.
9.
Tax
Obligations
.
(a)
Tax
Withholding
. Participant agrees to make appropriate
arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or
retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and
foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the
Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company
may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such
withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
(b)
Notice of Disqualifying
Disposition of ISO Shares
. If the Option granted to
Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of
any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of
(i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date
one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify
the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that
Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the
compensation income recognized by Participant.
(c)
Code Section
409A
. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after
December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was
materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share
exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to
be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount
option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is
a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to
the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal
income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The
“discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and
interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the
Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share
exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share
on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that
if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise
price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant,
Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such
a determination.
10.
Entire Agreement; Governing
Law
. The Plan is incorporated herein by
reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire
agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and
Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified
adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by
the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the
internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of
California.
11.
No Guarantee of Continued
Service
. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING
OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING
AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY
EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED,
BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT
FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT
CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE
PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT
INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR
THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE
PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT
CAUSE.
Participant
acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is
familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option
subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has
reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to
obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully
understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees
to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of
the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this
Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any
change in the residence address indicated below.
PARTICIPANT
|
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residence
Address
EXHIBIT
A
2009
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
EXERCISE
NOTICE
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
1601
Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa
Monica, CA 90404
Attention:
Secretary
1.
Exercise of
Option
. Effective as of today, ________________, ____, the
undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the
“Option”) to purchase ________________ shares of the Common Stock (the
“Shares”) of Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to
the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement –
Early Exercise dated ______________, _____ (the “Option
Agreement”).
2.
Delivery of
Payment
. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full
purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and
all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the
Option.
3.
Representations of
Participant
. Participant acknowledges that Participant has
received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to
abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
4.
Rights as
Stockholder
. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by
the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized
transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any
other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock
subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The
Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is
exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment
shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior
to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the
Plan.
5.
Company’s Right of First
Refusal
. Before any Shares held by Participant or any
transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be
sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law),
the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase
the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right
of First Refusal”).
(a)
Notice of Proposed
Transfer
. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the
Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide
intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each
proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the
number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and
(iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder
proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall
offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its
assignee(s).
(b)
Exercise of Right of First
Refusal
. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of
the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to
the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed
to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the
purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c)
below.
(c)
Purchase
Price
. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares
purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the
Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than
cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be
determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.
(d)
Payment
. Payment
of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its
assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any
outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of
repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof
within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the
times set forth in the Notice.
(e)
Holder’s Right to
Transfer
. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be
transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company
and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell
or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered
Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is
consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the
Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any
applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing
that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in
the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the
Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new
Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall
again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder
may be sold or otherwise transferred.
(f)
Exception for Certain Family
Transfers
. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section
5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the
Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the
Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s
immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section
5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal
descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such
case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so
transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no
further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this
Section 5.
(g)
Termination of Right of
First Refusal
. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as
to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the
Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the
successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly
traded.
6.
Tax
Consultation
. Participant understands that Participant may
suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or
disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant
has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection
with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not
relying on the Company for any tax advice.
7.
Restrictive Legends and
Stop-Transfer Orders.
(a)
Legends
. Participant
understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below
or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any
certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other
legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities
laws:
THE
SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED,
PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE
OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER,
SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE
THEREWITH.
THE
SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON
TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS
SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF
THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE
ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE
BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
THE
SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC
OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE
ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE
DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE
CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.
(b)
Stop-Transfer
Notices
. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure
compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue
appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and
that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate
notations to the same effect in its own records.
(c)
Refusal to
Transfer
. The Company shall not be required (i) to
transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in
violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat
as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any
purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so
transferred.
8.
Successors and
Assigns
. The Company may assign any of its rights under this
Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall
inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the
Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth,
this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs,
executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
9.
Interpretation
. Any
dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted
by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall
review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of
such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all
parties.
10.
Governing Law;
Severability
. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal
substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In
the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of
competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise
Notice shall continue in full force and effect.
11.
Entire
Agreement
. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated
herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation
Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and
agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter
hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except
by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.
Submitted
by:
PARTICIPANT
|
|
Accepted
by:
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
Received
|
EXHIBIT
B
INVESTMENT
REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
PARTICIPANT
|
:
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY
|
:
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
SECURITY
|
:
|
COMMON
STOCK
|
|
|
|
AMOUNT
|
:
|
|
|
|
|
DATE
|
:
|
|
In
connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned
Participant represents to the Company the following:
(a) Participant
is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has
acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and
knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is
acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and
not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof
within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”).
(b) Participant
acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted
securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the
Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption
depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s
investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection,
Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if
Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to
hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax
statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the
market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other
fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the
Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered
under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is
available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the
Company is under no obligation to register the
Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing
the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable
state securities laws.
(c) Participant
is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each
promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public
resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the
issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain
conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under
Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the
exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities
Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off
agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold,
subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by
Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of
certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities
being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified
limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s
transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal
transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if
applicable.
In the
event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant
of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited
circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require
(i) the availability of current public information about the Company;
(ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase
and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and
(iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of
the paragraph immediately above.
(d) Participant
further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of
Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act,
compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be
required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not
exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its
opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than
in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall
have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from
registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and
their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own
risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that
any such other registration exemption shall be available in such
event.
PARTICIPANT
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
|
Date
|
EXHIBIT
C-1
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
2009
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
THIS
RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made between
_____________________________ (the “Purchaser”) and Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc.
(the “Company”) or its assignees of rights hereunder as of __________________,
____.
Unless
otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan
shall have the same defined meanings in this Agreement.
RECITALS
A. Pursuant
to the exercise of the option (grant number ____) granted to Purchaser under the
Plan and pursuant to the Stock Option Agreement – Early Exercise (the “Option
Agreement”) dated _______________, ____ by and between the Company and Purchaser
with respect to such grant (the “Option”), which Plan and Option Agreement are
hereby incorporated by reference, Purchaser has elected to purchase _________ of
those shares of Common Stock which have not become vested under the vesting
schedule set forth in the Option Agreement (“Unvested Shares”). The
Unvested Shares and the shares subject to the Option Agreement, which have
become vested are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the
“Shares.”
B. As
required by the Option Agreement, as a condition to Purchaser’s election to
exercise the option, Purchaser must execute this Agreement, which sets forth the
rights and obligations of the parties with respect to Shares acquired upon
exercise of the Option.
1.
Repurchase
Option
.
(a) If
Purchaser’s status as a Service Provider is terminated for any reason, including
for death and Disability, the Company shall have the right and option for ninety
(90) days from such date to purchase from Purchaser, or Purchaser’s personal
representative, as the case may be, all of the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares as of
the date of such termination at the price paid by the Purchaser for such Shares
(the “Repurchase Option”).
(b) Upon
the occurrence of such termination, the Company may exercise its Repurchase
Option by delivering personally or by registered mail, to Purchaser (or his or
her transferee or legal representative, as the case may be) with a copy to the
escrow agent described in Section 2 below, a notice in writing indicating the
Company’s intention to exercise the Repurchase Option AND, at the Company’s
option, (i) by delivering to the Purchaser (or the Purchaser’s transferee or
legal representative) a check in the amount of the aggregate repurchase price,
or (ii) by the Company canceling an amount of the Purchaser’s indebtedness to
the Company equal to the aggregate repurchase price, or (iii) by a combination
of (i) and (ii) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness
equals such aggregate repurchase price. Upon delivery of such notice
and payment of the aggregate repurchase price in any of the ways described
above, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested
Shares being repurchased and the rights and interests therein or relating
thereto, and the Company shall have the right to retain and transfer to its own
name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the
Company.
(c) Whenever
the Company shall have the right to repurchase Unvested Shares hereunder, the
Company may designate and assign one or more employees, officers, directors or
stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations to exercise all or
a part of the Company’s Repurchase Option under this Agreement and purchase all
or a part of such Unvested Shares.
(d) If
the Company does not elect to exercise the Repurchase Option conferred above by
giving the requisite notice within ninety (90) days following the termination,
the Repurchase Option shall terminate.
(e) The
Repurchase Option shall terminate in accordance with the vesting schedule
contained in Purchaser’s Option Agreement.
2.
Transferability of the
Shares; Escrow
.
(a) Purchaser
hereby authorizes and directs the Secretary of the Company, or such other person
designated by the Company, to transfer the Unvested Shares as to which the
Repurchase Option has been exercised from Purchaser to the Company.
(b) To
insure the availability for delivery of Purchaser’s Unvested Shares upon
repurchase by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option under
Section 1, Purchaser hereby appoints the Secretary, or any other person
designated by the Company as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), as its
attorney-in-fact to sell, assign and transfer unto the Company, such Unvested
Shares, if any, repurchased by the Company pursuant to the Repurchase Option and
shall, upon execution of this Agreement, deliver and deposit with the Escrow
Agent, the share certificates representing the Unvested Shares, together with
the stock assignment duly endorsed in blank, attached hereto as
Exhibit
C-2
. The Unvested Shares and stock assignment shall be held by
the Escrow Agent in escrow, pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the
Company and Purchaser attached as
Exhibit C-3
hereto,
until the Company exercises its Repurchase Option, until such Unvested Shares
are vested, or until such time as this Agreement no longer is in
effect. Upon vesting of the Unvested Shares, the Escrow Agent shall
promptly deliver to the Purchaser the certificate or certificates representing
such Shares in the Escrow Agent’s possession belonging to the Purchaser, and the
Escrow Agent shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided,
however, that the Escrow Agent shall nevertheless retain such certificate or
certificates as Escrow Agent if so required pursuant to other restrictions
imposed pursuant to this Agreement.
(c) Neither
the Company nor the Escrow Agent shall be liable for any act it may do or omit
to do with respect to holding the Shares in escrow and while acting in good
faith and in the exercise of its judgment.
(d) Transfer
or sale of the Shares is subject to restrictions on transfer imposed by any
applicable state and federal securities laws. Any transferee shall
hold such Shares subject to all the provisions hereof and the Exercise Notice
executed by the Purchaser with respect to any Unvested Shares purchased by
Purchaser and shall acknowledge the same by signing a copy of this
Agreement.
3.
Ownership, Voting Rights,
Duties
. This Agreement shall not affect in any way the
ownership, voting rights or other rights or duties of Purchaser, except as
specifically provided herein.
4.
Legends
. The
share certificate evidencing the Shares issued hereunder shall be endorsed with
the following legend (in addition to any legend required under applicable
federal and state securities laws):
THE
SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS UPON
TRANSFER AND RIGHTS OF REPURCHASE AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE
COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF
THE COMPANY.
5.
Adjustment for Stock
Split
. All references to the number of Shares and the purchase
price of the Shares in this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect
any stock split, stock dividend or other change in the Shares, which may be made
by the Company pursuant to Section 13 of the Plan after the date of this
Agreement.
6.
Notices
. Notices
required hereunder shall be given in person or by registered mail to the address
of Purchaser shown on the records of the Company, and to the Company at their
respective principal executive offices.
7.
Survival of
Terms
. This Agreement shall apply to and bind Purchaser and
the Company and their respective permitted assignees and transferees, heirs,
legatees, executors, administrators and legal successors.
8.
Section 83(b)
Election
. Purchaser hereby acknowledges that he or she has
been informed that, with respect to the exercise of an Option for Unvested
Shares, an election (the “Election”) may be filed by the Purchaser with the
Internal Revenue Service, within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the
exercised Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed
currently on any difference between the purchase price of the exercised Shares
and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase. In the case of a
Nonstatutory Stock Option, this will result in the recognition of taxable income
to the Purchaser on the date of exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the
Fair Market Value of the exercised Shares, at the time the Option is exercised
over the purchase price for the exercised Shares. Absent such an
Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the
time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses. In the
case of an Incentive Stock Option, such an Election will result in a recognition
of income to the Purchaser for alternative minimum tax purposes on the date of
exercise, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the
exercised Shares, at the time the option is exercised, over the purchase price
for the exercised Shares. Absent such an Election, alternative
minimum taxable income will be measured and recognized by Purchaser at the time
or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Option lapses.
This
discussion is intended only as a summary of the general United States income tax
laws that apply to exercising Options as to Shares that have not yet vested and
is accurate only as of the date this form Agreement was approved by the
Board. The federal, state and local tax consequences to any
particular taxpayer will depend upon his or her individual
circumstances. Purchaser is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of
his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and
the advisability of filing of the Election under Section 83(b) of the
Code. A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as
Exhibit C-4
for
reference.
PURCHASER
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS PURCHASER’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY AND NOT THE COMPANY’S TO
FILE TIMELY THE ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PURCHASER
REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PURCHASER’S
BEHALF.
9.
Representations
. Purchaser
has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the federal, state, local and
foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement. Purchaser is relying solely on such advisors and not
on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its
agents. Purchaser understands that he or she (and not the Company)
shall be responsible for his or her own tax liability that may arise as a result
of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
10.
Entire Agreement; Governing
Law
. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by
reference. The Plan, the Option Agreement, the Exercise Notice, this
Agreement, and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire
agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and
Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified
adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the
Company and Purchaser. This Agreement is governed by the internal
substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.
Purchaser
represents that he or she has read this Agreement and is familiar with its terms
and provisions. Purchaser hereby agrees to accept as binding,
conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any
questions arising under this Agreement.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement is deemed made as of the date first set forth
above.
PARTICIPANT
|
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residence
Address
|
|
|
Dated:
_________________________________________, ________
EXHIBIT
C-2
ASSIGNMENT
SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
FOR VALUE
RECEIVED I, __________________________, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. _____________ shares of the Common Stock of
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation
represented by Certificate No. _____ herewith and do hereby irrevocably
constitute and appoint __________________________ to transfer the said
stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of
substitution in the premises.
This
Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Restricted Stock
Purchase Agreement between Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. and the undersigned dated
______________, _____ (the “Agreement”).
Dated:
____________________,____
|
|
Signature:
|
|
INSTRUCTIONS:
Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The
purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase
option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures
on the part of the Purchaser.
EXHIBIT
C-3
JOINT
ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
_________________,
____
Corporate
Secretary
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
1601
Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa
Monica, CA 90404
Dear
_________________:
As Escrow
Agent for both Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned
purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized
and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of
that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) between the
Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following
instructions:
1. In
the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to
collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s
repurchase option set forth in the Agreement, the Company shall give to
Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to
be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the
principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby
irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by
such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.
2. At
the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary
for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being
transferred, and (c) to deliver the stock assignments, together with the
certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or
its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by
cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock
being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase
option.
3. Purchaser
irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates
evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and
substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser
does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s
attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect
to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such
securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated,
including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky
authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of,
the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3,
Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the
Company while the stock is held by you.
4. Upon
written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year,
unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you shall deliver to
Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing so many shares of stock as
are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option. Within one
hundred and twenty (120) days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous
employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the
Company, you shall deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates
representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the
Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise
of the Company’s repurchase option.
5. If
at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any
documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall
deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further
obligations hereunder.
6. Your
duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing
signed by all of the parties hereto.
7. You
shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically
set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining
from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to
have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You
shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as
Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith,
and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys
shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.
8. You
are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any
of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only
orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply
with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you
obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable
to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by
reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree
being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to
have been entered without jurisdiction.
9. You
shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or
rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or
deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for
hereunder.
10. You
shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of
Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents
deposited with you.
11. You
shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem
necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder,
may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable
compensation therefor.
12. Your
responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to
be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice
to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company
shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.
13. If
you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these
Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary
parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.
14. It
is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the
delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you
hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without
liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall
have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or
by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after
the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall
be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such
proceedings.
15. Any
notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be
deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United
States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees
prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the
following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten
(10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties
hereto.
16. By
signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the
purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the
Agreement.
17. This
instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto,
and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
18. These
Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by the internal substantive laws,
but not the choice of law rules, of California.
PURCHASER
|
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
Print
Name
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residence
Address
|
|
|
|
|
|
ESCROW
AGENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate
Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT
C-4
ELECTION
UNDER SECTION 83(b)
OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
The
undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Sections 55 and 83(b) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income
or alternative minimum taxable income, as the case may be, for the current
taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection
with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below.
1.
|
The
name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the
undersigned are as follows:
|
|
|
TAXPAYER
|
|
SPOUSE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NAME:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDRESS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAX
ID NO.:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAXABLE
YEAR:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
The
property with respect to which the election is made is described as
follows: __________ shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the
“Company”).
|
3.
|
The
date on which the property was transferred is:___________________
,______.
|
4.
|
The
property is subject to the following
restrictions:
|
The
Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of
an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions
lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such
agreement.
5.
|
The
Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to
any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms shall never
lapse, of such property
is: $_________________.
|
6.
|
The
amount (if any) paid for such property
is: $_________________.
|
The
undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the
services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the
above-described property. The transferee of such property is the
person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said
property.
The undersigned understands
that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the
Commissioner
.
The
undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.
Exhibit
10.11
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
EMPLOYMENT
AGREEMENT
This
Agreement is entered into as of May 24, 2010, (the “
Effective Date
”) by and
between Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (the “
Company
”) and Mark Goldin
(“
Executive
”).
1.
Duties and Scope of
Employment
.
(a)
Positions and Duties
.
As of June 21, 2010, Executive will serve as Chief Technology Officer of the
Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the
performance of his duties, consistent with Executive’s position within the
Company, as will reasonably be assigned to his by the Company’s Board of
Directors (the “
Board
”)
or the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “
CEO
”). The Board or CEO may
modify Executive’s job title and duties as it deems necessary and appropriate in
light of the Company’s needs and interests from time to time. The period of
Executive’s employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the “
Employment Term
.”
(b)
Obligations
. During
the Employment Term. Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the
best of his ability and will devote his best efforts and time to the Company.
For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage
in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or
indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.
2.
At-Will Employment
.
The parties agree that Executive’s employment with the Company will be “at-will”
employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice.
Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor
promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or
in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by
implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company. However, as
described in this Agreement, Executive may be entitled to severance benefits
depending on the circumstances of Executive’s termination of employment with the
Company.
3.
Compensation
.
(a)
Base Salary.
During
the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive an annual salary of $250,000
as compensation for his services (the “
Base Salary
”). The Base Salary
will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll
practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive’s salary
will be subject to review and adjustments will be made based upon the Company’s
standard practices.
(b)
Annual Bonus
.
Executive will be entitled to participate in the applicable bonus plan adopted
by the Company for its employees or executive officers on such terms as the
Board may determine in its discretion.
(c)
Sign-On Bonus
- In
addition to your annual salary, you will receive a one-time $15,000 net sign on
bonus. You will receive this payment within 30 days of your start date. If you
terminate your employment, for any reason, during the six (6) months following
the commencement of your employment, you agree to reimburse the Company the
entire bonus amount. If your employment is terminated, for any reason, from six
(6) to twelve (12) months following the commencement of your employment, you
agree to reimburse the Company half of the bonus amount.
(d)
Equity Awards
. The
Executive will be granted options to purchase 215,000 ordinary shares of the
Company subject to approval by the Company’s Board of Directors. The options are
granted under the Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan and are subject to the terms
and conditions contained in the Company’s standard form of option
agreement.
4.
Employee Benefits
.
During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the
employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of
general applicability to other senior executives of the Company. The Company
reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers
to its employees at any time.
5.
Vacation
. Executive
will be entitled to paid vacation of three (3) weeks per year in accordance with
the Company’s vacation policy (including, without limitation, its policy related
to maximum accrual), with the timing and duration of specific vacations mutually
and reasonably agreed to by the parties hereto.
6.
Attendance at Company
Headquarters
. The parties hereby agree that regular attendance at Company
Headquarters is reasonable and expected. In addition, Executive will be required
to be in attendance at Company Headquarters at times and as requested by the
CEO.
7.
Expenses
.
(a) Subject
to Section 6(a) above, the Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable
travel, business entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the
furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive’s duties
hereunder, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as in
effect from time to time.
8.
Severance
.
(a)
Termination for other than
Cause, Death or Disability
.
(i) If
the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company, other than for
Cause, death or disability, then, subject to Section 8, Executive will be
entitled to (i) receive continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to
his Base Salary rate, as then in effect, for a period of three (3) months in
accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, and (ii) Company-paid
coverage for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents under the Company’s
Benefit Plans (as defined herein) for three (3) months following such
termination. Subject to Section 8(a)(iii), upon such termination, all vesting
will terminate immediately with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity
awards.
(ii) Should
the Company be acquired and the Executive be terminated within six months of
such sale, or should the Executive’s position be materially diminished with six
months following such sale, then the unvested portion of the Executive’s Option
shall immediately vest.
(b)
Termination for Cause;
Voluntary Termination
. If Executive’s employment with the Company
terminates voluntarily by Executive, for Cause by the Company or due to
Executive’s death or disability, then (i) all vesting will terminate immediately
with respect to Executive’s outstanding equity awards, (ii) all payments of
compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder will terminate immediately
(except as to amounts already earned), and (iii) Executive will only be eligible
for severance benefits in accordance with the Company’s established policies, if
any, as then in effect.
9.
Conditions to Receipt of
Severance
.
(a)
Separation Agreement and
Release of Claims
. The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 8
will be subject to Executive signing and not revoking a separation agreement and
release of claims in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company. No severance
will be paid or provided until the separation agreement and release agreement
becomes effective.
(b)
Noncompete
. Executive
acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that if Executive
were to become employed by, or substantially involved in, the business of a
competitor of the Company following the termination of Executive’s employment
with the Company, it would be very difficult for Executive not to rely on or use
the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information. Thus, to avoid the
inevitable disclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential
information. Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive’s right to receive
the severance payments set forth in Section 8 (to the extent Executive is
otherwise entitled to such payments) will be conditioned upon Executive not
directly or indirectly engaging in (whether as an employee, consultant, agent,
proprietor, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or
otherwise), nor having any ownership interest in or participating in the
financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or
business that competes with Company or is a customer of the Company, during the
three (3) month severance period described in Section 8(a)(i). Upon any breach
of this section, all severance payments pursuant to this Agreement will
immediately cease.
(c)
Nonsolicitation
. The
receipt of any severance benefits pursuant to Section 8 will be subject to
Executive not violating the provisions of Section 12. In the event Executive
breaches the provisions of Section 12, all continuing payments and benefits to
which Executive may otherwise be entitled pursuant to Section 8 will immediately
cease (including Executive’s ability to exercise any outstanding stock
options).
10.
Definitions
.
(a)
Benefit Plans
. For
purposes of this Agreement, “
Benefit Plans
” means plans,
policies or arrangements that the Company sponsors (or participates in) and that
immediately prior to Executive’s termination of employment provide Executive
and/or Executive’s eligible dependents with medical, dental, and/or vision
benefits. Benefit Plans do not include any other type of benefit (including, but
not by way of limitation, disability, life insurance or retirement benefits).
The Company may, at its option, satisfy any requirement that the Company provide
coverage under any Benefit Plan by (i) reimbursing Executive’s premiums under
Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended
(“
COBRA
”) after
Executive has properly elected continuation coverage under COBRA (in which case
Executive will be solely responsible for electing such coverage for his and his
eligible dependents), or (ii) providing coverage under a separate plan or plans
providing coverage that is no less favorable or by paying Executive a lump-sum
payment which is, on an after-tax basis, sufficient to provide Executive and
Executive’s eligible dependents with equivalent coverage under a third party
plan that is reasonably available to Executive and Executive’s eligible
dependents.
(b)
Cause
. For purposes
of this Agreement, “
Cause
” means a termination by
the Company because of any one of the following events: (i) Executive’s breach
of this Agreement that results in injury to the Company which, if capable of
cure, has not been cured by Executive within ten (10) days after receipt by
Executive of written notice from the CEO of such breach; (ii) Executive’s
misconduct, fraud, dishonesty, or malfeasance that results in material injury to
the Company; (iii) Executive’s willful or intentional failure to (a) perform
Executive’s duties under this Agreement, (b) follow the reasonable and legal
direction of the Board or CEO, or (c) follow the policies, procedures, and rules
of the Company, or (iv) Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to,
a felony. For any such failure listed in clause (iii), the CEO shall first give
Executive written notice setting forth with specificity the reasons that the CEO
believes Executive is failing, and ten (10) days to cure such
failure.
For
purposes of this definition, Executive’s failure to achieve certain results,
such as those set forth in a business plan of the Company, that is not the
result of Executive’s demonstrating willful and deliberate dereliction of duty
will not constitute Cause;
11.
Confidential
Information
. Executive agrees to enter into the Company’s standard
Employment, Non-Disclosure and Invention Assignment Agreement (the “
Confidential Information
Agreement
”) upon commencing employment hereunder.
12.
Non-Solicitation
.
Until the date two (2) years after the termination of Executive’s employment
with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees not, either directly or
indirectly, to solicit, induce, attempt to hire, recruit, encourage, take away,
hire any employee of the Company or cause an employee to leave his employment
either for Executive or for any other entity or person. Executive represents
that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenant not to solicit, and (ii) is
fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the
reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these
covenants.
13.
Assignment
. This
Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs,
executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive’s death and (b)
any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed
substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes.
For this purpose, “
successor
” means any person,
firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by
purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or
substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights
of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this
Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent
and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other
disposition of Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null
and void.
14.
Notices
.
All
notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder
will be in writing and will be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if
delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established
commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to
the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other
addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:
If to the
Company:
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
1601
Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa
Monica, CA 90404
Attn:
Adam Miller
If to
Executive:
at the
last residential address known by the Company.
15.
Severability
. In the
event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue
in full force and effect without said provision.
16.
Arbitration
.
(a)
General.
In
consideration of Executive’s service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate
all employment related disputes and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay
raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in
the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes
with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director,
shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or
otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s service to
the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive’s
service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, will be
subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in
California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including
Section 1283.05 (the “
Rules
”) and pursuant to
California law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees
to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state
or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the
Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age
Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection
Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code,
claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory
claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also
applies to any disputes that the Company may have with
Executive.
(b)
Procedure
. Executive
agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration
Association (“
AAA
”) and
that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its
National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration
proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the
National Rules for the
Resolution of Employment Disputes or California Code of Civil Procedure.
Executive agrees that the arbitrator will have the power to decide any
motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary
judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any
arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will issue a written
decision on the merits. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator will have the
power to award any remedies, including attorneys’ fees and costs, available
under applicable law. Executive understands the Company will pay for any
administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that
Executive will pay the first $125.00 of any filing fees associated with any
arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will
administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and
that to the extent that the AAA’s National Rules for the Resolution of
Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules will take
precedence.
(c)
Remedy
. Except as
provided by the Rules, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive and final remedy
for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as
provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted
to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration.
Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or
refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order
or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the
Company has not adopted.
(d)
Availability of Injunctive
Relief
. In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court
for provisional relief. Executive agrees that any party may also petition the
court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of
this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreement regarding
trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code §2870. In
the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party will be
entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees.
(e)
Administrative
Relief
. Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit
Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal
administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers’ compensation board. This
Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding
any such claim.
(f)
Voluntary Nature of
Agreement
. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing
this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the
Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive
has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions
needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of
this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving
Executive’s right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has
been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s
choice before signing this Agreement.
17.
Integration
. This
Agreement, together with the Confidential Information Agreement, represent the
entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter
herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or
oral. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this
Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized
representatives of the parties hereto.
18.
Waiver of Breach
. The
waiver of a breach of any term or provision of this Agreement, which must be in
writing, will not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other
previous or subsequent breach of this Agreement.
19.
Headings
. All
captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient
reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.
20.
Tax Withholding
. All
payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of
applicable taxes.
21.
Governing Law
. This
Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the
exception of its conflict of laws provisions).
22.
Acknowledgment
.
Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter
with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to,
and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this
Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this
Agreement.
23.
Counterparts
. This
Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart will have the
same force and effect as an original and will constitute an effective, binding
agreement on the part of each of the undersigned.
[Remainder
of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of
the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first
above written.
COMPANY:
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Adam Miller
|
|
Date:
|
May
24
|
,2010
|
Adam
Miller
|
|
|
|
|
President
and CEO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
Mark Goldin
|
|
Date:
|
May
24
|
,
2010
|
Mark
Goldin
|
|
|
|
|
[SIGNATURE
PAGE TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]
Exhibit
10.12
LOAN
AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
(this
“
Agreement
”
) dated as of August 20, 2010 (the
“
Effective
Date
”
) between
SILICON VALLEY BANK
, a California corporation
(
“
Bank
”
), and CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC., a
Delaware corporation (
“
Borrower
”
), provides the terms on which Bank shall
lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as
follows:
1
ACCOUNTING
AND OTHER TERMS
Accounting
terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP.
Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms
not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in
Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise
indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms
are defined therein.
2
LOAN AND
TERMS OF PAYMENT
2
.1
Promise
to
Pay
. Borrower hereby
unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all
Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in
accordance with this Agreement.
2
.1.1
Revolving
Advances
.
(a)
Availability
. Subject
to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances not
exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and,
prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable
terms and conditions precedent herein.
(b)
Termination;
Repayment
. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity
Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon,
and all other Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) relating
to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.
2.
1
.2
Letters
of
Credit Sublimit
.
(a) As
part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit
denominated in Dollars or a Foreign Currency for Borrower’s account. The
aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount utilized for the issuance of Letters of
Credit shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances
under the Revolving Line. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of
outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of
Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed the lesser of (A) One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000), minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash
Management Services, and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser
of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding
principal amounts of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash
Management Services), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount.
(b) If,
on the Revolving Line Maturity Date (or the effective date of any termination of
this Agreement), there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date
Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to one hundred
ten percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such
Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in
connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment),
to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. All Letters
of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole
discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard
Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the
“
Letter
of
Credit Application
”
)
.
Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the
Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be
bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of
Credit guarantied by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s
interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account,
and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error,
negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following
Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any
modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto.
(c) The
obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under
Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall
be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such
Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.
(d) Borrower
may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If
a demand for payment is made under any Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such
demand as an Advance to Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount thereof
(plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or
similar charges).
(e) To
guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any
Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the
“
Letter
of
Credit Reserve
”
)
under the Revolving Line in an amount equal
to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of
the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to
account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under
the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit
Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.
2.1.3
Foreign Exchange
Sublimit
. As part of the Revolving Line, Borrower may enter into foreign
exchange contracts with Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or
sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a
“
FX Forward
Contract
”
) on a specified date
(the
“
Settlement Date
”
). FX Forward Contracts shall have a
Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and
shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX
Forward Contract (the
“
FX Reserve
”
). The aggregate amount of FX Forward
Contracts at any one time may not exceed ten (10) times the lesser of (A) One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000), minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash
Management Services, and minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of
any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of
Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or
the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of
any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), and
minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding
Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any
Letter of Credit Reserve). The amount otherwise available for Credit Extensions
under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by an amount equal to ten percent
(10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the
“
FX Reduction
Amount
”
).
Any amounts needed to fully reimburse Bank
for any amounts not paid by Borrower in connection with FX Forward Contracts
will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at
the interest rate applicable to Advances.
2.1.4
Cash Management Services
Sublimit
. Borrower may use the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management
services, which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll,
business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various
cash management services agreements (collectively, the
“
Cash
Management Services
”
),
in an aggregate amount not to exceed the
lesser of (A) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), minus (i) the Dollar Equivalent
of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but
unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (ii)
the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing
Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances,
minus the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of
Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of
Credit Reserve), and minus (iii) the FX Reduction Amount. Any amounts Bank pays
on behalf of Borrower for any Cash Management Services will be treated as
Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate
applicable to Advances.
2.2
Overadvances
. If, at any
time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances (including
any amounts used for Cash Management Services), plus (b) the face amount of any
outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of
Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), plus (c) the FX Reduction Amount
exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower
shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.
2.3
Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions
.
(a)
Interest Rate for
Advances
. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding
under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate
equal to (i) one and one half percentage points (1.50%) above the Prime Rate at
all times when Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement is less than
or equal to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or (ii) two and one half
percentage points (2.50%) above the Prime Rate at all times when Borrower’s
Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement is greater than Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000) which interest shall, in either case, be payable monthly in
accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.
(b)
Default Rate
.
Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default. Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is three
percentage points (3.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto
(the
“
Default Rate
”
) unless Bank otherwise elects from
time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and
expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan
Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when
due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate
applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest
rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely
payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise
prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.
(c)
Adjustment to Interest
Rate
. Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on
changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change
to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.
(d)
Computation; 360-Day
Year
. In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit
Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded;
provided, however
,
that if any Credit
Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be
included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Interest shall be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days
elapsed.
(e)
Debit of Accounts
.
Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated
Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts
Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a
set-off.
(f)
Interest Payment
Date
. Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the first
calendar day of each month.
2.4
Fees
.
Borrower shall pay to
Bank:
(a)
Commitment Fee
. A
fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Thirty Seven Thousand Five
Hundred Dollars ($37,500) on the Effective Date and the six (6) month
anniversary of the Effective Date; and
(b)
Bank Expenses
. All
Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for
documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the
Effective Date, when due.
2.5
Payments; Application of Payments
.
(a) All
payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document
shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or
counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of
principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered
received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is
due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next
Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to
accrue until paid.
(b) Borrower
shall direct each Account Debtor to remit payments with respect to the Accounts
to a lockbox account established with Bank or to wire transfer payments to a
cash collateral account that Bank controls (collectively, the “Lockbox”).
Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, within one (1)
Business Day of receipt of such amounts by Bank. Bank will turn over to Borrower
the proceeds of the Accounts to Borrower. All Accounts and the proceeds thereof
are Collateral and if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing. Bank may
apply the proceeds of such Accounts to the Obligations, the order and method of
such application to be in the sole discretion of Bank.
3
CONDITIONS OF
LOANS
3.1
Conditions Precedent to Initial
Credit Extension
. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension
is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and
substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other
matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including,
without limitation:
(a) duly
executed original signatures to the Loan Documents, including but not limited to
the UK Share Pledge Documents;
(b) duly
executed original signatures to the Control Agreements, if any;
(c) Borrower’s
Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty
(30) days prior to the Effective Date;
(d) duly
executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for
Borrower, in the form attached hereto;
(e) the
Subordination Agreement by Ironwood Equity Fund LP in favor Bank, together with
the duly executed original signatures thereto;
(f)
a duly executed payoff letter from Comerica Bank;
(g) certified
copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank
shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination
statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either
constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial
Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;
(h) the
Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original
signature
thereto;
(i)
a landlord’s consent in favor of Bank for Borrower’s Santa Monica location by
the respective landlord thereof, together with the duly executed original
signatures thereto;
(j)
evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section
6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence
showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in
favor of Bank; and
(k) payment
of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4
hereof.
3.2
Conditions Precedent to all Credit
Extensions
. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit
Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following
conditions precedent:
(a) except
as otherwise provided in Section 3.5, timely receipt of an executed
Payment/Advance Form;
(b) the
representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true and accurate in
all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding
Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality
qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that
already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and
provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring
to a specific date shall be true and accurate in all material respects as of
such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s
representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties
in this Agreement remain true and accurate in all material respects; provided,
however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any
representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by
materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those
representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be
true and accurate in all material respects as of such date; and
(c) in
Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse
Change.
3.3
Post-Closing Conditions
.
Within 30 days after the Effective Date, Bank shall have received, in form and
substance satisfactory to Bank, the results of the Initial Audit.
3.4
Covenant to Deliver
. Except as
otherwise provided in Section 3.3, Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item
required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent
to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made
prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by
Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit
Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole
discretion.
3.5
Procedures for
Borrowing
. Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable
conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an
Advance (other than Advances under Sections 2.1.2 or 2.1.4). Borrower shall
notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile,
or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance.
Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification. Borrower shall
deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form
executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any
telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer
or designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank
may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible
Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are
necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.
4
CREATION OF SECURITY
INTEREST
4.1
Grant of Security Interest
.
Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of
all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank,
the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or
arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.
4.2
Priority of Security
Interest
. Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security
interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first
priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to
Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this
Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim. Borrower shall
promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details
thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the
proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
If this
Agreement is terminated. Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the
Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in
cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s
obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated. Bank shall, at Borrower’s
sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights
therein shall revert to Borrower and Bank shall execute such documents as are
reasonably requested by Borrower to evidence the release of such
Liens.
4.3 Authorization
to File Financing Statements
. Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file
financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate
jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder,
including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or
any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.
Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the
Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or
with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.
5
REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES
Borrower
represents and warrants as follows:
5.1
Due Organization,
Authorization; Power and Authority
. Borrower is duly existing and in good
standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is
qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any
jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property
requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed
certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower
represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that
indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b)
Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set
forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately
sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states
that Borrower has none: (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth
Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office
as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive
office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five
(5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or
type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all
other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower
and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and
agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the
Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one
or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a
Registered Organization but later becomes one. Borrower shall promptly notify
Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational
identification number.
The
execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which
it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of
Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute
a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene,
conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree,
determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected,
(iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or
Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental
Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or
(v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which
Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is
a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
5.2
Collateral
. Borrower has
good title to, has rights in, and the power to grant a Lien on each item of the
Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of
any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other
than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in
the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which
Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give
Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts and all Eligible
Recurring Revenue Contracts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account
Debtors.
The
Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a
warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of
the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as
provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section
7.2.
Borrower
is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own
except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary
course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available
to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and
noted on the Perfection Certificate. No part of the Intellectual Property which
Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business
has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of
Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual
Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim
would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s
business.
Except as
noted on the Perfection Certificate. Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound
by, any Restricted License.
5.3
Eligible Recurring Revenue
Contracts
. For any Eligible Recurring Revenue Contract in any Borrowing
Base Certificate, all statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all
invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing such Eligible Recurring
Revenue Contracts are and shall be, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, true
and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of
Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be.
Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may
verify the amount of Borrower’s accounts receivable, if any. After the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may notify
any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such
funds. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each
Eligible Recurring Revenue Contract shall comply in all material respects with
all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations, except to the extent
that the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. Borrower has no knowledge of any
actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts
are Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts in any Borrowing Base Certificate. To
the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all
documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Recurring
Revenue Contracts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and
agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general application
affecting the rights and remedies of creditors, and to general equity
principles.
5.4
Litigation
. There are no
actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers,
threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty
Thousand Dollars ($250,000).
5.5
Financial Statements; Financial
Condition
. All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of
its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects
Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results
of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s
consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial
statements submitted to Bank.
5.6
Solvency
. The fair
salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs)
exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with
unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and
Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they
mature.
5.7
Regulatory Compliance
.
Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an
“investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit
for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of
Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair
Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding
company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a
“holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding
Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules,
the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’
properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best
of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing,
treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower
and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and
authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices
to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective
businesses as currently conducted except to the extent that such failure could
reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s
business.
5.8
Subsidiaries;
Investments
. Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or
other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.
5.9
Tax Returns and Payments;
Pension Contributions
. Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns
and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local
taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions (individually or in the
aggregate, in excess of $10,000) owed by Borrower except as otherwise provided
in this Section 5.9. Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided
that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by
appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b)
notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development
in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to
prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a
Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower
is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax
years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by
Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension,
profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms,
and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted
partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other
event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to
result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension
Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental
agency.
5.10
Use of Proceeds
. Borrower
shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to
fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household
or agricultural purposes.
5.11
Full Disclosure
. No written
representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or
written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty,
or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates
and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a
material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized
by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith
and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual
results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts
may differ from the projected or forecasted results).
5.12
Definition of “Knowledge
.
”
For purposes of the Loan Documents,
whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or
awareness, to the “best of
”
Borrower’s
knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the
actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible
Officers.
6
AFFIRMATIVE
COVENANTS
Borrower
shall do all of the following:
6.1
Government Compliance
.
(a) Maintain
its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their
respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each
jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to
have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower
shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and
regulations to which it is subject, non-compliance with which could have a
material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
(b) Obtain
all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of
its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of
a security interest to Bank in the Collateral. Borrower shall promptly provide
copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.
6.2
Financial Statements, Reports,
Certificates
. Deliver to Bank:
(a)
Borrowing Base
Reports
. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month (or, if
Borrower has completed the IPO, the last day of each calendar quarter), aged
listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date) (the
“
Borrowing Base Reports
”
);
(b)
Borrowing Base
Certificate
. Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month
(or, if Borrower has completed the IPO, the last day of each calendar quarter),
a duly completed Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible
Officer;
(c)
Monthly Milestone
Reporting.
Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month,
monthly milestone reporting of the type shared with Borrower’s board of
directors, including, but not limited to a report of billings, CMRR and Dollar
Renewal Rates;
(d)
Monthly Financial
Statements
. At all times prior to Borrower completing the IPO, as soon as
available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month,
a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income
statement covering Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiary’s operations for such
month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to
Bank;
(e)
Annual Audited Financial
Statements
. Prior to Borrower completing the IPO, as soon as available,
but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s
fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP,
consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial
statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to
Bank in its reasonable discretion; provided however for Borrower’s fiscal year
ending December 31, 2009, such audited financial statements shall be delivered
to Bank no later than September 30, 2010;
(f)
SEC Filings
. Within
five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy
statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental
Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any
national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case
may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the
extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the
SEC) shall be deemed to have been delivered if such documents are publicly
available at the SEC’s Electronic Data-Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system
(or any successor to such system) or if Borrower posts such documents, or
provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s
then-current website address;
(g)
Compliance
Certificates
. Concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements
or filings pursuant to clauses (d) or (e), a duly completed Compliance
Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of
such period, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance
with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other
information as Bank shall reasonably request;
(h)
Other Statements
.
Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices
made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated
Debt;
(i)
Annual Financial
Projections
. Within 30 days after the earlier of (a) the end of each
fiscal year or (b) approval by Borrower’s board of directors, annual financial
projections commensurate with those provided to Borrower’s investors for the
following fiscal year as approved by Borrower’s board of directors, together
with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual
financial projections and any period updates thereto within thirty (30)
days;
(j)
Asset/Contract Value
Reports
. Within 30 days after the end of each calendar quarter, a report
of (i) the value of Borrower’s and all its Subsidiaries’ assets, (ii) Borrower’s
and all its Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents and (iii) the value of all
recurring revenue contracts executed by Borrower and all its
Subsidiaries.
(k)
Legal Action Notice
.
A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two
Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more;
(l)
Intellectual Property
Notice
. (i) Prompt written notice of any material change in the
composition of the material Intellectual Property, (ii) Within thirty (30) days
after the last day of each month, notice of the registration of any copyright,
including any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any copyright,
patent or trademark not shown in the IP Security Agreement (other than
non-exclusive licenses granted or received in the ordinary course of business)
or previously disclosed in writing to Bank, and (iii) Prompt written notice of
Borrower’s knowledge of an event that could reasonably be expected to materially
and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property; and
(m)
Other Financial
Information
. Budgets, sales projections, operating plans and other
financial information reasonably requested by Bank.
(n)
Material Non-Public
Information
. Except with respect to information required to be delivered
pursuant to this Section 6.2, after completion of Borrower’s IPO, in no event
shall Borrower be required to deliver any information to Bank that would
constitute material non-public information at the time of delivery.
6.3
Intentionally Omitted
.
6.4
Taxes; Pensions
. Timely
file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax
returns
and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay,
all foreign, federal, state and
local
taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions (individually or in the
aggregate, in excess of $10,000) owed by
Borrower
and each of its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested
pursuant to the terms of
Section
5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates
attesting to such payments, and
pay all
amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred
compensation plans in accordance
with
their terms.
In the
event any payments are received by Bank from Borrower pursuant to this
Agreement, such payments will be made subject to applicable withholding for any
taxes, levies, fees, deductions, withholding, restrictions or conditions of any
nature whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time any
Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement
requires Borrower to make any such deduction or withholding from any such
payment or other sum payment hereunder to Bank, the amount due from Borrower
with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to
the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required deduction
or withholding, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have
received had no deductions or withholding been required, and Borrower shall pay
the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority.
Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to
Bank indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided,
however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or
validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by
Borrower. The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this provision
shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
6.5
Insurance
.
Keep its business and the Collateral
insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry
and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in
a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Bank.
All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing
Bank as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability
policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional
insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements)
shall provide that the insurer shall endeavor to give Bank at least twenty (20)
days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At
Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence
of all premium payments. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default, proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be
payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. So long as no Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the
proceeds of any casualty policy toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or
damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall
be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall
be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security
interest (subject to Permitted Liens). If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as
required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required
proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such
payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take
any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.
6.6
Operating Accounts
.
(a) No
later than sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, and at all times
thereafter, maintain its primary operating and other deposit accounts and
securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates which accounts shall
represent at least eighty five percent (85%) of the dollar value of Borrower’s
and such Subsidiaries accounts at all financial institutions.
(b) Provide
Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral
Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s
Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains,
Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than
Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and
deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such
Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in
accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be
terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the
previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for
payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for
the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as
such.
6.7
Financial Covenants
.
Maintain at all times, to be tested
as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidated
basis with respect to Borrower:
(a)
Liquidity
. At all
times prior to Borrower completing a Qualified IPO, Borrower’s unrestricted cash
at Bank or Bank’s Affiliates shall be at least Four Million Five Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($4,500,000).
(b)
Liquidity Coverage
.
At all times after Borrower completes a Qualified IPO, a ratio of unrestricted
cash and Cash Equivalents at Bank plus net accounts receivable to Current
Liabilities less Deferred Revenue of not less than 1.25:1.00.
(c)
Performance to Plan
.
As of the last day of each month, Borrower’s ending CMRR balance, averaged on a
trailing three (3) month basis, shall be at least seventy five percent (75%) of
Borrower’s projected performance averaged for the same respective period as
outlined in Borrower’s Forecast_Model_vl50.xlsx received by Bank on August 20,
2010 that has been approved by Bank and is attached hereto as
Exhibit
F
.
6.8
Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights
.
(a) (i)
Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material
Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of known material
infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual
Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated
to the public without Bank’s written consent.
(b) If
Borrower (i) obtains any material Patent, registered Trademark, registered
Copyright, registered mask work, or any pending application for any of the
foregoing, whether as owner, licensee or otherwise, or (ii) applies for any
material Patent or the registration of any material Trademark, then Borrower
shall immediately provide written notice thereof to Bank (in accordance with
Section 6.2(1) with respect to Copyrights) and shall execute such intellectual
property security agreements and other documents and take such other actions as
Bank shall request in its good faith business judgment to perfect and maintain a
first priority perfected security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in favor
of Bank in such property. Borrower shall promptly provide to Bank copies of all
applications that it files for Patents or for the registration of Trademarks.
Copyrights or mask works, together with evidence of the recording of the
intellectual property security agreement necessary for Bank to perfect and
maintain a first priority perfected security interest in such property (subject
to Permitted Liens).
(c) Provide
written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by
any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is
commercially available to the public). Borrower shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose
consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed
“Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise
be restricted or prohibited by law or by the enforceable terms of any such
Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii)
Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to
dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
6.9
Litigation Cooperation
.
From the date hereof and continuing
through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without
expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s
books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to
prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against
Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.
6.10
Access to Collateral; Books and
Records
.
Allow Bank, or its
agents, at reasonable times, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no
notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to
inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. After the Initial
Audit, such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once
every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense,
and the charge therefor shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount
as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an
audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to
reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then
(without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies). Borrower shall pay Bank a
fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate
Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or
rescheduling.
6.11
Formation or Acquisition of Foreign
Subsidiaries
.
If at any time
after the Effective Date either (I) an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing or (II) Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries, in the aggregate either (i)
have assets representing more than thirty percent (30%) of Borrower’s and all
its Subsidiaries aggregate assets, (ii) have cash and/or Cash Equivalents
representing more than thirty percent (30%) of Borrower’s and all its
Subsidiaries cash and/or Cash Equivalents, or (iii) have executed recurring
revenue contracts representing more than thirty percent (30%) of Borrower’s and
all its Subsidiaries recurring revenue contracts. Borrower shall, within thirty
(30) days of Bank’s request therefor, cause such Foreign Subsidiaries to (a)
execute a guaranty and such other security documents as Bank may request, all in
form and substance satisfactory to Bank, to grant Bank a first priority Lien
(subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such Foreign Subsidiaries,
(b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing
statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such
Foreign Subsidiaries, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (c)
provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to
Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and
delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above effective under the
laws of the jurisdiction(s) where such Foreign Subsidiaries are organized. Any
document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section
6.11 shall be a Loan Document.
6.12
Formation or Acquisition of Domestic
Subsidiaries
.
At the time that
Borrower forms any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary or acquires any direct
or indirect Domestic Subsidiary after the Effective Date, Borrower shall (a)
cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to this Agreement or
execute a guaranty and such other security documents as Bank may request
together with such appropriate financing statements. Control Agreements or other
necessary documents or filings, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank
(including being sufficient to grant Bank a first priority Lien (subject to
Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired
Subsidiary), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and
financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership
interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and
(c) provide to Bank all other documentation in form and substance satisfactory
to Bank, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and
delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above. Any document,
agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall
be a Loan Document.
6.13
Further Assurances
.
Execute any further instruments and
take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s
Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to
Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all
correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental
Authority regarding compliance with or maintenance of Governmental Approvals or
Requirements of Law or that could reasonably be expected to have a material
effect on any of the Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
7
NEGATIVE
COVENANTS
Borrower
shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written
consent:
7
.1
Dispositions
.
Convey, sell, lease, transfer,
assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively,
“
Transfer
”
),
or permit any of its Subsidiaries to
Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for:
(a)
Transfers in the ordinary course of business for reasonably equivalent
consideration;
(b) Transfers
to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries;
(c) Transfers
of property in connection with sale-leaseback transactions, provided that the
book value of all such property so Transferred shall not exceed Two Hundred
Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any fiscal year;
(d) Transfers
of property to the extent such property is exchanged for credit against, or
proceeds are promptly applied to, the purchase price of other property used or
useful in the business of Borrower or its Subsidiaries;
(e) Transfers
constituting non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the
property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and
other non-perpetual licenses that could not result in a legal transfer of title
of the licensed property but that may be exclusive in respects other than
territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet
geographical areas outside of the United States;
(f)
Transfers otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents;
(g) sales
or discounting of delinquent accounts in the ordinary course of
business;
(h)
Transfers associated with the making or disposition of a Permitted
Investment;
(i)
Transfers in connection with an acquisition permitted by this Agreement of a
portion of the assets or rights acquired for reasonably equivalent
consideration; and
(j)
other Transfers that do not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000) at any
time during the term hereof.
7
.2
Changes in Business; Change in
Control; Jurisdiction of Formation
.
Engage in any material line of
business other than those lines of business conducted by Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on the date hereof and any businesses reasonably related,
complementary or incidental thereto or reasonable extensions thereof; or permit
or suffer any Change in Control, other than in connection with an IPO. Borrower
will not, without prior written notice to Bank: (i) change its jurisdiction of
organization, (ii) change its organizational structure or type, (iii) change its
legal name, (iv) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its
jurisdiction of organization, or add any new offices or business locations,
including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less
than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in Borrower’s assets or
property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in
the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to a
bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed
in the Perfection Certificate. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the
Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred
Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not
already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the
location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will
first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and
deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its
sole discretion.
7.3
Mergers or Acquisitions
.
Merge
or consolidate, or permit
any of its Subsidiaries to merge
or consolidate, with any
Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or
substantially all of the capital stock or property of a Person, except where no
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such action
during the term of this Agreement and cash consideration in connection with such
acquisitions does not exceed (x) prior to a Qualified IPO, Two Hundred Fifty
Thousand Dollars ($250,000) and (y) after a Qualified IPO, an unlimited amount
so long as Borrower’s unrestricted cash at Bank does not fall below Twenty
Million Dollars ($20,000,000) at any time:
(a) any
Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with (i) Borrower provided that Borrower is
the surviving entity, and (ii) one or more other Subsidiaries;
(b) Borrower
or any Subsidiary may acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or
property of another Subsidiary; or
(c) such
merger, consolidation or acquisition is a Transfer otherwise permitted pursuant
to Section 7.1.
7.4
Indebtedness
.
Create, incur, assume, or be liable
for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted
Indebtedness.
7.5
Encumbrance
. Create, incur,
allow, or suffer any
Lien on any of
the Collateral, or
assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any
Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted
Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security
interest (subject to Permitted Liens) granted herein, or enter into any
agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of
Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect
of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging,
granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any
Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section
7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.
7.6
Maintenance of Collateral
Accounts
.
Maintain any
Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6(b)
hereof.
7.7
Distributions; Investments
.
(a) Pay any dividends or make any
distribution or payment or redeem, retire
or purchase any capital
stock other than Permitted Distributions; or (b) directly or indirectly acquire
or own any Person, or make any Investment in any Person, other than Permitted
Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.
7.8
Transactions with Affiliates
.
Directly or indirectly enter into or
permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except
for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business,
upon fair and reasonable terms (when viewed in the context of any series of
transactions of which it may be a part, if applicable) that are no
less favorable to
Borrower than would
be
obtained in
an
arm’s length
transaction with a non-affiliated Person; or (b) transactions among Borrower and
its Subsidiaries and among Borrower’s Subsidiaries so long as no Event of
Default exists or could result therefrom.
7.9
Subordinated
Debt
.
Make or permit any payment on or
amendments of any Subordinated Debt, except (a) payments pursuant to the terms
of the Subordinated Debt; (b) payments made with Borrower’s capital stock or
other Subordinated Debt; or (c) amendments to Subordinated Debt so long as such
Subordinated Debt remains subordinated in right of payment to this Agreement and
any Liens securing such Subordinated Debt remain subordinate in priority to
Bank’s Lien hereunder to the same extent as originally contemplated by
Bank..
7
.10
Compliance
.
Become an “investment company” or a company
controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to
purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in
Regulation
U
of
the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for
that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a
Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail
to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or
regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material
adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do
so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit
partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event
with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation
plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower,
including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its
successors or any other governmental agency.
8
EVENTS OF
DEFAULT
Any one
of the following shall constitute an event of default (an
“
Event of Default
”)
under this Agreement:
8.1
Payment Default
.
Borrower fails to (a) make any
payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b)
pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations
are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to
payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the
failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder
is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure
period);
8.2
Covenant Default
.
(a) Borrower
fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7,
6.8(c), 6.11 or 6.12 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or
(b) Borrower
fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Section 6.2 and has failed to
cure the default within five (5) Business Days after Bank provides notice to
Borrower thereof, provided however such 5 day notice/cure period shall only be
available to Borrower two (2) times during the term of this
Agreement;
(c) Borrower
fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision,
condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan
Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8)
under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be
cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) Business Days after the
occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature
be cured within the ten (10) Business Day period or cannot after diligent
attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) Business Day period, and such
default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have
an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) Business
Days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period
the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no
Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided
under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants
or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;
8.3
Material Adverse Change
.
A Material Adverse Change
occurs.
8.4
Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business
.
(a) (i)
The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any
funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a
Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate,
or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by
any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are
not, within ten (10) Business Days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or
stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however,
no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) Business Day cure period;
or
(b) (i)
any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or
comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins,
restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its
business;
8.5
Insolvency
(a) Borrower is
unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise
becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an
Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed
within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any
of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency
Proceeding is dismissed);
8.6
Other
Agreements
.
If (a) Borrower
fails to (i) make any payment that is due and payable with respect to any
Material Indebtedness and such failure continues after the applicable grace or
notice period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating
thereto, or (ii) perform or observe any other condition or covenant, or any
other event shall occur or condition exist under any agreement or instrument
relating to any Material Indebtedness, and such failure continues after the
applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified in the agreement or
instrument relating thereto and the effect
of
such failure, event or
condition is to cause, or to permit (whether or not exercised), the holder or
holders of such Material Indebtedness to accelerate the maturity of such
Material Indebtedness or cause, or permit (whether or not exercised), the
mandatory repurchase of any Material Indebtedness; or (b) there is a default in
any Material Contract that could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s
business;
8.7
Judgments
.
One or more final judgments, orders,
or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the
aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand ($250,000) (not covered by
independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by
such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not,
within ten (10) Business Days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution
thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged
prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions
will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order,
or decree);
8.8
Misrepresentations
.
Borrower or any Person acting for
Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in
this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to
induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such
representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material
respect when made;
8.9
Subordinated
Debt
.
Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall
for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force
and effect (other than by repayment of such Subordinated Debt pursuant to the
terms thereof), any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner
the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability
or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be
subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or
the applicable Subordination Agreement; or
8.10
Governmental Approvals
.
Any Governmental Approval shall have
been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not
renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by
a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any
applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could
result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in
clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension,
modification or non-renewal has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a
Material Adverse Change.
9
BANK’S RIGHTS AND
REMEDIES
9.1
Rights and Remedies
.
While an
Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any
or all of the following:
(a) declare
all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default
described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable
without any action by Bank);
(b) stop
advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement
or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;
(c) demand
that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to one hundred ten
percent (110%) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all
Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or
to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith
business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters
of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under
such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such
amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid
or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;
(d) terminate
any FX Forward Contracts;
(e) settle
or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms
and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower
money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such
account;
(f)
make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to
protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower
shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank
designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and
maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest,
or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security
interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter
and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights
or remedies;
(g) apply
to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii)
any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of
Borrower;
(h) ship,
reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise
for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive,
royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge. Borrower’s labels,
Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade
names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it
pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale,
and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights
under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise
agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;
(i)
place a “hold” on any account maintained
with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order,
or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar
agreements providing control of any Collateral:
(j)
receive access to Borrower’s Books; and
(k) exercise
all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or
equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of
the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).
9.2
Power of
Attorney
. Borrower hereby
irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse
Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign
Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts
against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the
Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines
reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance
policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security
interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based
thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and
(f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code
permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign
Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection
of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of
Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank
is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s
foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights
and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have
been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit
Extensions terminates.
9.3
Protective Payments
. If Borrower fails to
obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium
thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay
under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. Bank may obtain such insurance
or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and
immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate
applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make
reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such
insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No
payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future
or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.
9.4
Application of Payments and
Proceeds Upon
Default
. If an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its
possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized
as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the
Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall
determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other
Persons legally entitled thereto: Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any
deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly
enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at
any sale of Collateral. Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of
either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or
deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of
cash therefor.
9.5
Bank’s Liability for
Collateral
.
So long as Bank
complies with applicable law and reasonable banking practices regarding the
safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank,
Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the
Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral: (c) any diminution in the
value of the Collateral: or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman,
bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction
of the Collateral.
9.6
No
Waiver;
Remedies
Cumulative
. Bank’s failure, at
any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish
any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance
herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by
the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific
instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights
and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of
one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from
exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at
law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing
waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or
acquiescence.
9.7
Demand Waiver
. Borrower waives demand,
notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any
default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or
renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held
by Bank on which Borrower is liable.
10
NOTICES
All
notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any
party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier
of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail,
first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper
postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or
facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable
overnight courier with all charges prepaid: or (d) when delivered, if
hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be
notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated
below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or
facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance
with the terms of this Section 10.
If to Borrower:
|
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
|
|
1601
Cloverfield Blvd. #620
Santa
Monica, CA 90404
|
|
Attn:
|
|
|
|
Fax:
|
|
|
|
Email:
|
|
|
|
|
If to Bank:
|
Silicon
Valley Bank
|
|
15260 Ventura Boulevard Suite 980
Sherman
Oaks, CA 91403
|
|
Attn:
Stephen Hughes – Senior Relationship Manage
|
|
Fax: 818-783-7984
|
|
Email: SHughes@SVBank.com
|
11
CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE,
JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE
California
law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and
Federal courts in Santa Clara County. California: provided, however, that
nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from
bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize
on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a
judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and
consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any
such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon
lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and
hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed
appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the
summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees
that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by
registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in,
or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this
Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to
occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in
the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.
TO
THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE
THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR
BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION,
INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A
MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY
HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.
WITHOUT
INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE
RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is
not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or
controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by
a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they
cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California
Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure
Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute
falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without
a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the
jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted
pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil
Procedure
§
§
638 through
645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant
provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining
orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers.
All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all
records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of
any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not
been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then
such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for
such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the
same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable
to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall
be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of
discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee
discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial
proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that
the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all
issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report
a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure
§
644(a).
Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to
exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional
remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the
applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this
paragraph.
12
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
12.1
Successors
and Assigns
. This Agreement
binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each
party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under
it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in
Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to
Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or
any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which
assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the
Warrant).
12.2
Indemnification
.
Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend
and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any
other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an
“
Indemnified Person
”
)
harmless against: (a) all
obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively,
“
Claims
”)
claimed or asserted by any other
party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents;
and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered,
incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from,
consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower
(including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or
losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful
misconduct.
12.3
Time of Essence
.
Time is of the essence for the
performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.
12.4
Severability of Provisions
.
Each provision of this Agreement is
severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any
provision.
12.5
Correction of Loan Documents
.
Bank may correct patent errors and
fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the
parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction
and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction. In the
event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an
amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.
12.6
Amendments in Writing; Waiver;
Integration
.
No purported
amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or
termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or
admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing
signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any
action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct
shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any
other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the
specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any
subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise
to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The
Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and
supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements,
understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the
parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan
Documents.
12.7
Counterparts
.
This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts,
each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken
together, constitute one Agreement.
12.8
Survival
.
All covenants, representations and
warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement
has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate
indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to
survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied.
The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until
the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall
have run.
12.9
Confidentiality
.
In handling any confidential
information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for
its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a)
to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together
with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or
purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, that any
prospective transferee or purchaser shall have entered into an agreement
containing provisions substantially the same as those in this Section); (c) as
required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators
or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as
Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and
(f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers
have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less
restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not
include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s
possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after
disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not
know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the
information.
Bank
Entities may use confidential information for reporting purposes and the
development and distribution of databases and market analyses so long as such
confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution
unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the
immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this
Agreement.
12.10
Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and
Expenses
.
In any action or
proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan
Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable
attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other
relief to which it may be entitled.
12.11
Electronic Execution of
Documents
.
The words
“execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document
shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in
electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and
enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based
recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in
any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the
Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
12.12
Captions
. The headings used in this Agreement
are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this
Agreement.
12.13
Construction of Agreement
.
The parties mutually acknowledge
that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and
negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be
construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to
exist.
12.14
Relationship
.
The relationship of the parties to
this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The
parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust,
fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of
parties to an arm’s-length contract.
12.15
Third Parties
.
Nothing in this Agreement, whether
express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies
under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express
parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve
or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to
this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement
any right of subrogation or action against any party to this
Agreement.
13
DEFINITIONS
13.1 Definitions
.
As used in the Loan Documents, the
word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not
exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular
includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets
are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have
the following meanings:
“Account”
is any “account” as defined in the
Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes,
without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to
Borrower.
“Account Debtor”
is any
“account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may
hereafter be made.
“Advance”
or
“Advances”
means an advance
(or advances) under the Revolving Line.
“Affiliate”
is, with respect
to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly
the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common
control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers,
directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company,
that Person’s managers and members.
“Agreement”
is defined in the
preamble hereof.
“Applicable CMRR Multiplier”
is (a) three (3) at all times when the trailing twelve (12) month Dollar
Renewal Rate is ninety two and one half percent (92.5%) or higher or (b) two and
one half (2.50) at all times when the trailing twelve (12) month Dollar Renewal
Rate is less than ninety two and one half percent (92.5%).
“Applicable Non-Formula Amount”
is (i) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) from the Effective Date through
December 31, 2010, (ii) Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000)
from January 1, 2011 through June 30, 2011 and (iii) Zero Dollars ($0) at all
times beginning on July 1, 2011.
“Availability Amount”
is (a)
the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the
Borrowing Base minus (b) the Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters
of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) plus an amount
equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve, minus (c) the FX Reduction Amount, minus
(d) any amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (e) the outstanding
principal balance of any Advances.
“Bank”
is defined in the
preamble hereof.
“Bank Expenses”
are all audit
fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and
expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and
enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in
connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with
respect to Borrower or any Guarantor.
“Base CMRR”
is Borrower’s CMRR
for its existing Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts that are up for renewal
measured as of the first day of the applicable Monitoring Window.
“Borrower”
is defined in the
preamble hereof.
“Borrower’s Books”
are all
Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns,
records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business
operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any
equipment containing such information.
“Borrowing Base”
is (i)
Borrower’s current forward one (1) month CMRR multiplied by the Applicable CMRR
Multiplier, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base
Certificate plus (ii) the Applicable Non-Formula Amount.
“Borrowing Base Certificate”
is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
C
.
“Borrowing Base Report”
is
defined in Section 6.2(a).
“Borrowing Resolutions”
are,
with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached
hereto as
Exhibit
D
“Business Day”
is any day that
is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.
“Cash Equivalents”
means (a)
marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United
States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one
(1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more
than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c)
Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after
issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the
assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses
(a) through (c) of this definition.
”Cash Management Services”
is
defined in Section 2.1.4.
“Change in Control”
means any
event, transaction, or occurrence as a result of which (a) any “person” (as such
term is defined in Sections 3(a)(9) and 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as an amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a trustee or other
fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Borrower, is or
becomes a beneficial owner (within the meaning Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Borrower, representing
twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of Borrower’s
then outstanding securities; or (b) during any period of twelve consecutive
calendar months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the
Board of Directors of Borrower (together with any new directors whose nomination
for election by the Board of Directors of Borrower was approved by a vote of at
least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors
at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was
previously so approved, in each case, either by specific vote or by approval of
a proxy statement issued by Borrower on behalf of its entire Board of Directors
in which such individual is named as nominee for director) cease for any reason
other than death or disability to constitute a majority of the directors then in
office.
“CMRR”
means aggregate total
contract value pursuant to Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts less
non-recurring support, service, and maintenance fees smoothed for billing
purposes on a monthly basis over the duration of the aggregate contract(s) less
accounts that have churned.
“Code”
is the Uniform
Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in
the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to
define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined
differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of
such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided
further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any
or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect
to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in
effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term
“
Code
”
shall mean the Uniform Commercial
Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of
the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or
remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such
provisions.
“Collateral”
is any and all
properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on
Exhibit
A
.
“Collateral Account”
is any
Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.
“Commodity Account”
is any
“commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as
may hereafter be made.
“Compliance
Certificate”
is that certain
certificate in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
E
.
“Contingent Obligation”
is,
for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that
Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other
obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or
indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by
that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any
obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person;
and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap
agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or
arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest
rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation”
does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of
a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary
obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable,
the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in
good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under
any guarantee or other support arrangement.
“Control Agreement”
is any
control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which
Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity
intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity
Account. Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the
meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity
Account.
“Copyrights”
are any and all
copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like
protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether
published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade
secret.
“Credit Extension”
is any
Advance, Letter of Credit, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash
Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s
benefit.
“Current Liabilities”
are all
obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus, without duplication, the
aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1)
year.
“Default Rate”
is defined in
Section 2.3(b).
“Deferred Revenue”
is all
amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not
yet recognized as revenue.
“Deposit Account”
is any
“deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may
hereafter be made.
“Designated Deposit Account”
is Borrower’s deposit account, account number
,
maintained with Bank.
“Dollars,” “dollars”
or
use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the
United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency
uses the “$” sign to denote its currency
or
may
be
readily converted into
lawful money
of the
United St
ates.
“Dollar Renewal Rate”
is for
any Monitoring Window (i) Borrower’s Base CMRR as of the first day of such
Monitoring Window plus Borrower’s Net Upsell Churn during such Monitoring Window
divided by (ii) Borrower’s Base CMRR as of the first day of such Monitoring
Window.
“Dollar Equivalent”
is, at any
time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and
(b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent
amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of
the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Franci
sco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency
for transfer to
the
country issuing such Foreign Currency
.
“Domestic Subsidiary”
means a
Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or
territory thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Effective Date”
is defined in
the preamble hereof.
“Eligible Recurring Revenue
Contracts”
means executed, enforceable contra
cts with Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Account
Debtors which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’
business that meet
all
Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3
and that
give rise to
CMRR.
“ERISA”
is the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.
“Event of
Default”
is defined in Section 8.
“Exchange
Act”
is the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
”Foreign Currency”
means
lawful money of a country other than the United States.
“Foreign Subsidiary”
means any
Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
“Funding Date”
is any date on
which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall
be a Business Day.
“FX Business Day”
is any day
when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business
and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by Borrower is available to
Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign
Currency.
“FX Forward Contract”
is
defined in Section 2.1.3.
“FX Reduction Amount”
is
defined in Section 2.1.3.
“FX Reserve”
is defined in
Section 2.1.3.
“GAAP”
is generally accepted
accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the
Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be
approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are
applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.
“General Intangibles”
is all
“general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with
such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without
limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds,
security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to
purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently
or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance
policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business
interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any
kind.
“Governmental Approval”
is any
consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit,
certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from
or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental
Authority.
“Governmental Authority”
is
any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any
agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank
or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing,
regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any
securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.
“Guarantor”
is any present or
future guarantor of the Obligations.
“Indebtedness”
is (a)
indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services,
such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of
credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar
instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent
Obligations.
“Indemnified
Person”
is defined in Section
12.2.
“Initial Audit”
is Bank’s
inspection of Borrower’s Accounts. Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts
Borrower’s Books and the other Collateral with results satisfactory to Bank in
its sole and absolute discretion.
“Insolvency Proceeding”
is any
proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or
any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of
creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings
seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.
“Intellectual Property”
means
all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the
following:
(a) its
Copyrights. Trademarks and Patents;
(b) any
and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation,
any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;
(c) any
and all source code;
(d) any
and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;
(e) any
and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of
any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and
collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property
rights identified above; and
(f)
all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or
Patents.
“Inventory”
is all
“inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the
date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and
includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies,
packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including
without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or
possession
or in
transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title
representing any of the abov
e.
“Investment”
is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock,
partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital
contribution to any Person.
“IP
Agreement”
is that certain Intellectual Property Security Agreement executed and delivered
by Borrower to Bank dated as of the Effective Date.
“IPO”
means the initial public offering of Borrower’s common
stock.
“Letter
of
Credit”
means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another
institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement
on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.2.
“Letter
of Credit Application”
is defined in Section
2.1.2(b).
“Letter
of Credit Reserve”
has the meaning set forth in Section
2.1.2(e).
“Lien”
is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security
interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or
arising by operation of law or otherwise against any
property.
“Loan
Documents”
are, collectively, this
Agreement,
the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, the IP Agreement, the Subordination
Agreement, the
UK
Share Pledge Documents, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by
Borrower or any Guarantor in favor (or for the benefit) of Bank, and any other
present or future agreement between Borrower any Guarantor and/or for the
benefit of Bank
in
connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or
otherwise
modified.
“Material
Adverse Change”
is (a) a material impairment in
the
perfection
or
priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such
Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or
condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; (c) a material impairment of the
prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations: or (d) Bank determines,
based upon information available to it and in its reasonable judgment, that
there is a reasonable likelihood that Borrower shall fail to comply with one or
more of the financial covenants
in Section 6 during the next
succeeding financial reporting period.
“Material
Contract”
means (a) any contract or other written agreem
ent
described in the Perfection Certificate (b) any contract or other agreement of
Borrower and any Subsidiary involving
monetary
liability of or
to
any such Person in an amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($250,000); and (c) any other contract, agreement, permit or license,
written or oral, of Borrower and any Subsidiary as to which the breach,
nonperformance, cancellation of, failure to renew by any party thereto,
individually or in the ag
gregate, could reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.
“Material
Indebtedness”
is any
Indebtedness
the principal amount
of
which, individually or
in
the aggregate, is equal to or greater than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand
Dollars ($250,000), and in any event, includes the Indebtedness evidenced by the
Indenture
.
“Monitoring
Window”
means (i) for the
August
2010 measuring period, the period of time from October 2009 through July 2010,
(ii) for the September 2010 measuring period, the period of time from October
2009 through
August
2010 and (iii) for each subsequent
monthly
measuring
period,
the trailing (12) months prior
to
the
start of such monthly
measuring
period.
“Net
Upsell Churn”
is for any Eligible Recurring Revenue Contracts under
review in any Monitoring Window the CMRR of chum plus the CMRR of additional
“upsells” for such Eligible Recurring Revenue
Contracts.
“Obligations”
are
Borrower’s
obligations
to
pay when
due
any debts, principal, interest.
Bank
Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under
this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or otherwise (other than the warrant being
issued to Bank in connection with this Agreement), including, without
limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including
reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash
management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including
interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or
obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under
the Loan
Documents
.
“Operating Documents”
are, for
any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary
of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than
30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation,
its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company,
its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), if any, and (c)
if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar
agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications
thereto.
“Patents”
means all patents,
patent applications and like protections including without limitation
improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and
continuations-in-part of the same.
“Payment/Advance Form”
is that
certain form attached hereto as
Exhibit
B
.
“Perfection Certificate”
is
defined in Section 5.1.
“Permitted Distributions”
are:
(a) purchases
of capital stock from former employees, consultants and directors pursuant to
repurchase
agreements or other similar agreements provided tliat at the time of such
purchase no Event of Default
has
occurred and is continuing;
(b) distributions
or dividends consisting solely of Borrower’s capital stock;
(c) purchases
for value of any rights distributed in connection with any stockholder rights
plan;
(d) purchases
of capital stock or options to acquire such capital stock with the proceeds
received
from a substantially concurrent issuance of capital stock or convertible
securities;
(e) purchases
of capital stock pledged as collateral for loans to employees;
(f)
purchases of capital stock in connection with the exercise of stock options or
stock appreciation rights by way of cashless exercise or in connection with the
satisfaction of withholding tax obligations;
(g) purchases
of fractional shares of capital stock arising out of stock dividends, splits or
combinations or business combinations or in connection with the conversion of
any convertible securities of the Borrower into other securities of the
Borrower;
(h) distributions
or dividends paid to Borrower; and
(i)
purchases of capital stock of Borrower not to exceed (i) prior to a Qualified
IPO, Five
Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or (ii) thereafter, Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000), provided no Event of
Default
exists at the time of such purchases or would result after giving effect
thereto.
“Permitted Indebtedness”
is:
(a)
Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents;
(b)
Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection
Certificate;
(c)
Subordinated Debt;
(d) unsecured
Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of
business:
(e) guaranties
of Permitted Indebtedness:
(f)
Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received
in the ordinary course of business;
(g) Indebtedness
consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest
rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary
course of business and designated to protect Borrower or its Subsidiaries
against fluctuations in interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity
prices;
(h) Indebtedness
that constitutes a Permitted Investment;
(i) Indebtedness
with respect to documentary letters of credit;
(j)
capitalized leases and purchase money Indebtedness not to exceed (x) prior to a
Qualified IPO, One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); and (y) thereafter, Two Million
Dollars ($2,000,000); in each case, in the aggregate in any fiscal year secured
by Liens permitted under clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted
Liens”;
(k) Indebtedness
of entities acquired in any permitted merger or acquisition
transaction;
(l)
(i) Indebtedness of
any Subsidiary to the Borrower or another Subsidiary and (ii) Indebtedness of
the Borrower to any Subsidiary; in each case, so long as Borrower complies with
the requirements of Sections 6.11 and 6.12 hereof;
(m) Indebtedness
owing to Bank pursuant to corporate credit cards in the ordinary course of
business;
(n) other
Indebtedness not exceeding Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the
aggregate at any time outstanding; and
(
o
) extensions,
renewals and refinancings of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the amount of
such Indebtedness is not increased except by an amount equal to a reasonable
premium or other reasonable amount paid in connection with such refinancing and
by an amount equal to any existing, but unutilized, commitment
thereunder.
“Permitted Investments”
are:
(a) Investments
(including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective
Date;
(b) Investments
consisting of (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally
guaranteed by the United States or its agencies or any State maturing within 1
year from its acquisition, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than 2 years
after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard &
Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service. Inc., (iii) Bank’s
certificates of deposit maturing no more than 2 years after issue; and (d) money
market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which
constitute Investments of the kinds described in clauses (i) through (iii) of
this definition;
(c) Investments
approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors or otherwise pursuant to a
Board-approved investment policy;
(d) Investments
by Borrower in Subsidiaries and Investments in Borrower or other Subsidiaries by
Subsidiaries so long as Borrower complies with the requirements of Sections 6.11
and 6.12 hereof
(e)
Investments consisting of Collateral Accounts in the name of Borrower or any
Subsidiary so long as Bank has a first priority, perfected security interest in
such Collateral Accounts;
(f)
Investments consisting of extensions of credit to Borrower’s or its
Subsidiaries’ customers in the nature of accounts receivable, prepaid royalties
or notes receivable in the ordinary course of business arising from the sale or
lease of goods, provision of services or licensing activities of
Borrower;
(g) Investments
(including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or
reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent
obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the
ordinary course of business;
(h) Investments
consisting of interest rate, currency, or commodity swap agreements, interest
rate cap or collar agreements or arrangements entered into in the ordinary
course of business and designated to protect a Person against fluctuations in
interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodity prices;
(i) Investments
consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other
employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans
to employees relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its
Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by
Borrower’s Board of in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed
Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000);
(j)
Investments permitted by Section 7.3;
(k)
Investments in connection with a Permitted Distribution;
(1) Other
Investments not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the
aggregate in any fiscal year; and
(m) Investments
consisting of joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of
Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the
development of technology or the providing of technical support, in each case,
provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed (i) prior to a
Qualified IPO, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or (ii) thereafter, Five
Million Dollars ($5,000,000), in the aggregate at any time
outstanding.
“Permitted Liens”
are:
(a) (i)
Liens securing Indebtedness under clause (b) of the definition of “Permitted
Indebtedness” hereunder, and (ii) Liens arising under this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents
(b) Liens
for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i)
not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower
maintains adequate reserves on its Books.
provided
that no
notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted
thereunder;
(c) Liens
(including with respect to capital leases) (i) on property (including
accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and
attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) acquired or held by Borrower or
its Subsidiaries incurred for financing such property (including accessions,
additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto,
and the proceeds thereof), other than Accounts, or (ii) existing on property
(and accessions, additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and
attachments thereto, and the proceeds thereof) when acquired, other than
Accounts, if the Lien is confined to such property (including accessions,
additions, parts, replacements, fixtures, improvements and attachments thereto,
and the proceeds thereof);
(d) Liens
incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by
Liens described in (a) through (c),
but
any extension, renewal or
replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien
and the principal amount of the indebtedness it secures may not
increase;
(e) Liens
of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in
nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach
only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed
Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) and which are not delinquent or
remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the
forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;
(f) Liens
to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age
pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary
course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);
(g) leases
or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s
business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such
Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses
of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary
course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the
ordinary course of such Person’s business),
if
the leases, subleases, licenses and
sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest
therein;
(h) non-exclusive
license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course
of business, and licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a
legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in
respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as
to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;
(i)
Liens in favor of custom and revenue authorities arising as a matter
of law to secure the payment of custom duties in connection with the importation
of goods;
(j)
customary Liens granted in favor of a trustee to secure fees and other amounts
owing to such trustee under an indenture or other similar
agreement;
(k)
Liens on assets acquired in mergers and acquisitions not prohibited by Section 7
of this
Agreement;
(l) Liens
consisting of pledges of cash, cash equivalents or government securities to
secure swap or foreign exchange contracts or letters of credit, provided that
the amount of all such Liens does not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars
($250,000);
(m) Liens
arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not
constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;
(n) Liens
in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s
deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank
has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or
securities accounts;
(o) deposits
to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed
money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations,
surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like
nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not
representing an obligation for borrowed money;
(p) Liens
securing Subordinated Debt; and
(q) Liens
on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financial insurance
premiums.
“Person”
is any individual,
sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture,
company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation,
institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate,
entity or government agency.
“Prime Rate”
is Bank’s most
recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest
rate.
“Qualified IPO”
is an IPO
where Borrower receives net proceeds in excess of Thirty Million Dollars
($30,000,000).
“Registered Organization”
is
any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such
term as may hereafter be made.
“Requirement of Law”
is as to
any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any
law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an
arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable
to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or
any of its property is subject.
“Responsible Officer”
is any
of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and
Controller of Borrower.
“Restricted License”
is any
material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the
licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a
security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any
other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could
interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.
“Revolving Line”
is an Advance
or Advances in an amount equal to Fifteen Million Dollars
($15,000,000).
“Revolving Line Maturity Date”
is August 20, 2012.
“SEC”
shall mean the
Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous
Governmental Authority.
“Securities Account”
is any
“securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as
may hereafter be made.
“Settlement Date”
is defined
in Section 2.1.3.
“Subordinated Debt”
(a)
Indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to Borrower’s Indebtedness owed
to Bank and which is reflected in a written agreement in a manner and form
reasonably acceptable to Bank and approved by Bank in writing, (b) to the extent
the terms of subordination do not change adversely to Bank, refinancings,
refundings, renewals, amendments or extensions of any of the
foregoing.
“Subsidiary”
is, as to any
Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of
which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power
(other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only
by
reason of the happening of a
contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of
such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the
management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one
or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise
requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a
Subsidiary of Borrower or Guarantor.
“Total Liabilities”
is on any
day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on
Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness.
“Trademarks”
means any
trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to
register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire
goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such
trademarks.
“Transfer”
is defined in
Section 7.1.
“Warrant”
is that certain
Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in
favor of Bank.
“UK Share Pledge Documents”
is
those certain charge over shares with respect to sixty five percent (65%) of the
voting securities of Cornerstone OnDemand Ltd. and any other document required
to be executed by Borrower in connection therewith.
[Signature
page follows.]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties hereto have
caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective
Date.
BORROWER:
|
|
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
By
|
/s/
Adam Miller
|
|
Name:
|
Adam
Miller
|
|
Title:
|
CEO
|
|
|
BANK:
|
|
SILICON
VALLEY BANK
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Tim Barnes
|
|
Name:
|
Tim Barnes, RM
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
Exhibit
10.13
SECURITIES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
between
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
and
IRONWOOD
EQUITY FUND LP
Dated
as of March 31, 2009
Table of
Contents
SECURITIES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
1
|
|
DEFINITIONS
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1.01
|
|
Definitions
|
1
|
1.02
|
|
Accounting
Terms; Financial Statements
|
13
|
1.03
|
|
Other
Terms Defined in UCC
|
13
|
1.04
|
|
Other
Interpretive Provisions
|
13
|
1.05
|
|
Knowledge
of the Obligors
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
2
|
|
PURCHASE
AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
2.01
|
|
Purchase and Sale of
the
Note
|
14
|
2.02
|
|
Purchase
and Sale of Warrant
|
14
|
2.03
|
|
Fees
at Closing
|
14
|
2.04
|
|
Closing
|
15
|
2.05
|
|
Reserved
|
15
|
2.06
|
|
Joint
and Several
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
3
|
|
CONDITIONS
TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE PURCHASER TO PURCHASE THE
SECURITIES
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
3.01
|
|
Representations
and Warranties
|
15
|
3.02
|
|
Compliance
with this Agreement
|
15
|
3.03
|
|
Secretary’s
Certificates
|
16
|
3.04
|
|
Purchase
of Securities Permitted by Applicable Laws
|
16
|
3.05
|
|
Opinion
of Counsel
|
16
|
3.06
|
|
Reserved
|
16
|
3.07
|
|
Consents
and Approvals
|
16
|
3.08
|
|
No
Material Judgment or Order
|
16
|
3.09
|
|
Good
Standing Certificates
|
17
|
3.10
|
|
No
Litigation
|
17
|
3.11
|
|
Series
E Purchase Documents
|
17
|
3.12
|
|
Senior
Loan Documents
|
17
|
3.13
|
|
SBA
Forms and Regulatory Representation Letter
|
17
|
3.14
|
|
Solvency
Certificate; Insurance
|
17
|
3.15
|
|
Other
Documents
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
4
|
|
CONDITIONS
TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY TO ISSUE AND SELL THE
SECURITIES
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
4.01
|
|
Representations
and Warranties
|
18
|
4.02
|
|
Compliance
with this Agreement
|
18
|
ARTICLE
5
|
|
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES OF THE OBLIGORS
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
5.01
|
|
Organization,
Good Standing and Qualification
|
18
|
5.02
|
|
Subsidiaries
|
19
|
5.03
|
|
Capitalization
|
19
|
5.04
|
|
Authorization
|
20
|
5.05
|
|
Financial
Statements
|
21
|
5.06
|
|
Changes
|
21
|
5.07
|
|
Agreements;
Action
|
22
|
5.08
|
|
Intellectual
Property
|
23
|
5.09
|
|
Title
to Properties and Assets; Liens
|
23
|
5.10
|
|
Compliance
with Other Instruments
|
24
|
5.11
|
|
Litigation
|
24
|
5.12
|
|
Governmental
Consent
|
25
|
5.13
|
|
Permits
|
25
|
5.14
|
|
Offering
|
25
|
5.15
|
|
Broker’s,
Finder’s or Similar Fees
|
25
|
5.16
|
|
Tax
Returns and Payments
|
25
|
5.17
|
|
Operating
Company
|
26
|
5.18
|
|
Investment
Company/Government Regulations
|
26
|
5.19
|
|
Labor
Relations and Employment Agreements
|
26
|
5.20
|
|
Employee
Benefit Plans
|
26
|
5.21
|
|
Obligations
to Related Parties
|
26
|
5.22
|
|
Insurance
|
27
|
5.23
|
|
Environmental
Laws; Safety Laws
|
27
|
5.24
|
|
Disclosure
|
27
|
5.25
|
|
Small
Business Concern
|
27
|
5.26
|
|
Small
Business Matters as to Use of Proceeds
|
28
|
5.27
|
|
No
Default or Breach
|
28
|
5.28
|
|
Solvency
|
28
|
5.29
|
|
Transaction
Payments
|
28
|
5.30
|
|
Foreign
Assets Control Regulations, etc.
|
28
|
5.31
|
|
Series
E Purchase Documents
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
6
|
|
REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
6.01
|
|
Authorization;
No Contravention
|
29
|
6.02
|
|
Binding
Effect
|
29
|
6.03
|
|
No
Legal Bar
|
29
|
6.04
|
|
Purchase
for Own Account
|
29
|
6.05
|
|
Restricted
Securities
|
30
|
6.06
|
|
Capacity
to Protect Interests
|
30
|
6.07
|
|
Corporate
Existence and Power
|
30
|
6.08
|
|
Broker’s,
Finder’s or Similar Fees
|
30
|
6.09
|
|
Governmental
Authorization; Third Party Consent
|
31
|
ARTICLE
7
|
|
INDEMNIFICATION
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
7.01
|
|
Indemnification
|
31
|
7.02
|
|
Procedure;
Notification
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
8
|
|
AFFIRMATIVE
COVENANTS
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
8.01
|
|
Financial
Statements and Other Information
|
33
|
8.02
|
|
Preservation
of Corporate Existence
|
36
|
8.03
|
|
Payment
of Obligations
|
36
|
8.04
|
|
Compliance
with Laws
|
36
|
8.05
|
|
Reserved
|
37
|
8.06
|
|
Inspection
|
37
|
8.07
|
|
Payment
of Note
|
37
|
8.08
|
|
Maintenance
of Properties; Insurance
|
37
|
8.09
|
|
Reserved
|
38
|
8.10
|
|
Use
of Proceeds
|
38
|
8.11
|
|
Observation
Rights
|
38
|
8.12
|
|
Reserved
|
38
|
8.13
|
|
SBA
Compliance
|
39
|
8.14
|
|
SBIC
Regulatory Provisions for the Benefit of Purchaser
|
39
|
8.15
|
|
Post
Closing Matters
|
40
|
8.16
|
|
Intellectual
Property
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
9
|
|
NEGATIVE
COVENANTS
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
9.01
|
|
Fundamental
Changes; Consolidations, Mergers and Acquisitions
|
40
|
9.02
|
|
Transactions
with Affliates
|
41
|
9.03
|
|
No
Inconsistent Agreements
|
41
|
9.04
|
|
Limitation
on Indebtedness
|
41
|
9.05
|
|
Limitation
on Liens
|
42
|
9.06
|
|
Dispositions
of Assets
|
44
|
9.07
|
|
Limitations
on Restricted Payments
|
44
|
9.08
|
|
Employee
Benefit Plans
|
45
|
9.09
|
|
Business
Activities; Change of Legal Status and Organizational
Documents
|
45
|
9.10
|
|
Investments
|
45
|
9.11
|
|
Reserved
|
46
|
9.12
|
|
Fiscal
Year
|
46
|
9.13
|
|
Modification
of Senior Indebtedness
|
46
|
9.14
|
|
Limitations
on Layering
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
10
|
|
PREPAYMENT
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
10.01
|
|
Payment
in Respect of Note
|
47
|
10.02
|
|
Optional
Prepayment
|
47
|
10.03
|
|
Mandatory
Prepayment
|
47
|
ARTICLE
11
|
|
COLLATERAL
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
11.01
|
|
Security
Interests
|
47
|
11.02
|
|
Financing
Statements
|
47
|
11.03
|
|
Landlord
Waivers; Collateral in the Possession of a Warehouseman or
Bailee
|
49
|
11.04
|
|
Preservation
of the Collateral
|
49
|
11.05
|
|
Other
Actions as to any and all Collateral
|
50
|
11.06
|
|
Equipment
and Inventory
|
50
|
11.07
|
|
Condition
of Inventory and Equipment
|
51
|
11.08
|
|
Expenses
of the Purchaser
|
51
|
11.09
|
|
Notices
|
51
|
11.10
|
|
Insurance,
Discharge of Taxes, Etc.
|
52
|
11.11
|
|
Waiver
and Release by Obligors
|
52
|
11.12
|
|
Records
and Reports
|
52
|
11.13
|
|
Further
Assurances
|
52
|
11.14
|
|
Continuing
Collateral
|
53
|
11.15
|
|
Set-Off
|
53
|
11.16
|
|
Reserved
|
53
|
11.17
|
|
Accounts
|
53
|
11.18
|
|
Letters
of Credit, Chattel Paper and Instruments
|
53
|
11.19
|
|
Electronic
Chattel Paper and Transferable Records
|
54
|
11.20
|
|
Commercial
Tort Claims
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
12
|
|
DEFAULT
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
12.01
|
|
Nonpayment
of Obligations
|
55
|
12.02
|
|
Misrepresentation
|
55
|
12.03
|
|
Nonperformance
|
55
|
12.04
|
|
Default
under Investment Documents
|
56
|
12.05
|
|
Default
under Other Debt
|
56
|
12.06
|
|
Reserved
|
56
|
12.07
|
|
Bankruptcy,
Insolvency, etc.
|
56
|
12.08
|
|
Judgments
|
57
|
12.09
|
|
Change
in Control
|
57
|
12.10
|
|
Collateral
Impairment
|
57
|
12.11
|
|
Reserved
|
57
|
12.12
|
|
Subordinated
Debt
|
57
|
12.13
|
|
Validity
of Investment Documents
|
57
|
12.14
|
|
Criminal
Indictment
|
57
|
12.15
|
|
Validity
of Liens
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
13
|
|
REMEDIES
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
13.01
|
|
Possession
and Assembly of Collateral
|
58
|
13.02
|
|
Sale
of Collateral
|
59
|
13.03
|
|
Standards
for Exercising Remedies
|
59
|
13.04
|
|
UCC
and Offset Rights
|
60
|
13.05
|
|
Additional
Remedies
|
60
|
13.06
|
|
Attorney-in-Fact
|
61
|
13.07
|
|
Verification
of Accounts; Lockbox
|
62
|
13.08
|
|
No
Marshaling
|
63
|
13.09
|
|
Application
of Proceeds
|
63
|
13.10
|
|
No
Waiver
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
14
|
|
MISCELLANEOUS
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
14.01
|
|
Survival
of Representations and Warranties
|
64
|
14.02
|
|
Tax
Withholding
|
64
|
14.03
|
|
Notices
|
64
|
14.04
|
|
Successors
and Assigns
|
65
|
14.05
|
|
Amendment
and Waiver
|
65
|
14.06
|
|
Signatures;
Counterparts
|
66
|
14.07
|
|
Headings
|
66
|
14.08
|
|
GOVERNING
LAW
|
66
|
14.09
|
|
JURISDICTION,
JURY TRIAL WAIVER, PJR WAIVER, ETC.
|
66
|
14.10
|
|
Severability
|
67
|
14.11
|
|
Entire
Agreement
|
67
|
14.12
|
|
Certain
Expenses
|
68
|
14.13
|
|
Publicity
|
68
|
14.14
|
|
Further
Assurances
|
68
|
14.15
|
|
No
Strict Construction
|
68
|
Schedules and
Exhibits
Disclosure
Schedule
Exhibit
A-l
|
Form
of Senior Subordinated Promissory Note
|
|
|
Exhibit
A-2
|
Form
of Warrant
|
|
|
Exhibits
|
Form
of Legal Opinion
|
|
|
Exhibit
C
|
Form
of Compliance Certificate
|
SECURITIES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This
SECURITIES PURCHASE
AGREEMENT
, dated as of March 31, 2009, between
CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.,
a
Delaware corporation (the
“
Company
”
),
and
IRONWOOD EQUITY FUND LP
,
a Delaware limited partnership (the
“Purchaser”).
RECITALS
A.
The Company desires to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to
purchase from the Company, a senior subordinated promissory note substantially
in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
A-l
(the
“Note”),
due March 30, 2014, in the aggregate principal amount of $4,000,000.00,
and the Company desires to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to
purchase from the Company, a warrant substantially in the form attached hereto
as
Exhibit
A-2
(the
“Warrant”)
to purchase shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock of the
Company, in each case upon the terms and subject to the representations,
warranties and conditions herein set forth.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE
, in consideration of the mutual
covenants and agreements set forth herein and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE
1
DEFINITIONS
1.01
Definitions
.
As used in this Agreement,
and unless the context requires a different meaning, the following terms have
the meanings indicated:
“Affiliate”
means with respect to any Person (the
“Initial
Person”
)
any Person (a) directly
or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, the
Initial Person, (b) directly or indirectly owning or holding ten percent (10%)
or more of any Capital Securities in the Initial Person, or (c) ten percent
(10%) or more of whose voting Capital Securities is directly or indirectly owned
or held by the Initial Person. For purposes of this definition,
“
control”
(including with correlative meanings, the terms “
controlling
” “
controlled by
”
and under “
common control with
”)
means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise.
“Agreement”
means this Agreement, including the exhibits and schedules attached
hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified in accordance with
the terms hereof.
“Articles of
Incorporation
”
means, as
to any Person, the Articles of Incorporation or any similar document, including
any amendments, of such Person as in effect on the Closing Date. Unless the
context in which it is used shall otherwise require, Articles of Incorporation
of the Company means the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as
in effect on the Closing Date.
“Asset
Disposition”
means the sale, lease, exclusive license, assignment or
other transfer for value by any Obligor to any Person (other than any other
Obligor) of any asset or right of such Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof
(including, the loss, destruction or damage of any thereof or any actual or
threatened (in writing to such Obligor) condemnation, confiscation, requisition,
seizure or taking thereof), other than any sale, lease or license in the
ordinary course of business.
“Bankruptcy Code”
means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. Section 101
et seq
.), as amended from time to
time.
“Books and
Records”
has the meaning given to such term in Section 11.01
(b)(v).
“Business Day”
means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks in Hartford, Connecticut are authorized or required by law or
executive order to close.
“Capital Asset”
means, with respect to any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, any asset
that should, in accordance with GAAP, be classified and accounted for as a fixed
or capital asset on a consolidated balance sheet of such Obligor and its
Subsidiaries, and shall include all assets acquired with Capital
Expenditures.
“Capital
Expenditures”
means, with respect to any Obligor, amounts paid or
Indebtedness incurred by such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries in connection
with (a) the purchase or lease by such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries of
Capital Assets that would be required to be capitalized and shown on the balance
sheet of such Obligor in accordance with GAAP or (b) the lease of any assets by
such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries as lessee under any Synthetic Lease to
the extent that such assets would have been Capital Assets had the Synthetic
Lease been treated for accounting purposes as a Capital Lease.
“Capital Lease”
means, with respect to any Obligor, any lease (or other arrangement
conveying the right to use) of any real or personal property, or a combination
thereof, that should, in accordance with GAAP, be classified and accounted for
as a capital lease on a consolidated balance sheet of such Obligor or any of its
Subsidiaries.
“Capital Lease
Obligations”
of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay
rent or other amounts under any Capital Lease. For the purposes of this
Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized
amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP consistently
applied. The determination of Capital Lease Obligations at the relevant time of
determination with respect to any Obligor and its Subsidiaries shall be made on
a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
“Capital
Securities”
means (a) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (b) in
the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests,
participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital
stock, (c) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general
or limited), (d) in the case of a limited liability company, membership
interests or units, and (e) any other interest or participation that confers on
a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or
distributions of assets of, the issuing Person;
provided
that “
Capital
Securities”
shall not include any Indebtedness that is convertible into
or exchangeable for capital stock of the Company.
“CERCLA ”
has the meaning set forth in the definition of
“
Environmental
Laws”
below.
“Change of
Control”
means, as to the Company, the consummation of (a) the failure of
the holders of Capital Securities of the Company as of the Closing Date and
their Permitted Transferees to maintain beneficial ownership and control,
directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of
all Capital Securities of the Company, whether as a result of a merger or
consolidation or otherwise; (b) the failure of the holders of Capital Securities
of the Company as of the Closing Date and their Permitted Transferees to
maintain voting control of the Governing Board of the Company, whether as a
result of a merger or consolidation or otherwise; (c) the sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all (i.e. 25% or more in any Fiscal Year) of
the assets of the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries that, individually
or in the aggregate, constitute a material part of the business, operations or
assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; or (d) any
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or one or more of its
Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a material part
of the business, operations or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken
as a whole;
provided
that it
shall not constitute a “
Change of Control
”
if any event described in clauses
(a) or (b) above occurs as a result of a bona fide equity financing with venture
capitalists primarily for the purpose of providing capital to the business and
not for the repurchase of Capital Securities or other equity from the Company's
institutional, angel or other venture capitalist investors. As used herein,
“beneficial ownership” shall have the meaning provided in Rule 13d-3 of the
Commission promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
“Closing”
has
the meaning set forth in Section
2.04.
“
Closing Date”
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.04.
“
Code”
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Collateral”
means all property of the Obligors that serves as collateral for any of
the Obligations under Article 11 or otherwise.
“Collateral
Access Agreement”
means a waiver of lien or other such agreement in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser pursuant to which a
mortgagee or lessor of real property on which Collateral is stored or otherwise
located, or a warehouseman, processor or other bailee of Inventory or other
property owned by any Obligor, acknowledges the Liens of the Purchaser and
subordinates or waives any Liens held by such Person on such property, and, in
the case of any such agreement with a mortgagee or lessor, permits the Purchaser
reasonable access to and use of such real property following the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default to assemble, complete and sell any
collateral stored or otherwise located thereon.
“Collateral
Account”
has
the meaning given
to such term in Section 13.07(b).
“Commission”
means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then
having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.
“Commonly
Controlled Entity”
means, as to any Obligor, an entity, whether or not
incorporated, which is under common control with such Obligor within the meaning
of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group which includes such Obligor and
which is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the
Code.
“Company”
has the meaning given to such term in the Preamble.
“Compliance
Certificate”
has the meaning given in Section 8.01(c).
“Condition of the
Obligors”
means the assets, business, properties, operations, and
financial condition of the Obligors and their Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole.
“Contractual
Obligations”
means, as to any Person, any provision of any security
issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument, undertaking, contract,
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other arrangement (whether in writing or
otherwise) to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of such
Person's property is bound.
“Default”
means an event, condition or circumstance the occurrence of which would,
with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, constitute an Event of
Default.
“Default Rate”
has the meaning for such term set forth in the Note.
“Defined Benefit
Plan”
means a defined benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(35) of
ERISA or Section 414(j) of the Code, whether funded or unfunded, qualified or
non-qualified (whether or not subject to ERISA or the Code).
“Distribution”
means, as to any Obligor, the declaration or payment of any dividend on
or in respect of any class of any Capital Securities of such Obligor or any of
its Subsidiaries, other than dividends payable solely in any Capital Securities
of such Obligor or any of the Subsidiaries not having any preference with
respect to distributions or return of capital; the purchase, redemption, or
other retirement of any class of any Capital Securities in such Obligor or any
Subsidiary thereof (or rights, warrants or options exercisable or convertible in
such Capital Securities), directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary of such
Obligor or otherwise; the return of capital by such Obligor or any Subsidiary
thereof to its holders of Capital Securities, as such; or any other distribution
on or in respect of any class of any Capital Securities of such Obligor or its
Subsidiaries.
“Domestic
Subsidiary”
means any Subsidiary of an Obligor that is incorporated or
organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or
the District of Columbia.
“Environmental
Laws”
means any applicable past, present or future federal, state,
territorial, provincial, foreign or local law, common law doctrine, rule, order,
decree, judgment, injunction, license, permit or regulation relating to
environmental matters, including those pertaining to land use, air, soil,
surface water, ground water (including the protection, cleanup, removal,
remediation or damage thereof), public or employee health or safety or any other
environmental matter, together with any other laws (federal, state, territorial,
provincial, foreign or local) relating to emissions, discharges, releases or
threatened releases of, or exposure to, any pollutant or contaminant including,
medical, chemical, biological, biohazardous or radioactive waste and materials,
into ambient air, land, surface water, groundwater, personal property or
structures, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution,
use, treatment, storage, disposal, transportation, discharge or handling of any
contaminant, including, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. 9601
et
seq
.)
(“CERCLA”),
the Hazardous Material Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1801
et seq
.), the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. 6901
et
seq
.) (
“RCRA”),
the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1253
et seq
.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C.
1251
et seq
.), the Toxic
Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601
et seq
.), and the Occupational Safety
and Health Act (29 U.S.C. 651
et
seq
.), and any analogous federal, or state or local laws, statutes and
regulations promulgated thereunder as such laws have been, or are, amended,
modified or supplemented heretofore or from time to time hereafter until the
payment by the Obligors of all principal of and interest on the Note and payment
and performance of all other Obligations.
“ERISA”
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time.
“ERISA Affiliate”
means, with respect to any Person, a corporation that is or was a member
of a controlled group of corporations with such Person within the meaning of
Section 4001(a) or (b) of ERISA or Section 414(b) of the Code, a trade or
business (including a sole proprietorship, partnership, trust, estate or
corporation) that is under common control with such Person within the meaning of
Section 414(c) of the Code, or a trade or business which together with such
Person is treated as a single employer under Section 414(m) or (o) of the
Code.
“Event of
Default”
has the meaning set forth in Article 12.
“Exchange Act”
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Excluded
Collateral”
means (a) all equipment or other property financed by a
nonaffiliated third party whose Liens are Liens of the type described in Section
9.05(g),
provided
that
any such equipment or other property shall only be regarded as
“
Excluded
Collateral
”
during
such time that such equipment or other property is subject to such third party's
Liens; (b) voting stock of a controlled foreign corporation (as that term is
defined in the Code) (a
“
CFC
”
)
solely to the extent that such stock represents more than 65% of the
outstanding voting stock of such CFC; (c) any rights or interest in any
contract, lease, permit, license, charter or license agreement covering real or
personal property of any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, if under the terms
of such contract, lease, permit, license, charter or license agreement, or
applicable law with respect thereto, the grant of a security interest or Lien
therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such contract,
lease, permit, license, charter or license agreement and such prohibition has
not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract, lease,
permit, license, charter or license agreement has not been obtained; and (d) any
and all Intellectual Property.
“Financial
Statements”
has
the meaning set forth in
Section 5.05(a).
“Fiscal Year”
means, as to any Obligor, the fiscal year of such Obligor ending on
December 31 (unless otherwise expressly set forth in writing from such Obligor
to the Purchaser).
“Foreign
Subsidiary”
means any Subsidiary of the Obligors other than a Domestic
Subsidiary.
“Fully-diluted
Basis”
means, as to any Obligor, the Capital Securities of such Obligor
outstanding assuming the conversion or exchange of all outstanding convertible
or exchangeable securities and the exercise of all outstanding warrants, options
or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any Capital Securities of such
Obligor. For purposes of this definition, all of the Management Options shall be
deemed to be outstanding as of the Closing Date, whether or not any or all of
such options shall have actually been granted as of such date.
“Funded Debt”
means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, all Indebtedness
for borrowed money evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures, or similar evidences
of Indebtedness that by its terms matures more than one year from, or is
directly or indirectly renewable or extendible at such Person's option under a
revolving credit or similar agreement obligating the lender or lenders to extend
credit over a period of more than one year from the date of creation thereof,
and specifically including Capital Lease Obligations, current maturities of
long-term debt, revolving credit and short-term debt extendible beyond one year
at the option of the debtor, and also including, in the case of the Obligors,
the Senior Indebtedness and the Obligations and, without duplication,
Indebtedness consisting of guaranties of Funded Debt of other
Persons.
“GAAP”
means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from time to
time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with
similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. accounting
profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of
determination.
“Governing Board”
means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors or board of
managers (or any similar governing body) of such Person, or unless the context
otherwise requires, any authorized committee of the board of directors or board
of managers (or such similar body) of such Person. Unless otherwise specified,
“
Governing
Board
”
of the Company means its
Board of Directors.
“Governmental
Approvals”
means all authorizations, consents, permits, approvals,
licenses, exemptions and other qualifications of, registrations and filings
with, and reports to, all Governmental Authorities.
“Governmental
Authority”
means the government of any nation, state, city, locality or
other political subdivision of any thereof, any entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
to government, regulation or compliance (including any department, commission,
board, bureau, agency or instrumentality thereof) and any corporation or other
entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by
any of the foregoing.
“Guarantor”
means any Domestic Subsidiary created or acquired by any of the Obligors
following the Closing Date.
“Guaranty”
means each unconditional guaranty of the Obligors' obligations under the
Note and this Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser,
executed by a Guarantor in favor of the Purchaser and its successors and
assigns.
“Holding Company”
means, as to any Person, a corporation having ordinary voting power, by
the direct or indirect ownership of Voting Securities of such Person (other than
stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the
happening of a contingency) or otherwise, to elect a majority of the Governing
Board of such Person, or otherwise having control, directly or indirectly, of
the management of such Person.
“Indebtedness”
As to any Person and whether recourse is secured by or is otherwise
available against all or only a portion of the assets of such Person and whether
or not contingent, but without duplication:
(a) every
obligation of such Person for money borrowed;
(b) every
obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar
instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition
of property, assets or businesses;
(c) every
reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit,
bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such
Person;
(d) every
obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of
property or services (excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities
arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue or which are
being contested in good faith);
(e) every
Capital Lease Obligation;
(f) every
obligation of such Person under any lease (a
“
Synthetic
Lease
”
)
treated as an operating
lease under GAAP and as a loan or financing for U.S. income tax
purposes;
(g) obligations
arising out of sales by such Person of (i) Accounts or General Intangibles for
money due or to become due, (ii) Chattel Paper, Instruments or Documents
creating or evidencing a right to payment of money or (iii) other receivables
(collectively “
receivables
”),
whether pursuant to a purchase facility or otherwise, other than in connection
with the disposition of the business operations of such Person relating thereto
or a disposition of defaulted receivables for collection and not as a financing
arrangement, and together with any obligation of such Person to pay any
discount, interest, fees, indemnities, penalties, recourse, expenses or other
amounts in connection therewith;
(h) every
obligation of such Person under any forward contract, futures contract, swap,
option or other financing agreement or arrangement (including, without
limitation, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements), the value of which is
dependent upon interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodities or other
indices (a “
derivative
contract
”);
(i) every
obligation in respect of Indebtedness of any other entity (including any
partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent that such
Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person's ownership interest in or
other relationship with such entity, except to the extent that the terms of such
Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor and such terms are
enforceable under applicable law; and
(j) every
obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing, or having the
economic effect of guarantying or otherwise acting as surety for, any obligation
of a type described in any of clauses (a) through (j) (the “
primary obligation
”)
of another Person (the “
primary obligor
”), in
any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including, without limitation,
any obligation of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds
for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such primary obligation,
(ii) to purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring
the payment of such primary obligation, or (iii) to maintain working capital,
equity capital or other financial statement condition or liquidity of the
primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such primary
obligation.
The
“amount” or “principal amount” of any Indebtedness at any time of determination
represented by: (i) any Indebtedness, issued at a price that is less than the
principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of the liability in
respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP; (ii) any Capital Lease shall
be the principal component of the aggregate rentals obligation under such
Capital Lease payable over the term thereof that is not subject to termination
by the lessee; (iii) any sale of receivables shall be the amount of unrecovered
capital or principal investment of the purchaser (other than, with respect to
the Indebtedness of any Obligor, such Obligor or any of its wholly-owned
Subsidiaries) thereof, excluding amounts representative of yield or interest
earned on such investment; (iv) any Synthetic Lease shall be the stipulated loss
value, termination value or other equivalent amount; and (v) any derivative
contract shall be the maximum amount of any termination or loss payment required
to be paid by such Person if such derivative contract were, at the time of
determination, to be terminated by reason of any event of default or early
termination event thereunder, whether or not such event of default or early
termination event has in fact occurred.
“Intellectual
Property”
means the collective reference to all use and ownership rights
in any intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational
or foreign laws or otherwise, including, without limitation, trade secrets,
copyrights, patents, service marks and trademarks, and all registrations and
applications for registration therefor, trade names, domain names, technology,
know-how, goodwill and processes; and all extensions, renewals, divisions,
reissues, continuations and continuations-in-part of any of the foregoing; and
all rights to sue for past, present and future infringement of the
foregoing.
“Investment”
means, as to any Obligor, (i) any direct or indirect purchase or other
acquisition by such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries of any beneficial
interest in, including Capital Securities of, any other Person (other than a
Person that prior to the relevant purchase or acquisition was a Subsidiary of
such Obligor), or (ii) any direct or indirect loan, advance or capital
contribution by such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries to any other Person
(other than a Subsidiary of such Obligor), including all Indebtedness and
accounts receivable from that other Person that are not current assets or did
not arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business.
The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus
the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or
decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to such
Investment.
“Investment
Documents”
means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Warrant,
each Guaranty, the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, and each other document,
agreement and instrument executed and delivered in connection with this
Agreement.
“IRS”
means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States or any successor
thereto.
“Key Man Life
Insurance Policy”
has the meaning given to such term in Section
8.08(c).
“Lien”
means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment,
deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, priority,
right or other security interest including those created by, arising under or
evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, the
interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease Obligation, or any financing lease
having substantially the same economic effect as any of the
foregoing.
“Lockbox”
has the meaning given to such term in Section 13.07(b).
“Management
Options”
means the options to purchase shares of Capital Securities of
the Company granted to management and key employees of the Company and its
Subsidiaries.
“Material Adverse
Effect”
means a material adverse effect on (a) the Condition of the
Obligors, (b) the ability of any Obligor to perform its obligations when such
obligations are required to be performed, under this Agreement, the Note, the
Warrant or any other Investment Document, or (c) the enforceability of this
Agreement, the Note, the Warrant or any other Investment Documents or the
material rights and remedies of the Purchaser hereunder or
thereunder.
“Multiemployer
Plan”
means a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) or
4001(a)(3) of ERISA or Section 414(f) of the Code.
“Net Proceeds”
means, as to any Asset Disposition, cash proceeds received by any Obligor
from such Asset Disposition (including insurance proceeds, awards of
condemnation, and payments under notes or other debt securities received in
connection with such Asset Disposition), net of (x) the costs of such sale,
lease, transfer or other disposition (including Taxes attributable to such sale,
lease or transfer), and (y) amounts applied to repayment of Indebtedness secured
by a Lien on the asset or property disposed.
“Note”
has
the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.
“Obligations”
means, as to any Obligor, any and all loans, advances, indebtedness,
liabilities, obligations, covenants or duties of such Obligor to the Purchaser
of any kind or nature arising under this Agreement, the Note, or any other
Investment Documents (other than the Warrant), and any and all extensions and
renewals thereof, and modifications and amendments thereto, whether now existing
or hereafter arising, whether under any present or future document, agreement or
other instrument, and whether or not evidenced by a writing and specifically
including but not being limited to, unpaid principal, plus all accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, together with all fees, expenses, commissions, charges,
penalties and other amounts owing by or chargeable to such Obligor under this
Agreement, the Note, or any other Investment Documents (other than the Warrant)
as and when the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by
acceleration or otherwise.
“Obligors”
means the Company and any Subsidiary which is a party to any Investment
Document, individually or collectively.
“PBGC”
means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to
Section 4002(a) of ERISA.
“Pension Plan”
means, as to any Obligor, any Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan,
which is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the
Code and which (a) is maintained for employees of such Obligor or any of its
Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate thereof, or (b)
has
at any time within the preceding six years
been maintained for the employees of such Obligor or any current or former ERISA
Affiliate thereof.
“Permitted
Encumbrance”
has the meaning set forth in Section 9.05.
“Permitted
Investment”
has
the meaning set
forth in Section 9.10.
“Permitted
Transferee”
means, with respect to any Person, (i) any other Person,
directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with such specified Person of the first party, and (ii) any
investment fund or investment entity that is managed by the same Person as such
specified Person of the first part.
“Person”
means any individual, firm, corporation, limited liability company,
partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture,
joint stock company, Governmental Authority or other entity of any kind, and
shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such
entity.
“Plans”
means, as to any Obligor, at any particular time, any employee benefit
plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA and in respect of which such Obligor
or any of its Subsidiaries or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan
were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be)
an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.
“Purchaser”
has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
“RCRA”
has
the meaning set forth in the definition of
“
Environmental
Laws
”
.
“Requirements of
Law”
means, as to any Person, provisions of the certificate of
incorporation and bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of such
Person, and each law, treaty, code, rule, regulation, right, privilege,
qualification, license or franchise or determination of an arbitrator or a court
or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such
Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is
subject or pertaining to any or all of the transactions contemplated or referred
to herein.
“Responsible
Officer”
means, as to any Obligor, any of the following: the chief
executive officer, chief financial officer, vice president, treasurer or any
other officer of such Obligor reasonably acceptable to the
Purchaser.
“Restricted
Payment”
means, as to any Person: (i) any dividend or other distribution,
direct or indirect, on account of any class of any Capital Securities of such
Person or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter outstanding,
provided
that (x) a
dividend/distribution payable by any Obligor or a Subsidiary of an Obligor
solely in shares/units of any class of Capital Securities to the holders of such
class and (y) the payment of dividends or distributions to any Obligor or any
Subsidiaries thereof by any other Obligor or Subsidiary of such Obligor shall
not be considered Restricted Payments; (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking
fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct or
indirect, of any class of any Capital Securities of that Person now or hereafter
outstanding; (iii) any payment or prepayment of interest on, principal of,
premium, if any, redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, sinking fund or
similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Debt (except as expressly
permitted pursuant to the applicable subordination agreement); and (iv) any
payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants,
options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of Capital Securities of
such Person or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter
outstanding.
“SBA Regulatory
Representation Letter”
means the letter from the Purchaser to the Company
dated as of the date hereof and titled “SBA Regulatory Representation
Letter”.
“Securities”
means, collectively, the Note and the Warrant.
“Securities Act”
means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to
time.
“Senior
Indebtedness”
means all Indebtedness of the Obligors currently
outstanding or incurred in the future pursuant to the Senior Loan Documents and
all Indebtedness, if any, incurred in the replacement, refinancing, or refunding
thereof in accordance with the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement;
provided
that in no
event shall the principal amount of the Senior Indebtedness exceed the amounts
set forth in the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement;
provided further
that, notwithstanding the foregoing proviso, the Company may increase the amount
of Senior Indebtedness outstanding owing to Senior Lender to an aggregate
principal amount equal to $5,000,000 in term debt
plus
the greater of (i) $2,500,000 and
(ii) 80% of Eligible Accounts (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) in the
form of a revolving credit facility.
“Senior Lender”
means Comerica Bank or any successor or assign thereof and any Person
with whom the Company refinances the Senior Indebtedness (
provided
that such
successor or assign or other Person is subject to the Senior Loan Subordination
Agreement).
“Senior Credit
Agreement”
means that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between
the Senior Lender and the Company, dated as of September 12, 2007, as the same
may be amended, restated, supplemented, extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced
or otherwise modified from time to time (subject, however, to the terms of the
Senior Loan Subordination Agreement).
“Senior Loan
Documents”
means the Senior Credit Agreement and all notes, security
agreements, pledge agreements, guarantees, mortgages and other loan documents
related thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.
“Senior Loan
Subordination Agreement”
means the subordination agreement to be entered
into by and among the Obligors and the Purchaser, as subordinated creditor, and
the Senior Lender (or such other holder of the Senior Indebtedness), as senior
creditor, as the same may be amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to
time.
“Series E
Investment”
means the sale of the Company's Series E Convertible
Preferred Stock as contemplated by the Series E Purchase Documents.
“Series E
Purchase Agreement”
means that certain Series E Preferred Stock and
Warrant Purchase Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009 by and among the Company
and certain investors named therein regarding the Company's sale and issuance of
its Series E Convertible Preferred Stock.
“Series E
Purchase Documents”
means, collectively, the Series E Purchase Agreement
and any and all documents and agreements executed and delivered in connection
with the issuance by the Company for cash of not less than $8,500,000 of its
Series E Convertible Preferred Stock as contemplated by the Series E Purchase
Agreement.
“Solvent”
means, as to any Person on a particular date, that such Person (a) has
capital sufficient to carry on its business and transactions and all business
and transactions in which it is about to engage and is able to pay its debts as
they mature, (b) owns property having a value, both at fair valuation and at
present fair saleable value, greater than the amount required to pay its
probable liabilities (including contingencies), and (c) does not believe that it
will incur debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay such debts or
liabilities as they mature.
“
Subordinated Debt”
means any portion of
the Indebtedness of any Obligor which is subordinated to the Obligations in a
manner satisfactory to the Purchaser, including right and time of payment of
principal and interest.
“Subsidiary”
means, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability
company or other entity of which the Voting Securities (other than Capital
Securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency)
to elect a majority of the Governing Board of such corporation, partnership or
other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise
controlled, directly or indirectly by such Person of the first part. Unless
otherwise qualified, all references to a
“
Subsidiary
”
or to
“
Subsidiaries”
in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of each
Obligor.
“Synthetic Lease”
has the meaning set forth in subsection (h) of the definition of
“
Indebtedness”
.
“Tax”
means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts,
license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium,
windfall profits, environmental (including taxes under Code §59A), customs
duties, franchise profits, withholding, social security (or similar),
unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use,
transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on-minimum, estimated,
or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or
addition thereto.
“Uniform
Commercial Code”
or the
“
UCC”
means
the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of Delaware from time to
time.
“Voting
Securities”
of any Person as of any date means the Capital Securities of
such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the
Governing Board of such Person.
“Warrant”
has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.
1.02
Accounting
Terms; Financial Statements
.
All accounting terms used
herein and not expressly defined in this Agreement shall have the respective
meanings given to them in conformance with GAAP. Financial statements and other
information furnished after the date hereof pursuant to this Agreement or the
other Investment Documents shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in
effect at the time of such preparation.
1.03
Other
Terms Defined in UCC
.
All other capitalized words and phrases used herein and not otherwise
specifically defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to such
terms in the UCC, to the extent the same are used or defined
therein.
1.04
Other Interpretive
Provisions
.
(a) The
meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural
forms of the defined terms. Whenever the context so requires, the neuter gender,
includes the masculine and feminine, the single number includes the plural, and
vice versa, and in particular the word
“
Obligor”
shall be so construed.
(b) Section
and Schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. The
words “hereof
”
, “herein” and
“hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer
to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this
Agreement. References to any section include all subsections, unless otherwise
expressly stated.
(c) The
term “including” is not limiting, and means “including, without limitation”. The
term “or” is used in the inclusive sense of “and/or”.
(d) In
the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified
date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until”
each mean “to but excluding”, and the word “through” means “to and
including”.
(e) Unless
otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to agreements (including
this Agreement and the other Investment Documents) and other contractual
instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements,
supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent such
amendments, restatements, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited
by the terms of any Investment Document, and (ii) references to any law, statute
or regulation shall be construed as including all statutory and regulatory
provisions amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such statute or
regulation.
(f)
To
the extent any of the provisions of the other Investment Documents are
inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement
shall govern.
(g) This
Agreement and the other Investment Documents may use several different
limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All
such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and each shall be
performed in accordance with its terms.
1.05
Knowledge
of the Oblig
ors
.
All references to the
knowledge of the Obligors or to facts known by any of the Obligors (or words,
provisions or phrases to similar effect) shall mean actual knowledge or notice
of any director or executive officer of the Company or any other Obligor, or any
division of the Company or any other Obligor.
ARTICLE
2
PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE
SECURITIES
2.01
Purchase
and Sale of the Note
.
Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees
that it will issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees that it
will acquire from the Company on the Closing Date, the Note, appropriately
completed in conformity herewith. The aggregate purchase price of such Note
shall be FOUR MILLION AND NO/100 U.S. DOLLARS ($4,000,000.00).
2.02
Purchase
and Sale of Warrant
.
Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees
that it will issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees that it
will acquire from the Company on the Closing Date, the Warrant, appropriately
completed in conformity herewith. The aggregate purchase price for the Warrant
shall be $155,000 for purposes of original issue discount.
2.03
Fees at
Closing
.
On the Closing Date, the Obligors shall (a) pay to the Purchaser a closing fee
of $40,000.00 ($25,000 of which was received prior to the Closing) and (b)
reimburse up to $40,000 of the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including,
fees, charges and disbursements of counsel and consultants) of the Purchaser
incurred in connection with (i) the negotiation and execution and delivery of
this Agreement and the other Investment Documents and their due diligence
investigation, and (ii) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the
other Investment Documents, which payments shall be made by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to an account or accounts designated by the
Purchaser.
2.04
Closing
.
The purchase and issuance of
the Securities shall take place at the closing (the
“
Closing”)
to be held on March 31, 2009 (the
“
Closing Date”)
or such other date or time as is mutually agreed by the parties hereto.
At the Closing, the Obligors shall deliver the Note and Warrant to the Purchaser
against delivery by the Purchaser to the Obligors of the purchase price
therefor. Payment of such purchase prices shall be by wire transfer to an
account or accounts designated by the Company, in writing.
2.05
Reserved
.
2.06
Joint and
Several
.
Each
Obligor acknowledges that it is jointly and severally liable for all of the
Obligations under this Agreement, the Note and the other Investment Documents.
Each Obligor expressly understands, agrees and acknowledges that (i) the
Obligors are all entities affiliated by common ownership, (ii) the Purchaser
will be lending against, and relying on a lien upon, substantially all of the
Obligors' assets even though the proceeds of any particular loan made hereunder
may not be advanced directly to a particular Obligor, and (iii) all of the
representations, warranties, covenants, obligations, conditions, agreements and
other terms contained in the Investment Documents shall be applicable to, shall
be deemed made or granted, and shall be binding upon each Obligor, on a joint
and several basis.
ARTICLE
3
CONDITIONS
TO THE
OBLIGATIONS
OF THE PURCHASER
TO PURCHASE THE
SECURITIES
The
obligation of the Purchaser to purchase the Securities and to pay the purchase
price therefor at the Closing and to perform any obligations hereunder shall be
subject to the satisfaction as determined by, or waived by, the Purchaser of the
following conditions on or before the Closing Date;
provided
,
however
, that any
waiver of a condition shall not be deemed a waiver of any breach of any
representation, warranty, agreement, term or covenant or of any
misrepresentation by the Obligors.
3.01
Representations
and
Warranties
.
The representations and
warranties of the Obligors contained in the Investment Documents (including
Article 5 hereof) or in any certificate delivered in connection therewith shall
be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the date hereof and
the Closing Date as if made at and as of such date (except to the extent such
representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such
representations and warrants shall be true and correct in all material respects
as of such date), and the Purchaser shall have received at the Closing a
certificate to the foregoing effect, dated the Closing Date, and executed by a
Responsible Officer of the Company on behalf of itself and the other
Obligors.
3.02
Compliance
with this Agreement
.
The Obligors shall have performed and complied in all material respects
with all of their agreements and conditions set forth or contemplated herein
that are required to be performed or complied with by such party on or before
the Closing Date, and the Purchaser shall have received at the Closing a
certificate to the foregoing effect, dated the Closing Date, and executed by a
Responsible Officer of the Company on behalf of itself and the other
Obligors.
3.03
Secretary's
Certificates
. The Purchaser shall have received certificates from each
Obligor, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of such
Obligor, certifying (a) that the attached copies of such Obligor's Articles of
Incorporation and by-laws (or equivalents), and resolutions of the Governing
Board approving the Investment Documents to which it is a party and the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby are alt true, complete and correct
and remain unamended and in full force and effect, and (b) the incumbency and
signature of each officer of such Obligor executing any Investment Document to
which it is a party or any other document delivered in connection herewith and
therewith on behalf of such Obligor.
3.04
Purchase
of
Securities
Permitted by Applicable Laws
. The acquisition of and payment for the
Securities to be acquired by the Purchaser hereunder and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and by the Investment Documents (a) shall not
be prohibited by any Requirement of Law, (b) shall not subject the Purchaser to
any penalty or other onerous condition under or pursuant to any Requirement of
Law, and (c) shall be permitted by all Requirements of Law to which the
Purchaser or the transactions contemplated by or referred to herein or in the
Investment Documents are subject; and the Purchaser shall have received such
certificates or other evidence as it may reasonably request to establish
compliance with this condition.
3.05
Opinion
of
Counsel
.
The Purchaser shall have received an opinion of outside counsel to the Obligors,
dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Purchaser, relating to the
transactions contemplated herein, substantially in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
B
.
3.06
Reserved
.
3.07
Consents
and Approvals
. All consents, exemptions, authorizations, or other actions
by, or notices to, or filings with, all Governmental Authorities and other
Persons in respect of all Requirements of Law and with respect to those
Contractual Obligations of each Obligor necessary, desirable, or required in
connection with the execution, delivery or performance (including, the payment
of interest on the Note) by each Obligor or enforcement against each Obligor of
the Investment Documents to which it is a party shall have been obtained and be
in full force and effect, except to the extent a Material Adverse Effect would
not reasonably be expected to occur, and the Purchaser shall have been furnished
with appropriate evidence thereof, and all waiting periods shall have lapsed
without extension or the imposition of any conditions or
restrictions.
3.08
No
Material
Judgment or Order
. There shall not be on the Closing Date any judgment or
order of a court of competent jurisdiction or any ruling of any Governmental
Authority or any condition imposed under any Requirement of Law which, in the
reasonable judgment of the Purchaser, would prohibit the purchase of the
Securities hereunder or subject the Purchaser to any penalty or other onerous
condition under or pursuant to any Requirement of Law if the Securities were to
be purchased hereunder.
3.09
Good
Standing
Certificates
.
The Obligors shall have delivered to the Purchaser as of the Closing Date, good
standing certificates of each for their respective jurisdictions of formation
and all other jurisdictions where each is qualified to conduct
business.
3.10
No
Litigation
.
No
action, suit or proceeding before any court or any Governmental Authority shall
have been commenced or, to the knowledge of the Obligors, been threatened in
writing, no investigation by any Governmental Authority shall have been
commenced and, to the knowledge of the Obligors, no action, suit or proceeding
by any Governmental Authority shall have been threatened in writing against
the
Purchaser or any of the Obligors
(i) seeking to restrain, prevent or change the transactions contemplated hereby
or questioning the validity or legality of any of such transactions, or (ii)
which would, if resolved adversely to the Obligors, severally or in the
aggregate, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
3.11
Series E
Purchase Documents
.
The Purchaser shall have received a certificate of the Secretary of the
Company attaching true and complete copies
of
each of the Series E
Purchase Documents. The Series E Investment and other transactions contemplated
by the Series E Purchase Documents shall have been consummated substantially in
accordance with the respective terms and conditions thereof, except for waivers
of conditions consented to by the parties thereto.
3.12
Senior
Loan Documents
.
The Purchaser shall have received a certificate of the Secretary of the
Company attaching true and complete copies of each of the Senior Loan Documents
and certifying that (a) such documents have been executed in substantially the
form approved by the Governing Board, (b) such documents have not been amended
and are in full force and effect, and (c) no Obligor is in default in the
performance or compliance with any of the terms or provisions thereof, except as
has previously been disclosed to Purchaser in the
Disclosure
Schedule
.
3.13
SBA Forms
and Regulatory Representation Letter
.
The Small Business
Administration Forms 480, 652 and 1031 and SBA Regulatory Representation Letter
shall have been duly executed and/or acknowledged by all parties
thereto.
3.14
Solvency
Certificate; Insurance
.
The Purchaser shall have received:
(a) a
certificate from a Responsible Officer of each Obligor stating that such Obligor
is Solvent after giving effect to the transactions contemplated to occur under
the Investment Documents; and
(b) evidence
of insurance complying with the requirements of Section 8.08 for the business
and properties of each Obligor and its Subsidiaries.
3.15
Other
Documents
.
The
Purchaser shall have received true, complete and correct copies of such
agreements, schedules, exhibits, certificates, documents, financial information
and filings as it may request in connection with or relating to the transactions
contemplated hereby and under the Investment Documents, all in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, including the execution by
the Company of each Investment Document to which it is a party.
ARTICLE
4
CONDITIONS
TO THE OBLIGATIONS
OF THE COMPANY TO ISSUE AND
SELL THE SECURITIES
The
obligations of the Company to issue and sell the Securities and to perform its
other obligations hereunder relating thereto shall be subject to the
satisfaction as determined by, or waived by, the Company of the following
conditions on or before the Closing Date:
4.01
Representations
and Warranties
.
The representations and warranties of the Purchaser contained in Article
6 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the
date hereof and the Closing Date as if made at and as of such date (except to
the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in
which case such representations and warrants shall be true and correct in all
material respects as of such date).
4.02
Compliance
with this Agreement
.
The Purchaser shall have performed and complied with in all material
respects all of its agreements and conditions set forth or contemplated herein
that are required to be performed or complied with by the Purchaser on or before
the Closing Date.
ARTICLE
5
REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES OF THE OBLIGORS
Except as
set forth on the
Disclosure
Schedule
delivered to the
Purchaser at the Closing, which exceptions contained therein shall be deemed to
be representations and warranties as if made hereunder (and which
Disclosure
Schedule
shall be organized by
the appropriate Sections and subsections of this Article
5),
the Obligors hereby jointly and
severally represent and warrant to the Purchaser (unless the context otherwise
requires, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Investment
Documents) as follows:
5.01
Organization,
Good Standing and Qualification
.
The Company is a corporation
duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
State of Delaware. Each other Obligor is duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction
of
its formation. Each Obligor has the
requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to, and all
corporate/organizational action on the part of such Obligor, its officers,
directors, managers, members, partners and stockholders (as applicable) has been
taken that is necessary to, own and operate its properties and assets, to carry
on its business as presently conducted, to execute and deliver the Investment
Documents to which it is a party, to issue and sell the Securities, and to
perform its obligations pursuant to the Investment Documents to which it is a
party. Each Obligor is qualified to do business as a foreign entity and is in
good standing in each jurisdiction where the failure to be so qualified could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise
disclosed in the
Disclosure
Schedule
,
none of
the Obligors has done business under any name other than specified on the
signature page hereof (or joinder hereto or applicable Guaranty), and each
Obligor's exact legal name is as set forth on the signature page hereof (or
joinder hereto or applicable Guaranty). The chief executive office of each
Obligor is located at the address indicated in Section 14.03 (except to the
extent that the Obligors otherwise notify Purchaser).
5.02
Subsidiaries
.
As of the Closing Date, the
Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any
corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other
business entity, and the Company is not a participant in any joint venture,
partnership or similar arrangement.
5.03
Capitalization
.
(a) Immediately
prior to the Closing, the authorized capital stock of the Company will consist
of 42,947,250 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value (the
“
Common Stock”),
of which 8,455,025 shares are issued and outstanding, and 29,242,009
shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value (the
“
Preferred
Stock”),
(i) 7,723,640 of which are designated Series A Preferred Stock,
3,223,640 shares of which are issued and outstanding, (ii) 2,600,000 of which
are designated Series B Preferred Stock, 2,600,000 shares of which are issued
and outstanding, (iii) 2,456,249 of which are designated Series C Preferred
Stock, 2,031,249 shares of which are issued and outstanding, (iv) 14,416,666 of
which are designated Series D Preferred Stock, 10,625,000 shares of which are
issued and outstanding, and (v) 6,545,454 of which are designated Series E
Preferred Stock (the
“
Series E
Preferred Stock”),
5,272,727 of which are issued and outstanding. The
Common Stock and each series of the Preferred Stock shall have the rights,
preferences, privileges and restrictions set forth in the Articles of
Incorporation.
(b) The
Company has duly and validly reserved:
(i)
The
shares of Series E Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant (the
“
Series E Warrant
Shares”);
and
(ii)
1,054,543
shares of Common Stock (as may be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of
the Articles of Incorporation) for issuance upon conversion of the Series E
Warrant Shares (the
“
Conversion
Shares”);
and 5,976,126 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance to
employees, consultants and directors pursuant to its 1999 Stock Plan, under
which options to purchase 4,866,915 shares of Common Stock are issued and
outstanding hereof at the exercise prices set forth on the
Disclosure
Schedule
and
1,109,211 shares of Common Stock remain available for issuance to employees,
consultants and directors as of the date of this Agreement. All such outstanding
options have been issued in compliance with state and federal securities
laws.
(c) The
Disclosure
Schedule
lists all holders of
outstanding capital stock of the Company as of the Closing Date.
(d) All
issued and outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock and Preferred Stock
(i) have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and
nonassessable, and (ii) were issued in compliance with all applicable state and
federal laws concerning the issuance of securities.
(e) The
rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the Common Stock and
Preferred Stock are as stated in the Articles of Incorporation. Each series of
Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis as of
the Closing Date, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereunder will not result in any anti-dilution adjustment or other similar
adjustment to the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.
(f) No
stock plan, stock purchase, stock option or other agreement or understanding
between the Company and any holder of any Capital Securities or rights to
purchase Capital Securities of the Company provides for acceleration or other
changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such agreement or
understanding as the result of: (i) termination of employment (whether actual or
constructive); (ii) any merger, consolidated sale of stock or assets, change in
control or any other transaction(s) by the Company; or (iii) the occurrence of
any other event or combination of events. The Company has never adjusted or
amended the exercise price of any stock options previously awarded, whether
through amendment, cancellation, replacement grant, repricing, or any other
means. The Company reasonably believes that the shares of Common Stock available
for future issuance shall be sufficient to meet the Company's equity incentive
needs for at least the twelve (12) month period following the Closing Date. The
Company has obtained an independent valuation of its Common Stock that meets
applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code. No stock options, stock
appreciation rights or other equity-based awards issued or granted by the
Company are subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the
Code.
(g) The
Series E Warrant Shares, when issued and delivered and paid for in compliance
with the provisions of this Agreement and the Warrant, will be duly and validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Conversion Shares have been duly and
validly reserved and, when issued in compliance with the provisions of this
Agreement, the Articles of Incorporation, the Warrant and applicable law, will
be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The Warrant, the
Series E Warrant Shares and the Conversion Shares will be free of any Liens,
other than any Liens created by or imposed upon the Purchaser;
provided
,
however
, that the
Warrant, the Series E Warrant Shares and the Conversion Shares are subject to
restrictions on transfer under state or federal securities laws and as set forth
herein and in the Warrant. The Warrant, the Series E Warrant Shares and the
Conversion Shares are not subject to any preemptive rights or rights of first
refusal.
(h) Except
as otherwise set forth in the
Disclosure
Schedule
,
there are no options,
warrants or other rights, orally or in writing, to purchase or acquire any of
the Company's authorized and unissued Capital Securities.
5.04
Authorization
.
All corporate/organizational
action on the part of each Obligor and its directors, officers, managers,
members, partners and stockholders (as applicable) necessary for (a) the
authorization, execution and delivery by each Obligor of this Agreement and each
other Investment Document to which it is a party, (b) the authorization, sale,
issuance and delivery of the Securities, and (c) the performance of all of the
obligations of each Obligor under this Agreement and each other Investment
Document to which it is a party has been taken prior to the Closing. As to any
Obligor, this Agreement and each other Investment Document to which it is a
party, does constitute, or when executed and delivered by such Obligor shall
constitute, valid and binding obligations of such Obligor, enforceable in
accordance with their terms, except (i) as limited by applicable laws relating
to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors, (ii) as limited by rules of
law governing specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable
remedies and by general principles, of equity, and (iii) to the extent the
indemnification provisions contained herein or therein may further be limited by
applicable laws and principles of public policy.
5.05
Financial
Statements
.
(a) The
Company has delivered to the Purchaser the unaudited balance sheet, income
statement and statement of cash flow of the Company as of and for the periods
ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2008 and as of and for the two-month
period ended February 28, 2009 (the
“
Financial
Statements”).
The Financial Statements are correct in all material
respects and present fairly the financial condition and operating results of the
Company as of the date(s) and during the period(s) indicated therein. The
Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for the
absence of footnotes and subject to customary year-end adjustments). Except as
set forth in the Financial Statements, the Company has no liabilities or
obligations, contingent or otherwise, that are required to be set forth in the
Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP, other than: (i) liabilities
incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) obligations and liabilities
which, individually or in the aggregate, are not material to the financial
condition or operating results of the Company.
(b) The
projections of the Company heretofore delivered to the Purchaser (i) were
prepared by the Company in the ordinary course of their respective operations
consistent with past practice, (ii) are the most current projections prepared by
the Company relating to the periods covered thereby, and (iii) are based on
assumptions which were reasonable when made and such assumptions and projections
are reasonable on the date hereof. The Company has not delivered to any Person
any later dated projections. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the Obligors
does represent or warrant that any Obligor will achieve any financial
projections provided to the Purchaser.
5.06
Chang
es
.
Except as set forth on the
Disclosure
Schedule
,
since
December 31, 2008, other than as contemplated by the Investment Documents, there
has not been;
(a) any
change in the Condition of the Obligors from that reflected in the Financial
Statements, except changes in the ordinary course of business and those changes
which have not had a Material Adverse Effect;
(b) any
damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that has had a
Material Adverse Effect;
(c) any
waiver by any Obligor of a valuable right or of a material debt owed
to
it;
(d) any
entry into, or any material change or amendment to, any material agreement by
which any Obligor or any of its assets or properties is bound or
subject;
(e) any
loans or guarantees made by any Obligor to or for the benefit of any of its
employees, officers, managers, partners or directors, or any members of their
immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances to employees
made in the ordinary course of its business;
(f) any
sale, assignment or transfer of any material Intellectual Property or other
intangible assets;
(g) any
satisfaction or discharge of any Lien or claim, or any payment of any obligation
by any Obligor, except in the ordinary course of business or that has not had a
Material Adverse Effect;
(h) any
authorization, declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in
respect of any of any Obligor's Capital Securities, or any direct or indirect
redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of such Capital Securities by
any Obligor;
(i) any
Lien created by any Obligor with respect to any of its material properties or
assets, except Liens for taxes not yet due or payable;
(j) any
capital expenditures or commitments therefor that aggregate in excess of
$350,000;
(k) any
steps taken to incorporate, organize or otherwise form any
Subsidiary;
(l) any
resignation or termination of employment of any officer or key employee of any
Obligor; and, to the knowledge of the Obligors, there does not exist any
impending resignation or termination of employment of any such officer or key
employee;
(m) any
material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any executive
officer, director, manager, member, partner or shareholder;
(n)
any receipt of notice that there has been a loss of, or material order
cancellation by, any major customer of any Obligor;
(o)
to the knowledge of the Obligors, any other event or condition of any
character that has had a Material Adverse Effect; or
(p)
any agreement or commitment by any Obligor to do any of the things
described in this Section 5.06.
5.07
A
greements; Action
.
(a) The
Disclosure
Schedule
sets forth all
agreements, understandings or proposed transactions between any Obligor and any
of its employees, officers, directors, members, managers, partners, or
Affiliates, or any Affiliate thereof, including without limitation any loans or
advances to any such Person in excess of $10,000, other than ordinary advances
to employees for travel expenses, and other than employment, confidentiality,
stock option and inventions agreements.
(b) The
Disclosure
Schedule
lists all agreements,
understandings, instruments, contracts, proposed transactions, judgments,
orders, writs or decrees to which any Obligor is a party or by which it is bound
that may involve (the
“
Material
Contracts”):
(i)
obligations (contingent or
otherwise) of, or payments by any Obligor in excess of, $350,000; or (ii) the
license of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or
from any Obligor outside of the ordinary course of business; or (iii) the
granting of any rights related to the development, manufacture, production,
assembly, licensing, marketing, sate or distribution of any Obligor's products
or services outside the ordinary course of business; or (iv) those five (5)
individual (x) licenses of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other
proprietary right to or from any Obligor in the ordinary course of business or
(y) grants of any rights related to the development, manufacture, production,
assembly, licensing, marketing, sale or distribution of any Obligor's products
or services in the ordinary course of business, which constitute the top five
(5) deals based upon the aggregate amounts payable or paid to or from any
Obligor with respect thereto in the consecutive 12-month period preceding the
Closing Date; or (v) indemnification by any Obligor with respect to
infringements of proprietary rights, except those listed in. To the best of the
Company's knowledge (without investigation), all Material Contracts are valid
and binding, and each party thereto is in compliance therewith. None of the
Obligors has received any written indication of an intention to terminate any
Material Contract by any of the parties to any such Material
Contract.
(c)
Since the date of the Financial Statements, the Company has not incurred
any Indebtedness in excess of $350,000, individually or in the
aggregate.
5.08
Intellectual
Property
.
The
Obligors own and possess or have a license or other right to use (or can obtain
the right to use on commercially reasonable terms) all Intellectual Property as
is necessary for the conduct of the respective businesses of the Obligors,
without any infringement upon rights of others which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and no material claim has been
asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any
Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual
Property nor does the Obligors know of any valid basis for any such claim. No
event has occurred which permits, or after notice or lapse of time or both would
permit, the revocation or termination of any such rights, except if any of such
events (either singly or in the aggregate) could not have a Material Adverse
Effect, and, to the Obligors' knowledge, none of the Obligors is liable to any
Person for infringement under Requirements of Law with respect to any such
rights as a result of its business operations.
5.09
Title to Properties and
Assets; Liens
.
(a) Each
Obligor has good and marketable title to its properties and assets, and has good
title to all its leasehold interests, in each case subject to no mortgage, deed
of trust, pledge, Lien, lease, encumbrance or charge, other than Permitted
Encumbrances. All material facilities, machinery, equipment, fixtures, vehicles
and other properties owned, leased or used by any Obligor are in good operating
condition and repair and are reasonably fit and usable for the purposes for
which they are being used.
(b) Except
as set forth in the
Disclosure
Schedule
and
except for Collateral located at the Company's hosting location in Texas, all
Collateral with a value in excess of $350,000 is located solely in
California.
(c) The
accounts receivable of any Obligor are bona fide existing obligations, and the
property or services giving rise to such accounts receivable has been delivered
or rendered to the account debtor thereof or its agent for immediate shipment to
and unconditional acceptance by such account debtor.
(d) The
Inventory of any Obligor is in all material respects of good and merchantable
quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate
reserves have been made.
(e) Other
than as disclosed in the
Disclosure
Schedule
,
no
Obligor, nor any of its respective
assets, are subject to the terms of any Material Contract under which the grant
of a security interest or Lien therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under
the terms of such Material Contract.
5.10
Compliance
with Other Instruments
.
None of the
Obligors is in violation or default of any term of its Articles of
Incorporation, or of any term or provision of any material mortgage,
indebtedness, indenture, note, lease, contract, agreement, instrument, purchase
order, judgment, order, writ or decree to which it is party or by which it is
bound. None of the Obligors is in violation of any Requirements of Law
applicable
to
it, the violation of which would
have a Material Adverse Effect. The execution
and delivery of this
Agreement and each other Investment Document to which it is a party, by each
Obligor, the performance by each Obligor of its obligations pursuant hereto and
thereto, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby
and
the
issuance of the Securities will not, with or without the passage of time
and giving of notice, result in. any violation of, be in conflict with, or
constitute a default under, the Articles of Incorporation or
Bylaws
of
any Obligor, or any material agreement, contract, instrument, judgment, order,
writ, or decree, nor will it result in the creation of any material mortgage,
pledge, Lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets
of
any
Obligor (other than
in favor of Purchaser) or the suspension,
revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any permit, license,
authorization or approval applicable to any Obligor, its business or operations
or any of its assets or properties.
5.11
Litigation
.
There are
no actions, suits, proceedings, arbitrations or investigations pending against
any Obligor or its properties (nor has any Obligor received written notice of
any threat thereof) or before any court or
Governmental
Authority. The Obligors are not aware of any basis for any action, suit,
proceeding, arbitration or investigation that would question the validity of the
Investment Documents or the right of any Obligor to enter into them, or
the
right
of each Obligor
to
perform
its obligations contemplated thereby, or that, either individually or in the
aggregate, if determined adversely to any Obligor, would or could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None
of
the
Obligors is a party or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction,
judgment or decree of any court or Governmental Authority. There is no action,
suit or proceeding by any Obligor pending or which any Obligor intends to
initiate. The foregoing includes, without limitation, actions, suits or
proceedings pending or threatened in writing (or any basis therefor known to the
Obligors) involving the prior employment of any of the employees of any Obligor,
their use in
connection with the business of any Obligor, or any
information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former
employers, or their obligations under any agreements with prior
employers.
5.12
Governmental
Consent
.
No
consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing
with, any Governmental Authority on the part of any Obligor is required in
connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement, or any other
Investment Document to which it is a party, the offer, sale or issuance of the
Securities, or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated by this
Agreement or any other Investment Document, except (i) the filing of such
notices as may be required under the Securities Act and (ii) such filings as may
be required under applicable state securities laws, which will be timely filed
within the applicable periods therefor.
Permits
. Each
Obligor has all franchises, permits, licenses, and any similar authority
necessary for the conduct of its business as now being conducted by it, the lack
of which would have a Material Adverse Effect, and believes it can obtain,
without undue burden or expense, any similar authority for the conduct of its
business as presently planned to be conducted. None of the Obligors is in
default in any material respect under any of such franchises, permits, licenses
or other similar authority.
5.14
Offering
.
No form of general
solicitation or general advertising was used by any Obligor or its respective
representatives in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities. Assuming
the accuracy of the Purchaser's representations and warranties in Article 6, no
registration of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of the Securities Act
or the state securities
or “
blue sky”
laws
will be required for the offer, sale or issuance of the
Securities as contemplated by this Agreement. Neither any Obligor nor any of its
Subsidiaries (i) is required to file periodic reports under the Exchange Act,
(ii) has any securities registered under the Exchange Act or (iii) has filed a
registration statement that has not yet become effective under the Securities
Act.
5.15
Broker's,
Finder
's or
Similar
Fees
.
None of the Obligors owe any
fees or commissions of any kind, or know of any claim for any fees or
commissions, in connection with the transactions contemplated
hereby.
5.16
Tax
Returns
and
Payments
.
Each Obligor has timely
filed all material tax returns and reports (federal, state and local) pursuant
to all Requirements of Law. These returns and reports are true and correct in
all material respects. Each Obligor has paid all Taxes and other assessments
due, except those listed in the
Disclosure
Schedule
that any Obligor is contesting in good faith. The provision for
Taxes of the Company as shown in the Financial Statements is adequate for Taxes
due or accrued as of the date thereof. The Company has not elected pursuant to
the Code to be treated as an S corporation or a collapsible corporation pursuant
to Section 1362(a) or Section 341(f) of the Code, nor has it made any other
elections pursuant to the Code (other than elections that relate solely to
methods of accounting, depreciation, or amortization) that would have a Material
Adverse Effect. The Company has never had any Tax deficiency proposed or
assessed against it and has not executed any waiver of any statute of
limitations on the assessment or collection of
any Tax or governmental
charge. None of the Company's federal income tax returns and none of its state
income or franchise tax or sales or use tax returns has ever been audited by any
Governmental Authority. Since the date of the Financial Statements, the Company
has made adequate provisions on its books of account for all Taxes, assessments,
and governmental charges with respect to its business, properties, and
operations for such period. The Company has withheld or collected from each
payment made to each of its employees, the amount of all Taxes, including, but
not limited to, federal income taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act taxes
and Federal Unemployment Tax Act taxes required to be withheld or collected
therefrom, and has paid the same to the proper tax receiving officers or
authorized depositaries. The Company has not been advised (a) that any of its
tax returns, federal, state or other, have been or are being audited as of the
date hereof, or (b) of any deficiency in assessment or proposed judgment to its
federal, state or other Taxes.
5.17
Operating
Company
.
Each Obligor is “an entity
that is primarily engaged, directly or though
a
majority owned subsidiary or
subsidiaries, in the production or sale of a product or service other than the
investment of capital” within the meaning of the U.S. Department of Labor plan
asset regulations, 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101.
5.18
Investment
Company/Government
Regulations
.
No Obligor will be, upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by the
Investment Documents, an “
investment company”
within the meaning
of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Obligor is subject to any
federal or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur
Indebtedness. No Obligor is engaged principally or as one of its activities in
the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying”
any “margin stock” (as each such term is defined or used in Regulation U of the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). No part of the proceeds of
the Note will be used for purchasing or carrying margin stock or for any purpose
which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of
Regulations U or X of such Board of Governors.
5.19
Labor
Relations
and Employment Agreements
.
No Obligor is, as of the
Closing Date, party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement nor has
any labor union been recognized as the representative of its employees. There
are not any pending or, to the Obligors' knowledge, threatened or contemplated
strikes, work stoppage or other collective labor disputes involving its
employees.
5.20
Employee Benefit
Plans
.
(a) As
of the Closing Date, none of the Obligors or any ERISA Affiliate thereof
maintains or contributes to, or has any obligation under, any employee benefit
plans other than those identified on the
Disclosure
Schedule
.
(b) Each
Obligor (and each Subsidiary thereof) has met the minimum funding requirements
of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event
has occurred resulting from any Obligor's failure to comply with ERISA that is
reasonably likely to result in any Obligor incurring liability that could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.21
Obligations
to Related Parties
.
No employee, officer, director, manager or, to the knowledge of the
Obligors, stockholder, member or partner of any Obligor or member of his or her
immediate family, or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of any Obligor or any other
Related Party (the “
Related
Parties”),
is indebted to any Obligor, nor is any Obligor indebted (or
committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of the Related
Parties other than (i) for payment of salary to employees for services rendered,
(ii) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of such Obligor
and (iii) to employees for other standard employee benefits made generally
available to all employees (including stock option agreements outstanding under
any stock option plan approved by the applicable Governing Board of such Obligor
and stock purchase agreements approved by the applicable Governing Board of such
Obligor). To the knowledge of the Obligors, none of the Related Parties has any
direct or indirect ownership interest in any Person which is an Affiliate of any
Obligor or with which any Obligor has a business relationship, or any Person
that directly competes with any Obligor, except in connection with the ownership
of no more than two percent (2%) of the capital stock of any publicly-traded
company. To the knowledge of the Obligors, no Related Party is, directly or
indirectly, interested in any Material Contract with any Obligor or any
Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (other than such contracts as relate to any such
person's ownership of Capital Securities of such Obligor). None of the Obligors
is a guarantor or indemnitor of any Indebtedness of any Person.
5.22
Insurance
.
Each Obligor has in full
force and effect insurance policies that comply with the criteria set forth in
Section 8.08 hereof. All such policies will not in any way be affected by, or
terminate or lapse by reason of any of the transactions contemplated in the
Investment Documents.
5.23
Environmental
Laws; Safety
Laws
.
To its knowledge, none of
the Obligors is in violation of any Environmental Laws or any applicable
statute, law, or regulation relating to occupational health and safety, which
violation could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect,
and to the knowledge of the Obligors, no material expenditures are or will be
required in order to comply with any such existing Environmental Laws or any
applicable statute, law, or regulation relating to occupational health and
safety.
5.24
Disclosure
.
(a)
Agreement and Other
Documents
. The Company has provided the Purchaser with all of the
information regarding the Company reasonably requested and without undue expense
that the Purchaser has
requested for deciding
whether to purchase the Securities. To the knowledge of
the
Obligors, none of the
Investment Documents nor any other documents or certificates delivered in
connection herewith or therewith, when taken
as
a
whole, contain
any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in
light of the circumstances under which they were made.
(b)
Material Adverse
Effects
.
There is no fact known to the
Obligors which
the
Company has not disclosed to the Purchaser in writing which could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect
5.25
Small
Business Concern
.
The representations of
the
Company contained in the
SBA Regulatory Representation Letter as to its status as a “
Small Business”
are true and correct
in all material respects as of the Closing Date.
5.26
Small
Business
Matters
as
to
Use
of
Proceeds
.
The
representations of the Company contained in the SBA Regulatory Representation
Letter relating to the use of proceeds from the sale of the Note and the Warrant
are true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date. The use of
proceeds from the Company's sale of the Note and the Warrant to the Purchaser
will be only for those purposes described in the SBA Regulatory Representation
Letter. If any Obligor breaches the foregoing representations or the
representation in Section 5.25 above in any material respect, then, in addition
to all other remedies available to the Purchaser, the Purchaser may demand that
the Obligors repurchase the Note and the Warrant acquired by the Purchaser at
the original purchase prices, plus accrued and unpaid interest (less any amount
of principal that has been previously paid). Upon the request of the Purchaser,
the Obligors shall furnish to the Purchaser promptly (and in any event within 20
days of such request) all information necessary in order for
the
Purchaser
to
prepare and file SBA Form 468 and any other information requested or required by
any Governmental Body asserting jurisdiction over the Purchaser.
5.27
No
Default or
Breach
.
To the knowledge of each
Obligor, no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the
incurring of obligations by any Obligor under any of
the
Investment Documents
which constitutes or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute an Event of Default. To the knowledge of each Obligor, no Obligor is
in default under or with respect to any Material Contract (including without
limitation each Series
E
Purchase Document) in any material respect.
5.28
Solvency
.
As of the Closing Date and
after giving effect to the transactions contemplated to occur under the
Investment Documents on or before the Closing, each Obligor and each of its
respective Subsidiaries will be Solvent.
5.29
Transaction
Payments
.
Except
as set forth on the
Disclosure
Schedule
,
neither the execution, delivery and
performance by any Obligor of this Agreement, nor the execution, delivery and
performance by any Obligor of any of the other Investment Documents, nor the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall require any payment
by any Obligor or any Affiliate thereof, in cash or kind, under any other
agreement, plan, policy, commitment or other arrangement. There are no
agreements, plans, policies, commitments or other arrangements with respect to
any compensation, benefits or consideration which will be materially increased,
or the vesting of benefits of which have been or will be materially accelerated,
as a result of this Agreement or the other Investment Documents or the
occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. There are
no payments or other benefits payable by any Obligor, the value of which will be
calculated on the basis of any of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or the other Investment Documents.
5.30
Foreign
Assets Control
Regulations
,
etc
.
Neither the sale of the
Securities by the Company hereunder nor its use of the proceeds thereof will
violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the foreign assets
control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle
B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order
relating thereto. Without limitation, none of the Obligors nor, to the best of
the Obligors' knowledge after due inquiry, any Person who or which owns a
controlling interest in or otherwise controls any of the Obligors, is (i) listed
on the Specially Designated Nationals and
Blocked
Persons List (the
“
SDN List”)
maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control
(
“
OFAC”),
Department of the Treasury,
and/or on any other similar list (
“
Other Lists”)
maintained by OFAC pursuant to any authorizing statute, Executive Order
or regulation (collectively, “
OFAC Laws and
Regulations”),
(ii) a
“
Designated
National”
as defined in the Cuban Assets Control Regulations, 31 C.F.R.
Part 515
(
“
Cuban Designated Nationals”)
(the SDN
List, the Other Lists and Cuban Designated Nationals are referred to herein,
collectively, as the
“
Lists”),
or (iii) a person designated under Section 1(b), (c) or (d) of Executive
Order No. 13224 (September 23, 2001), any related enabling legislation or any
other similar Executive Orders (collectively, the
“
Executive
Orders”).
5.31
Series E
Purchase Documents
.
The transactions
contemplated by the Series E Purchase Agreement have been consummated
substantially in accordance with the respective terms and conditions thereof,
and, since such consummation, the Series E Purchase Documents have not been
amended or modified. No Investors (as defined by the Series E Purchase
Agreement) has notified the Company, or made any claim, that the Company has
breached any terms and conditions of the Series E Purchase
Documents.
ARTICLE
6
REPRESENTATIONS
AND
WARRANTIES OF THE
PURCHASER
The
Purchaser hereby represents and warrants as follows:
6.01
Authorization;
No Contravention
.
The execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement: (a) is within
its power and authority and has been duly authorized by all necessary
organizational action; (b) does not contravene the terms of its organizational
documents or any amendment thereof; and (c) will not violate, conflict with or
result in any breach or contravention of any of its Contractual Obligations, or
any order or decree directly relating to it.
6.02
Binding
Effect
.
This
Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and this Agreement
constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in
accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights generally or by equitable principles relating to
enforceability.
6.03
No Legal
Bar
.
The
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it will not violate any
Requirement of Law applicable to it.
6.04
Purchase
for Own Account
.
The Securities to be acquired by the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement are
being or will be acquired for its own account and with no intention of
distributing or reselling such security or any part thereof in any transaction
that would be in violation of the securities laws of the United States of
America, or any state, without prejudice, however, to its right at all times to
sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Securities, under an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or under an exemption
from such registration available under the Securities Act, and subject,
nevertheless, to the disposition of its property being at all times within its
control. If the Purchaser should in the future decide to dispose of any part of
such securities, it understands and agrees that it may do so only in compliance
with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, as then in effect.
The Purchaser agrees to the imprinting of a legend on certificates representing
such securities to the following effect: “THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE
NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND APPLICABLE
STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS.”
6.05
Restricted
Securities
.
The
Purchaser understands that (i) the Securities have not been registered under the
Securities Act by reason of their issuance in a transaction exempt from the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act pursuant
to Section
4
(2)
thereof and have not been qualified under any state securities laws on the
grounds that the offering and sale of securities contemplated by this Agreement
are exempt from registration thereunder, and (ii) the Company's reliance on such
exemptions is predicated on the Purchaser's representations set forth herein.
The Purchaser understands that the resale of the Securities may be restricted
indefinitely, unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the
Securities Act and registered under any state securities law or is exempt from
such registration.
6.06
Capacity to Protect
Interests
.
(a) The
Purchaser by reason of Purchaser's business or financial experience or the
business or financial experience of Purchaser's professional advisors who are
unaffiliated with and who are not compensated by the Company or any affiliate or
selling agent of the Company, directly or indirectly, could be reasonably
assumed to have the capacity to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment
in the Company and to protect Purchaser's own interests in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Based upon the representations and
warranties given by the Obligors under Article 5, the Purchaser is aware of the
Company's proposed business affairs and financial condition and has acquired
sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable
decision to acquire the Securities.
(b) The
Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D
under the Securities Act. The Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of the
purchase of the Securities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a
complete loss of the Purchaser's investment in the Securities.
6.07
Corporate
Existence and Power
.
The Purchaser is a duly organized and validly existing limited
partnership, and in good standing under the jurisdiction of its
formation.
6.08
Broker's,
Finder's or Similar Fees
.
There are no brokerage
commissions, finder's fees
or
similar fees or commissions payable by the Purchaser in connection with
the transactions contemplated hereby based on any agreement, arrangement or
understanding with the Purchaser or any action taken by it.
6.09
Governmental
Authorization; Third Party Consent
.
No approval, consent,
compliance, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or
filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person in respect of any
Requirement of Law, and no lapse of a waiting period under a Requirement of Law,
is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or
performance by the Purchaser or enforcement against it of this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby.
ARTICLE
7
INDEMNIFICATION
7.01
Indemnification
.
In addition to all other
sums due hereunder or provided for in this Agreement, the Obligors agree to
jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its
Affiliates, and each of their respective officers, directors, agents, employees,
Subsidiaries, partners, members, attorneys, accountants and controlling persons
(each, an
“
Indemnified
Party”)
to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against any and
all losses, claims, damages, expenses (including, reasonable fees, disbursements
and other charges of counsel and costs of investigation incurred by an
Indemnified Party in any action or proceeding between any Obligor (or any of its
Subsidiaries) and such Indemnified Party (or Indemnified Parties) or between an
Indemnified Party (or Indemnified Parties) and any third party or otherwise) or
other liabilities, losses, or diminution in value (including all fees, costs and
expenses arising out of or incurred in connection with the enforcement of any of
the Investment Documents and collection of any payments due to the Purchaser
thereunder) (collectively,
“
Liabilities”)
resulting from or arising out of any breach of any representation or
warranty, covenant or agreement of the Obligors in this Agreement, the Note, or
the other Investment Documents, including without limitation, the failure to
make payment when due of amounts owing pursuant to this Agreement, the Note or
the other Investment Documents, on the due date thereof (whether at the
scheduled maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) or any legal, administrative
or other actions (including, actions brought by the Purchaser, any Obligor or
any of its Subsidiaries or any holders of equity or indebtedness of any Obligor
or any of its Subsidiaries or derivative actions brought by any Person claiming
through or in the name of any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof), proceedings or
investigations (whether formal or informal), or written threats thereof, based
upon, relating to or arising out of the Investment Documents, the transactions
contemplated thereby, or any Indemnified Party's role therein or in the
transactions contemplated thereby or the use of proceeds of the Securities or
arising out of, or in any way relating to the violation of, noncompliance with
or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of any of
the Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or their respective
properties, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental Authorities
related thereto, including reasonable attorney's and consultant's fees,
investigation and laboratory fees, response costs, court costs and litigation
expenses;
provided,
however
, that the Obligors shall not be liable under this Section
7.01
to an Indemnified Party: (a) for
any amount paid by the Indemnified Party in settlement of claims by the
Indemnified Party without the Company's consent (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed), (b) to the extent that it is finally
judicially determined that such Liabilities resulted from the willful misconduct
or gross negligence of such Indemnified Party, or (c) to the extent that it is
finally judicially determined that such Liabilities resulted from the breach by
such Indemnified Party of any representation, warranty, covenant or other
agreement of such Indemnified Party contained in this Agreement;
provided
,
further
, that, if and
to the extent that such indemnification is unenforceable for any reason, the
Obligors shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of
such Liabilities which shall be permissible under applicable laws. In connection
with the obligation of the Obligors to indemnify for expenses as set forth
above, the Obligors further agree, upon presentation of appropriate invoices
containing reasonable detail, to reimburse each Indemnified Party for all such
expenses (including, fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel and costs
of investigation incurred by an Indemnified Party in any action or proceeding
between any Obligor (or any of its Subsidiaries) and such Indemnified Party (or
Indemnified Parties) or between an Indemnified Party (or Indemnified Parties)
and any third party or otherwise) as they are incurred by such Indemnified
Party;
provided
,
however
, that, if an
Indemnified Party is reimbursed hereunder for any expenses, such reimbursement
of expenses shall be refunded to the extent it is finally judicially determined
that the Liabilities in question resulted from (i) the willful misconduct or
gross negligence of such Indemnified Party, or (ii) the breach by such
Indemnified Party of any representation, warranty, covenant or other agreement
of such Indemnified Party contained in this Agreement or any other Investment
Document.
7.02
Procedure;
Notification
.
Each Indemnified Party under this Article 7 will, promptly after the
receipt of notice of the commencement of any action, investigation, claim or
other proceeding against such Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity
may be sought from the Obligors under this Article 7, notify the Company in
writing of the commencement thereof. The omission of any Indemnified Party so to
notify the Company of any such action shall not relieve any Obligor from any
liability which it may have to such Indemnified Party unless, and only to the
extent that, as to the indemnification obligations of each Obligor, such
omission results in such Obligor's forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses.
In case any such action, claim or other proceeding shall be brought against any
Indemnified Party and it shall notify the Company of the commencement thereof,
the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof at its own expense,
with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in
its reasonable judgment;
provided
,
however
, that any
Indemnified Party may, at its own expense, retain separate counsel to
participate in such defense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any action, claim
or proceeding in which any Obligor, on the one hand, and an Indemnified Party,
on the other hand, is, or is reasonably likely to become, a party, such
Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel at the
Obligors' expense and to control its own defense of such action, claim or
proceeding if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to such Indemnified Party, a
conflict or potential conflict exists between any Obligor, on
the one hand, and such
Indemnified Party, on the other hand, that would make such separate
representation advisable;
provided
,
however,
that in no
event shall any Obligor be required to pay fees and expenses under this Article
7 for more than one firm of attorneys in
any jurisdiction in any
one legal action or group of related legal actions. Each Obligor agrees that it
will not, without the prior written consent of the relevant Indemnified Parties,
settle, compromise or consent to
the entry of any
judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding relating to
the matters contemplated hereby (if any Indemnified Party is
a
party thereto or has been actually
threatened to be made a party thereto) unless such settlement, compromise or
consent includes an unconditional release of the Purchaser and each other
Indemnified Party from all liability arising or that may arise out of such
claim, action or proceeding. No Obligor shall be liable for any settlement of
any claim, action or proceeding effected against an Indemnified Party without
the Company's written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld
or delayed. The rights accorded to Indemnified Parties hereunder shall be in
addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law, by
separate agreement or otherwise.
ARTICLE
8
AFFIRMATIVE
COVENANTS
Until the
payment by the Obligors of all principal of and interest on the Note and all
other amounts due to the Purchaser under this Agreement and the other Investment
Documents, including, all fees, expenses and amounts due in respect of indemnity
obligations under Article 7 (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), the
Obligors hereby jointly and severally covenant and agree with the Purchaser
(unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Purchaser) as
follows:
8.01
Financial
Statements and Other Information
.
Each Obligor shall maintain,
and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, a system of accounting
established and administered in accordance with sound business practices to
permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. The Obligors
shall deliver to the Purchaser each of the financial statements and other
reports described below:
(a)
Periodic
Financial Informatio
n
. As soon as available, and in any event
within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, the Obligors shall
deliver the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and statements of income of
the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries, as at the end of such month, and
within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Obligors
shall deliver, unaudited stockholders' equity and cash flow for such quarter and
for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of
such quarter. The Obligors shall, within thirty (30) days after the end of each
month of each Fiscal Year, deliver to the Purchaser an aged analysis of all
outstanding accounts receivable of each Obligor;
provided
,
however
, that the
Obligors may discharge this obligation by delivering to the Purchaser any
accounts receivable aging report required under the Senior Credit Agreement at
the times set forth in the Senior Credit Agreement.
(b)
Year-End Financial
Information
. As soon as available and in any event within two hundred
seventy (270) days after the end of the Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal
Year ending December 31, 2009), the Obligors shall deliver the consolidated
balance sheets of the Obligors and their respective Subsidiaries as at the end
of such year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders'
equity and cash flow for such Fiscal Year and (ii) a report with respect to the
financial statements from a firm of certified public accountants selected by the
Obligors, which report shall be issued pursuant to an audit conducted by such
firm of certified public accountants in conformity with GAAP. Such report shall
contain an “Unqualified” opinion (as such term is defined in AU Section 508.10
of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Professional
Standards);
provided
that such
opinion may have a “going concern” qualification as a consequence of any Obligor
not having at least 12 months of cash from the date of issuance of such
opinion.
(c)
Compliance
Certificate
. As soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45)
days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each Obligor, the Obligors shall
deliver or cause to be delivered a fully and properly completed compliance
certificate (in substantially the form attached hereto as
Exhibit
C
(or in such other form or substance as shall be satisfactory to the
Purchaser and referred to as a
“
Compliance
Certificate”
)
signed by the
chief executive officer or chief financial officer of each
Obligor.
(d)
Accountants' Reports
.
Promptly upon receipt thereof by any Obligor, the Obligors shall deliver to the
Purchaser copies of all significant reports submitted by any Obligor's firm of
certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special
audit or review of any type of the financial statements or related internal
control systems of any Obligor or its Subsidiaries made by such accountants,
including any comment letter submitted by such accountants to management in
connection with their services.
(e)
Other Supplied
Information
. If applicable, the Obligors shall deliver to the Purchaser
copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally
by any Obligor to its holders of Capital Securities or to any holders of
Subordinated Debt or to Senior Lender, and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q
filed with the Commission.
(f)
Projections
. As soon
as practicable but in no event later than thirty (30) days before the end of
each Fiscal Year, beginning with the Fiscal Year commencing January 1, 2010, the
Obligors shall prepare and deliver to the Purchaser an annual business plan
including operating budget and such budgets, sales projections, operating plans
or other financial information generally prepared by the Company in the ordinary
course of business for the next succeeding Fiscal Year.
(g)
Reserved
.
(h)
Events of Default,
Etc
. Promptly upon the Obligors obtaining knowledge of any of the
following events or conditions, the Obligors shall deliver to the Purchaser
copies of all notices given or received by any Obligor or any of its
Subsidiaries with respect to any such event or condition and a certificate of
the Company's chief executive officer specifying the nature and period of
existence of such event or condition and what action the Obligors have taken,
are taking and propose to take with respect thereto: (i) any condition or event
that constitutes a Default, Event of Default or breach of any material provision
of this Agreement or any other Investment Document or any default or event of
default under the Senior Loan Documents and (ii) any notice that any Person has
given to the Obligors or any Subsidiary, or any other action, taken with respect
to a claimed default in any material agreement evidencing Indebtedness or any
other material agreement to which the Obligors or any Subsidiary is a
party.
(i)
Litigation
. Promptly
upon any officer of any of the Obligors obtaining knowledge of (i) the
institution of any material action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation
or arbitration against or affecting any of the Obligors or any of its
Subsidiaries or any property of the Obligors or any of its Subsidiaries or
purporting to invalidate or enjoin this Agreement or any Investment Document not
previously disclosed by the Obligors to the Purchaser, or (ii) any material
development in any action, suit, proceeding, governmental investigation or
arbitration at any time pending against or affecting any of the Obligors or any
of their respective Subsidiaries or any property of any of the Obligors or any
of their respective Subsidiaries which, in each case, is reasonably expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect, the Obligors shall promptly give notice thereof
to the Purchaser and provide such other information as may be reasonably
available to them to enable the Purchaser and its respective counsel to evaluate
such matter; provided that no information need be provided to the extent it is
reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege.
(j)
Subsidiaries
.
Not less than fifteen (15) days prior to creating a Subsidiary or acquiring the
stock of, or other equity interests in, a Person such that such Person will
become a Subsidiary, which Subsidiary will have assets or a book value in excess
of 10% of the Company's consolidated assets or book value (or if the assets or
book value of such Subsidiary and all other Domestic Subsidiaries that are not
Obligors exceeds 10% of the Company's consolidated assets or book value), as
applicable, or upon becoming aware that an existing Subsidiary has assets or a
book value in excess of 10% of the Company's consolidated assets or book value
(or if the assets or book value of such Subsidiary and all other Domestic
Subsidiaries that are not Obligors exceeds 10% of the Company's consolidated
assets or book value), as applicable, the Obligors shall notify the Purchaser of
their intention to create such Subsidiary or acquire such stock or equity
interests or change in status of an existing Subsidiary, and following such
notice the Obligors shall cause such Subsidiary, if such Subsidiary is a
Domestic Subsidiary, to execute a joinder to this Agreement and the other
Investment Documents, a Guaranty and other documents as the Purchaser may
reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Purchaser, whereupon such Subsidiary shall be deemed an
“
Obligor”
hereunder. No Obligor shall transfer, sell, assign, lease or license any
of its assets (including without limitation any Intellectual Property) to any
Domestic Subsidiary of any Obligor that meets the criteria set forth above, or
enter into any agreement with any such Domestic Subsidiary, unless and until
such Domestic Subsidiary is an
“
Obligor”
hereunder pursuant to the above. For the avoidance of doubt, no Foreign
Subsidiary is required to become an Obligor hereunder.
(k)
Notice of
Corporate Changes
. The Obligors shall provide prompt written notice to
the Purchaser, which may be provided to the Observer, of any material change
after the Closing Date in the authorized and issued Capital Securities of the
Obligors or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any other material amendment
to its charter, operating agreement, by-laws or other organizational documents,
such notice, in each case, to identify the applicable jurisdictions, capital
structures or amendments as applicable.
(l)
No Defaults
. The
Company shall deliver to the Purchaser concurrently with the delivery of the
financial statements referred to in Section 8.01(b), a certificate of the
Company's chief financial officer stating that to his or her knowledge no Event
of Default shall have occurred during the period covered thereby, except as
specified in such certificate.
(m)
Board Packages
. The
Company shall also provide to the Purchaser copies of all notices, reports,
minutes, packages and consents delivered to the Governing Board thereof or any
committee (other than the compensation committee) thereof at the time and in the
manner as the same are so provided to such Governing Board or such committee
(other than the compensation committee); provided that the foregoing shall not
apply to the extent that it is reasonably necessary (i) to preserve the
attorney-client privilege, (ii) to prevent disclosure of confidential
proprietary information related to transactions with other portfolio companies
of the Purchaser in which the Purchaser has a material financial interest, or
(iii) to protect against disclosure of information related to the topic of
paying for, refinancing, repurchasing or redeeming the Note or any other matter
related to the Note.
(n)
Other Information
.
With reasonable promptness, the Obligors shall deliver such other information
and data with respect to the Obligors or any of their Subsidiaries as from time
to time may be reasonably required by the Purchaser.
8.02
Preservation
of Corporate Existence
.
Each of the Obligors shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries
to:
(a) preserve,
renew and maintain in full force and effect its corporate (or, as applicable,
limited liability partnership or other entity) existence except as permitted by
Section 9.01;
(b) keep
its material properties in good working order and condition (normal wear and
tear excepted), and from time to time make all needed repairs to, renewals of or
replacements of its material properties (except to the extent that any of such
properties are obsolete or are being replaced) so that the efficiency of its
business operations shall be fully maintained and preserved;
(c) file
or cause to be filed in
a
timely manner all reports,
applications, estimates and licenses that shall be required by each Governmental
Authority except to the extent that such failure to file would not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
(d) take
all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises
necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business.
8.03
Payment
of Obligations
.
Each of the Obligors, shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to,
pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, at or before maturity, or before they
become delinquent, as the case may be, all their respective obligations and
liabilities, including without limitation:
(a) all
Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its
properties or assets, and any additional costs that are imposed as a result of
any failure to pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy such obligations, unless the
same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate
reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by any such Obligor or
Subsidiary;
(b) all
material lawful claims which any of the Obligors or any of their respective
Subsidiaries are obligated to pay, which are due and which, if unpaid, might by
law become a Lien upon its property, unless the same are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP
are being maintained by any such Obligor or Subsidiary; and
(c) all
material payments of principal, interest and other material amounts when due on
Indebtedness.
8.04
Compliance
with Laws
.
Each
of the Obligors shall comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to
comply, in all material respects with all Requirements of Law and with the
directions, orders, requirements and demands of each Governmental Authority
having jurisdiction over them or their business or property (including, all
applicable Environmental Laws), except to the extent that the failure to do so
would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
8.05
Reserved
.
8.06
Inspection
.
Each of the Obligors shall
permit, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to permit, representatives of the
Purchaser, from time to time (but not more than twice per calendar year unless
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing in which case the foregoing
limitation shall not apply), and upon reasonable prior notice and during regular
business hours without disruption to the business of the applicable Obligor or
Subsidiary, to: (a) visit and inspect the properties of such Obligor or such
Subsidiary; (b) inspect, audit and make extracts from its books, records and
files, including management letters prepared by independent accountants; and (c)
discuss with each of the officers of such Obligor or such Subsidiary the
business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations and
business prospects of such Obligor or Subsidiary.
8.07
Payment
of
Note
.
The Obligors shall pay the
principal of, premium on (if any), interest on and other amounts due in respect
of, the Note on the dates and in the manner provided in the Note.
8.08
Maintenance of Properties;
Insurance
.
(a) Reserved.
(b) Each
of the Obligors shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain or
cause to be maintained with financially sound and reputable insurers that have a
rating of “A” or better as established by Best's Rating Guide (or an equivalent
rating with such other publication of a similar nature as shall be in current
use), public liability and property damage insurance with respect to their
respective businesses and properties against loss or damage of the kinds, and in
amounts, customarily carried or maintained by companies of established
reputation engaged in similar businesses and will deliver evidence thereof to
Purchaser. Without limiting the foregoing, the Obligors shall establish by the
Closing Date, and maintain at all times thereafter, business interruption
insurance in an amount satisfactory to the Purchaser. All such property
insurance policies shall contain a lender's loss payable endorsement, in form
satisfactory to the Purchaser, showing the Purchaser as an additional loss
payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show the Purchaser as an
additional insured. All insurance policies shall provide that such may not be
canceled unless the insurance carrier gives at least 30 days prior written
notice of such cancellation to the Purchaser.
(c) The
Company shall obtain, by December 31, 2009, and, thereafter, until the Note is
indefeasibly paid in full in cash, maintain an insurance policy or policies on
the life of Adam Miller, with an aggregate death benefit to the Company of not
less than $5,000,000 (the
“
Key Man Life
Insurance Policy”),
the premiums for which policy may be paid on a “split
dollar” basis. The portion of the benefits payable to the Company under the Key
Man Life Insurance Policy shall at all times be held for the benefit of the
Company and shall not be collaterally assigned to any Person without the prior
written consent of the Purchaser. Upon the request of the Purchaser, the Company
shall provide the Purchaser with evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the
Company's compliance with this Section 8.08(c).
8.09
Reserved
.
8.10
Use of
Proceeds
.
The
Company shall use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities hereunder only as
follows: (i) for the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereunder and in the other Investment Documents and
(ii) for working capital purposes;
provided
that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, no Obligor shall use any of such proceeds for the
payment of the redemption price for any Obligor's redemption of any of its
Capital Securities from any Person.
8.11
Observation
Rights
.
Regardless of whether the Purchaser has a representative on the Governing Board
of any Obligor, the Purchaser shall be allowed to have Victor Budnick or Ted
Rice, or, if, at any time, neither individual is employed by the Purchaser, such
individual that is designated in writing by the Purchaser (the
“
Observer”)
to attend (without voting rights) each meeting of the Governing Board of
the Company as well as each meeting of each committee (other than the
compensation committee) of such Governing Board, including telephonic meetings
of such Governing Board or committee (other than the compensation committee)
thereof. The Company shall give the Observer written notice of any such meeting
of such Governing Board/committee (other than the compensation committee) at the
same time and in the same manner as notice is given to the members of such
Governing Board/committee (other than the compensation committee). Subject to
Section 8.01(m), the Observer shall also be provided with all written materials
and other information (including minutes of meetings) given to the members of
such Governing Board/committee (other than the compensation committee) in
connection with such meetings at the same time such materials and information
are given to the members of such Governing Board/committee (other than the
compensation committee). If the Company proposes to take any action by written
consent in lieu of a meeting of its Governing Board or committee (other than the
compensation committee), the Company shall give written notice thereof to the
Observer at the same time notice is delivered to such Governing Board or
committee (other than the compensation committee) of such consent describing in
reasonable detail the nature and substance of such action. The Obligors shall
promptly reimburse in full for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs
and expenses actually incurred by one (1) Observer in attending up to two (2)
meetings (or committee (other than the compensation committee) meetings) of such
Governing Board in any calendar year,
provided
that the
Obligors shall not have an obligation to so reimburse for more than an aggregate
of $2,000 of costs and expenses per meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Observer may be excluded from any meeting of the Governing Board (or audit
committee thereof) of the Company if such exclusion is reasonably necessary (i)
to preserve the attorney-client privilege, (ii) to prevent disclosure of
confidential proprietary information related to transactions with other
portfolio companies of the Purchaser in which the Purchaser has a material
financial interest, or (ii) to protect against disclosure of information related
to the topic of paying for, refinancing, repurchasing or redeeming the Note or
any other matter related to the Note.
8.12
Reserved
.
8.13
SBA
Compliance
.
The Obligors shall provide
the Purchaser with all information, data and other material required under the
SBA Regulatory Representation Letter.
8.14
SBIC
Regulatory
Provisions for the Benefit of Purchaser
.
The Obligors agree that they
shall:
(a)
Use of Proceeds
.
Annually, in conjunction with the delivery of the audited financial statements
certified by the president, chief executive officer, treasurer or chief
financial officer of the Company, provide written statements sufficient to allow
the Purchaser to (i) determine the continuing eligibility of the Obligors
(within the meaning of the SBIC Regulations) and (ii) verify the use of the
proceeds of the financing under this Agreement by the Obligors. In addition to
any other rights granted hereunder, the Obligors shall grant the Purchaser and
the Small Business Administration access to its books and records for the
purpose of verifying the use of such proceeds and verifying the certifications
made by the Obligors in SBA Forms 480 and 652.
(b)
Regulatory Violation
.
Not commit, nor shall allow any Subsidiary or Affiliate to commit, a Regulatory
Violation (as defined below). Upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Violation or
in the event that the Purchaser determines in its reasonable good faith judgment
that a Regulatory Violation has occurred, in addition to any other rights and
remedies to which it is entitled (whether under this Agreement or any other
agreement, or otherwise), the Purchaser shall have the right, to the extent
required under SBIC Regulations, to demand in writing that the Obligors cure
such Regulatory Violation, and if such Regulatory Violation cannot be cured in a
timely manner, demand the immediate repurchase of the Note and the Warrant at a
price equal to the purchase price paid for such Note and Warrant (less any
principal payments made in respect thereof since the Closing Date), together
with any accrued and unpaid interest, and any other amounts due and payable
hereunder, by delivering written notice of such demand to the Company. The
Obligors shall pay the purchase price for the Note and the Warrant by a
cashier's or certified check or by wire transfer of immediately available funds
to the Purchaser within thirty (30) days after the Company's receipt of the
demand notice, and, upon such payment, the Purchaser shall deliver the Note or
other instruments evidencing the Note being repurchased duly endorsed for
transfer or accompanied by duly executed forms of assignment free of any adverse
claims. For purposes of this Agreement,
“
Regulatory
Violation”
means a change in the principal business activity of any
Obligor to an ineligible business activity (within the meaning of the SBIC
Regulations), if such change occurs within one year after the date of the
initial financing hereunder.
(c)
Economic Impact
Information
. Promptly after the end of each Fiscal Year, deliver to the
Purchaser a written assessment of the economic impact of the Purchaser's
investment in the Company, specifying the full-time equivalent jobs created or
retained in connection with the investment, the impact of the Purchaser's
financing on the revenues and profits of each Obligor and on taxes paid by each
Obligor and its employees.
(d)
Regulatory Compliance
Cooperation
. The Obligors shall comply with their obligations under
Section 2(a) of the SBA Regulatory Representation Letter.
(e)
Prohibition on
Control
. Without the Purchaser's consent, no Obligor shall issue
securities to any Small Business Investment Company subsequent to the Closing
Date if such issuance would cause the Purchaser to be deemed a member of an
Investor Group in Control of any Obligor, as those terms are defined in Title
13, Code of Federal Regulations §107.865, for a period of seven years from the
date Control was initially acquired.
8.15
Post
Closing Matters
.
The Obligors shall satisfy the matters and items set forth on
Schedule
8.15
of the
Disclosure
Schedule
within the time periods
set forth on said
Schedule
8.15
.
8.16
Intellectual
Property
.
Each
Obligor shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries, to maintain, preserve and renew
all material Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as
and where the same is currently located as heretofore or as hereafter conducted
by it.
ARTICLE
9
NEGATIVE
COVENANTS
Until the
payment by the Obligors of all principal of and interest on the Note and all
other amounts due at the time of payment of such principal and interest to the
Purchaser under this Agreement and the other Investment Documents, including,
all fees, expenses and amounts due at such time in respect of indemnity
obligations under Article 7 (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), the
Obligors hereby jointly and severally covenant and agree with the Purchaser as
follows:
9.01
Fundamental
Changes; Consolidations, Mergers and Acquisitions
.
The
Obligors shall not, and shall not permit any of
their Domestic Subsidiaries to, become a party to any merger, amalgamation or
consolidation, or agree to or effect any asset acquisition or stock acquisition
(other than the acquisition of assets in the ordinary course of business
consistent with past practices) except (a) the merger, consolidation, asset
acquisition or stock acquisition of one or more
of the
Domestic Subsidiaries
of any Obligor with and into or to such Obligor, or (b) the merger,
consolidation, asset acquisition or stock acquisition of two or more Domestic
Subsidiaries of any Obligor, or (c) if after giving effect to the merger,
consolidation, asset acquisition or stock acquisition, the Company will have at
least $4,000,000 in cash (including any cash used
as
collateral
for any
letter of credit); so long as (in the case of clause (a), (b) or (c)): (i) the
successor formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or the survivor of such
merger or the purchaser of such stock or assets (the
“
Surviving
Subsidiary”
)
,
is a solvent
company organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state
thereof (including the District of Columbia); (ii) no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing either before or after giving
effect to such transaction; (iii) to the extent that the Surviving Subsidiary is
not then an Obligor, the Surviving Subsidiary shall become an Obligor hereunder
if required by Section 8.01(j); and (iv) prior to effecting any such merger,
consolidation, asset acquisition or stock acquisition, the Obligors shall have
delivered to the Purchaser the same information (financial or otherwise) that
the Obligors have delivered to the applicable Governing Board(s) with respect to
such transaction, as and when the same is delivered to such Governing
Board(s).
9.02
Transactions
with Affiliates
.
Except as set forth on the
Disclosure
Schedule
, the Obligors shall not, and shall not permit any of their
Subsidiaries to, engage in any transaction with any Affiliate of any Obligor or
any of its other Subsidiaries (other than for services as employees, officers
and directors and transactions between Obligors and their Subsidiaries, subject,
however to Section 8.10(j)), including pursuant to any contract, agreement or
other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing
for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring
payments to or from any such Affiliate or any corporation, partnership, trust or
other entity in which any such Affiliate has, to the knowledge of the Obligors,
a substantial interest or is, to the knowledge of the Obligors, a member,
shareholder, director, trustee or partner, on terms more favorable to such
Person than would have been obtainable on an arm's-length basis in the ordinary
course of business.
9.03
No
Inconsistent
Agreements
.
Except for the Senior Loan
Documents and as set forth in the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the
Obligors shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, enter
into any Contractual Obligation or enter into any amendment or other
modification to any currently existing Contractual Obligation of any Obligor, or
any of its Subsidiaries, which by its terms restricts or prohibits the ability
of any Obligor to pay the principal of or interest on the Note or to fully
satisfy all of the obligations under the Investment Documents of any Obligor or
any of its Subsidiaries.
9.04
Limitation
on
Indebtedness
.
The
Obligors shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, create,
incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable, contingently or otherwise, with
respect to any Indebtedness other than the following (each, a
“
Permitted
Indebtedness”)
:
(a) Senior
Indebtedness;
(b) endorsements
for collection, deposit or negotiation and warranties of products or services,
in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(c) Indebtedness
incurred in connection with the acquisition after the date hereof of any real or
personal property, including software, by the Obligors or any of their
Subsidiaries or under any Capital Lease,
provided
that the
aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred by the Obligors and
their Subsidiaries during the first two Fiscal Years after the Closing Date
shall not exceed, without duplication, $2,500,000 in the aggregate principal
amount at any time and during any other Fiscal Year shall not exceed, without
duplication $5,000,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any
time;
(d) Indebtedness
in respect of any interest rate protection arrangements entered into in the
ordinary course of business of the Obligors and not for speculative
purposes;
(e) Subordinated
Debt;
(f) Indebtedness
existing on the date hereof and listed and described on the
Disclosure
Schedule
;
(g) Indebtedness
of any Subsidiary of any Obligor to any Obligor or any of its other Subsidiaries
and Indebtedness of any Obligor to any other Obligor or any Subsidiary of any
Obligor, not to exceed $2,000,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any
time;
(h) Indebtedness
with respect to letters of credit from any bank in an amount not to exceed
$500,000 at any time;
(i)
Any other Indebtedness (secured or unsecured) not
exceeding $100,000 in the aggregate principal amount at any time;
(j)
Indebtedness with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations arising in the
ordinary course of business;
(k)
Indebtedness that constitutes a Permitted Investment;
(1)
Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of
business;
(m)
Indebtedness owing pursuant to corporate credit cards incurred in the ordinary
course of business; and
(n)
Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness,
provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to
impose more burdensome terms upon any Obligor or any Subsidiary, as the case may
be.
9
.05
Limitation
on Liens
.
The
Obligors shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to: (a)
create or incur or suffer to be created or incurred or to exist any Lien, upon
any of its property or assets of any character whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, or upon the income or profits therefrom; (b) acquire, or agree or have
an option to acquire, any property or assets upon conditional sale or other
title retention or purchase money security agreement, device or arrangement; (c)
suffer to exist for a period of more than sixty (60) days after the same shall
have been incurred any Indebtedness or claim or demand against it that if unpaid
might by law or upon bankruptcy or insolvency, or otherwise, be given any
priority whatsoever over its general creditors; (d) enter into any Material
Contract under which the grant of a security interest or Lien therein is
prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such Material Contract; (e)
sell, assign, pledge or otherwise transfer any “receivables” as defined in
clause (g) of the definition of the term
“
Indebtedness”,
with or without recourse; or (f) enter into or permit to exist any
arrangement or agreement, enforceable under applicable law, which directly or
indirectly prohibits any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries from creating or
incurring any Lien, other than (x) in favor of the Senior Lender under the
Senior Loan Documents (y) in favor of the Purchaser under the Investment
Documents and (z) other than customary anti-assignment provisions in leases and
licensing agreements entered into by the Obligors or such Subsidiary in the
ordinary course of its business;
provided
that any
Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries may create or incur or suffer to be created
or incurred or to exist the following (each, a
“
Permitted
Encumbrance”
)
:
(a)
Liens in favor of
any Obligor on all or part of the assets of any Subsidiary of such Obligor
securing Indebtedness owing by any such Subsidiary to such
Obligor;
(b) Liens
to secure taxes, assessments and other government charges in respect of
obligations not overdue or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained, Liens on properties
to secure claims for labor, material or supplies in respect of obligations not
overdue or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and
for which adequate reserves are maintained, or Liens to secure the performance
of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money)
or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance
of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of borrowed money)
or to secure statutory obligations (other than Liens arising under ERISA or
Environmental Laws) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity,
performance or other similar bonds;
(c) deposits
or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, workmen's
compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions or other social security
obligations;
(d) Liens
of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen, and other like Liens on
properties in existence less than 135 days from the date of creation thereof in
respect of obligations not overdue or that are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are
maintained;
(e) encumbrances
on real estate consisting of easements, rights of way, zoning restrictions,
restrictions on the use of real property and defects and irregularities in the
title thereto, landlord's or lessor's Liens under leases to which any Obligor or
a Subsidiary of any Obligor is a party, and other minor Liens or encumbrances
none of which in the opinion of the Obligors interferes materially with the use
of the property affected in the ordinary conduct of business of the Obligors and
their Subsidiaries, which defects do not individually or in the aggregate have a
Material Adverse Effect;
(f)
Liens existing on the date hereof and listed
on the
Disclosure
Schedule
hereto;
(g) purchase
money security interests in or purchase money mortgages on real or personal
property, including software, acquired after the date hereof to secure purchase
money indebtedness of the type and amount permitted by Section 9.04, incurred in
connection with the acquisition of such property, which security interests or
mortgages cover only the real or personal property, including software, so
acquired;
(h) Liens
in favor of the Senior Lender or the Purchaser;
(i)
Liens incurred in
connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness
secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (b), (f), and (g),
provided
that any
extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property
encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness
being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;
(j)
Liens arising from
judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of
Default under Section 12.08 or 12.10;
(k)
Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of
law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of
goods;
(l)
Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance
premiums;
(m)
Liens securing
Subordinated Debt;
(n)
banker's Liens, rights of setoff and similar Liens incurred on deposits
made in the ordinary course of business; and
(o)
Liens with respect to deposit or investment accounts to secure Indebtedness
permitted by clause (h) or (m) of the definition of Permitted
Indebtedness.
9.06
Dispositions
of
Assets
.
Except as otherwise set
forth in the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Obligors shall not, and
shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, convey,
sell (pursuant to a sale/leaseback or otherwise), license, lease, sublease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any Person an option to acquire, in
one transaction or a series of transactions, any of the property, business or
assets of any Obligor or any Subsidiary thereof, including the Capital
Securities of any Obligor (other than the Company)
or
any of its Subsidiaries
and any Intellectual Property of any Obligor, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, except for (each, a
“
Permitted
Disposition”
)
:
(a) the
sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of equipment and other assets for
fair value in the ordinary course of business;
(b) licenses
of its Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of
its Intellectual Property in connection with joint venture/development
agreements with other Persons;
(c) transfers
of property, business or assets to another Obligor;
(d) transfers
of worn-out, obsolete or surplus equipment or other assets for fair value;
and
(e) other
assets that do not in the aggregate exceed $100,000 during any fiscal
year.
9
.07
Limitations
on Restricted Payments
.
Neither the Obligors nor any of their Subsidiaries will make any
Restricted Payments;
provided
, that the
Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to an Obligor. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, this Section 9.07 shall not prohibit (i) the redemption or purchase
(in accordance with the terms of the Warrant) of the Warrant or any shares of
Capital Securities of the Company issued pursuant to the exercise of the
Warrant, (ii) the repurchase of Capital Securities of the Company from former
employees, directors or consultants of the Obligors pursuant to the terms of
restricted stock agreements and option agreements, (iii) repurchases of stock in
connection with the settlement of disputes with stockholders, (iv) the
conversion of convertible securities into other securities of the Company and
the payment of cash in lieu of issuing fractional shares or (v) repurchases of
up to $700,000 of the Company's stock from stockholders, so long any repurchase
from any officer of the Company does not reduce such officer's ownership of the
Company's Capital Securities (including any Capital Securities issuable upon
exercise of outstanding options that are then currently exercisable) by more
than 20%;
provided
that, with
respect to clauses (ii), (iii) and (v), no Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing as of the time of any such transaction, or would reasonably be
expected to exist after giving effect to any such transaction.
9.08
Employee
Benefit Plans
.
Each Obligor and ERISA Affiliate shall meet the minimum funding requirements of
ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA.
9.09
Business
Activities; Change
of
Legal
Status and Organizational Documents
.
No Obligor shall,
and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, (a) engage in any line of business other
than the businesses engaged in on the Closing Date by the Company and businesses
reasonably related thereto, or (b) change its name, its Organizational
Identification Number, if it has one, its type of organization, its jurisdiction
of organization or other legal structure without at least 10 days prior notice
to Purchaser.
9.10
Investments
.
No Obligor shall, and shall
not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist or to remain
outstanding any Investment except Investments in (each a
“
Permitted
Investment”
):
(a) marketable
direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States of America that mature
within one (1) year from the date of purchase;
(b) demand
deposits, certificates of deposit, money market accounts, bankers acceptances
and time deposits of (i) Senior Lender or (ii) United States banks having total
assets in excess of $500,000,000;
(c) securities
commonly known as “commercial paper” issued by a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof
that at the time of purchase have been rated and the ratings for which are not
less than “P 1” if rated by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and not less than
“A 1” if rated by Standard and Poor's Rating Group;
(d) Investments
existing on the date hereof and listed on the
Disclosure
Schedule
;
(e) Repurchases
of Capital Securities of the Company from former employees, directors or
consultants of the Company (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000
in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is
continuing or would result after giving effect to the repurchases or (ii) in any
amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of
indebtedness, owed by such former employee, director or consultant to the
Company regardless of whether an Event of Default exists;
(f) Investments
accepted in connection with a Permitted Disposition;
(g) Investments
not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (i)
travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and
advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees,
officers or directors relating to the purchase of Capital Securities of the
Company pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by the
Company's Governing Board;
(h) Investments
(including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or
reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent
obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the
ordinary course of any Obligor's or any of its Subsidiaries'
business;
(i)
Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or
prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who
are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this
subparagraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of an Obligor in any
Subsidiary;
(j)
Investments made
pursuant to an Obligor's investment policy as approved by such Obligor's
Governing Board, provided that such policy has been disclosed to and is
reasonably acceptable
to
Purchaser;
(k)
Joint ventures or
strategic alliances in the ordinary course of an Obligor's business consisting
of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or
the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investment by such
Obligor does exceed $500,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;
(l)
Investments permitted by Section 9.01;
(m)
Investments
permitted by Section 9.07; and
(n)
Other Investments not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year.
9.11
Reserved
.
9.12
Fiscal
Year
.
No Obligor
shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, change its Fiscal Year
without prior notice to Purchaser.
9.13
Modification
of Senior Indebtedness
.
No Obligor shall, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend,
replace, refinance, refund or otherwise modify the Senior Indebtedness, except
as set forth in or contemplated by the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement or
the definition of “Senior Indebtedness”.
9.14
Limitations
on Layering
.
No
Obligor shall, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, incur any
Indebtedness that is expressly (a) subordinate or junior in right of payment to
any Indebtedness arising under any Senior Indebtedness, and (b) senior in any
respect in right of payment to any Indebtedness arising under this Agreement and
the Note.
ARTICLE
10
PREPAYMENT
10.01
Payment
in Respect
of
Note
.
The Purchaser and any successor holder of the Note, by their acceptance thereof,
agree that, with respect to all sums received by them applicable to the payment
of principal of or interest on the Note, equitable adjustment will be made among
them so that, in effect, all such sums shall be shared ratably by all of the
holders of the Note whether received by voluntary payment, by realization upon
security, by the exercise of the right of set off, by counterclaim or
cross-action or by the enforcement of the Note. If any holder of the Note
receives any payment on its Note in excess of its pro rata portion, then such
holder receiving such excess payment shall purchase for cash from the other
holders an interest in its Note in such amounts as shall result in a ratable
participation by all of the holders in the aggregate unpaid amount of Note then
outstanding.
10.02
Optional
Prepayment
.
Subject to Section
6
of the Note, the
Obligors may prepay outstanding principal (together with accrued interest) on
the Note in accordance with the
“Optional
Prepayment”
provisions set forth in Section 4 of the Note.
10.03
Mandatory
Prepayment
.
Subject to Section 6 of the Note, the Obligors shall prepay outstanding
principal (together with accrued interest) on the Note in accordance with the
“Mandatory
Prepayment”
provisions
set forth in Section 3 of the Note.
ARTICLE
11
COLLATERAL
11.01
Security
Interests
.
As
security for the payment and performance of the Obligations, but subject to the
terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Obligors do
hereby pledge, collaterally assign, transfer, deliver and grant to the Purchaser
a continuing and unconditional security interest (subject only to the prior
Liens of the Senior Lender and Permitted Encumbrances) in and to any and all
property of the Obligors, of any kind or description, tangible or intangible,
wheresoever located and whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired
(but specifically excluding the Excluded Collateral), including the following
(all of which property, along with the products and Proceeds therefrom, are
individually and collectively referred to as the
“Collateral”
):
(a)
all
property of, or for the account of, the Obligors now or hereafter coming into
the possession, control or custody of, or in transit to, the Purchaser or any
agent or bailee for the Purchaser or any parent, Affiliate or Subsidiary of the
Purchaser (whether for safekeeping, deposit, collection, custody, pledge,
transmission or otherwise), including all earnings, dividends, interest, or
other rights in connection therewith and the products and proceeds therefrom,
including the proceeds of insurance thereon; and
(b)
all
other property of the Obligors, whether now existing or hereafter arising or
acquired, and wherever now or hereafter located, together with all additions and
accessions thereto, substitutions, betterments and replacements therefor,
products and Proceeds therefrom, including the following:
(i)
all
Accounts and all Goods whose sale, lease or other disposition by the Obligors
has given rise to Accounts and have been returned to, or repossessed or stopped
in transit by, the Obligors, or rejected or refused by an Account
Debtor;
(ii)
all
Inventory, including raw materials, work-in-process and
finished
goods;
(iii)
all
Goods (other than Inventory), including embedded software, Equipment, vehicles,
furniture and All Securities, Investment Property, Financial Assets and Deposit
Accounts;
(iv)
all
Chattel Paper, Electronic Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents, Letter of
Credit Rights, all proceeds of letters of credit, Health-Care-Insurance
Receivables, Supporting Obligations, notes secured by real estate, Commercial
Tort Claims (including those set forth in set forth on
Schedule
11.01(a)
of the
Disclosure Schedule
)
and General
Intangibles, including Payment Intangibles;
(v)
all
books, records, tapes, information, data, stored material, computer media,
passwords, access codes arising in connection with or related to any of the
Collateral (collectively,
“Books and
Records”
);
(vi)
any
account maintained by any Obligor with the Senior Lender and
all cash
held therein;
(vii)
all
Rights of Payment (as defined in Section 11.01(c) below);
(viii)
all
other assets of any Obligor (other than Excluded Collateral), whether or not
included in the Collateral identified in Section 11.01; and
(ix)
all
Proceeds (whether cash Proceeds or noncash Proceeds) of the foregoing property,
including all insurance policies and proceeds of insurance payable by reason of
loss or damage to the foregoing property, including unearned premiums, and of
eminent domain or condemnation awards.
(c)
The
Purchaser agrees that its security interest and its right of payment hereunder
are subordinated to the security interests and right of payment of the Senior
Lender under the Senior Loan Documents as provided (but only to the extent so
provided) in the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in this Section 11.01, the Purchaser hereby acknowledges and
agrees that the Collateral specifically excludes the Excluded Collateral,
provided
,
however
, that,
notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral specifically includes all
Accounts, Proceeds and General Intangibles that consist of rights to payment
from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part of, or any rights in,
any Intellectual Property of any Obligor or any Material Contract under which
the grant of a security interest or Lien therein is prohibited as a matter of
law or under the terms of such Material Contract (collectively, the
“Rights of
Payment
”
).
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if any judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court)
holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is
necessary to have a security interest in any Right of Payment of any Obligor,
then the Collateral shall automatically (without any further action, notice or
consent), and effective as of the Closing Date, include the Intellectual
Property of the Obligors to the extent necessary to permit perfection of the
Purchaser’s security interest in the Rights of Payment.
11.02
Financing
Statements
.
The
Obligors shall, at the Purchaser’s request, at any time and from time to time,
execute and deliver to the Purchaser such financing statements, amendments and
other documents and, subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior
Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination
Agreement, do such acts as the Purchaser reasonably deems necessary in order to
establish and maintain valid, attached and perfected security interests in the
Collateral in favor of the Purchaser, free and clear of all Liens and claims and
rights of third parties whatsoever, except for the prior Liens of the Senior
Lender and other Permitted Encumbrances. The Obligors hereby irrevocably
authorizes the Purchaser at any time, and from time to time, to file in any
jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto without the
signature of the Obligors that
(a)
indicate the Collateral
(i)
is comprised of all assets of the
Obligors (other than the Excluded Collateral) or words of similar effect,
regardless of whether any particular asset comprising a part of the Collateral
falls within the scope of Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the
jurisdiction wherein such financing statement or amendment is filed, or
(ii)
as being of an equal or lesser
scope or within greater detail as the grant of the security interest set forth
herein, and (b) contain any other information required by Section 5 of Article 9
of the Uniform Commercial Code of the jurisdiction wherein such financing
statement or amendment is filed regarding the sufficiency or filing office
acceptance of any financing statement or amendment, including (i) whether the
Obligors is an organization, the type of organization and any Organizational
Identification Number issued to the Obligors, and (ii) in the case of a
financing statement filed as a fixture filing or indicating Collateral as
as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of the
real property to which the Collateral relates. The Obligors hereby agree that a
photocopy or other reproduction of this Agreement is sufficient for filing as a
financing statement and the Obligors authorize the Purchaser to file this
Agreement as a financing statement in any jurisdiction. The Obligors agree to
furnish any such information to the Purchaser promptly upon request. In
addition, the Obligors shall make appropriate entries on their books and records
disclosing the Purchaser’s security interests in the Collateral.
11.03
Landlord Waivers; Collateral
in the Possession of a Warehouseman or
Bailee
.
(a)
The
Obligors shall cause the owners and mortgagees of the leased location(s)
identified on
Schedule
11.03
of the
Disclosure
Schedule
to
execute and deliver to the Purchaser on the Closing Date (or within the time
periods
set forth on
Schedule
8.15
of the
Disclosure
Schedule
)
a Collateral Access
Agreement, and the Obligors shall be required to use commercially reasonable
efforts to deliver a Collateral Access Agreement for all leased locations which
any Obligor establishes after the Closing Date, and, with respect to any
existing location, upon the renewal, extension, modification or other amendment
of such lease.
(b)
If any
of the Collateral at any time is in the possession of
a
warehouseman or bailee, the Obligors
shall promptly notify the Purchaser thereof, and shall promptly use commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain a Collateral Access Agreement.
11.04
Preservation
of the Collateral
.
Subject to the rights of the
Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of
the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, and after the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, the Purchaser may, but is not required, to
take such actions from time to time as the Purchaser deems appropriate to
maintain or protect the Collateral. The Purchaser shall have exercised
reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral if the
Purchaser takes such action as any Obligor shall reasonably request in writing
which is not inconsistent with the Purchaser’s status as a secured party, but
the failure of the Purchaser to comply with any such request shall not be deemed
a failure to exercise reasonable care;
provided
,
however
, the
Purchaser’s responsibility for the safekeeping of the Collateral shall (i) be
deemed reasonable if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal
to that which the Purchaser accords its own property, and
(ii)
not extend to matters beyond the
control of the Purchaser, including acts of God, war, insurrection, riot or
governmental actions. In addition, any failure of the Purchaser to preserve or
protect any rights with respect to the Collateral against prior or third
parties, or to do any act with respect to preservation of the Collateral, not so
requested by the Obligors, shall not be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable
care in the custody or preservation of the Collateral. The Obligors shall have
the sole responsibility for taking such action as may be necessary, from time to
time, to preserve all rights of the Obligors and the Purchaser in the Collateral
against prior or third parties. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, where Collateral consists in whole or in part of securities, the
Obligors represent to, and covenant with, the Purchaser that the Obligors have
made arrangements for keeping informed of changes or potential changes affecting
the securities (including rights to convert or subscribe, payment of dividends,
reorganization or other exchanges, tender offers and voting rights), and the
Obligors agree that the Purchaser shall have no responsibility or liability for
informing the Obligors of any such or other changes or potential changes or for
taking any action or omitting to take any action with respect
thereto.
11.05
Other
Actions
as
to any
and
all
Collateral
.
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement,
the Obligors further agree to take any other action reasonably requested by the
Purchaser to ensure the attachment, perfection and first priority of (subject to
Permitted Encumbrances), and the ability of the Purchaser to enforce, the
Purchaser’s security interest in any and all of the Collateral, including (a)
causing the Purchaser’s name to be noted as secured party on any certificate of
title for a titled good if such notation is a condition to attachment,
perfection or priority of, or ability of the bank to enforce, the Purchaser’s
security interest in such Collateral, (b) complying with any provision of any
statute, regulation or treaty of the United States as to any Collateral if
compliance with such provision is a condition to attachment, perfection or
priority of, or ability of the Purchaser to enforce, the Purchaser’s security
interest in such Collateral, (c) obtaining governmental and other third party
consents and approvals, including any consent of any licensor, lessor or other
Person obligated on Collateral, (d) subject to Section 11.03, obtaining waivers
from mortgagees and landlords in form and substance satisfactory to the
Purchaser, and (e) taking all actions required by the UCC in effect from time to
time or by other law, as applicable in any relevant UCC jurisdiction, or by
other law as applicable in any foreign jurisdiction. The Obligors further agree
to indemnify and hold the Purchaser harmless against claims of any Persons not a
party to this Agreement concerning disputes arising over the
Collateral.
11.06
Equ
ipment
and
Inventory
.
Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan
Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination
Agreement, the Obligors jointly and severally represent, warrant and agree
that:
(a)
each
Obligor is the absolute owner of its Inventory and Equipment (and the Documents
representing any such Inventory, and Equipment) other than Equipment that is
leased to such Obligor, subject only to the security interests created hereby
and other Permitted Encumbrances; and
(b)
after
the occurrence of an Event of Default and so long as the same continues, the
Purchaser shall have the right to take possession of each Obligor’s Inventory,
subject only to the rights of the Senior Lender in accordance with the Senior
Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination
Agreement; the Obligors shall repay the Purchaser promptly for all reasonable
costs of transportation, packing, storage and insurance of any such possession,
together with interest at the Default Rate, at the time that the Purchaser pays
such costs; and the Obligors’ liability to the Purchaser for such repayment,
together with such interest, shall be included in the Obligations.
11.07
Condition
of Inventory and Equipment
.
The Obligors will promptly
notify the Purchaser of any casualty or similar event which results in a
material decline in the value of any substantial portion of
its
Inventory and Equipment. Subject
to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms
and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, each Obligor hereby
grants to the Purchaser, as additional security for payment of the Obligations,
a security interest in any and all monies due or to become due under, and any
and all other rights of any Obligor with respect to, any and all policies of
insurance covering the Collateral. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of
Default, the Obligors may use such insurance proceeds for the replacement,
restoration or repair of the Collateral. After the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, the Purchaser may, subject to the rights of
the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions
of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, (but need not) in its own name or in
any applicable Obligor’s name execute and deliver proofs of claim, receive such
monies, and settle or litigate any claim against the issuer of any such policy
and such Obligor shall direct the issuer to pay any such monies directly to the
Purchaser and the Purchaser, at its sole discretion and regardless of whether
the Purchaser exercises its right to collect insurance proceeds under this
sentence, may apply any insurance proceeds to the payment of the Obligations,
whether due or not, in accordance with Section 13.09, or the Purchaser may
permit such applicable Obligor to use such insurance proceeds for the
replacement, restoration or repair of the Collateral.
11.08
Expenses
of the Purchaser
.
Under and in accordance with Section 14.12, the Obligors shall reimburse
the Purchaser on demand for all reasonable fees and expenses (including the
reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel) in connection with the
enforcement of the Purchaser
’s
rights to take possession of the
Collateral and the proceeds thereof and to hold, collect, render in compliance
with
applicable laws and regulations,
including without limitation, Environmental Laws, prepare for sale, sell and
dispose of the Collateral. All obligations provided for in this Section 11.08
shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the
Note.
11.09
Notices
.
If any notice of sale,
disposition or other intended action by the Purchaser with respect to the
Collateral is required by the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law,
any notice thereof sent to the applicable Obligor at the address listed in
Section 14.03 or such other address of such Obligor as any Obligor may from time
to time notify the Purchaser to be its address for notices hereunder, but only
after such notice is acknowledged in writing by the Purchaser, at least five (5)
Business Days prior to such action, shall constitute reasonable notice to such
Obligor.
11.10
Insurance,
Discharge
of Taxes,
Etc
.
Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the
Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan
Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser shall have
the
right, at any time and
from time to time, upon thirty (30) days notice to the Company
to:
(a)
obtain
insurance covering any of the Collateral if the applicable Obligor fails to do
so in accordance with Section 8.08;
(b)
make
any payment to discharge taxes, liens, security interests or other encumbrances
at any time levied or placed on any of the Collateral other than Permitted
Encumbrances; and
(c)
pay
for the maintenance and preservation of any of the Collateral.
Notwithstanding
the foregoing, upon the Company’s receipt of the above notice, the applicable
Obligor shall have the right to obtain, discharge or pay for any of the
foregoing within such 30-day period,
provided
that the
Purchaser shall have the continuing right to obtain, discharge or pay for any of
the foregoing prior to the expiration of such 30-day period in order to prevent
the material diminution in value of any material portion of the Collateral. The
Obligors shall reimburse the Purchaser, as the case may be, on demand, with
interest thereon at Default Rate, for any payment the Purchaser makes, or any
expense the Purchaser incurs, under this authorization.
11.11
Waiver
and Release by Obligors
.
Each of the Obligors:
(a)
waives
protest of all commercial paper at any time held by the Purchaser on which any
Obligor is in any way liable, notice of nonpayment at maturity of any and all of
its Accounts, Instruments, Chattel Paper or General Intangibles and, except
where required hereby or by law, notice of action taken by the Purchaser;
and
(b)
releases
the Purchaser from all claims for loss or damage caused by any failure to
collect any such Account, Instrument, Chattel Paper or General Intangible or by
any act or omission on the part of the Purchaser or their respective officers,
agents and employees, except for their gross negligence and willful
misconduct.
11.12
Records
and Reports
.
Each
of the Obligors shall keep accurate and complete records in all respects of its
Accounts (and the collection thereof), Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents,
Equipment, Inventory, and General Intangibles, and furnish the Purchaser such
information about such Accounts, Chattel Paper, Instruments, Documents,
Equipment, Inventory and General Intangibles as the Purchaser may reasonably
request.
11.13
Further
Assurances.
From
time to time each Obligor shall execute and deliver to the Purchaser such
additional instruments as the Purchaser may reasonably request to effectuate the
purposes of this Agreement and to assure to the Purchaser, as secured party, a
security interest in the Collateral subject only to the Permitted Encumbrances.
Subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents, each
Obligor hereby irrevocably appoints the Purchaser as its attorney-in-fact to
take any action the Purchaser deems necessary to perfect or maintain perfection
of any security interest granted to the Purchaser herein or in connection
herewith, including the execution of any document on such Obligor’s
behalf.
11.14
Continuing
Collateral
.
The
Purchaser shall be under no obligation
to
proceed first against any part of
the Collateral before proceeding against any other part of the Collateral.
It
is expressly agreed that all of the
Collateral stands as equal security for all of the Obligations and the Purchaser
shall have the right, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default, to proceed against or sell any or all of the Collateral in any
order, or simultaneously, as it, in its sole discretion, shall
determine.
11.15
Set
-Of
f.
Subject to the
Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Obligors agree that the Purchaser will
have, and each Obligor hereby grants to the Purchaser, a right of set-off
against, a lien upon and a security interest in, all property of the Obligors
now or at any time in the Purchaser possession in any capacity
whatever.
11.16
Reserved.
11.17
Accounts
.
(a)
With
respect to each of their Accounts, the Obligors represent that:
(i)
such
Account is not evidenced by a judgment, an Instrument or Chattel Paper or
secured by a letter of credit (except
(A)
such judgment as has been assigned
to the Purchaser, or (B) such Instrument and Chattel Paper as has been endorsed
and delivered to the Purchaser, or (C) such letter of credit as has been
assigned and delivered
to
the Purchaser and represents a bona
fide completed transaction, subject, in each case, to the rights of the Senior
Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the
Senior Loan Subordination Agreement,);
(ii)
the
amount thereof shown on the Books and Records and on any list, invoice or
statement furnished to the Purchaser is owing to the applicable
Obligor;
(iii)
the
title of the applicable Obligor to such Account and to any Goods represented
thereby is absolute, except for Permitted Encumbrances;
(iv)
such
Account has not been transferred to any other Person other than for the Lien in
favor of the Senior Lender and Permitted Encumbrances, and no Person except the
applicable Obligor has any claim thereto or, with the sole exception of the
Purchaser therefore or the Senior Lender and holders of Permitted Encumbrances,
to the goods represented thereby; and
(v)
no partial payment against such Account has been made by any Person except as
reflected in the Books and Records.
11.18
Letters of Credit, Chattel
Paper and Instruments
.
(a)
Subject
to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms
and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Obligors jointly
and severally represent and warrant that they have delivered to the Purchaser
and covenants that they will deliver to the Purchaser promptly on receipt of all
counterparts designated as “originals” of:
(i)
letters
of credit securing any of the Accounts of any Obligor;
(ii)
any
of the Chattel Paper of any Obligor; and
(iii)
any
of the Instruments of any Obligor now in any Obligor’s possession or hereafter
acquired, each properly assigned or endorsed over to the Purchaser, which
letters of credit, Chattel Paper and Instruments shall be held by the Purchaser
as security hereunder, or, at the Purchaser’s option, endorsed for payment
(except for such letters of credit, Chattel Paper or Instruments which are
delivered to the Senior Lender pursuant to the Senior Loan Documents,
provided
that the
Purchaser otherwise has a perfected security interest in such letters of credit,
Chattel Paper or Instruments and provided further that the applicable Obligor
delivers such letters of credit, Chattel Paper and or Instruments to the
Purchaser upon the Senior Lender’s release of its interest therein pursuant to
the Senior Loan Documents).
(b)
The Obligors
shall remain solely responsible for the observance and performance of all of the
covenants and obligations under all of their Chattel Paper and Instruments, and
the Purchaser shall not be required to observe or perform any such covenants or
obligations.
11.19
Electronic
Chattel
Paper and Transferable Records
.
If any Obligor at any
time
hold
or acquire an interest in any electronic chattel paper
or
any
“transferable record”, as that term is defined in Section 201 of the federal
Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in Section 16 of
the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant
jurisdiction, the Obligors shall promptly notify the Purchaser thereof and, at
the request of the Purchaser, shall take such action as the Purchaser may
reasonably request (subject to the prior rights of the Senior Lender) to vest in
the Purchaser control under Section 9-105 of the UCC of such electronic chattel
paper or control under Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in
Global and National Commerce Act or, as
the
case
may be, Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect
in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record. The Purchaser agrees with the
Obligors that the Purchaser will arrange, pursuant to procedures satisfactory to
the Purchaser and so long as such procedures will not result in the Purchaser’s
loss
of control, for the Obligors to make alterations to the electronic
chattel paper or transferable record permitted under Section 9-105 of the UCC
or, as the case may be, Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in
Global and National Commerce Act or Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic
Transactions Act for a party in control to make without loss of
control.
11.20
Commercial
Tort
Claims
.
If any Obligor shall
at any time hold or acquire a material Commercial Tort Claim, the Obligors shall
immediately notify the Purchaser of the details thereof in writing, which notice
may be provided to the Observer, and grant to the Purchaser (subject to the
prior rights of the Senior Lender) a security interest therein and in the
proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, in each case in form and
substance satisfactory to the Purchaser, and hereby authorizes the filing of,
and shall, at the Purchaser’s request, execute, any amendments hereto deemed
reasonably necessary by the Purchaser to perfect its security interest in such
Commercial Tort Claim.
ARTICLE
12
DEFAULT
The
Obligors, without notice or demand of any kind shall be in default under this
Agreement upon the
occurrence of any of the
following events (each an
“Event of
Default”):
12.01
Nonpayment
of
Obligations
.
Any amount due and owing under the Note (including any Mandatory Prepayment) or
any of the Obligations, whether by its terms or as otherwise provided herein, is
not paid when the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity or at a
date fixed for prepayment or by acceleration or otherwise, provided that, with
respect to any two (2) (but no more than two) individual payments that may
become due in any calendar year, the Obligor shall have a three (3) Business Day
grace period for such individual payments.
12.02
M
isrepresentation
.
Any written warranty, representation, certificate or statement of any Obligor in
this Agreement, the other Investment Documents or any other agreement with the
Purchaser shall be false in any material respect when made or at any time
thereafter, or if any financial data or any other information now or hereafter
furnished to the Purchaser by or on behalf of any Obligor shall prove to be
false, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.
12.03
Nonperformance
.
(a)
Any failure to perform or default in the performance
of any covenant set forth Sections 8.02(a), 8.10, 8.11, 8.13, 8.14, 8
.16,
Article 9 or Article
11, which default shall continue for a period of 10 days;
(b)
Any failure to perform or default
in
the performance of any
covenant set forth Sections 8.01 or 8.03 and, if capable of being cured, such
failure to perform or default in performance continues for a period of fifteen
(15)
days after the
Obligors receive written notice thereof from the Purchaser,
and
(c)
Any
failure to perform or default in the performance of any other covenant in this
Agreement and, if capable of being cured, such failure to perform or default in
performance continues for a period of thirty (30) days after the Obligors
receive written notice thereof from the Purchaser.
12.04
Default
under Investment
Documents
.
Any material default under
any of the other Investment Documents, all of which covenants, conditions and
agreements contained therein are hereby incorporated in this Agreement by
express reference.
12
.
05
Default
under Other Debt
.
Any Obligor:
(a)
Any
default under any instrument evidencing or relating to any Funded Debt of (or
guaranteed by) such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries (except Senior
Indebtedness under the Senior Loan Agreement, which is provided for below),
which default is caused by a failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, or
interest on such Funded Debt before the expiration of the grace period provided
in such instrument or any other breach or default (or other event or condition)
shall occur under any such instrument, if the effect of such breach or default
(or such other event or condition) is to cause, or to permit the holder or
holders of the Funded Debt (or a Person on behalf of such holder or holders) to
cause (upon the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, or otherwise), such
Funded Debt to become or be declared due and payable prior to its stated
maturity and the aggregate principal amount of all such Funded Debt in default
aggregates $1,000,000 or more, or such amount of Funded Debt the payment of
which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided
that if such default is waived by such third party or parties prior to such time
as Purchaser has begun exercising its remedies hereunder, the default shall be
waived for purposes of this Section as well and shall not constitute an Event of
Default; or
(b) Any
default under any Senior Loan Document, which default is not cured or waived
within any applicable period of grace or cure.
12.06
Reserved
.
12.07
Bankruptcy, Insolvency,
etc
.
(a)
An involuntary proceeding shall be
commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court of competent
jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of any Obligor or any of its
Subsidiaries, or of a substantial part of its property or assets, under Title 7
or 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any
other Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii)
the appointment
of a
receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar
official for any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, or for a substantial part
of its property or assets, or (iii) the winding up or liquidation of any Obligor
or any of its Subsidiaries; and such proceeding or petition shall continue
undismissed for 60 days, or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the
foregoing shall be entered.
(b)
Any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries shall (i)
voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief u
nder Title 7 or 11
of
the United States Code,
as now constituted or hereafter amended,
or any other Federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the
institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any
proceeding or the filing of any petition described in this Section 12.07, (iii)
apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator, conservator or similar official for such Obligor or any of its
Subsidiaries, or for a substantial part of its property or assets, (iv) file an
answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any
such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors,
(vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its
debts as they become due, or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting
any of the foregoing
12.08
Judgments
.
One or more judgments which
could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect shall be
rendered against any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries and the same shall
remain undischarged for a p
eriod of
60
days during which
execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken
by a judgment creditor to levy upon assets or properties of any Obligor or any
of its Subsidiaries to
enforce any such judgment.
12.09
Change in
Control
.
Any
Change in Control occurs.
12.10
Collateral
Impairment
.
The
entry of any judgment, decree, levy, attachment, garnishment or other process,
or the filing of any Lien against, any material portion of the Collateral and
such judgment or other process shall not have been, within sixty
(60)
days from the entry thereof, (i)
bonded over to the satisfaction of the Purchaser and appealed, (ii) vacated, or
(iii) discharged.
12.11
Reserved
.
12.12
Subordinated
Debt
.
(a)
The
subordination provisions of any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be
revoked or invalid or otherwise cease to be in full force and
effect.
(b)
The
Obligations shall, for any reason, not have the priority contemplated by the
subordination provisions of the Subordinated Debt.
12.13
Validity
of Investment Documents
.
Any Investment Document for any reason, other than a partial or full
release in accordance with the terms thereof, ceases to be in full force and
effect or is declared to be null and void, or any Obligor denies that is has any
further liability under any Investment Document to which it is a party, or gives
notice to such effect.
12.14
Criminal
Indictment
.
If (a) any Obligor is indicted under any criminal
statute or (b) any criminal or civil proceedings are commenced against any
Obligor by a governmental authority, which (with respect to clause (a) or (b),
(i) pursuant to applicable statutes or proceedings, the penalties or remedies
sought or available include forfeiture of any of the material property of any
Obligor and (ii) results in either (x) a conviction of any Obligor or (y) a
negotiated settlement under which any Obligor(s) are required to pay $
1,000,000
in the
aggregate.
12.15
Validity
of Liens
.
If any
Lien created under any of the Investment Documents ceases to be perfected and in
full force and effect, or any Obligor terminates, attempts to terminate or
contests the validity or enforceability of any of Lien.
ARTICLE
13
REMEDIES
Upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the
rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and
conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser shall have
all rights, powers and remedies set forth in the Investment Documents relating
to any of the Obligations or any security therefor, as a secured party under the
UCC or as otherwise provided at law or in equity, including those rights
hereinafter set forth in this Article 13. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the Purchaser may, at its option upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, subject to the rights of the Senior Lender
under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan
Subordination Agreement, declare its commitments to the Obligors to be
terminated and all Obligations to be immediately due and payable,
provided
,
however
, that, upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default under 12.07, subject to the rights of the
Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of
the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, all commitments of the Purchaser to the
Obligors shall immediately terminate and all Obligations shall be automatically
due and payable, all without demand, notice or further action of any kind
required on the part of the Purchaser. The Obligors hereby waive any and all
presentment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and all other notices and
demands in connection with the enforcement of Purchaser’s rights under the
Investment Documents, and hereby consent to, and waive notice of release, with
or without consideration, of any Collateral, notwithstanding anything contained
herein or in the Investment Documents to the contrary.
13.01
Possession
and
Assembly
of
Collateral
.
Upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the
Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of
the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser may, without notice,
demand or legal process of any kind, take possession of any or all of the
Collateral (in addition to Collateral of which the Purchaser already has
possession), wherever it may be found, and for that purpose may pursue the same
wherever it may be found, and may at any time enter into any of any Obligor’s
premises where any of the Collateral may be or is supposed to be, and search
for, take possession of, remove, keep and store any of the Collateral until the
same shall be sold or otherwise disposed of, and the Purchaser shall have the
right to store and conduct a sale of the same in any premises of any Obligor
without cost to the Purchaser. At the Purchaser’s request, the Obligors will, at
the Obligors’ sole expense, assemble the Collateral and make it available to the
Purchaser at a place or places to be designated by the Purchaser which is
reasonably convenient to the Purchaser and the Obligors. At the request of the
Purchaser, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of
Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan
Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination
Agreement, each Obligor shall provide warehousing space in its own premises to
the Purchaser for the purpose of taking such Obligor’s Inventory and Equipment
into the custody of the Purchaser without removal thereof from such premises and
will erect such structures and post such signs as the Purchaser may reasonably
require in order to place such Inventory and Equipment under the exclusive
control of the Purchaser.
13.02
Sale
of
Collateral
.
Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the
Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the Senior Loan
Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser may sell any or all of the Collateral at
public or private sale, upon such terms and conditions as the Purchaser may deem
proper, and the Purchaser may purchase any or all of the Collateral at any such
sale. The Obligors acknowledge that the Purchaser may be unable to effect a
public sale of all or any portion of the Collateral because of certain legal or
practical restrictions and provisions which may be applicable to the Collateral
and, therefore, may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales to a
restricted group of offerees and purchasers in a commercially reasonable manner
in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code. The Obligors consent to any such
private sale so made even though at places and upon terms less favorable than if
the Collateral were sold at public sale provided that such private sale is
conducted in a commercially reasonable manner. The Purchaser shall have no
obligation to clean-up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. The
Purchaser may apply the net proceeds, after deducting all costs, expenses,
attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees incurred or paid at any time in the collection,
protection and sale of the Collateral and the Obligations, to the payment of the
Note or any of the other Obligations, returning the excess proceeds, if any, to
the Obligors. The Obligors shall remain liable for any amount remaining unpaid
after such application, with interest at the Default Rate. Any notification of
intended disposition of the Collateral required by law shall be conclusively
deemed reasonably and properly given if given by the Purchaser at least ten
(10)
calendar days
before the date of such disposition. Each Obligor hereby confirms, approves and
ratifies all acts and deeds of the Purchaser relating to the foregoing, and each
part thereof, and expressly waives any and all claims of any nature, kind or
description which it has or may hereafter have against the Purchaser or its
representatives, by reason of taking, selling or collecting any portion of the
Collateral. The Obligors consent to releases of the Collateral at any time and
to sales of the Collateral in groups, parcels or portions, or as an entirety, as
the Purchaser shall deem appropriate. The Obligors expressly absolve the
Purchaser from any loss or decline in market value of any Collateral by reason
of delay in the enforcement or assertion or nonenforcement of any rights or
remedies under this Agreement except in the case of gross negligence or willful
misconduct by the Purchaser.
13.03
Standards
for Exercising Remedies
.
Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the Senior
Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of the
Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, to the extent that applicable law imposes
duties on the Purchaser to exercise remedies in a commercially reasonable
manner, the Obligors acknowledge and agree that it is not commercially
unreasonable for the Purchaser (a) to fail to incur expenses reasonably deemed
significant by the Purchaser to prepare Collateral for disposition or otherwise
to complete raw material or work-in-process into finished goods or other
finished products for disposition, (b) to fail to obtain third party consents
for access to Collateral to be disposed of, or to obtain or, if not required by
other law, to fail to obtain governmental or third party consents for the
collection or disposition of Collateral to be collected or disposed of, (c)
to
fail to exercise
collection remedies against Account debtors or other Persons obligated on
Collateral or to remove liens or encumbrances on or any adverse claims against
Collateral, (d) to exercise collection remedies against Account debtors and
other Persons obligated on Collateral directly or through the use of collection
agencies and other collection specialists, (e) to advertise dispositions of
Collateral through publications or media of general circulation, whether or not
the Collateral is of a specialized nature, (f) to contact other Persons, whether
or not in the same business as the Obligors, for expressions of interest in
acquiring all or any portion of the Collateral, (g) to hire one or more
professional auctioneers to assist in the disposition of Collateral, whether or
not the collateral is of a specialized nature, (h) to dispose of
Collateral by utilizing internet sites that provide for the auction of
assets of the types included in the Collateral or that have the reasonable
capability of doing so, or that match buyers and sellers of assets, (i) to
dispose of assets in wholesale rather than retail markets, (j) to disclaim
disposition warranties, including any warranties of title, (k) to purchase
insurance or credit enhancements to insure the Purchaser against risks of loss,
collection or disposition of Collateral or to provide to the Purchaser a
guaranteed return from the collection or disposition of Collateral, or (l) to
the extent deemed appropriate by the Purchaser, to obtain the services of other
brokers, investment bankers, consultants and other professionals to assist the
Purchaser in the collection or disposition of any of the Collateral. The
Obligors acknowledge that the purpose of this section is to provide
non-exhaustive indications of what actions or omissions by the Purchaser would
not be commercially unreasonable in the Purchaser’s exercise of remedies against
the Collateral and that other actions or omissions by the Purchaser shall not be
deemed commercially unreasonable solely on account of not being indicated in
this section. Without limitation upon the foregoing, nothing contained in this
section shall be construed to grant any rights to the Obligors or to impose any
duties on the Purchaser that would not have been granted or imposed by this
Agreement or by applicable law in the absence of this section.
13.04
UCC
and
Offset
Rights
.
Upon the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the
rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and
conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser may
exercise, from time to time, any and all rights and remedies available to it
under the UCC or under any other applicable law in addition to, and not in lieu
of, any rights and remedies expressly granted in this Agreement or in any other
agreements between any Obligor and the Purchaser, and may, without demand or
notice of any kind, appropriate and apply toward the payment of such of the
Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, including costs of collection and
attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees, and in such order of application as the
Purchaser may, from time to time, elect, any indebtedness of the Purchaser to
any Obligor, however created or arising, including balances, credits, deposits,
accounts or moneys of such Obligor in the possession, control or custody of, or
in transit to the Purchaser. The Obligors hereby waive the benefit of any law
that would otherwise restrict or limit the Purchaser in the exercise of its
right, which is hereby acknowledged, to appropriate at any time hereafter any
such indebtedness owing from the Purchaser to any Obligor.
13.05
Additional
Remedies
.
Upon
the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to
the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms
and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser shall
have the right and power to:
(a)
instruct
the Obligors, at their own expense, to notify any parties obligated on any of
the Collateral, including any Account debtors, to make payment directly to the
Purchaser of any amounts due or to become due thereunder, or the Purchaser may
directly notify such obligors of the security interest of the Purchaser, or of
the assignment to the Purchaser of the Collateral and direct such obligors to
make payment to the Purchaser of any amounts due or to become due with respect
thereto, and thereafter, collect any such amounts due on the Collateral directly
from such Persons obligated thereon;
(b)
enforce
collection of any of the Collateral, including any Accounts, by suit or
otherwise, or make any compromise or settlement with respect to any of the
Collateral, or surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof, or
compromise, extend or renew for any period (whether or not longer than the
original period) any indebtedness thereunder;
(c)
take
possession or control of any proceeds and products of any of the Collateral,
including the proceeds of insurance thereon;
(d)
Reserved.
(e)
Reserved.
(f)
transfer
the whole or any part of securities which may constitute Collateral into the
name of the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s nominee without disclosing, if the
Purchaser so desires, that such securities so transferred are subject to the
security interest of the Purchaser, and any corporation, association, or any of
the managers or trustees of any trust issuing any of such securities, or any
transfer agent, shall not be bound to inquire, in the event that the
Purchaser or such nominee makes any further transfer of such securities, or
any portion thereof, as to whether the Purchaser or such nominee has the right
to make such further transfer, and shall not be liable for transferring the
same;
(g)
make
an election with respect to the Collateral under Section 1111 of the Bankruptcy
Code or take action under Section 364 or any other section of the Bankruptcy
Code;
provided
,
however
, that any such action of
the Purchaser as set forth herein shall not, in any manner whatsoever, impair or
affect the liability of the Obligors hereunder, nor prejudice, waive, nor be
construed to impair, affect, prejudice or waive the Purchaser’s rights and
remedies at law, in equity or by statute, nor release, discharge, nor be
construed to release or discharge, the Obligors, any guarantor or other Person
liable to the Purchaser for the Obligations; and
(h)
at
any time, and from time to time, accept additions to, releases, reductions,
exchanges or substitution of the Collateral, without in any way altering,
impairing, diminishing or affecting the provisions of this Agreement, the
Investment Documents, or any of the other Obligations, or the Purchaser’s rights
hereunder, under any Note or under any of the other Obligations.
The
Obligors hereby ratify and confirm whatever the Purchaser may do with respect to
the Collateral and agree that the Purchaser shall not be liable for any error of
judgment or mistakes of fact or law with respect to actions taken in connection
with the Collateral, except for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
the Purchaser.
13.06
Attorney-in-Fact
.
Upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to the rights of the
Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms and conditions of
the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, each Obligor hereby irrevocably makes,
constitutes and appoints the Purchaser until all of the Obligations (other than
inchoate indemnity obligations) are paid in full (and any officer of the
Purchaser or any Person designated by the Purchaser for that purpose) as such
Obligor’s true and lawful proxy and attorney-in-fact (and agent-in-fact) in such
Obligor’s name, place and stead, with full power of substitution, to: (i) take
such actions as are permitted in this Agreement; (ii) execute such financing
statements and other documents and to do such other acts as the Purchaser may
require to perfect and preserve the Purchaser’s security interest in, and to
enforce such interests in the Collateral; (iii) carry out any remedy provided
for in this Agreement, including endorsing such Obligor’s name to checks,
drafts, instruments and other items of payment, and proceeds of the Collateral,
executing change of address forms with the postmaster of the United States Post
Office serving the address of such Obligor, changing the address of such Obligor
to that of the Purchaser, opening all envelopes addressed to such Obligor and
applying any payments contained therein to the Obligations; (iv) sign and
endorse the name of such Obligor on any invoice, bill of lading, storage or
warehouse receipt, assignment, verification and notice, in connection with any
Collateral; and (v) give written notices in connection with any Collateral,
which power of attorney is coupled with an interest and irrevocable until all of
the Obligations are paid in full. Each Obligor hereby acknowledges that the
constitution and appointment of such proxy and attorney-in-fact are coupled with
an interest and are irrevocable. Each Obligor hereby ratifies and confirms all
that such attorney-in-fact may do or cause to be done by virtue of any provision
of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Purchaser shall not have
the power to confess judgment on behalf of any Obligor.
13
.07
Verification
of
Accounts:
Lockbox
.
(a)
After
the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, but subject to
the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Loan Documents and the terms
and conditions of the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, and until all of the
Obligations are paid in full (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), the
Purchaser may, at any time and from time to time, send such verification forms
or make such calls to, or otherwise make such contacts with, any Persons as are
necessary or desirable, in the Purchaser’s sole discretion, to verify any
Accounts, Instruments, Chattel Paper or General Intangibles that are Collateral
and the balance due and, subject to the rights of the Senior Lender under the
Senior Loan Documents and the Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, to direct
such Persons or any obligor with respect to any Collateral to make payment of
all amounts due or to become due to any Obligor thereunder directly to the
Purchaser and, upon such notification and at the expense of the Obligors, to
enforce collection of any such Accounts or other Collateral, and to adjust,
settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof in the same manner and to the
same extent as the applicable Obligor might have done, but unless and until the
Purchaser does so or gives the Obligors other instructions, each Obligor shall
make all collections for Purchaser.
(b)
Subject
to the rights of the Senior Lender under the Senior Credit Agreement and the
Senior Loan Subordination Agreement, the Purchaser, at any time after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or the acceleration
of the Obligations, may require that each Obligor instruct all current and
future purchasers and obligors on other Collateral to make all payments directly
to a lockbox (the
“Lockbox”)
controlled by the Purchaser. All payments received in the Lockbox shall
be transferred to a special bank account (the
“Collateral
Account”)
maintained for the benefit of the purchaser subject to
withdrawal by the Purchaser only. After the Purchaser’s exercise of its rights
to direct purchasers or other obligors on any Collateral to make payments
directly to the Purchaser or to require the Obligors to establish a Lockbox, the
Obligors shall immediately deliver all full and partial payments on any
Collateral received by any of them to the Purchaser in their original form,
except for endorsements where necessary. The Purchaser shall apply all
collections received by it or deposited in the Collateral. Until such payments
are so delivered to the Purchaser, such payments shall be held in trust by the
Obligors for and as the Purchaser’s property, and shall not be commingled with
any funds of any Obligor. Any application of any collection to the payment of
any Liability is conditioned upon final payment of any check or other
instrument.
13.08
No
Marshaling
.
The
Purchaser shall not be required to marshal any present or future collateral
security (including this Agreement and the Collateral) for, or other assurances
of payment of, the Obligations or any of them or to resort to such collateral
security or other assurances of payment in any particular order. To the extent
that it lawfully may, each Obligor hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law
relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede
the enforcement of the Purchaser’s rights under this Agreement or under any
other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Obligations or under which
any of the Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Obligations is
secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it
lawfully may, each Obligor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such
laws.
13.09
Application
of Proceeds
.
The Purchaser will promptly after receipt of cash or
solvent credits from collection of items of payment, proceeds of Collateral or
any other source, apply the whole or any part thereof against the Obligations
secured hereby. The Purchaser shall further have the exclusive right to
determine how, when and what application of such payments and such credits shall
be made on the Obligations, and such determination shall be conclusive upon the
Obligors. Any proceeds of any disposition by the Purchaser of all or any part of
the Collateral may be first applied by the Purchaser to the payment of expenses
incurred by the Purchaser in connection with the Collateral, including
attorneys’ fees and legal expenses as provided for in Section
14.12
hereof, and including reasonable
out-of-pocket costs, expenses, disbursements and losses which shall have been
incurred or sustained by the Purchaser in connection with the collection of such
monies by the Purchaser, for the exercise, protection or enforcement by the
Purchaser of all or any of the rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the
Purchaser under this Agreement, the Note, the Warrant or any of the other
Investment Documents.
13.10
No
Waiver
.
No Event of Default shall be waived by the Purchaser
except in writing. No failure or delay on the part of the Purchaser in
exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver of the
exercise of the same or any other right at any other time; nor shall any single
or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy
hereunder. There shall be no obligation on the part of the Purchaser to exercise
any remedy available to the Purchaser in any order. The remedies provided for
herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided at law or in
equity. The Obligors agree that in the event that any Obligor fails to perform,
observe or discharge any of its Obligations or liabilities under this Agreement
or any other agreements with the Purchaser, no remedy of law will provide
adequate relief to the Purchaser, and further agrees that the Purchaser shall be
entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without
the necessity of proving actual damages.
ARTICLE
14
MISCELLANEOUS
14.01
Survival
of
Representations
and Warranties
.
All of the representations and warranties
made herein shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any
investigation by or on behalf of the Purchaser, acceptance of the Securities and
payment therefor, or termination of this Agreement.
14.02
Tax
Withholding
.
To
the extent that the Obligors reasonably determine that the Obligors are required
by applicable tax law to withhold any amount from payments due hereunder, the
Obligors may withhold, and pay over to the applicable taxing authority, such
amounts as required.
14.03
Notices
.
All notices, demands and
other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in
writing and shall be by registered or certified first-class mail, return receipt
requested, facsimile (with receipt confirmed), commercial overnight courier
service or personal delivery:
(a)
if
to any Obligor:
Cornerstone
OnDemand
1601
Cloverfield Blvd., Suite 620
Santa
Monica, CA 90404
Facsimile:
(310) 752-0143
Attention:
Adam Miller
with a
copy to:
Wilson
Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
650 Page
Mill Road
Palo
Alto, CA 94304
Facsimile
No.: (650) 493-6811
Attention:
Herbert Fockler, Esq.
(b)
if
to Purchaser, as applicable
Ironwood
Equity Fund LP
200
Fisher Drive
Avon,
Connecticut 06001
Facsimile
No.: (860) 409-2120
Attention:
Victor Budnick
with a
copy to:
Updike,
Kelly & Spellacy, P.C.
One State
Street, P.O. Box 231277
Hartford,
Connecticut 06123-1277
Facsimile
No.: (860) 548-2680
Attention:
David E. Sturgess, Esq.
All such
notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: when
delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier, if
delivered by commercial overnight courier service; five (5) Business Days after
being deposited in the mail, if mailed, postage prepaid; or when receipt is
acknowledged, if facsimiled.
14.04
Successors
and Assigns
.
This
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and
permitted assigns of the parties hereto. Subject to applicable securities laws,
and, as long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, with
the consent of the Obligors, the Purchaser may assign any of its respective
rights under any of the Investment Documents to any Person, and any holder of
any Note may assign, in whole (but not in part), the Note to any Person, who
shall be deemed a Purchaser hereunder;
provided
,
however
, that the
consent of the Obligors shall not be required if any assignment or transfer is
required under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 and the regulations
thereunder. No Obligor may assign any of its rights, or delegate any of its
obligations, under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the
Purchaser and any such purported assignment by any Obligor without the written
consent of the Purchaser shall be void and of no effect. Except as provided in
Article 7, no Person other than the parties hereto and their successors and
permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of any of the Investment
Documents.
14.05
Amendment and
Waiver
.
(a)
No
failure or delay on the part of any of the parties hereto in exercising any
right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall
any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or
remedy. The remedies provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and are not
exclusive of any remedies that may be available to the parties hereto at law, in
equity or otherwise.
(b)
Any
amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement
or the Note, any waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the Note, and any
consent to any departure by any party from the terms of any provision of this
Agreement or the Note, shall be effective (i) only if it is made or given in
writing and signed by the holders of at least a majority of the unpaid principal
amounts of the Note, and (ii) only in the specific instance and for the specific
purpose for which made or given
provided
,
however,
that no such
amendment, supplement or modification may, (i) without the written consent of
the holder of the Note at the time outstanding affected thereby (A) change the
amount or time of any required payment or prepayment of principal of, or reduce
the rate or change the form or time of payment or method of computation of
interest on, the Note or (B) change the percentage of the principal amount of
the Note the holders of which are required to consent to any such modification
or (ii) make any change that adversely’ affects any holder of the Warrant,
without the consent of such holder. No amendment, supplement or modification of
or to any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Investment Documents,
or any waiver of any such provision or consent to any departure by any party
from the terms of any such provision may be made orally. Except where notice is
specifically required by this Agreement, no notice to or demand on the Obligors
in any case shall entitle the Obligors to any other or further notice or demand
in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, supplement or modification of
or to any provision of this Agreement or the Note, any waiver of any provision
of this Agreement or the Note, and any consent to any departure by any party
from the terms of any provision of this Agreement or the Note made or given in
conformity herewith, shall apply to all of the parties hereto and their
successors and assigns.
14.06
Signatures;
Counterparts
.
Facsimile transmissions or scanned and then emailed transmissions of any
executed original document or retransmission of any executed facsimile or
scanned and emailed transmission shall be deemed to be the same as the delivery
of an executed original (collectively,
“Electronic
Signatures”
).
At the request
of any party hereto, the other parties hereto shall confirm transmissions of the
Electronic Signatures by executing duplicate original documents and delivering
the same to the requesting party or parties. This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of
which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
14.07
Heading
s.
The headings in this
Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise
affect the meaning hereof.
14.08
GOVERNING
LAW
.
THIS
AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND ENFORCED
UNDER, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW
PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF ANY OTHER LAW.
14.09
JURISDICTION, JURY TRIAL
WAIVER, PJR WAIVER, ETC
.
(a)
EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
AGREES THAT ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT, THE NOTE, THE WARRANT, ANY INVESTMENT DOCUMENT OR ANY AGREEMENT(S) OR
TRANSACTION
(S)
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF
CONNECTICUT OR OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FOR THE DISTRICT OF CONNECTICUT
AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY SUBMITS TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH
COURTS FOR THE PURPOSES THEREOF AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY CLAIM OF IMPROPER VENUE
AND ANY CLAIM THAT SUCH COURTS ARE AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. EACH PARTY HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED
COURTS IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF
BY
REGISTERED OR
CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO ITS ADDRESS SET FORTH IN SECTION 14.03, SUCH
SERVICE TO BECOME EFFECTIVE 10
DAYS AFTER SUCH
MAILING.
(b)
EACH
OBLIGOR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH
RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH
THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE, THE WARRANT OR ANY OF THE OTHER INVESTMENT DOCUMENT,
ANY RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SUCH
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS. EACH OBLIGOR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES (I) CERTIFIES THAT NO
REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE PURCHASER HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR
OTHERWISE, THAT THE PURCHASER WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO
ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS, AND (II) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE PURCHASER HAS BEEN
INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THE OTHER INVESTMENT DOCUMENTS TO
WHICH IT IS PARTY, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS
CONTAINED HEREIN.
(c)
EACH
OBLIGOR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND EACH AND EVERY ENDORSER, GUARANTOR AND SURETY
OF THE NOTE, AND EACH OTHER PERSON WHO IS OR WHO SHALL BECOME LIABLE FOR ALL OR
ANY PART OF THE OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTE, THE WARRANT OR THE
OTHER INVESTMENT DOCUMENTS, HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE TRANSACTION OF WHICH
THIS AGREEMENT IS A PART IS A COMMERCIAL TRANSACTION AND WAIVES THEIR RIGHTS TO
NOTICE AND HEARING UNDER CHAPTER 903a OF THE CONNECTICUT GENERAL STATUTES OR BY
OTHER APPLICABLE LAW WITH RESPECT TO ANY PREJUDGMENT REMEDY WHICH THE PURCHASER
OR ANY HOLDER OF SUCH OBLIGATIONS MAY DESIRE TO USE.
14.10
Severability
.
If any one or more of the
provisions contained in this Agreement, or the application thereof in any
circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any
reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every
other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way
impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall
substantially impair the benefits of the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
The parties hereto further agree to replace such invalid, illegal or
unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid, legal and enforceable
provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and
other purposes of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision.
14.11
Entire
Agreement
.
This
Agreement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto and the other
Investment Documents, is intended by the parties as a final expression of their
agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement
and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter
contained herein and therein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or
undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein. This
Agreement, together with the exhibits and schedules hereto, and the other
Investment Documents supersede all prior agreements and understandings between
the parties with respect to such subject matter.
14.12
Certain
Expenses
.
The
Obligors shall pay all expenses of the Purchaser (including, fees, charges and
disbursements of counsel) in connection with any amendment, supplement,
modification or waiver of or to any provision of this Agreement, the Note, the
Warrant or any of the other Investment Documents or any documents relating
thereto (including, a response to a request by the Obligors for the Purchaser’s
consent to any action otherwise prohibited hereunder or thereunder), or consent
to any departure from, the terms of any provision of this Agreement or such
other documents, enforcement of any of the Investment Documents and collection
of any payments due to the Purchaser thereunder or any bankruptcy or insolvency
proceeding or work-out. The Obligors shall also pay all reasonable expenses of
the Purchaser (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) in
connection with any action taken by Purchaser pursuant to Section 12.05(a) prior
to receipt of notice that a third party has waived any default described in such
Section 12.05(a).
14.13
Publicity
.
Except as may be required by
applicable law, none of the parties hereto shall issue a publicity release or
announcement or otherwise make any public disclosure concerning this Agreement
or the transactions contemplated hereby, without prior approval by the other
party hereto. If any announcement is required by law to be made by any party
hereto, prior to making such announcement such party will deliver a draft of
such announcement to the other parties and shall give the other parties an
opportunity to comment thereon.
14.14
Further
Assurances
.
Each
of the parties shall execute such documents and perform such further acts
(including, obtaining any consents, exemptions,
authorizations,
or
other actions by, or giving any notices to, or making any filings with, any
Governmental Authority or any other Person) as may be reasonably required or
desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement, including
without limitation, any post-closing assignment(s) by the Purchaser of a portion
of their Note to a Person not currently a party hereto. In connection with any
such post-closing assignment, the Obligors shall enter into an intercreditor
agreement with the Purchaser and any subsequent holders of the Note, on terms
and conditions reasonably satisfactory to all parties thereto.
14.15
No Strict
Construction
.
The
parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this
Agreement and the other Investment Documents. In the event an ambiguity or
question of intent or interpretation arises under any provision of this
Agreement or any Investment Document, this Agreement or such other Investment
Document shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties thereto, and no
presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by
virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other
Investment Document. No knowledge of, or investigation, including without
limitation, due diligence investigation, conducted by, or on behalf of, the
Purchaser shall limit, modify or affect the representations set forth in Article
5 of this Agreement or the right of the Purchaser to rely
thereon.
[REMAINDER
OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK – SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
[
Signature Page to Securities Purchase
Agreement
]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
, the parties hereto have
caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers
hereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.
CORNERSTONE
ONDEMAND, INC.
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Adam Miller
|
|
Its CEO
|
|
|
IRONWOOD
EQUITY FUND LP
|
By:
Ironwood Equity Management LLC
|
Its:
General Partner
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Victor R. Budnick
|
|
Its
|
Exhibit
10.17
MASTER
SERVICE AGREEMENT
UNITED
STATES
This
Master Service Agreement (the “MSA (United States)”) is entered into on November
6, 2009 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Equinix Operating Co., Inc.
(“Equinix”) and the undersigned customer (“Customer”).
In
consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions set forth below, Equinix
and Customer agree as follows:
A1. The
term “Agreement” as used in this MSA (United States) and in the General Terms
and Conditions attached hereto as Attachment A (“General Ts&Cs”) shall mean
this MSA (United States) and everything incorporated into this MSA (United
States) by reference, including the General Ts&Cs as modified below,
Attachment B, Service Levels, and everything referenced in this MSA (United
States) and in the General Ts&Cs as being incorporated by reference into
this Agreement, including the Policies and all Orders. Capitalized terms used in
this MSA (United States) but not defined in this MSA (United States) shall have
the meaning ascribed to them in the General Ts&Cs.
A2. The
terms and conditions set forth in the General Ts&Cs are hereby incorporated
by reference into this MSA (United States) with the following
modifications:
a. This
Agreement will be governed in all respects by the internal laws of the State of
California without regard to its conflict of law’s provisions. The Parties each
irrevocably agree to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of San Francisco.
California, and waive any right to bring any action against the other Party in
any other jurisdiction or courts. If any legal action is brought by either Party
arising from, or related to, the subject matter of this Agreement, the
prevailing Party will be entitled to an award of its reasonable attorneys’ fees
and costs.
b. All
notices sent by Equinix pursuant to Sections A2(e) and A2(i) of this MSA (United
States) may be sent by first class US mail, and receipt of such notices shall be
presumed to occur five (5) days after mailing.
c. Customer
will not file a mechanic’s lien or similar lien on, or in connection with, the
Licensed Space or IBX Centers. Without limiting the foregoing, in the event any
such lien is filed, Customer will be responsible for the immediate satisfaction,
payment or bonding of any such lien.
d. In
no event will Customer’s Equipment be construed as fixtures.
e. Equinix
and Customer will comply with the Policies, which have been furnished to
Customer and which are incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Equinix
may modify the Policies at any time(s), and any modification by Equinix to the
Policies will be effective upon notice to Customer, except modifications to the
Shipping Policies (the portion of the Policies entitled “Shipping Policies”),
which will be effective immediately upon being made. Customer may terminate this
Agreement as to a Licensed Space if Equinix modifies
the Policies in a way
that materially adversely affects Customer’s use of the Services in such
Licensed Space, but only if Customer provides written notification that it
wishes to terminate this Agreement within ten (10) business days after Customer
receives notification of such change in the Policies.
f.
Except for the Policies, which may be amended by Equinix from time to time, this
Agreement may
be
amended only in writing by an instrument signed by each Party. For the avoidance
of doubt, the prior sentence is not meant to prohibit the Orders confirmed
by Order Confirmation or prohibit Equinix from modifying the rates and fees
pursuant to Section A2(i) of this MSA (United States).
g. If
Customer wishes to dispute a charge listed on an Equinix invoice to Customer (a
“Disputed Amount”), Customer must submit a written dispute notice that includes
reasonably sufficient supporting documentation within ninety (90) days of
receipt of the initial invoice on which the Disputed Amount appears. If Customer
does not submit such written dispute notice and reasonably sufficient supporting
documentation to Equinix within such ninety (90) day period, then
notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Customer,
waives all rights to dispute such Disputed Amount and to file a claim of any
kind relating to such Disputed Amount (and Customer also waives all rights to
otherwise claim that it does not owe such Disputed Amount or to seek any
set-offs or reimbursements or other amounts of any kind based upon or relating
to such Disputed Amount).
h. Service
Fees for the Services will begin to accrue on the Billing Commencement Date.
Customer will pay in full all invoices from Equinix within thirty (30) days of
the date of invoice. Any undisputed past due amounts owed by Customer will
accrue interest at the lesser of one and a half per cent (1.5%) per month or the
highest rate permitted by applicable law. All invoices will be paid in the
currency stipulated in the Order. Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties in
writing, Equinix will invoice in advance each month for all recurring
Services.
Service
Fees will be listed on Orders, except for Online Orders and Phone Orders, in
which case Service Fees will be Equinix’s then-current list price for such
Services, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties in writing or in an Order
Confirmation. Upon sixty (60) days prior notice to Customer, Equinix may in its
reasonable discretion change the rates and fees for any and all Services at any
time(s) after twelve (12) months from the effective date of the applicable Order
for such Service, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties in writing. For
purposes of the prior sentence, in the case of each Online Order and Phone
Order, the “applicable Order” shall mean the Order which contains the Licensed
Space in which the Services ordered on such Online Order or Phone Order is
installed.
i.
Customer shall be responsible for all Taxes related to the activities, or the
ownership or operation of the equipment (including Customer’s Equipment) of
Customer. Without limiting the foregoing, Customer will be responsible for
paying any and all Taxes separately imposed, levied or assessed against Customer
by any governmental, quasi-governmental or tax authorities. Customer will be
responsible for paying any Taxes imposed on Service Fees at the same time it
pays the Service Fees. If Customer is required to make any deduction,
withholding or payment on account of any Taxes in any jurisdiction in
respect of any amounts payable hereunder by Customer to Equinix, such amounts
will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that after the making of
such deduction, withholding or payment, Equinix receives when due and retains
(free from any liability in respect of any such deduction, withholding or
payment) an amount equal to what would have been received and retained had no
such deduction, withholding or payment been required or made.
j.
The first sentence of section 4(e) of the G T&Cs is stricken.
k. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in section 6(a) of the G T&Cs, the cure period
for payment breaches shall be thirty (30) days, not ten (10) days, meaning “(ten
(10) days in the case of a failure to pay Service Fees)” shall be deleted from
this MSA.
l.
In section 6(b) of the GT&Cs, the reinstatement fee shall not exceed
$500.
m. In
section 6(c) of the GT&Cs, termination may only occur upon thirty (30) days’
prior written notice and so the words “thirty (30) days’ prior” shall be added
before “written notice” and “immediately” shall be deleted from this
MSA.
n. The
last sentence in section 8(b) of the GT&Cs is stricken from this
MSA.
o. In
section 9(e) of the GT&Cs, that if Equinix purports to assign the Agreement
to a company that is a direct competitor of the Customer, being another software
company with the same or substantially similar product focus as the Customer,
then the Customer may elect, upon written notice to Equinix, to terminate the
Agreement with no further liability to Equinix, and provided that the Customer
must exercise that right to terminate the Agreement within 30 days of receipt of
a notice of the purported assignment of the Agreement from Equinix to the
competitor.
p. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in section 9(g) of the General Terms and Conditions,
the following descending order of precedence will apply:
|
b.
|
any
Attachments to the Master Services
Agreement;
|
|
c.
|
the
Master Services Agreement;
|
|
d.
|
the
Service Level Agreement;
|
|
f.
|
General
Terms and Conditions.
|
A3. For
the avoidance of doubt, this MSA (United States) shall in no way affect any
orders for services provided by any other Equinix Company to any
other Customer Company.
Furthermore, Equinix and Customer acknowledge that the terms and conditions
contained in this MSA (United States) are
binding upon Equinix and
Customer, but
are
not binding upon any other Equinix Company or Customer Company, and that
no other Equinix Company
or
Customer Company
is required to agree to any of the terms and conditions
set
forth in this MSA (United
States).
A4. During
regular business hours and no more frequently than once in any consecutive 12
month period, at Customer’s sole expense and on a mutually agreed upon date
(which shall be no less than 10 business days after written notice from
Customer), time, location and duration, representatives of the Customer or
its third party
representatives responsible for
SAS 70 compliance
matters may perform a confidential audit of
the relevant IBX Centers
for the sole purpose to enable the Customer to verify that the
Customer is in a
position to comply with its own SAS 70
audit requirements, and
subject to reasonable postponement by Equinix upon Equinix’s request, which
postponement shall not exceed 10 business days. Customer agrees that (i) such
an
audit shall not
adversely affect other customers of Equinix or Equinix’s operation of the IBX
Center; (ii) the Customer and its third party representatives shall comply with
Equinix’s Policies during such audit; and (iii) Customer shall ensure that any
third party representatives treat all
of Equinix’s
Confidential Information
disclosed to
such
third party representatives as a result of such audit in
the same manner Customer
is required to treat such Confidential Information. Any audit provided for in
this clause shall only consist of a visit to the IBX Center and/or the
Customer and its third party representatives review of Equinix’s
regularly-prepared records regarding the operation of the relevant IBX
Centers.
This
Agreement shall not take effect until signed by both Parties.
Customer
to complete:
|
|
Equinix
to complete:
|
|
|
|
The
person
signing below hereby warrants and
represents
that he or she has full authority to execute
this
Agreement for the Party on
whose
behalf
he
or
she
is signing.
|
|
The person signing
below hereby warrants and represents that
he
or she has full authority to execute this Agreement for the
Party
on whose behalf he or she is
signing.
|
|
|
|
Customer
Name:
|
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
|
|
|
|
(Complete
Legal Name)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized
Signature:
|
/s/
Perry A. Wallack
|
|
Authorized
Signature:
|
/s/
Heidi B. Caparro
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printed
Name:
|
Perry
A. Wallack
|
|
Printed
Name:
|
Heidi
B. Caparro
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
CFO
|
|
Title:
|
Senior
Customer Contracts Manager
|
|
|
|
|
|
Street
address for notices:
|
|
Street
address for notices:
|
1601
Cloverfield Blvd. #620
|
|
301
Velocity Way, 5
th
Floor
|
Santa
Monica, CA 90404
|
|
Foster
City, California 94404, USA
|
Phone:
|
(310)
752-0200
|
|
Phone:
+1 650-513-7000
|
Facsimile
number:
|
(310)
496-1654
|
|
Facsimile
number: +1 650-618-1857
|
Electronic
mail address:
|
|
|
Electronic
mail address:
incomingdocs@equinix.com
|
Attachment
A
General
T&Cs
The
remainder of this page is intentionally blank.
Attachment
B
Service
Levels
Power
If a
cabinet containing functioning equipment (“Loaded Cabinet”) in Customer’s
Licensed Spaces is powered by two (2) circuits from different power busses and
both circuits experience a simultaneous interruption in electrical power, such
that the Loaded Cabinet experiences an interruption in power (a “Power Outage”)
then, subject to the exceptions, conditions and notifications below, Customer
will be entitled to a credit under the following circumstances:
|
•
|
If
the Power Outage lasts longer than fifteen (15) consecutive minutes,
Customer shall be entitled to a credit equal to 1/30 of the monthly
recurring fee for that Loaded Cabinet (including 1/30 of the monthly power
fee and monthly cross-connect fee for that Loaded Cabinet) for the month
following the month in which the Power Outage occurred,
or,
|
|
•
|
If
the Power Outage lasts for one (1) continuous hour or longer, Customer
shall instead be entitled to a credit equal to 7/30 of the monthly
recurring fee for that Loaded Cabinet for the month following the month in
which the Power Outage occured:
|
provided,
however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, for each of Customer’s Loaded
Cabinet(s), in no event shall the maximum credit (i.e., the aggregate amount of
the credits) to which Customer shall be entitled in any given calendar month
exceed 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for that Loaded Cabinet for the month
in which the credit(s) will be applied (which is the month following the month
in which the Power Outage(s) occurred). For the avoidance of doubt, Customer
shall not be entitled to a credit for any portion of the fees for the month in
which the Power Outage(s) occurred.
IBX
Facility Access
If any
Authorized Person of Customer, who has scheduled an appointment at least
twenty-four (24) hours in advance and who is a registered user of the biometric
hand reader security system in the IBX in question (a “Registered, Advance
Noticed, Authorized Person”), is denied access to Customer’s cage (a “Denial of
Access”), then subject to the exceptions, conditions and notifications below,
Customer wll be entitled to a credit under the following
circumstances:
|
•
|
If
the Denial of Access lasts for more than fifteen (15) consecutive
minutes after Customer’s Registered, Advance Noticed, Authorized Person is
cleared by the IBX Center security officer, Customer shall be entitled to
a credit equal to 1/30 of the monthly recurring fee for the Access-Denied
Loaded Cabinet(s) (defined below) for the month following the month in
which the Denial of Access occurred,
or
|
|
•
|
If
the Denial of Access lasts for more than one (1) continuous hour after
Customer’s Registered, Advance Noticed, Authorized Person is cleared by
the IBX Center security officer, Customer shall be entitled to a credit
equal to 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for the Access-Denied Loaded
Cabinet(s) (defined below) for the month following the month in which the
Denial of Access occurred:
|
provided,
however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, for each of Customer’s
Access-Denied Loaded Cabinet(s), in no event shall the maximum credit (i.e., the
aggregate amount of the credits) to which Customer shall be entitled in any
given calendar month exceed 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for that Loaded
Cabinet for the month in which the credit(s) will be applied (which is the month
following the month in which the Denial(s) of Access occurred for that Loaded
Cabinet). For the avoidance of doubt, Customer shall not be entitled to a credit
for any portion of the fees for the month in which the Denial(s) of Access
occurred. For purposes of this Attachment B, the Access-Denied Loaded Cabinet(s)
for any given calendar month are those Loaded Cabinet(s) of Customer in the cage
to which there are Denial(s) of Access for such calendar month.
Heating,
Ventilation and Air Conditioning (“HVAC”)
For
purposes of this Attachment B, the temperature and humidity within any cage is
measured between three (3) and five (5) feet from the floor and no closer than
twelve (12) inches from the cool air intake side of a cabinet.
a.
Temperature
If the
Temperature in any of Customer’s cages drops below fifty-five degrees (55°)
Fahrenheit or exceeds eighty degrees (80°) Fahrenheit for more than fifteen (15)
consecutive minutes (“Temperature Irregularities”) on two (2) or more separate
days during a calendar month, then subject to the exceptions, conditions and
notifications below, Customer shall be entitled to a credit equal to 7/30 of the
monthly recurring fee for the Temperature Irregular Loaded Cabinet(s) (defined
below) for the month following the month in which the Temperature Irregularities
occurred; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, for each of
Customer’s Temperature Irregular Loaded Cabinet(s), in no event shall the
maximum credit (i.e., the aggregate amount of the credits) to which Customer
shall be entitled in any given calendar month exceed 7/30 of the monthly
recurring fee for that Loaded Cabinet for the month in which the credit(s) will
be applied (which is the month following the month in which the Temperature
Irregularities occurred for that Loaded Cabinet). For the avoidance of doubt,
Customer shall not be entitled to a credit for any portion of the fees for the
month in which the Temperature Irregularities occurred. For purposes of this
Attachment B, Temperature Irregular Loaded Cabinets for any given calendar month
are those Loaded Cabinets of Customer in the cage in which the Temperature
Irregularities occurred for such calendar month.
b.
Humidity
If the
humidity inside any of Customer’s cages drops below twenty percent (20%) or
exceeds sixty-five percent (65%) for more than fifteen (15) consecutive minutes
(“Humidity Irregularities”) on two (2) or more separate days during a calendar
month, then subject to the exceptions, conditions and notifications below,
Customer shall be entitled to a credit equal to 7/30 of the monthly recurring
fee for the Humidity Irregular Loaded Cabinet(s) (defined below) for the month
following the month in which the Humidity Irregularities occurred; provided,
however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, for each of Customer’s Humidity
Irregular Loaded Cabinet(s), in no event shall the maximum credit (i.e., the
aggregate amount of the credits) to which Customer shall be entitled in any
given calendar month exceed 7/30 of the monthly recurring fee for that Loaded
Cabinet for the month in which the credit will be applied (which is the month
following the month in which the Humidity Irregularities occurred for that
Loaded Cabinet). For the avoidance of doubt, Customer shall not be entitled to a
credit for any portion of the fees for the month in which the Humidity
Irregularities occurred. For purposes of this Attachment B, Humidity Irregular
Loaded Cabinets for any given calendar month are those Loaded Cabinets of
Customer in the cage in which the Humidity Irregularities occurred during such
calendar month.
Cross-Connects
If the
path, connectors, or other passive physical media that Equinix uses fails for
Cross-Connects due to circumstances caused solely by Equinix (“Media Failure”),
then subject to the exceptions, conditions and notifications below, Customer
will be entitled to a credit equal to the recurring fees for that Cross-Connect
for the month following the month in which such Media Failure occurs; provided,
however, that (i) Customer shall allow Equinix to test all Cross-Connects for
which Customer reports Media Failure; (ii) unavailability of a Cross-Connect
during such testing shall not be considered Media Failure hereunder; and (iii)
for each Cross-Connect, in no event shall the maximum credit (i.e., the
aggregate amount of the credits) to which Customer shall be entitled in any
given calendar month exceed the monthly recurring fee for that Cross-Connect for
the month in which the credit(s) will be applied (which is the month following
the month in which the Media Failure(s) occurred for that Cross-Connect). For
the avoidance of doubt, Customer shall not be entitled to a credit for any
portion of the fees for the month in which the Media Failure(s) occurred. In
addition, in the event that Equinix performs testing pursuant to this paragraph
because Customer has reported Media Failure, and such testing reveals that there
is no Media Failure, Customer shall be charged for such testing at the
then-current Smart Hands hourly rate, except that Customer shall be entitled to
one (1) instance of testing that reveals no Media Failure free of charge per
calendar month.
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the Equinix Service Level Agreement or any other
part of the Agreement, if there is: (i) a “chronic service outage” in that there
is a failure to meet the Service Level Agreement leading to the payment of a
Service Credit there under on 3 separate occasions in a consecutive 3 month
period; or (ii) a “catastrophic failure” in that there is a failure to meet the
Service Level Agreement leading to the payment of a Service Credit that on any
one occasion lasts for more than 8 continuous hours, and such “chronic service
outage” or “catastrophic failure” is due to an act or omission of Equinix,
including without limitation, inadequate provision of power, cooling, and/or
flood/fire preventive measures, then Customer may elect, upon immediate notice
to Equinix, to terminate the Agreement with no further liability to Equinix,
provided that the Customer itself is not in breach of the Agreement and that the
Customer must exercise that right to terminate the Agreement within 30 days of
the end of the event that gives rise to the termination right.
Exceptions,
Conditions and Notifications
The
credits set forth in this Attachment B are Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy
in the event of Equinix’s failure to meet the service levels stated herein.
Notwithstanding anything in this Exhibit to the contrary, for any calendar
month, in no event shall the maximum credit to which Customer shall be entitled
(i.e., in no event shall the aggregate of the credits for such month) exceed the
monthly recurring fee for the Loaded Cabinet(s) (in Customer’s Licensed
Space(s)) for which the service levels set forth herein were not met in the
prior month.
Notwithstanding
anything in this Exhibit to the contrary, Customer shall not be entitled to a
credit if the event or condition that would have otherwise given rise to the
credit was caused by any of the following:
|
·
|
war
or acts of terrorism
|
|
·
|
labor
strikes or other labor action
|
|
·
|
flood,
earthquake, landslide, earth movement, hurricane, typhoon, tsunami,
volcanic eruption or other natural
disaster
|
|
·
|
official
orders from judicial, law or civil
authorities
|
|
·
|
actions
or inactions of Customer or its
representatives
|
|
·
|
actions
or inactions outside of Equinix’s reasonable
control.
|
Credit
will be given as provided above only if Customer notifies the Equinix Response
Center in writing not later than twenty-four (24) hours after the occurrence of
the event or condition entitling Customer to a credit. Unless otherwise
designated by Equinix, the Equinix Response Center can be reached 1) via email
to
support@equinix.com
;
2) via telephone 1-888-892-0807 if inside the
United States (Outside US: 650-513-7600), or 3) via website
http://ecc.equinix.com
.
Agreement
Number ______________________
GENERAL
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Note
regarding use of this document: The purpose of this document is to facilitate
the ability of a Customer Company to procure services from an Equinix Company
anywhere in the world. Once approved by a Customer Company and an Equinix
Company, these General Terms and Conditions can be incorporated into master
service agreements between the various Customer Companies and Equinix Companies
that desire to do business together. However, the General Terms and Conditions
shall not be binding upon and Equinix Company and a Customer Company unless and
until such Equinix Company and Customer Company execute a master service
agreement that incorporates them by reference.
Capitalized
terms used herein but not otherwise defined will have the meaning ascribed to
them in Section 10 of these General Terms and Conditions. The terms “Equinix”,
“Customer”, “Agreement” and “Effective Date” shall be defined in the applicable
master service agreement.
This
Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will terminate on the date the
last Order then in effect expires or is terminated, or as otherwise expressly
provided herein. If this Agreement is terminated while Order(s) are still in
effect, then such Order(s) will automatically terminate.
2.
|
Ordering and Provision
of Services
|
Upon
execution by Equinix and Customer of this Agreement, Customer may request
specific Services from Equinix by placing Order(s). This Agreement and the
Order(s) will govern Equinix’s provision of Services to Customer and Customer’s
obligations to Equinix.
3.
|
Access and Use of the
IBX Centers, and Use of Customer’s
Equipment
|
a.
Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Customer will have access
to the Licensed Space twenty-four (24) hours per day, three hundred sixty-five
(365) days per year.
b.
Customer represents, warrants and covenants that it will comply with all
applicable law and regulations in connection with the performance of its
obligations and exercise of its rights under this Agreement, and that it has
obtained and will maintain throughout the Term the legal right and authority
(including regulatory consents) to operate, configure, provide, place, install,
upgrade, add, maintain and repair Customer’s Equipment as contemplated by this
Agreement, and Customer agrees that Customer will be responsible for all loss or
damage to Customer’s Equipment.
c.
Customer will be responsible and liable for all acts or omissions of Customer’s
Authorized Persons, Accompanying Persons, and Associated Entities, and all such
acts or omissions will be attributed to Customer for all purposes under this
Agreement. Customer will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Equinix Parties
from any and all liability, damages, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses) for (i) claims brought by third parties for
personal injury or damage to tangible property resulting from the gross
negligence or willful misconduct of Customer; (ii) any claim by any of
Customer’s Authorized Persons, Accompanying Persons or Associated Entities or
any employee of Customer other than a claim based on the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of Equinix; (iii) any claim relating
to, or arising out of, Customer’s, or any of its customer
’
s, services,
equipment (including Customer’s Equipment) or Customer’s use of the Services
provided under this Agreement (including claims relating to interruptions,
suspensions, failures, defects, delays, impairments or inadequacies in any of
the aforementioned services, including the Services from Equinix) (iv) any claim
that Customer has failed to fulfill a contractual obligation with a third party;
and (v) any claim resulting from Customer’s failure to obtain or maintain the
required consents pursuant to Section 3(b).
d.
Customer may sublicense the Sublicensed Space to a Sublicensee provided that (i)
the terms and conditions of such Sublicense will be no less restrictive than
this Agreement; (ii) Customer will not in its dealing with such Sublicensee
act or purport to act on behalf of Equinix or any landlord of Equinix; and (iii)
Customer will require the Sublicensee to abide by the rules set forth in the
Policies. No Sublicensee has any right to sublicense, delegate, assign or
otherwise transfer their rights to use the Sublicensed Space to any other person
or entity without Equinix’s written consent.
e. Under
no circumstances shall Equinix be deemed to have any obligations to any
Sublicensee. Sublicensees do not have any rights, separate and apart from
Customer’s rights, to access their Sublicensed Space. Accordingly, only
Customer’s Authorized Persons at an IBX Center may access the Sublicensed Space
of Sublicensees at such IBX Center. Furthermore, Equinix is not responsible for
restricting a Sublicensee’s access to Customer’s Licensed Space located in a
cage or suite to which that Sublicensee has access. Customer will remain
responsible to Equinix for the performance of all of Customer’s obligations
under this Agreement (including the payment of all amounts owned under this
Agreement) and all other agreements between Equinix and Customer.
f. This
Agreement is a services agreement and is not intended to and will not
constitute a lease of any real or personal property. Customer acknowledges and
agrees that (i) for Services being provided in a common law jurisdiction (e.g.,
the United States), it has been granted only a license to use the Licensed Space
in accordance with this Agreement, and, for Services being provided in a civil
law jurisdiction, it has had the Licensed Space made available and been granted
permission to access and use the Licensed Space in accordance with this
Agreement (in each case, “License”); (ii) Customer has not been granted any real
property interest under this Agreement; (iii) Customer has no rights as a tenant
or otherwise under any real property or landlord/tenant laws, regulations,
or ordinances; and (iv) this Agreement is subject and subordinate to the leases
for the IBX Centers and all superior Instruments to such leases. Equinix will
retain title to all parts and materials used or provided by Equinix or
third parties acting on Equinix’s behalf in the performance and/or
furnishing of the Services.
4.
|
Warranty Disclaimer,
Limitation of Liability,
Credits
|
a. ALL
SERVICES PROVIDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE PROVIDED OR PERFORMED ON AN “AS
IS”, “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS, AND CUSTOMER’S USE OF THE SERVICES IS SOLELY AT ITS
OWN RISK. EQUINIX DOES NOT MAKE, AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS, (I) ALL EXPRESS
WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THE SERVICES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY
WARRANTY THAT THE SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED. ERROR-FREE,
OR COMPLETELY SECURE, AND (II) ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THE
SERVICES, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR SATISFACTORY
QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY’S
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
b. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE
LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR (I) LOST PROFITS; (II) LOSS OF BUSINESS; (III)
LOSS OF REVENUES (EXCEPT THAT CUSTOMER SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SERVICE FEES OR
OTHER AMOUNTS OWED TO EQUINIX UNDER THIS AGREEMENT; (IV) LOSS OF DATA OR
INTERRUPTION OR CORRUPTION OF DATA; (V) ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES;
OR (VI) ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, RELIANCE, EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES (IF
APPLICABLE), EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
c. NOTWITHSTANDING
ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, EQUINIX’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO
CUSTOMER IN THE AGGREGATE FOR THE ENTIRE TERM (AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE
CLAIMS ARE BROUGHT DURING OR AFTER THE TERM) WITH RESPECT TO ALL CLAIMS ARISING
FROM OR RELATED TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING ATTORNEY’S
FEES) WILL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY CUSTOMER TO EQUINIX FOR THE
THREE (3) MONTH PERIOD IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE MONTH IN WHICH THE FIRST CLAIM
AROSE. AS A FURTHER LIMITATION, EQUINIX’S MAXIMUM LIABILITY FOR ANY CLAIMS
RELATING TO SERVICES OFFERED OR PROVIDED BY EQUINIX (I) FOR A NON-RECURRING
CHARGE ONLY; OR (II) AS SMART HANDS SERVICES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF THE
SERVICE FEE FOR SUCH SERVICE PROVIDED ON THE OCCASION GIVING RISE TO THE
CLAIM.
d. THE
LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 4(b)-(c) WILL APPLY TO ALL CLAIMS AND CAUSES
OF ACTION, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER
THEORY.
e. Equinix
and Customer each waive the right to bring any claim against the other Party
arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement more than one (1) year
after the date this Agreement expires or is earlier terminated. Each Party
recognizes and agrees that the warranty disclaimers, limitations of liability
and remedy limitations in this Agreement are bases of this Agreement materially
bargained for by Equinix and Customer.
5.
Insurance
Customer
agrees to maintain appropriate insurance, at its expense, for each IBX Center
during the entire time this Agreement is in effect, which at a minimum shall
consist of (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance in an amount not less than
One Million U.S. Dollars (US$1,000,000) with a maximum One Hundred Thousand
U.S. Dollars (US$100,000) deductible or self-insured retention, or the local
currency equivalent, per occurrence for bodily injury, death and property
damage, which policy will include contractual liability coverage related to this
Agreement; (ii) Workers’ Compensation and employer’s liability insurance in an
amount not less than that prescribed by applicable law, and (iii) umbrella
or excess liability insurance with a combined single limit of no less than Two
Million U.S. Dollars (US$2,000,000) or the local currency equivalent. Prior to
any use of the Licensed Space at an IBX Center (including, but not limited to,
delivery of any of Customer’s Equipment to an IBX Center), Customer will furnish
Equinix with certificates of insurance that evidence the minimum levels of
insurance set forth herein and which list Equinix and Equinix’s landlord(s) as
additional insureds (but the insurance must only list Equinix’s landlord as an
additional insured if Equinix so requests). In addition, Customer will notify
Equinix of any non-renewal, cancellation, reduction in policy limit or other
material change in Customer
’
s coverage at
least forty-five (45) days prior to such change in coverage.
6.
Termination of Agreement and
Suspension of Service
a. Either
Party may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice of termination
to the other Party if the other Party breaches any material term or
condition of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30)
days (ten (10) days in the case of a failure to pay Service Fees) after receipt
of such notice. If the breach (other than where Customer has failed to pay
Service Fees) cannot be cured within thirty (30) days, the breaching Party shall
be given a reasonable period of time but not to exceed sixty (60) days
after receipt of the notice, to cure the breach, provided that the breaching
Party acts promptly and diligently to cure such breach.
b. Without
limiting Equinix’s rights under Section 6(a), Equinix may suspend the provision
of Services and deny access and removal of Customer’s Equipment to the IBX
Center, if (i) Customer fails to cure any monetary breach of this Agreement
(e.g. fails to pay any amounts owed) within ten (10) days after notice of the
same (or within five (5) days after notice of the same in the event Customer’s
account is past due on two (2) or more occasions during a six (6) month period);
(ii) Customer or Customer’s Equipment interferes with Equinix’s operation or
maintenance of the IBX Center or with one or more of Equinix’s other customers’
use thereof, and within a reasonable time, not to exceed one (1) hour after
being notified by email or phone, Customer fails to (a) cease such interference;
(b) provide a plan acceptable to Equinix to cease such interference; or (c)
authorize Equinix to take action to cease such interference (billed at Smart
Hands rates); or (iii) in Equinix’s reasonable judgment Customer or Customer’s
Equipment has the potential to interfere with Equinix’s operation or maintenance
of the IBX Center or with one or more of its other customers’ use thereof, and
within a reasonable time, not to exceed forty-eight (48) hours after being
notified by e-mail or phone, Customer fails to (a) resolve such potential
interference; (b) provide a plan acceptable to Equinix to resolve such potential
interference; or (c) authorize Equinix to take action to resolve such potential
interference (billed at Smart Hands rates). If Equinix suspends a Service
pursuant to this Section 6(b), unless Equinix has subsequently terminated this
Agreement as permitted under this Agreement, Equinix will resume the
discontinued Service as soon as reasonably practical after it is reasonably
satisfied that Customer has cured the breach(es) which gave rise to the
suspension, and Equinix may charge a reinstatement fee. Further, Equinix may
terminate this Agreement if Customer’s breach referenced in Section 6(b) (ii) or
(iii) continues for at least five (5) days or occurs more than three (3) times
in any twelve (12) month period.
c. Equinix
may terminate this Agreement immediately upon giving written notice to Customer
if Customer becomes unable to pay debts as they become due, ceases to do
business, enters into a deed of arrangement, undergoes judicial management,
commences the process of liquidation, has a receiver appointed or begins winding
up or similar arrangements.
d. Equinix
may terminate this Agreement upon giving written notice to Customer as to any
affected Licensed Space or IBX Center if any portion of the IBX Center in which
the affected Licensed Space is located becomes subject to a government order
having the effect of terminating Equinix’s use of such facility or if Equinix’s
possession is terminated or abated for any reason (e.g., condemnation
proceeding) or Equinix cannot provide Customer with access to the affected
Licensed Space as contemplated herein for a period exceeding thirty (30)
days.
7.
Removal of
Customer
’
s
Property
a. Upon
expiration or termination of this Agreement, or an Order (or any portion
thereof), all rights of Customer with respect to the affected Licensed Space
(“Terminated Space”), will terminate, and Customer will immediately remove all
of Customer’s Equipment and other items belonging to Customer, Customer’s
Authorized Persons, Accompanying Persons and/or Associated Entities located in
such Terminated Space (“
Customer
Property
”) but not any wiring, cable or other equipment or property that
does not belong to Customer. Customer agrees that unless Equinix otherwise
agrees in writing, failure to remove Customer Property within ten (10) days from
the expiration of the applicable Order (or Equinix’s termination of the Order
due to Customer’s breach or as otherwise permitted under this Agreement), or
within thirty (30) days if the Order is terminated before expiration due to
Equinix material breach, will constitute abandonment of the Customer Property
and will automatically provide Equinix with the remedies it has under the law of
the jurisdiction where the IBX Center is located in connection with abandoned
property, and additionally, Equinix will be entitled to pursue all available
legal remedies against Customer, including without limitation, any or all of the
following remedies; (i) immediately removing any or all such property and
storing it at Customer’s expense at an on-site or off-site location; (ii)
shipping such property to the address set forth at the end of this Agreement at
Customer’s risk and expense; or (iii) upon thirty (30) days prior written notice
to Customer, liquidating such property and charging Customer for all costs
associated with the liquidation and retain from the liquidation all amounts
necessary to pay Equinix all amounts owed by Customer under this Agreement,
including under this Section 7(a).
b. While
Customer has no right to use the Services provided under an Order after the
Order expires or terminates, if Equinix permits Customer to do so, Customer will
remain obligated under the terms and conditions of the Order (which Order in
such case will be deemed to be still in effect), including, without limitation,
for all payment obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such continued use
will be at Equinix’s sole discretion and may be terminated by Equinix at any
time immediately upon notice to Customer.
c. Neither
Party will be liable to the other Party for properly terminating this Agreement
or any portion thereof in accordance with its terms, but Customer will be liable
to Equinix for any amounts due and payable. Where any Order is terminated prior
to the expiration of the Service Term, except due to Equinix’s material breach,
Customer will immediately be liable to Equinix for all Service Fees which would
have been payable by Customer for the remainder of the entire Service
Term.
8.
Confidential
Information
a. Neither
Party will disclose Confidential Information from the other Party without the
prior written consent of the other Party except where (i) the disclosure is
required by applicable law or regulation or by an order of a court or other
governmental body having jurisdiction after giving reasonable notice to the
other Party with adequate time for such other Party to seek a protective order;
(ii) if in the opinion of counsel for such Party, disclosure is advisable under
any applicable securities laws regarding public disclosure of business
information; or (iii) the disclosure is reasonably necessary and is to that
Party’s, or its Affiliates’, employees, officers, directors, attorneys,
accountants and other advisors, or the disclosure is otherwise necessary for a
Party to exercise its rights and perform its obligations under this Agreement,
so long as in all cases referenced above, in this subsection (iii), the
disclosure is no broader than necessary, and the person or entity who receives
the disclosure agrees prior to receiving the disclosure to keep the information
confidential (except with regards to disclosures to a court or arbitrator in
connection with an action to enforce a Party’s rights under this Agreement).
Each Party is responsible for ensuring that any Confidential Information of the
other Party that the first Party discloses pursuant to this Agreement (other
than disclosures pursuant to subsections (i) and (ii) and (iii) (but with
respect to (iii), only with regard to disclosures to a court or similar body
necessary for a Party to exercise its rights under this Agreement) above that
cannot be kept confidential by the first Party) is kept confidential by the
person receiving the disclosure to the same extent that the receiving Party must
keep the information confidential.
b. Neither
Customer nor Equinix grants the other Party the right to use its trademarks,
service marks, trade names, logos, copyrights, or other intellectual property
rights or other designations in any promotion, publication, or press release
without the prior written consent of the other Party in each case.
Notwithstanding the restrictions set forth in this Agreement during the Term.
(i) Equinix may issue a press release announcing Customer’s entry into the IBX
Centers without obtaining Customer’s consent; and (ii) either Party may publicly
refer to the other Party, orally and in writing, as a customer or vendor of
services of or to the other Party, as the case may be, without
obtaining consent from such other Party.
9.
Miscellaneous
a.
Notice
.
Except where
otherwise expressly stated in the Agreement, all notices, consents, or approvals
required by this Agreement will only be effective if in writing and sent by (i)
certified or registered air mail, postage prepaid; (ii) overnight delivery
requiring a signature upon receipt; (iii) delivery by hand; or (iv) facsimile or
electronic mail (promptly confirmed by mail), to the Parties at the respective
street addresses, facsimile numbers, or electronic mail addresses set forth and
designated as such in this Agreement or such other addresses or facsimile
numbers as may be designated in writing by the respective Parties. Notices,
consents and approvals under this Agreement will be in writing and be deemed
effective on the date of receipt.
b.
Entire Agreement
.
This Agreement and
all Orders executed at any time during the Term, all of which are incorporated
herein by this reference, constitute the complete and entire agreement between
the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede and replace
any and all prior or contemporaneous discussions, negotiations, proposals,
understandings and agreements, written and oral, regarding such subject matter,
as well as any industry custom. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts (and the signature pages may be delivered with ink signature or by
facsimile or email), each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.
c.
Construction.
Each
Party acknowledges and agrees that it has reviewed this Agreement, and it
is the Parties’ intent that this Agreement will not be construed against any
Party. The section headings and captions throughout this Agreement are for
convenience and reference only, and will not be used to construe this Agreement.
If any provision of this Agreement is adjudged by a court to be invalid, illegal
or unenforceable, the same will not affect the validity, legality, or
enforceability of the portion of the provision, if any, that is not invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the application of such provision in any other
circumstances, or the validity, legality, or enforceability of any other
provision of this Agreement. All terms and conditions of this Agreement will be
deemed enforceable to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, and,
when necessary, the court in any action between the Parties is requested to
reform any and all terms or conditions to give them as much effect as possible.
In these General Terms and Conditions, references to “Section(s)” shall be
references to Section(s) of these General Terms and Conditions.
d.
Survival
. Sections
3(b), 3(c), 3(e), 4, 6, 7, 8, 9(a), (c), (d), (f) and (h) will survive the
termination of this Agreement, but Section 8 will only survive for three (3)
years after the end of the Term. In addition, all provisions of this Agreement
that can only be given proper effect if they survive the termination of this
Agreement will survive the termination of this Agreement. This Agreement will be
valid as to any obligation incurred prior to termination of this Agreement,
including any Service Fees owed by Customer.
e.
Equinix Affiliates,
Independent Contractors, Assignment
. Equinix may permit any other Equinix
Affiliates, or any independent contractor or other third party, to perform any
of Equinix’s obligations hereunder, and Equinix may assign this Agreement to any
person or entity at any time. Customer may assign this Agreement without
Equinix’s prior consent (in which event Customer must provide Equinix with prior
notice of the assignment) only where the person or entity to whom this Agreement
is assigned by Customer is either an Affiliate of Customer, or is acquiring all
or substantially all of Customer’s business or assets, and in all such events
the person or entity to whom this Agreement is assigned by Customer agrees in
writing to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement. This Agreement will
be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all successors and permitted assigns
of Equinix and Customer, who will be bound by all of the obligations of their
predecessors or assignors. Except as set forth in this Agreement with respect to
sublicensing only, and this Section 9(e) with respect to an assignment of the
entire Agreement under the conditions specified above only, Customer will not
assign, delegate, transfer or sublicense all or any part of the Licensed
Space.
f.
Force
Majeure.
Except for Customer’s obligation to pay amounts owed under this
Agreement, including Service Fees, neither Party will be responsible or in any
way liable to the other Party, and neither Party will have any termination or
other rights, arising out of or relating to any failure by the other Party
to perform or any hindrance in the performance of its obligations under this
Agreement if such failure or hindrance is caused by events or circumstances
beyond such nonperforming Party’s control, including acts of God, war, labor
strike, terrorist act, fire, flood, earthquake, health epidemic, any law, Order,
regulation or other action of any governing authority or agency thereof, or
failure of the Internet.
g.
Conflicts.
All Orders
are at all times subject to all of the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. In the event of ambiguity, conflict or inconsistency among the
documents comprising this Agreement; the documents shall be given a descending
order of precedence as folows: (i) the Order; (ii) the
Attachments and Exhibits
to this Agreement, other than these General Terms and Conditions; (iii) the
Policies; (iv) the body of the master service agreement, and (v) these General
Terms and Conditions.
h.
General.
Except where
otherwise expressly stated herein, and subject to the limitations set forth in
Section 4, the rights and remedies provided for herein are cumulative and not
exclusive of any rights or remedies that a Party would otherwise
have.
Equinix
and Customer are independent contractors and this Agreement will not establish
any relationship of partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise or agency
between Equinix and Customer. Neither Equinix nor Customer will have the power
to bind the other or incur obligations on the other’s behalf without
the other’s prior
written consent.
The
Parties agree that there will be no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement,
including, but not limited to, any Accompanying Person, Associated Entity (which
includes any Sublicensee), Authorized Person, end user, customer or the
insurance providers for either Party.
No waiver
of any breach of any provision of this
Agreement will
constitute a waiver of any prior, concurrent or subsequent breach of
the same or any other
provisions hereof, and no waiver will be effective unless made in writing and
signed by an authorized representative of
the waiving
Party.
10.
Definitions
Accompanying Person
: Each person (other than an
employee of Equinix) who is accompanied by an Authorized Person while at an IBX
Center.
Affiliate
: As to a Party, means any entity
controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Party, where the
term “control” and its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by,” and
“under common control with,” means the legal, beneficial or equitable ownership,
directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate of all
voting equity interests in an entity.
Associated Entity
: Each Individual, company,
partnership or other entity of any type which employs, contracts with, or is
otherwise associated or affiliated with any of Customer’s Authorized Persons or
Accompanying Persons. Without limiting the foregoing definition, each
Sublicensee that has sublicensed Sublicensed Space at an IBX Center will be an
Associated Entity at such IBX Center.
Authorized Person
: Each person who is then
included on the most recent list of Authorized Persons given to Equinix by
Customer in accordance with the Policies.
Billing Commencement Date
: For a Service
ordered in an Order other than Online Orders or Phone Orders, the date
designated in the Order as the Billing Commencement Date. For a Service ordered
in an Online Order or Phone Order, the date Equinix begins providing the Service
to Customer, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties to the
Order.
Confidential Information
: Information disclosed
by one Party to the other Party that (a) is identified by the disclosing Party,
in writing or orally, as confidential at the time of disclosure, or (b) contains
the disclosing Party’s customer lists, customer information, technical
information, pricing information, pricing methodologies, financial position,
trade secrets, customer communications or proposals, benchmarking information,
satisfaction surveys, or information regarding the disclosing Party’s business
planning or business operations. In addition, (i) the terms of this Agreement
will be deemed Confidential Information of each Party; and (ii) the design
of the IBX Centers, the Services provided and equipment used at
the IBX Centers, and the
configuration, interconnection, switching and routing of telecommunication
cables, networks and services at the IBX Centers, all will be considered
Confidential Information of Equinix. Other than the terms and conditions of
this
Agreement,
information
will
not be deemed Confidential Information hereunder if such information (i) is
known to the receiving Party prior to receipt from the disclosing Party directly
or indirectly from a
source other than one
having an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; (ii) becomes
known (independently of disclosure by the disclosing Party) to the receiving
Party directly or indirectly from a source other than one having an obligation
of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; (iii) becomes publicly known or
otherwise ceases to be secret or confidential, except through a breach of this
Agreement by the receiving Party; or (iv) is independently developed by the
receiving Party. For the avoidance of doubt, the mere placement of materials or
equipment containing information at an Equinix location does not constitute
disclosure of such information to Equinix.
Cross-Connect
: A physical or wireless
interconnection within an IBX Center that (i) exits Customer's cage or (ii)
connects Customer to another Equinix customer
Customer Care Website
: The customer care
website accessible via the Internet, at a location designated by Equinix, which
it has the right to change from time to time.
Customer Company
: A company that is an
Affiliate of Customer.
Customer Cross-Connect
: A physical
interconnection, including cable, connections, and other wiring, that
(i) does not exit
Customer's cage, (ii)
does not connect Customer to another Equinix customer, and (iii) interconnects
(a) Equipment belonging to the Customer or (b) POD Equipment that is provided by
Equinix and that is in Customer’s cage with Customer’s Equipment.
Customer’s Equipment
: All network and/or
computer equipment (including wiring and
Customer Cross-Connects
between such equipment and Customer’s POD Equipment) that is located in the
Licensed Space, including equipment that is owned, leased, licensed or otherwise
obtained for use by Customer, Customer’s Affiliates, Customer’s Authorized
Persons, Accompanying Persons or Associated Entities (but this does not include
Cross-Connects or POD Equipment that is provided by Equinix and that is located
in Customer’s Licensed Space).
Customer Parties
: Customer and the Affiliates,
owners, officers, directors, employees, and agents of Customer or of the
Affiliates of Customer.
Equinix Company
: A company deemed by
Equinix to be an Equinix Company.
Equinix Parties
: Equinix and the Affiliates,
owners, officers, directors, employees, and agents of Equinix or of the
Affiliates of Equinix.
IBX Centers
: The Internet Business Exchange
Centers in which Customer licenses Licensed Space or receives Services from
Equinix pursuant to an Order.
Licensed Space
: The areas which, for Services
being provided in the United States and/or a common law jurisdiction, are
licensed by Customer or, for Services being provided in a civil law
jurisdictions are made available to the Customer with permission to access and
use, in each case under this Agreement and the Orders and as identified in the
Orders as to the amount of space. For each Licensed Space, Equinix will
determine at all times during the Term the exact location in the IBX Centers
where the Licensed Space will be located, and Equinix will notify Customer
accordingly.
Online Order
: An Order for Services placed
online via the Customer Care Website, which will be effective only after Equinix
accepts it in accordance with Equinix’s then current procedures or Equinix
begins providing the Services ordered under the Online Order.
Order
: A statement of work incorporated into
the Agreement by reference prepared by Equinix that describes the Services. In
the United States, an Order may also be inferred to as a SOW and may be amended
by a SOW Amendment. In the Asia Pacific Region, an Order may also be referred to
as a Sales Order and may be amended by a Change Order. In Europe, an Order may
also be referred to as a Service Order. SOW Amendments and Change Orders will
amend existing Orders but will not replace them unless otherwise agreed
by the Parties in writing. Orders are not valid until signed by both
Parties, except for Online and Phone Orders. Equinix is under no obligation to
accept an Order. Unless otherwise specified, reference to Order(s) shall also
include Online Orders and/or Phone Orders.
Parties
: Customer and Equinix.
Party
: Customer or Equinix.
Phone Order
: An Order for Services placed over
the phone, where available, via an Equinix customer care representative, which
will be effective only after Equinix accepts it in accordance with Equinix’s
then current procedures or Equinix begins providing the Services ordered under
the Phone Order.
POD Equipment
: The (i) patch panels, DSX panels
for category 5
twisted pair, co-axial,
single and multi-mode fiber, or (ii) other appropriate (as reasonably determined
by Equinix) point of demarcation equipment
Policies
: The procedures, rules, regulations,
security practices and policies adopted by Equinix that are then in effect for
the IBX Centers, and as they may be amended from time to time by
Equinix.
Services
: All services, goods and other
offerings of any kind requested under an Order agreed to by Equinix, and to be
provided by Equinix to Customer pursuant to this Agreement.
Service Fees
: Charges and fees for Services
charged to Customer by Equinix pursuant to this Agreement, and are exclusive of
Taxes.
Service Term
: The period commencing on the
Billing Commencement Date and ending after the term specified on the applicable
Order.
Smart Hands Services
: Services that are defined
as Smart Hand Services under the then current Policies.
Sublicensed Space
: The portion of the Licensed
Space that, for Services being provided in the United States and/or a common law
jurisdiction, is sublicensed to a Sublicensee by Customer or, for Services being
provided in a civil law jurisdiction, is made available to a Sublicensee with
permission to access and use, in each case pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement.
Sublicensee
: A customer of Customer or other
third party who (i) sublicenses all or part of the Licensed Space from Customer,
if such Licensed Space is located in the United States or a common law
jurisdiction, or (ii) is able to access and use all or part of the Licensed
Space as made available by the Customer, if such Licensed Space is located in a
civil law jurisdiction.
Taxes
: Sales, use, transfer, privilege, excise,
VAT, GST, consumption tax, and other similar taxes and duties, whether foreign,
national, state or local, however designated, now in force or enacted in the
future, which are levied or imposed by reason of the performance by Equinix or
Customer under this Agreement or by Customer with respect to its operations and
use of the Services, but excluding taxes on Equinix’s net income.
Term
: The term of this Agreement as determined
in accordance with Section 1 of this Agreement.
Customer to
complete:
|
|
Equinix to
complete:
|
Acknowledged
and agreed.
|
|
Acknowledged
and agreed.
|
|
|
|
Customer
Name:
|
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
(Complete
Legal Name)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Authorized
Signature:
|
/s/
Perry A. Wallack
|
|
Authorized
Signature:
|
/s/
Heidi B. Caparro
|
|
|
|
|
|
Printed
Name:
|
Perry
A. Wallack
|
|
Printed
Name:
|
Heidi
B. Caparro
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
CFO
|
|
Title:
|
Senior
Customer Contracts
Manager
|
Exhibit
10.18
MASTER SERVICE
AGREEMENT
UNITED
KINGDOM
This
Master Service Agreement (the
“
MSA
”
) is entered into
on Nov 4, 2009 (
the “Effective Date”
) by
and between
Equinix (UK) Limited
(“Equinix”)
, a company registered in England and Wales under registration
number 3672650 and whose registered office is Quadrant House, Floor 6, 17 Thomas
More Street, Thomas More Square, London ElW 1YW, United Kingdom and
Cornerstone OnDemand, Inc. (“Customer”)
, a
Delaware corporation, located at 1601 Cloverfield Boulevard, Suite 620, Santa
Monica, California 90404, United States.
Recitals:
A.
|
Equinix
is an operator of data centre facilities and provider of ancillary
services. Customer wishes to make use of the data centre facilities and
receive the ancillary services, and Equinix agrees to provide such to
Customer, on the terms and conditions set out
herein.
|
Agreement:
In
consideration of the mutual covenants and terms and conditions set out below,
Equinix and Customer agree as follows:
1.
|
The
term “
Agreement
” as used in this
MSA and in the General Terms and Conditions attached hereto as Attachment
A (“
General T&Cs
”) shall mean
this MSA and all documents incorporated into this MSA by reference,
including the General T&Cs, and all documents referred to in this MSA
and in the General T&Cs as being incorporated by reference into this
Agreement, including the Policies, and the Equinix Service Level
Agreement. The specific Services to be provided are described in a Service
Order (“
Service Order
”) or a
Statement of Work (“
Sow
”)
or a series of Service Orders or SOWs, which are also incorporated
herein by reference. Capitalised terms used in this MSA but not defined in
this MSA shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the General
T&Cs.
|
2.
|
Payment
Terms and Taxes
|
2.1
|
The
Customer shall pay the Service Fees to Equinix on or before the date
specified in Clause 2.4. Service Fees may also be referred to as “
Charges
” under this Agreement and may
include any of the following, “
Installation Charges
”, “
Non-Recurring Charges
”, “
Monthly Recurring Charges
” or “
MRR
”, “
Advance Charges
”, “
Usage Charges
” and/or “
Power Charges
”, as these may be specified
in a Service Order or SOW.
|
2.2
|
All
amounts payable by the Customer to Equinix under this Agreement shall be
exclusive of VAT (if any). Such VAT shall be charged in addition to such
amounts. For the purposes of this Agreement, “
VAT
” means value added tax as provided
for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994, and any other present or future tax,
levy, impost, charge, fee, deduction or withholding or any nature and
whatever called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed,
levied, collected, withheld or
assessed.
|
2.3
|
If
any undisputed amount is not paid by the close of business on the date
specified in Clause 2.4, Equinix reserves the right to charge the Customer
interest thereon (before and after the judgment of any Court of competent
jurisdiction) at the Interest Rate from the date specified in Clause
2.4
until
such amount is paid. For
the purposes of this Agreement,
“
paid
” shall mean that funds are available
for immediate use by Equinix, and “
Interest Rate
” shall mean the rate of
4% over
the base rate of HSBC
Bank plc from time to time.
|
2.4
|
The
invoicing and payment terms for the Service Fees shall be as
follows:
|
|
(a)
|
Any
Installation Charges or Non Recurring Charges shall be invoiced 50%: (i)
on the execution of a Service Order and shall be paid within 10 days of
the date the invoice is received and, in any event, prior to installation:
and (ii) upon completion of installation as advised to the Customer by
Equinix and shall be paid within 10 days from the date of the
invoice.
|
|
(b)
|
All
Monthly Recurring Charges shall be invoiced monthly in advance and shall
be paid within 30 days of the date of the
invoice.
|
|
(c)
|
Any
Advance Fees shall be invoiced on the date of execution of a Service Order
by Equinix. Invoices for such Advance Fees shall be paid prior to
installation and, in any event, no later than 10 days from the date of the
invoice.
|
|
(d)
|
Any
Usage Charges shall be invoiced monthly in arrears in the month following
the provision of the Services to which the Usage Charges relate and shall
be paid within 30 days of the date of the
invoice.
|
2.5
|
Equinix
reserves the right to automatically increase the Monthly Recurring Charges
in line with the retail prices index on the first of January each
year.
|
2.6
|
In
addition to its rights under the terms of Clause 2.5 above, Equinix
reserves the right to automatically increase the Power Charges of the
first of January and first of July each year in line with any reasonable
and evidenced increases in its direct electrical supply
costs.
|
3.1
|
The
Customer acknowledges that Equinix, Equinix Parties and their respective
agents will, by virtue of the provision of Services, come into possession
of Customer Data. The Customer warrants that it has obtained and will
obtain all legally required consents and permissions from relevant parties
(including data subjects) for the use, processing and transfer of Customer
Data as described in this Clause 3.
|
3.2
|
Equinix
shall implement appropriate technical and organisational measures to
protect Customer Data against accidental or unlawful destruction or
accidental loss, alteration, unauthorised disclosure or access and against
other unlawful forms of processing.
|
3.3
|
The
Customer acknowledges and agrees that Equinix, Equinix Parties and their
respective agents may use, process and/or transfer Customer Data
(including intra-group transfers and transfers to entities in countries
that do not provide statutory protections for personal information): (i)
in connection with the provision of Services; (ii) to incorporate Customer
Data into databases controlled by Equinix or Equinix Parties for the
purpose of account administration, billing and reconciliation, operational
maintenance and support activities, fraud detection and prevention, and
customer and market analysis and reporting, and (iii) to communicate to
the Customer by voice, letter, fax or email regarding products and
services of Equinix or Equinix Parties. The Customer may withdraw consent
for such use, processing or transfer of Customer Data as set out in (iii)
above by sending written notice to Equinix in accordance with the
prescribed form, available from Equinix on request. The Customer
acknowledges that it has right to access Customer Data upon written notice
and have any agreed errors in such Customer Data
rectified.
|
3.4
|
For
the purposes of this Clause
3, “
Customer Data
” shall mean data
containing personal and/or private information of the Customer, its agents
or employees or any authorised user of the Services (including
Sub-Licensees) and its agents or employees, or other similar such data
provided to or obtained by Equinix in connection with the provision of
Services, and whose use, processing or transfer of such data is regulated
by law or regulation as “
personal
data
” where Equinix, Equinix Parties or their respective agents
come into possession of such Customer
Data.
|
Neither
Party shall, during the Term or for 12 months thereafter, solicit or entice away
or endeavor to solicit or to entice away or assist any other person whether by
means of the supply of names or expressing views on suitability or otherwise
howsoever solicit or entice away from the other Party any
employee
of the other Party or person
contracted to tender services to the other Party.
5.
|
Modifications to the General T&Cs.
The terms and conditions set out in the General T&Cs are incorporated
by reference into this MSA, with the following
modifications:
|
5.1
|
The
first sentence of section 4(e) of the General T&Cs is
stricken.
|
5.2
|
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in Section 6(a) of the General T&Cs, the cure
period for payment breaches shall be 30 days, not 10 days, meaning “(ten
(10) days in the case of a failure to pay Service Fees)” shall to deleted
from this MSA.
|
5.3
|
In
Section 6(b) of the General T&Cs it is agreed that the reinstatement
fee shall not exceed a sum of $500 or the equivalent local
currency.
|
5.4
|
In
section 6(c) of the General T&Cs, termination may only occur upon 30
days prior written notice and so the words “thirty (30) days
’
prior”
shall be added before “written notice” and “immediately” shall be deleted
from this MSA.
|
5.5
|
The
last sentence in Section 8(b) of the General T&Cs is stricken from
this MSA.
|
5.6
|
In
section 9(e) of the General T&Cs, it is additionally agreed that if
Equinix purports to assign the Agreement to a
company
that is a direct competitor of the Customer, being another software
company with
the
same
or
substantially
similar product focus as the Customer, then the Customer may elect,
upon written notice to Equinix, to terminate the Agreement with no further
liability to Equinix, and provided that the Customer must exercise that
right to
terminate
|
the
Agreement within 30 days of receipt of a notice of the purported assignment of
the Agreement from Equinix to the competitor.
5.7
|
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in Section 9(g) of the General T&Cs, the
following descending order of precedence will apply to this
MSA:
|
|
b.
|
any
Attachments to the Master Services
Agreement;
|
|
c.
|
the
Master Services Agreement;
|
|
d.
|
the
Service Level Agreement;
|
|
f.
|
General
Terms and Conditions.
|
5.8
|
In
addition to the provisions of Section 3 of the General T&Cs, the
Customer agrees to comply at all times with the Policies in relation to
access to the IBX Centre and access and use of the Licensed Space,
including but not limited to the Secure Data Centre Access Procedure. With
regard to the Secure Data Centre Access Procedure, for as long as the
Customer Equipment is the subject of an equipment leasing contract between
the Customer and a leasing company, the Customer shall ensure that an
authorized representative of the leasing company shall be identified on
the Secure Data Centre Access
Procedure.
|
5.9
|
Notwithstanding
the provisions of Section 4 or 5 of the General T&Cs or any other
provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement excludes or limits
or purports to exclude or limit the liability of Equinix for: (a) death or
personal injury resulting from negligence; or (b) for any damage or
liability incurred by Customer as a result of fraud or fraudulent
misrepresentation by Equinix; or (c) for any liability incurred by
Customer as a result of any breach by Equinix of the condition as to title
or the warranty as to quiet possession implied by section 2 of the Supply
of Goods and Services Act 1982.
|
5.10
|
Further
to Section 10(h) of the General T&Cs, no person who is not a Party to
this Agreement shall have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third
Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this
Agreement.
|
6.
|
Governing Law and Jurisdiction
. This
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English
law. The Parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the
Courts of England and Wales for the purpose of hearing and determining any
dispute arising out of this Agreement and for the purpose of enforcement
of any judgment against their respective
assets.
|
7.
|
For
the avoidance of doubt, this MSA shall in no way affect any orders for
services provided by any other Equinix Company to any other Customer
Company. Furthermore, Equinix and Customer acknowledge that the terms and
conditions contained in this MSA are not binding upon any other Equinix
Company, other than Equinix, or Customer Company, other than Customer, and
that no other Equinix Company or Customer Company is required to agree to
any of the terms and conditions set out in this
MSA.
|
8.
|
No
variation to this Agreement shall be effective unless made in writing and
signed by both the Parties.
|
9.
|
This
Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the Parties
on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered
shall be an original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute
one and the same instrument.
|
10.
|
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the Equinix Service Level Agreement or any
other part of the Agreement, if there is: (i) a “chronic service outage”
in that there is a failure to meet the Service Level Agreement leading to
the payment of a Service Credit thereunder on 3 separate occasions in a
consecutive 3 month period; or (ii) a “catastrophic failure” in that there
is a failure to meet the Service Level Agreement leading to the payment of
a Service Credit that on any one occasion lasts for more than 8
continuous hours, and such “chronic service outage” or “catastrophic
failure” is due to an act or omission of Equinix, including without
limitation, inadequate provision of power, cooling, and/or flood/fire
preventive measures, then Customer may elect, upon immediate notice to
Equinix, to terminate the Agreement with no further liability to Equinix,
provided that the Customer itself is not in breach of the Agreement and
that the Customer must exercise that right to terminate the Agreement
within 30 days of the end of the event that gives rise to the termination
right.
|
11.
|
During
regular business hours and no more frequently than once in any consecutive
12 month period, at Customer’s sole expense and on a mutually agreed upon
date (which shall be no less than 10 business days after written notice
from Customer), time, location and duration, representatives of the
Customer or its third party representatives responsible for SAS 70
compliance matters may perform a confidential audit of the relevant IBX
Centers for the sole purpose to enable the Customer to verify that the
Customer is in a position to comply with its own SAS 70 audit
requirements, and subject to reasonable postponement by Equinix upon
Equinix’s request, which postponement
shall
|
not
exceed 10 business days. Customer agrees that (i) such an audit shall not
adversely affect other customers of Equinix or Equinix’s operation of the IBX
Center; (ii) the Customer and its third party representatives shall comply with
Equinix’s Policies during such audit; and (iii) Customer shall ensure that any
third party representatives treat all of Equinix’s Confidential Information
disclosed to such third party representatives as a result of such audit in the
same manner Customer is required to treat such Confidential Information. Any
audit provided for in this Clause 11 shall only consist of a visit to the IBX
Center and/or the Customer and its third party representatives review of
Equinix’s regularly-prepared records regarding the operation of the relevant IBX
Centers.
Executed
as an Agreement, which shall not take effect until signed by both Parties
below.
Customer
|
|
Equinix
|
The
person signing below hereby warrants and represents to have full authority
to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Customer.
|
|
The
person signing below hereby warrants and represents to have full authority
to execute this Agreement on behalf of Equinix.
|
Signature:
|
By:
/s/ Perry A. Wallack
|
|
Signature:
|
By:
[illegible]
|
Name:
|
Perry
A. Wallack
|
|
Name:
|
|
Title:
|
CFO
|
|
Title:
|
Senior
Director
|
Address
For Notices:
|
|
Address
for Notices:
|
|
|
|
Attention:
Legal Department
Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc.
1601
Cloverfield Boulevard, Suite 620
Santa
Monica, California 90404
United
States
|
|
Managing
Director
Equinix
(UK) Limited
2
Buckingham Avenue
Slough
Trading Estate
Slough
SL1 4NB
United
Kingdom
|
|
|
|
Fax:
+1 (310) 752-0143
Email:
|
|
Fax:
+44 (0)1753 828 835
Email: As
advised by
Equinix from time to time.
with
a copy to :
Vice
President, Legal
Equinix
Group Limited
51-53
Great Marlborough Street
London
W1F 7JT
United
Kingdom
Fax: +44 (0)20 7534
2133
Email:
As advised by Equinix from time to
time.
|
Exhibit
21.1
SUBSIDIARIES
OF CORNERSTONE ONDEMAND, INC.
Cornerstone
OnDemand Global Operations, Inc. (Delaware)
Cornerstone
OnDemand Limited (UK)
Cornerstone
OnDemand Services India Private Limited (India)
Exhibit
23.2
CONSENT
OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby
consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report
dated September 27, 2010 relating to the financial statements of Cornerstone
OnDemand, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to
the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration
Statement.
/s/
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los
Angeles, California
September
27, 2010